MYCOLOGIA Volume VI, 1914 Published by the aid of the David Lydig Fund Bequeathed by Charles P. Daly MYCOLOGIA IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis, and B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL Volume VI, 1914 -I With 35 Plates and i Figure JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BANKER GIACOMO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS ASSOCIATE EDITORS FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER THOMAS H. MACBRIDE GEORGE MASSEE NARCISSE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SEAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR •/?. l/b/ ® / 9/f PRESS OF The New Era printing Company Lancaster. Pa. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. i. January Illustrations of Fungi — XVII, by W. A. Murrill I A Preliminary Study of the Genus Lamprospora, by Fred J. Seaver . . 5 Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and Other Rusts, by W. P. Fraser ... 25 Observations on the Use of Ridgway’s New Color-Book: The Color of the Spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., by L. C. C. Krieger 29 New or Interesting Fungi, by David Ross Sumstine 32 Aerial Galls of the Mesquite, by F. D. Heald 37 News and Notes 39 Index to American Mycological Literature 44 No. 2. March Henry Willey, — A Memoir, by Bruce Fink 49 Studies in North American Peronosporales — V. A Review of the Genus Phytophthora, by Guy West Wilson 54 Preliminary Note on a New Bark Disease of the White Pine, by Arthur H. Graves 84 Notes on a Few Asheville Fungi, by H. C. Beardslee 88 An Enemy of the Western Red Cedar, by William A. Murrill 93 News and Notes 95 Index to American Mycological Literature 99 No. 3. May Observations on Sphaerosoma and Allied Genera, by Fred J. Seaver.. 103 North American Species of Peridermium on Pine, by Joseph Charles Arthur and Frank Dunn Kern 109 The Development of Stropharia ambigua, by Sanford M. Zeller 139 Mountain Myxomycetes, by T. H. Macbride 146 News, Notes and Reviews 150 Index to American Mycological Literature 155 No. 4. July Illustrations of Fungi — XVIII, by William A. Murrill 161 A Consideration of the Properties of Poisonous Fungi, by William W. Ford and Ernest D. Clark 167 Studies in North American Peronosporales— VI. Notes on Miscel- laneous Species, by Guy West Wilson 192 Conidium Production in Penicillium, by Charles Thom 211 News and Notes 216 Index to American Mycological Literature 219 Y VI Table of Contents Page No. 5. September Illustrations of Fungi — XIX, by William A. Murrill 221 A New Gymnosporangial Connection, by F. D. Fromme 226 Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — VII. The Genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete, by Howard J. Banker 231 The Development of the Carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri, by San- ford M. Zeller 235 The Smuts and Rusts of Utah — II, by A. O. Garrett 240 On a Small Collection of Lichens from Jamaica, West Indies, by R. Heber Howe 259 News, Notes and Reviews 264 Index to American Mycological Literature 270 No. 6. November North American Species of Aleuria and Aleurina, by Fred J. Seaver 273 Parasitism in Hymenochaete agglutinans, by Arthur H. Graves 279 Two New Species of W'ater Molds, by W. C. Coker 285 News and Notes 303 Index to American Mycological Literature 306 Index to Volume VI 311 MYCOLOGIA IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis»and B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL Vol. VI— JANUARY, 1914— No. 1 JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BANKER GIACOMO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS ASSOCIATE EDITORS FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER THOMAS H. MACBRIDE PAUL MAGNUS GEORGE MASSES NARCISSE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SEAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR 1£ CONTENTS PAGE Illustrations of Fungi — XVII - W. A. Murrill i A Preliminary Study of the Genus Lamprospora Fred J. Seaver 5 Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and Other Rusts W. P. Fraser 25 Observations on the Use of Ridgway’s New Color-Book. The Color of the Spores of Volvaria speoiosa Fr. L. C. C. Krieger 29 New or Interesting Fungi - David Ross Sumstine 32 Aerial Galls of the Mesquite - - F. D. Heald 37 News and Notes ---.----39 Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 44 The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : Without Cover — 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. 24 pp. 28 pp. 32 pp. 25-50 Copies— $1.37 $1.87 $2.12 <12.50 $3.50 #4.05 $4.82 #5.20 100 “ 1.55 2.15 2.65 3.15 4.05 5.00 6.io 6.50 200 “ 2.00 3.05 4.00 4.30 5.60 6.90 8.30 8.90 Covers — First 50 — $1.00. Additional, ic each. Plates— 40c per 100. Mycologia Plate i 13 ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI MYCOLOGIA Vol. VI January, 1914 No. 1 ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XVII William A. Murrill The species here figured are mostly rare in the vicinity of New York and of little importance to the mycophagist. Venenarius rubens (Scop.) Murrill Amanita rnbescens Pers. Blushing Venenarius Plate 1 13. Figure i. X i Pileus ovoid to convex, at length expanded, 6-12 cm. broad, surface adorned with numerous thin, floccose or farinose warts, variable in color, always tinged with reddish or brownish-red. changing slowly to reddish when bruised, margin smooth or faintly striate ; context white, changing slowly to reddish when bruised, with a pleasant odor and taste ; lamellae free or slightly adnexed, crowded, nearly plane, white, characteristically chalky- white when dry; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 10-11 X 6-7/1,; stipe equal or slightly tapering upward, usually bulbous, squamu- lose, whitish suffused with red, becoming reddish when bruised, stuffed, 6-20 cm. long, 6-12 mm. thick; annulus superior, ample, white, easily torn; volva very fragile, most of the fragments ap- pearing on the surface of the pileus, while a few remain clinging to the margin of the bulb. Found commonly in woods and groves from Maine to Alabama and west to Ohio. It contains poisons when raw, but these are disorganized by cooking or digestion. Although edible, I cannot advise any one to eat it, since many of its near relatives are so [Mycologia for November, 1913 (5: 287—329), was issued Nov. 25, 1913]. 1 2 Mycologia deadly. It might easily be confused with Venenarius muscarius, for example. Hydrocybe caespitosa sp. nov. Clustered Hydrocybe Plate 1 13. Figure 2. X 1 Pileus convex to obconic, depressed at the center, loosely or densely clustered, about 2-2.5 cm- broad and 1.5 cm. thick; sur- face dry, melleous, ornamented with brown, innate, pointed scales, which are denser on the disk ; context flavous, mild ; lamellae broad, ventricose, distant, sinuate-decurrent, stramineous to cremeous; spores ellipsoid, pointed at one end, smooth, hyaline granular, 7. 5-8.5 X 4-5 a1 ; stipe equal or enlarged above, gla- brous, shining, citrinous, spongy within, 4-5 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick. Type collected among moss in an open pasture east of Bronx Park, New York City, September 26, 1909, by W. A. Murrill. Also collected in the same field October 8, 1911, by W. A. Murrill and E. C. Volkert. Specimens have been sent me very recently by Professor Coker from Chapel Hill, North Carolina, collected by W. B. Cobb. According to Saccardo’s nomenclature, this species would be called Hygrophorus caespitosus. Hydrocybe pratensis (Pers.) Hygrophorus pratensis (Pers.) Fries Meadow Hydrocybe Plate 1 13. Figure 3. X 1 Pileus conic to convex, at length expanded, usually umbonate, 3-6 cm. broad ; surface dry, smooth, glabrous, pale-testaceous, testaceous on the umbo, very slightly striate on the margin ; con- text subconcolorous, mild; lamellae adnate to long-decurrent, subdistant, interveined, rather narrow and arcuate, ochroleucous with a pale-rosy tint; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, about 7X54; stipe equal or slightly enlarged above, glabrous, white at the apex, white or slightly ochraceous below, hollow, reaching 5 cm. long and 1 cm. thick. Murrill.’ Illustrations of Fungi 3 The above description was drawn from specimens collected in woods near Bronx Park, October, 1911. The species is widely distributed in woods and pastures and has many forms, one of which was figured in Mycologia for July, 1910. Melanoleuca sordida (Schum.) Murrill Tricholoma sordidum (Schum.) Fries Sordid Melanoleuca Plate 1 13. Figure 4. X 1 Pileus thin, convex to plane or slightly depressed, subumbonate at times, often irregular, gregarious or cespitose, 3-7 cm. broad ; surface smooth, glabrous, pale-violet to avellaneous with ochrace- ous hues, usually fuliginous on the disk, margin naked, involute when young; context violaceous to whitish, mild, edible; lamellae sinuate to slightly decurrent, narrow, crowded, concolorous when young, fading with age ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, pale-rosy- ochraceous in mass, 7-8 X 4-5 u ; stipe eccentric at times, equal, firm, concolorous, glabrous, stuffed or hollow, 3-8 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. This species is rarely reported, but apparently is widely dis- tributed though not abundant, occurring about manure piles and in cultivated ground where considerable manure is used. I have found it at two different places in the Garden and in great abundance under weeds on an old pile of cow manure just east of the Garden. It is much like Melanoleuca personata, with similar violet tints and spores colored exactly alike, but the cap- is thinner and differently colored, the gills duller and browner,, and the stem much slenderer and never bulbous. It also differs in its habitat and more or less clustered habit. American plants called Tricholoma nudum by some mycologists are doubtless re- ferable to this species. T. nudum seems to be confused with T. personatum in some parts of Europe. Rene Maire has re- cently erected a new genus Rhodopaxillus, for species of Tricho- loma having pale-rosy-ochraceous spores. 4 Mycologia Hypholoma aggregatum Peck Clustered Hypholoma Plate 1 13. Figure 5. X 1 Pileus thin, convex, densely cespitose, reaching 5 cm. broad ; surface dry, white or grayish, ornamented with a few appressed, pale-umbrinous or avellaneous, fibrillose scales; context soft, watery, thin, odorless, mild ; lamellae adnate or sinuate, rather crowded, whitish at first, at length dark-brown with a whitish edge ; spores ellipsoid, smooth, brown, 7 X 4 ; stipe long, equal, fibrillose, striate at the apex, hollow, reaching 6 cm. long and 1 cm. thick. This is a rare species, found in rich soil in woods, and described from Alcove, New York, in 1893. It has been collected in the Garden once, and again in woods east of Bronx Park. H. silvestre is closely related. Claudopus nidulans (Pers.) Peck Nest-making Claudopus Plate 1 13. Figure 6. X 1 Pileus sessile or narrowed to a very short stipe, reniform to circular, usually imbricate, reaching 5 cm. or more broad ; surface dry, tomentose or somewhat hirsute, bright-yellow, margin in- volute ; context slightly tough ; spores smooth, pink in mass, 6-7 n long. This beautiful species is widely distributed, occurring on dead logs in woods during autumn. It is the most important repre- sentative of the small genus Claudopus, which differs from Pleurotus in having rosy instead of white spores. The plants figured are small ones. New York Botanical Garden. A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE GENUS LAMPROSPORA Fred J. Seaver (With Plate 114, Containing 13 Figures) In a previous paper,1 the writer has called attention to some of the difficulties in the study of the present genus and in the same paper described two new species. The accumulation of ad- ditional data regarding the various species of the genus together with the collection of several apparently undescribed species has led the writer to make a preliminary study of the genus in North America. One of the most conspicuous features of many of the plants of the genus is their small size, many of them being one millimeter or less in diameter. For this reason many of the species have apparently been overlooked and even the best known are not often collected. While the ground has been covered as thoroughly as possible at the present time, it is not likely that the following list contains nearly all of the species occurring in North America. About half of the species of the genus have sculptured spores and the nature of the sculpturing in such species furnishes one of the most valuable diagnostic characters. In many of the old descriptions the spores were simply described as rough or smooth with no definite information as to the exact nature of these roughenings. In the present paper especial attention has been given to a study of these spore characters. In most cases these studies have been based on fresh material collected by the writer. In a few cases we have been compelled to rely on dried specimens. An attempt has been made to bring out these characters in the accompanying plate. The genus as treated here is used in rather a broader sense than the genus Barlaea of Saccardo, being made to include the genus Detonia, which, so far as I am able to judge, differs only in 1 MyCOLOGIA 4: 45-48. I9|2. 5 6 Mycologia the larger size of the plants. The chief object of the present paper is to call attention to the number and variety of the species of the genus with the hope that these plants may receive more attention from collectors than they have formerly. Lamprospora De-Not. Comm. Critt. Ital. i : 388. 1864 Crouania Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 320. 1869. Not Croiumia, Agardh. 1842. Plicaria Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 325. 1869. Barlaea Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: hi. 1889. Not Barlaea Reich. 1877. Detonia Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 105. 1889. Plicariella (Sacc.) Lindau in E. & P. Nat. Pfl. i1: 179. 1897. Barlacina Sacc. Syll. Fung. 14: 30. 1899. Pulvinula Boud. Hist. Class. Discom. 69. 1907. Plants small or medium sized (.5 mm. to 3 cm. in diameter), concave, plane or slightly convex, sessile, usually bright colored, some shade of red, orange or yellow, more rarely pallid or dark colored, purple or brownish-black, externally smooth or verrucose but never clothed with well-developed hairs, substance fleshy, hymenium often roughened with the protruding asci; asci 8- spored, operculate ; spores comparatively large, at first globose or subglobose, and smooth, at maturity often sculptured (spinulose, verrucose, reticulate, tuberculate or annulate), or remaining perma- nently smooth, hyaline or more rarely faintly colored yellowish or smoky-brown ; paraphyses filiform or clavate, straight or curved. Type species, Ascobolus miniatus Crouan. Key to the Species Plants small, not exceeding 5 mm. in diameter (usually 1 or 2 mm.). Spores rough (reticulate, spinulose, verrucose, tuberculate, or annulate). Spores marked with ridges. Ridges giving rise to reticulations (net- like markings over the surface). Reticulations shallow, barely rough- ening the surface of the spore. Spores at maturity 20-22 /j, in diameter, ridges of reticula- tions about 1 fJ> thick. 1. L. Crouani. Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 7 Spores at maturity 12-15 g. in diameter, reticulations very delicate, scarcely more than lines over the surface of the spore. 2. L. Reticulations deep, extending 2 g or more beyond the periphery of the spore and appearing as a broad band about its surface. 3. L. Ridges not giving rise to reticulations. Ridges usually curved and extending in various directions as in some species of Ascobolus. 4. L. Ridges giving rise to two distinct rings about the spore. 5. L. Spores not marked with ridges. Spores covered with spines. Plants not exceeding 1 mm. in diam- eter, spines short, blunt. 6. L. Plants at maturity 3-5 mm. in diam- eter, spines long and very sharp. 7. L. Spores covered with warts or tubercles. Tubercles large, twelve or rarely fourteen or fifteen about the circumference of the spore. Individual tubercles not rough. 8. L. Individual tubercles covered with minute roughenings, giv- ing them a translucent ap- pearance. 9. L. Tubercles small, about twenty or more in the circumference of the spore. Spores subglobose, on bark among moss. 10. L. Spores perfectly globose, on soil. Plants pale orange. 11. L. Plants violaceous. 12. L. Spores smooth. Plants pale orange. About 3 mm. in diameter at maturity, crowded, on burnt ground. 13. L. About 1 mm. or less in diameter, scat- tered, on damp soil. 14. L. Plants bright red. Several mm. in diameter, spores 15—18 g in diameter, on damp soil. 15. L. Less than 1 mm. in diameter, spores 8-9 g in diameter, on foliage of Sequoia. 16. L. Plants pallid or creamy. 17. L. dictydiola. areolata. ascoboloides. annulata. spinulosa. Crec’hqueraultii. tuberculata. Maireana. Wrightii. tuberculatella. amethystina. carbonaria. haemastigma. Constellatio. gemma. discoidea. 8 Mycologia Plants large, usually 5 mm. or more in diameter. Plants dark colored, purple or brown to blackish. Brown or blackish, occurring on burnt ground. Spores rough. Plants externally rough, spores about 18 fi in diameter. 18. L. trachycarpa. Plants externally smooth, spores about 9 n in diameter. 19. L. nigrans. 20. L. leijocarpa. 21. L. Planchonis. Spores smooth. Plants dark purple. Plants bright colored, orange. Spores rough. Spores smooth. 22. L. lobata. 23. L. polytrichina. i. Lamprospora Crouani (Cooke) Ascobolus miniatus Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10 : 197. 1858. Not A. miniatus Preuss, Linnaea 24: 147. 1851. Ascobolus Crouani Cooke, Jour. Bot. 2: 151. 1864. Peziza Crouani Cooke, Grevillea 3: 31. 1874. Crouania miniata Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 320. 1869. Lamprospora miniata De-Nat. Comm. Critt. Ital. 1 : 388. 1864. Aleuria Crouani Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. 50. 1878. Barlaca miniata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: hi. 1889. Plants gregarious, or crowded, at first subglobose, expanding and becoming plane or with the hymenium a little concave with a slightly elevated and often fringe-like margin, bright red, with- out and within, margin lighter, almost white, 1-5 mm. in diameter (usually about 3 mm. at maturity) asci cylindric or subcylindric, about 20-22 ix in diameter; spores i-seriate, at first smooth and usually containing one large oil-drop, at maturity becoming deli- covering the entire surface of the spore, meshes of the reticula- cately roughened, roughenings taking the form of reticulations tions 2-4 fi, rarely 5 or 6 /a in diameter, ranging from 3-6-sided, with the sides usually of unequal length but occasionally giving rise to almost perfect hexagonal figures, ridges very even and delicate, less than 1 fi broad, the ridges giving rise to a perfect unbroken net-work about the spore and very shallow as indicated by the roughenings about the periphery of the spore, entire spore 15-22 /x in diameter (usually about 20-22 /x at maturity), hyaline; paraphyses thickened above and filled with orange granules. On damp soil usually among moss plants. Type locality: Brest, France. Distribution: New York to Colorado; also in Europe. Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 9 Illustrations: Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: pi. 13, /• 44~47> Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 5, f. 17; Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. pi. 52, f. 2. Crouan’s type has not been seen but authentic specimens from M. C. Cooke’s collection have been examined and found to agree with American specimens referred to this species. One collection in great abundance was made near New York City during the past season. 2. Lamprospora dictydiola Boud. Hist. Class. Discom. 68. 1907 Plants gregarious or scattered, not crowded, expanding with the hymenium, becoming plane or nearly so and bordered with a delicate, ragged, fringe-like margin and more or less pitted and roughened, entirely orange without and within, about 1 mm. in diameter (in the living specimens examined) ; asci cylindric or subcylindric, about 18-20 /a in diameter and of variable length; spores 1 -seriate, at first smooth and usually with one large oil- drop, at maturity becoming very delicately reticulate, meshes of the reticulations 1 ^ or less in diameter and ridges appearing as single lines (when examined with a one sixth objective) ; entire spore 12-15 /a in diameter, hyaline; paraphyses enlarged above reaching a diameter of 5 n, nearly straight or occasionally a little curved, never hooked as in some related species. On charcoal which has been overgrown with mosses. Type locality: Montmorency, France. Distribution: New York; also in Europe. Illustration : Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 403. Our specimens conform well with the illustration of this species by Boudier. The species has been collected twice but in each case not over two or three plants were found. 3. Lamprospora areolata Seaver, Mycologia 4: 48. 1912 Plants gregarious, small, .5-1 mm. in diameter, at first globose, opening rather irregularly, at maturity with the hymeiiium plane or slightly convex, more or less roughened by the protruding asci, orange to bright red; asci cylindric, 15-22 /t in diameter and of variable length, tapering below into a stem-like base; spores i-seriate, at first smooth, with usually one large oil-drop, becom- ing rough at maturity, roughenings taking the form of deep areolations, areolae 3-5 /a in diameter, 3-6-sided, often forming 10 Mycologia nearly perfect hexagonal figures or with the sides of irregular length, 2-3 fj. deep as indicated by the projecting ridges about the periphery of the spore, ridges thin scarcely more than 1 /x thick, entire spore including projections 18-20 /x in diameter, hyaline; paraphyses strongly thickened above. On damp soil among mosses and algae. Type locality: Yonkers, New York. Distribution : New York to Connecticut. Illustrations: Mycologia 4: pi. 57, f. 5-8. Since the publication of this species, it has been frequently collected about New York City. The largest plants seen are not over 1 mm. in diameter. The peculiar spore characters men- tioned in the original description have been found to be constant in all of the specimens examined. 4. Lamprospora ascoboloides sp. nov. Plants gregarious, at first globose and partially buried, gradually opening with the hymenium at first slightly concave, gradually becoming plane and at maturity convex with the margin indis- tinct, usually not exceeding 1 mm. in diameter and often smaller, closely nestling in little depressions in the substratum but never buried, entirely orange, externally slightly floccose, hymenium roughened by the protruding asci which are comparatively large, finally becoming pitted as a result of the collapsing of the empty asci, the hymenium often collapsing when dry becoming concave; asci cylindric-clavate, about 175-225X18-20^; spores at first smooth with one or two oil-drops gradually becoming rough, in- creasing in size, at maturity covered with irregular ridge-like markings ; ridges straight or more often curved, several often parallel or extending in various directions and sometimes at right angles, occasionally branched, rarely a few running together giving rise to irregular and imperfect reticulations over a part of the spore but never completely or perfectly reticulate, ridges nearly 2 /x thick, markings resembling those of certain species of Ascobolus, 15-18/x in diameter (usually about 17 ^ at maturity), hyaline ; paraphyses clavate, 5-6 /x in diameter at their apices. Type collected on soil in Portland, Connecticut. Distribution: Connecticut, New York and Virginia. The species has been frequently collected about New York City since the original collection was made in Portland, Connecticut. The species is distinguished by the peculiar Ascobolus-Yike mark- ings of the spores. Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 11 5. Lamprospora annulata sp. nov. Plants gregarious but not crowded, at first globose and partially immersed in the substratum becoming expanded and with the hymenium plane or nearly plane and more or less pitted and roughened, pale orange, .5 mm. to nearly 1 mm. in diameter; asci cylindric or subcylindric, rather abruptly attenuated below into a short much contorted pedicel, entire ascus about 200 /4 long and about 20 fx in diameter, at first almost filled with the spores, in older asci the lower part stretching and becoming about equal in length to the spore-bearing portion; spores i-seriate from the first, perfectly globose and smooth when young and containing a few small oil-drops and granules, 12-14 ■/* in diameter, with two small rings appearing at an early stage about the proximal and distal sides of the spore giving rise to four small circles where the rings pass about the periphery of the spore, rings increasing in size until they reach a thickness of about 3 4, the surface of the spore becoming minutely verrucose with age, the rings at maturity giving the spore a short cylindric appearance with the axis of the cylinder parallel with the ascus, entire spore when mature about 16-18/4 in diameter, rings of about the same diameter and nicely fitted over the opposite sides of the spore, the two rings usually parallel but occasionally one of them shifted out of its normal position, hyaline; paraphyses thickened above and densely filled with large granules, about 5 /4 in diameter at the widest point. On soil among moss and algae. Type locality: Portland, Connecticut. Distribution: New York and Connecticut. In addition to the type of this species which was collected in Portland, Connecticut, August, 1913, one collection was later made near New York City. This last collection consisted of three plants each less than one millimeter in diameter. The spore characters were identical with those of the Connecticut specimen. 6. Lamprospora spinulosa sp. nov. Plants gregarious, minute, usually not exceeding 1 mm. in diameter and often less, at first closed and nearly globose, grad- ually expanding at maturity with the hymenium slightly convex and surrounded by an irregular fringe-like margin, externally slightly floccose, hymenium roughened by the asci which protrude 12 Mycologia often half their length above the paraphyses, collapsing after discharging their spores ; asci clavate-cylindric, about 200 X 18-20^; spores at first smooth with one large oil-drop, becom- ing delicately roughened, at maturity with short stout spines, about 1 fx in diameter and 2-3 /x in length, becoming adpressed when dry, entire spore about 15-20 ju, in diameter (including spines), hyaline ; paraphyses clavate, septate and granular within. On soil among moss. New York Botanical Garden, 1912. This plant which is 1 mm. or less in diameter has often been collected about New York City. The spores as well as the ex- ternal characters of the species are very different from L. Crec’hqueraultii another spinulose-spored species. I find no de- scription of the species. 7. Lamprospora Crec’houeraultii (Crouan) Boud. Ic. Myc. expl. pi. 11. 1909 Ascobohis Crec’hqueraultii Crouan, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: 194. 1858. Peziza modesta Karst. Act. Fauna FI. Fenn. 10: 122. 1869. Peziza echinospcrma Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 24: 95. 1872. Peziza auriflava Cooke, Mycogr. 16. 1875. Aleuria auriflava Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. 50. 1879. Mollisia Crec’hqueraultii Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. 118. 1882. Crouania asperella Rehm, Hedwigia 24: 226. 1885. Humaria Crec’hqueraultii Quel. Enchir. 288. 1886. Barlaea Crec’hqueraultii Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 113. 1889. Barlaea asperella Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 113. 1889. Barlaea modesta Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 113. 1889. Humaria echinospcrma Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 130. 1889. Plicariella modesta Lindau in E. & P. Nat. Pfl. i2 : 180. 1897. Plants gregarious, 2-5 mm. in diameter (usually 2 or 3), en- tirely smooth without and within, hymenium at first slightly con- cave becoming plane or more often convex, margin indistinct in mature plants and entire plant often becoming irregular in form, very pale orange externally and internally, fading to dirty yel- lowish-white in dried specimens ; asci cylindric, or subcylindric, about 300-325 X 27 fx protruding above the hymenium ; spores 1 -seriate, at first smooth, at maturity spinulose, globose, or rarely Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 13 very slightly elongated, spines conspicuous, irregular in length, broad at the base and tapering to a very sharp point at the apex, often 2 or 3/* long, in dried specimens becoming bent and ad- pressed to the sides of the spore but regaining their normal form when wet, entire spore 18-22 ^ in diameter (including spines), hyaline ; paraphyses thickened at their apices. On clayey soil. Type locality: Europe. Distribution: New York to Delaware, West Virginia and Colorado ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 24: pi. 3, /. 10-13; Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 10: pi. 13, f. 12-15 ; Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 404, 405 ; Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa 6: pi. 12, f. 4; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 6, f. 22, 23. Exsiccati : Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 840 (as Peziza echinosperma Peck) ; Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 841 (as Peziza modesta Karst.) ; Clements, Crypt. Form. Colo. 115 (as Detonia modesta). In addition to the synonyms previously published, the writer has examined cotype specimen of Peziza echinosperma Peck and finds it to be identical with the above. 8. Lamprospora tuberculata Seaver, Mycologia 4: 47. 1912 Plants gregarious in small clusters, not crowded but rarely with two or three in close contact, at first globose and almost buried in the sandy soil on which they grow, when young taper- ing above or subconic in form, with the hymenium gradually ex- panding and at maturity plane or nearly so, often with a fringe- like border and roughened by the protruding asci which appear above as minute white spines, superficial but with the base still nestling in the substratum, about .5 mm. in diameter or rarely attaining a diameter of nearly 1 mm. ; asci cylindric or sub- cylindric, slightly narrowed near the apex, and tapering below into a stem-like base, 25-28 n in diameter and about 275-300 /x long; spores i-seriate, at first smooth and usually with one large oil-drop, gradually becoming rough, at maturity very coarsely tuberculafe, tubercles covering the surface of the spore and ap- pearing about its margin like great lumps often projecting further in one place than another giving the spore an irregular outline, individual tubercles about 3-4 /x in diameter, giving rise to 12 or rarely 14 or 15 lobes about the periphery of the spore, entire spore 18-20 jx in diameter at maturity, hyaline ; paraphyses en- 14 Mycologia larged above attaining a diameter of 6 n, filled with orange granules. On soil in open places among mosses and algae. Type locality: Woods near Yonkers, New York. Distribution: New York to Virginia. Illustrations : Mycologia 4 : pi. 57, f. 1-4. Numerous collections of this species have been made about New York City during the past season. The coarse tuberculate marking of the spores is a constant feature in all of the specimens examined. 9. Lamprospora Maireana sp. nov. Plants gregarious, at first globose, becoming expanded, at maturity with the hymenium plane or slightly concave, entirely pale orange without and within, reaching a diameter of about 2 mm. ; asci cylindric or subcylindric, gradually tapering below into a stem-like base, having a diameter of 30 /a at the broadest point and reaching a length of 300-325^; spores i-seriate, per- fectly globose, at first smooth, at maturity becoming roughened, roughenings taking the form of tubercles which are as large as 3-5 fx in diameter and appearing as scallops about the periphery of the spore, the tubercles bearing secondary roughenings which give to each a minutely roughened surface, and giving the whole spore a translucent effect, entire spore at maturity, about 23 jx in diameter, subhyaline; paraphyses strongly thickened at their apices, reaching a thickness of 8ju. On the ground among moss and algae. Type locality: Algiers, North Africa. Distribution: New York; also in North Africa. Exsiccati : Maire, Myc. Bor. Africana 22 (as L. tuberculata Seaver). This species was distributed by R. Maire as L. tuberculata. Close comparison however shows the two to be quite different. The plants are larger, the spores larger and the sculpturing of the spores quite different. The warts in the African species are not so prominent as in L. tuberculata and the secondary roughening of the tubercles does not occur in L. tuberculata. A single local collection has been made by the writer in which the spores agree with the specimen collected by Maire so that the species probably occurs in North America. Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 15 io. Lamprospora Wrightii (Berk. & Curt.) Peziza Wrightii Berk. & Curt. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 15 '■ 444- 1865. Barlaea Wrightii Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 112. 1889. Humaria Wrightii Boud. Hist. Class. Discom. 68. 1907. Plants gregarious or scattered, at first globose, becoming ex- panded with the hymenium plane or slightly concave, surrounded by a delicate irregular elevated margin giving it a fringe-like border, entirely pale orange, slightly paler externally and minutely roughened ; asci cylindric or slightly clavate ; spores usually i-seriate or irregularly crowded, globose or more often just slightly ellipsoid, at first smooth, with one or sometimes several oil-drops, becoming roughened at maturity, roughenings taking the form of small wart-like bodies, which are usually rather widely scattered over the surface of the spore, 15-17^ in diameter, hyaline; paraphyses strongly enlarged above, filled with granules. On bark of trees among moss. Type locality: Bodelwyddan, Flintshire, Wales. Distribution : Alabama, Texas and Cuba ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 15: pi. 75, /. 16; Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 399; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 5, /. 18. The spores were originally described as echinulate but this may have been due to faulty observation since later students of the type describe the spores as verrucose. An Alabama specimen examined agrees perfectly with Boudier’s illustration of this species. 1 1. 'Lamprospora tuberculatella sp. nov. Plants gregarious but never crowded, often five or six plants in the space of 1 cm., at first globose, opening at the top and gradually expanding, at maturity discoid, convex above and floccose with the asci which protrude above the hymenium half their length appearing as many minute white spines, whole plant pale orange, .3-.5 mm. in diameter or rarely reaching a diameter of I mm.; asci cylindric or subcylindric ; spores i-seriate, at first smooth and with one large oil-drop near the center, increasing in size as they mature, at maturity about 20 ^ in diameter and covered with small tubercle-like markings, tubercles covering the surface of the spore and appearing beyond the periphery of the 16 Mycologia spore like those of L. tuberculata but much smaller, about twenty to twenty-five around the circumference of the spore, hyaline; paraphyses enlarged above and filled with orange granules. On soil among moss near Yonkers, New York. This species has been frequently collected and much attention has been given to a study of the spore characters. As might at first be thought, the small wart-like markings have never been found to intergrade with those of L. tuberculata in which they are twice as large. 12. Lamprospora amethystina (Quel.) Humaria Personii amethystina Quel. Fr. Acad. Sci. 14: 451. 1885. Barlaea amethystina Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 116. 1889. Plants gregarious, purplish, without and within, with a delicate white border, hymenium a little concave, reaching a diameter of 2 mm.; asci cylindric or subcylindric ; spores 1 -seriate, at first smooth, becoming rough at maturity, spore markings similar to those of L. tuberculatella, hyaline; paraphyses a little enlarged at their apices. On the ground among moss. Type locality: Jura, France. Distribution : Iowa ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa 6: pi. 12, /• 3- The only specimens of this species seen were those collected by the writer in Iowa. The species is distinguished by its color. ♦ 13. Lamprospora carbonaria (Fuckel) Crouania carbonaria Fuckel, Symb. Myc. (Nachtrag) 64. 1871. Pczisa sanguinaria Cooke, Grevillea 3: 31. 1874. Barlaea carbonaria Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 112. 1889. ? Lamprospora carbonicola Bond. Hist. Class. Discom. 68. 1907- Plants gregarious or crowded, 1-3 mm. in diameter, globose, becoming expanded with the hymenium plane or slightly concave and margin even or wavy, plants often irregular in form from mutual pressure, entirely pale orange, hymenium nearly even or Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 17 slightly floccose; asci cylindric-clavate, about 225X18-20^.; spores perfectly globose and smooth with one oil-drop varying in size but often almost filling the spore, entire spore 15-18 /x in diameter, hyaline; paraphvses filiform or slightly enlarged at their apices, extending high above the asci and curved or hooked, about 3-4 n in diameter at their apices. On soil among moss plants in a place which has been recently burned but subsequently partially overgrown with moss. Type locality: Oestrich and Budenheim woods, Germany. Distribution : New York; also in Europe. Through the courtesy of Dr. Farlow, I have been permitted to examine spores of cotype material of this species. Specimens collected in the New York Botanical Garden agree with Fuckel’s plants so far as we can judge from dried specimens. The species has been seen by the writer only once but occurred in good quantity. 14. Lamprospora haemastigma (Hedw.)? Octospora haemastigma Hedw. Laub-Moose 2: 17. 1788. Pulvinula haemastigma Boud. Hist. Class. Discom. 70. 1907. Plants rather thickly gregarious, rarely two or three in close contact, at first globose, becoming expanded with the hymenium plane or slightly concave, entirely pale yellow (becoming brighter in dried specimens), about 1 mm. in diameter; asci cylindric or subcylindric, 20-23 /x in diameter and as long as 300 /x'; tapering below into a stem-like base; spores i-seriate, smooth, usually with one large oil-drop, about 20 /x in diameter, hyaline; paraphyses very slender, strongly curved at their apices and scarcely thick- ened above, about 2 /x in diameter at the thickest point, densely filled with yellow granules. On damp soil among moss. Type locality: Europe. Distribution: New York; also in Europe. Illustrations: Hedw. Laub-Moose 2: pi. 5, /. i-j; Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 406. Our plants agree well with Boudier’s illustrations of what he takes to be Hedwig’s species. It also agrees fairly well with Hedwig’s illustration although the plants are somewhat paler. The species differs from L. Constellatio by the smaller size of the plants and much paler color. 18 Mycologia 15. Lamprospora Constellatio (Berk. & Br.) Peziza Constellatio Berk. & Br. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IV. 17: 142. 1876. Leucoloma Constellatio Rehm, Ber. Naturh. Ver. Augsburg 26: 5. 1881. Pulvinula Constellatio Bourl. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 1 : 107. 1885. Aleuria Constellatio Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. 207. (1888?) Barlaeina Constellatio Morgan, Jour. Myc. 8: 188. 1902. ■ Plants gregarious or scattered, at first globose, becoming ex- panded and plane or slightly concave, 1-5 mm. in diameter, hymenium bright red, color becoming brighter in dried specimens, often almost scarlet, externally lighter;, asci cylindric or sub- cylindric, about 250-300 X 20 /x ; with a long stem-like base; spores smooth with one large oil-drop often surrounded by numer- ous smaller ones, hyaline, 15-20 /x (usually about 18) in diameter, hyaline; paraphyses filiform, only slightly thickened at the ends and very much hooked and curved, entirely filled with red granules and sparingly septate. On bare ground in rich soil. Type locality: Addington, Kent, Great Britain. Distribution: New Jersey to Ontario, Colorado and Jamaica; also in Europe. Illustrations: Bond. Ic. Myc. pi. 407; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 21, f. 81. m Exsiccati: Ellis & Ev. N. Am. Fungi 20j<5. I have not seen the type of this species but American specimens conform well with European' illustrations and exsiccati. The species was frequently collected by the writer in the Rocky Moun- tains and has been less frequently collected in the East. 16. Lamprospora gemma (Phill.) Pcziza gemma Phill. Grevillea 7: 21. 1878. Barlaea gemma Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 112. 1889. Plants gregarious, sessile, fleshy, subturbinate, finally expanded with the hymenium plane or slightly concave, asci cylindric; spores i-seriate, globose, smooth, hyaline, about 8/x in diameter; paraphyses filiform, very slender and branched, straight or more or less curved at their apices. On decaying foliage of Sequoia sempervirens. Seaver : Study of Genus Lamprospora 19 Type locality: California. Distribution : Known only from the type locality. Illustration: Cooke, Mycogr. pi. hi, f. 398. A specimen of this species collected by Harkness in California has been examined. The species differs from L. Constcllatio in the much smaller size of the spores. The plants are also much smaller. 17. Lamprospora discoidea (P. Henn. & E. Nym.) Barlaea discoidea P. Henn. & E. Nym. Monsunia 1 : 33. 1900. Barlaeina discoidea Sacc. Syll. Fung. 16: 710. 1902. Plants scattered or gregarious, sessile, at first subglobose, ex- panding leaving the margin elevated and hymenium slightly con- cave, but soon becoming plane and later strongly convex, minutely roughened by the protruding asci, entire plant reaching a maxi- mum of 2 mm. in diameter (usually 1 mm. in diameter at ma- turity), color white or grayish white or with a slight tinge of yellow or cream ; asci subcylindric above, tapering below into a slender stem-like base which is usually forked, about 200-250 X 20 //,; spores i-seriate, smooth, with one large oil-drop which nearly fills the spore, rather thick-walled, 15-20 /a in diameter (usually about 17 /a), hyaline; paraphyses slender, slightly en- larged upwards, about 5 ^ in diameter at their apices. On rather sandy soil or among moss. Type locality: Java. Distribution: New York; also in Asia. The pale color is the distinguishing character of this species, which was found to be very common in the New York Botanical Garden during the past season. It is very different in appearance from any of the other species here described. 18. Lamprospora trachycarpa (Curr.) Peziza trachycarpa Curr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 24: 493. 1864. Peziza scabrosa Cooke, Mycogr. 170. (1879?) Discina trachycarpa Karst. Act. Fauna FI. Fenn. 2: 113. 1885. Plicaria trachycarpa Boud. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 1 : 102. 1885. Aleuria trachycarpa Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. 207. (1888?) Detonia trachycarpa Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 105. 1889. 20 Mycologia Phacopezia scabrosa Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 472. 1889. Plicariella trachycarpa Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. FI. i3: 996. 1896. Plants gregarious or densely crowded, often forming continuous masses extending over many cm., at first globose, gradually open- ing above and becoming shallow cup-shaped with the margin in- curved and elevated or more rarely closely adhering to the sub- stratum, regular in form or cochleate and becoming very irregular especially when closely crowded, hymenium smooth or convolute, dark reddish-brown or slightly olivaceous, becoming black in dried specimens, externally lighter colored and rough, often densely verrucose, 5 mm. to 2 cm. in diameter ; asci cylindric or subcylindric, about 15-18//, in diameter and of variable length but often reaching 250-300 //.; spores i-seriate, at first smooth, becoming rough, roughenings taking the form of small tubercles or often elongated, appearing like very short interrupted ridges, becoming pale yellowish or smoky at maturity, about 15-18// in diameter; paraphyses thickened above and adhering more or less together at their apices, yellowish-brown. On burnt ground and charcoal beds. Type locality: Ascot Fleath, Great Britain. Distribution : New York to Colorado ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Bond. Ic. Mvc. pi. 300; Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State LIniv. Iowa 6: pi. 14, f. 1; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 67, f. 257; Trans. Linn. Soc. 24: pi. 57, /. 3, 5. Cotype material of this species has been examined. Also cotype material of Peziza scabrosa Cooke has been examined and found to be identical. The species is common. 19. Lamprospora nigrans (Morgan) Peziza nigrans Morgan, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. 18: 43. 1895. Detonia nigrans Sacc. Syll. Fung. 14: 747. 1899. Plants at first cup-shaped and circular in outline, becoming plane and more or less irregular, hymenium black or blackish, externally smoky-pallid and smooth, attached to the soil by slender fibers, reaching a diameter of 1 or 2 cm. asci cylindric or subcylindric and much elongated; spores 1 -seriate, at first smooth, becoming rather coarsely warted and reaching a diameter of about 9//, subhyaline to smoky-brown; paraphyses thickened above and dark colored. On burnt ground. Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 21 Type locality: Preston, Ohio. Distribution : Known only from the type locality. The species is distinguished from L. trachycarpa to which it is closely related by the smooth exterior of the plants and the very small size of the asci and spores. Cotype material has been studied. 20. Lamprospora leiocarpa (Curr.) Pesisa leiocarpa Curr. Trans. Linn. Soc. 24: 493. 1864. Plkaria foveata Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 326. 1869. Detonia leiocarpa Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 105. 1889. Detonia foveata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 105. 1889. Plicaria leiocarpa Rehm, Rabenh. Krypt. FI. i3 : 994. _ 1896. Plants gregarious, at first globose and closed, opening and be- coming shallow cup-shaped, at length almost entirely flattened, and irregularly undulated and lobed, hymenium olivaceous-brown ; asci clavate, becoming subcylindric ; spores at first irregularly 2-seriate, becoming 1 -seriate at maturity, globose, hyaline, re- maining entirely smooth, usually with one large oil-drop, about 10-12 /u in diameter; paraphvses enlarged above and adhering together. On burnt ground. Type locality: Ascot Ffeath, Great Britain. Distribution: California; also in Europe. Illustrations: Trans. Linn. Soc. 24: pi. 57, /. 4, 6; Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 304. Cotype material of this species has been examined. The only American specimens examined were collected by Dr. Harkness in California. This species differs from L. trachycarpa, which it resembles, in having permanently smooth spores. 21. Lamprospora Planchonis (Dun.) Plicaria Planchonis Dun, ; Boud. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 3 : 92. 1887. Plants gregarious or scattered, sessile, hemispherical or nearly plane, usually regular in form but occasionally irregularly con- torted, margin rough, exterior of cups minutely roughened or warted, entire plant very dark purple, exterior almost black, hymenium a little lighter, flesh with transmitted light bright 22 Mycologia purple and both asci and paraphyses surrounded with purple coloring matter which can be partially extracted with water from the dried plants, 5-8 mm. in diameter; asci cylindric, with a slender stem, about 200X13-15 Ml spores i-seriate, perfectly globose, at first hyaline with one and sometimes several oil-drops, becoming pale purplish (as are also the paraphyses and asci), smooth or very minutely roughened, at maturity about 10-12 fx. in diameter ; paraphyses clavate, about 6 /x in diameter at their apices, filled with purple granules. On sandy soil by roadsides, hillsides and on sand-dunes. Type locality: France. Distribution : Common in the Bermudas ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 3: pi. 8; Boud. Ic. Mvc. pi. 3op. This little purple fungus is the commonest cup-fungus in the Bermudas, occurring by roadsides and on hillsides in pastures and open places. Numerous collections were made by Stewardson Brown, N. L. Britton and the writer during the winter of 1912. So far as I am aware, this is the first record of the species from North America. A closely related species, Peziza Persoonii, is said to differ in having rough spores. No specimen of the latter species has been seen by the writer from North America. 22. Lamprospora lobata (Berk. & Curt.) Peziza lobata Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 365. 1869. Barlaea lobata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 117. 1889. Plants scattered, and shallow cup-shaped to nearly plane or with the margin slightly elevated and undulated or lobed ; hymenium dull orange, paler below, about 5-12 mm. in diameter; asci cylin- dric or subcylindric, 15-18 /x in diameter and of variable length but usually about 250 /x; spores i-seriate, at first smooth, becom- ing rough at maturity, roughenings consisting of four to six tubercles of variable size which appear beyond the periphery of the spore and with several more or less indistinct lines or bands extending across the surface of the spore in various directions resembling pieces of coarse twine wound about its surface, the inequality in the size of the tubercles giving the mature spore a rather irregular form, entire spore 12-15 /x in diameter, hyaline; paraphyses very slender, about 1-2 /x in diameter and scarcely enlarged at their apices. Seaver: Study of Genus Lamprospora 23 On the ground. Type locality: Cuba. Distribution : Known only from the type locality. Illustrations: Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 69, f. 265. A cotype specimen of this species has been studied. The species is well-marked by its size and by the peculiar markings of the spores, which are not mentioned in the original description. 23. Lamprospora polytrichina (Rehm) Detonia polytrichina Rehm, Krypt. FI. i3 : 1269. 1896. Plants gregarious, sessile, expanding, becoming nearly plane or shallow cup-shaped, margin entire and often wavy, reaching a diameter of 5 mm., hymenium bright orange, externally lighter, whitish and more or less pruinose; asci cylindric or subcylindric, gradually tapering near the base, reaching a length of 200-225 and about 17 thick near the apex; spores i-seriate, entirely globose, with one or sometimes several oil-drops, smooth, hyaline, 1 5—1 7 yu. in diameter; paraphyses slender, slightly enlarged above, straight or slightly curved. On soil among moss, especially Poly trichum. Type locality: Europe. Distribution : Minnesota ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 13, f. 50. The only specimens of this species examined from America were those collected by Miss Hone in Minnesota (No. 938 ). The species has been confused with Peziza Polytrichi Schum. Doubtful Species Peziza cxasperata Berk. & Curt. Grevillea 3: 152. 1874. The plants are described as one-half inch across, externally warted and with the margin indexed, spores rough and about 12 fi in diameter. The species was collected in Alabama by Peters. Peziza globifera Berk. & Curt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 366. 1869. A Cuban species with smooth spores. My only knowledge of this and the preceding species is based on the examination of microscopic slide of the spores. Barlaea lacunosa Ellis & Ev. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894 : 347- 1895. 24 Mycologia This species was described from material collected on the bark of some coniferous tree in Newfoundland. The type has been studied and both the habitat and general characters of the plant indicate that it is a Pithya, which genus is rather closely related to Lamprospora. Whether it is a distinct species I am unable to say. The plants are larger and more convolute than most specimens of Pity a vulgaris Fuckel, but some specimens of this species ap- proach it in size. If it is not the same species, Ellis’s plant is at least very closely related to P. vulgaris. Explanation of Plate CXIV This plate contains spores of the following species of Lamprospora drawn with the aid of the camera lucida to a common scale. 1. Lamprospora Crec’hqueraultii (Crouan) Boud. 2. Lamprospora Crouani (Cooke) Seaver. 3. Lamprospora areolata Seaver. 4. Lamprospora dictydiola Boud. 5. Lamprospora spinulosa Seaver. 6. Lamprospora tuberculatella Seaver. 7. Lamprospora tuberculata Seaver. 8. Lamprospora ascoboloides Seaver. 9. Lamprospora annulata Seaver. 10. Lamprospora trachycarpa (Curr.) Seaver. 11. Lamprospora Wrightii (Berk. & Curt.) Seaver. 12. Lamprospora lobata (Berk. & Curt.) Seaver. 13. Lamprospora Maireana Seaver. Mycologia Plate CXIV LAMPROSPORA NOTES ON UREDINOPSIS MIRABILIS AND OTHER RUSTS W. P. Fraser A few culture experiments were carried on during the season of 1913, and, though nothing new was established by these cul- tures, yet, since some of them confirm important results that rest only on the previous experiments and observations of the writer, a brief record may be of interest. Little culture material could be found in the vicinity of Mac- donald College, so that the writer was dependent on the generosity of the following who contributed material for the experiments : Professors R. Matheson and H. W. Smith, of the Nova Scotia Agricultural College, Truro; Mr. Robert Inglis, Pictou, N. S.; Miss Muriel Macrae, Durham, N. S. ; and Mr. W. H. Brittain, Plant Pathologist of British Columbia. To these, the writer wishes to express his sincere thanks. Uredinopsis mirabxlis (Peck) Magn. Teliosporic material of this rust collected at Truro, N. S., was placed in a moist chamber until the teliospores were germinating freely. It was then suspended above a young plant of Abies balsamca (L.) Mill, on May 15th. Pycnia were present on the leaves on May 23d and aecia in abundance on June 1st. Another sowing on May 15th gave pycnia on May 25th followed by abundant aecia. A third sowing on May 16th was followed by pycnia on May 27th and aecia by June 3d, both in abundance. Two other sowings were made later with success, but the in- fection was not so marked, probably owing to the shoots being more mature. Six plants of Abies balsamea obtained at the same time and place were kept as checks and remained free from infection. The species of the genus Uredinopsis are not separated by any marked morphological differences, also a number of them have 25 26 Mycologia their aecia on Abies balsamea, so the question arises whether they are distinct or should be included under one species. To obtain cultural evidence bearing on this matter, the following experi- ments were made. The aeciospores of Uredinopsis mirabilis obtained by the ex- periment just described were placed in distilled water, and by means of an atomizer were sown on the following ferns on June 14th: Onoclea sensibilis L., Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Sw.. Osmunda Claytoniana L., O. regalis L., Phegopteris Dryop- teris (L.) Fee. Uredinia were noticed on June 21st on Onoclea sensibilis and soon became abundant. There was no infection of the other ferns. Another sowing on June 16th of culture aecio- spores on Onoclea sensibilis, Asplenium Filix-femina (L.) Bernh., Osmunda Claytoniana and Aspidium Thelypteris gave abundant uredinia on Onoclea sensibilis by June 24th, but no infection of the others. A third sowing on June 26th on Aspidium The- lypteris, Asplenium Filix-femina, Onoclea sensibilis and Phygop- teris Dryopteris was followed by abundant uredinia on Onoclea sensibilis but no infection of the other plants. A number of checks of Onoclea sensibilis remained free from infection. These experiments confirm the work of last year and indicate clearly that Uredinopsis mirabilis is a distinct species.1 Melampsora Medusae Thiim. Teliosporic material of this rust collected near Pictou, N. S., was sown on young trees of Tsuga canadensis on May 28th. Pycnia were present by June 5th, and aecia were first noticed appearing on June 8th, both in great abundance. Five trees kept as checks showed no infection. Branches of Tsuga canadensis bearing cones were placed in water and germinating teliosporic material suspended above the cones on June 20th. Pycnia were present on the cones on June 27th and were soon abundant, but only one matured aecia. Doubtless the failure to mature aecia was due to the unhealthy condition of the cones, most of them dying before the aecia had time to mature. Attempts were made to infect Lari, v laricina (Du Roi) Kooh. in the field, but without success. Two sowings of germinating 1 See Mycoi.. 4: 236. 1913. Fraser: Uredinopsis mirabilis 27 teliosporic material on a flourishing young tree of the same species in the laboratory also failed. From field observations and culture experiments described in this and previous papers, the writer concludes that the Melani - psora on Populus grandidentata in eastern Canada has its aecia on the leaves, young twigs and cones of Tsuga canadensis and does not infect Lari. x laricina.2 It may be that the rust on Populus grandidentata is a distinct species as Arthur3 has shown that Melampsora Medusae on P. deltoides and P. tremuloides has aecia on Larix, but for the present it seems best to regard it as a specialized form of Melampsora Medusae. Attempts to infect Populus deltoides with the aeciospores obtained from the cul- ture failed. Pucci niastrum Myrtilli (Schum.) Arth. Teliosporic material of this rust on Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) T. & G., collected at Isle Perrot, P. Q., was sown on Tsuga cana- densis on May 28th. Pycnia were present on June 9th and aecia on June 16th, both in abundance.4 Calyptospora columnaris (Alb. & Schw.) Kuhn Germinating teliosporic material of this rust on Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam., collected at Pictou, N. S., was sown on Abies balsarnca on May 15th. Aecia were noticed on June 3d and were mature by June 12th. No pycnia were formed.5 Peridermium Harknessii Moore Attempts were made with the aeciospores of this form collected at Vernon, B. C., to infect Commandra umbellata (L.) Nutt., but without success. It was doubtful, however, if the aeciospores were in good condition when sown. Summary of Cultures Described in This Article Uredinopsis mirabilis Magn. Five successful sowings of telio- spores from Onoclea sensibilis L. on Abies balsarnca (L.) Mill. 2 See Mycol. 3 : 188. 1912 ; 5 : 238. 1913. 3 Jour. Myc. 10: 13. 1904; u : 52. 1905; 12: 13. 1906. ■*See Mycol. 5: 237. 1913. 3 See Mycol. 4: 177. 1912. 28 Mycologia Three successful sowings of culture aeciospores on Onoclea sen- sibilis L. but failure to infect Osmunda Claytoniana L., Osmunda regalis L., Aspidium Theiypteris (L.) Sw., Asplenium Filix- femina (L.) Bernh., and Phegopteris Dryopteris (L.) Fee. Melampsora Medusae Thfim. Teliospores from Populus grandidentata Michx., infected Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr, but failed to infect Larix laricina (DuRoi) Koch. Pucciniastrum Myrtilli (Schum.) Arth. Teliospores from Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) T. & G., infected Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Calyptospora columnaris (Alb. & Schw.) Kuhn. Teliospores from Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam., infected Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Macdonald College, Province cf Quebec. OBSERVATIONS ON THE USE OF RIDG- WAY’S NEW COLOR-BOOK.1-2 THE COLOR OF THE SPORES OF VOLVARIA SPECIOSA FR. L. C. C. Krieger In using the recently published book, “ Color Standards and Color Nomenclature,” by Ridgway, the writer was confronted with certain difficulties which operate against exactness in color determination, viz. : the appearance of the complementary of an adjacent color in the one under observation; the darkening or lightening effects of backgrounds of varying degrees of lumi- nosity ; and the effect of area on colors. As these difficulties will be encountered by others who may have occasion to consult this valuable repository of color tones, an account of some tests will doubtless prove of interest. The writer wished to ascertain the precise color of a spore- print of the gill-fungus, V olvaria speciosa Fr. The print was about 15 cm. in diameter, and so dense as to cover completely the White paper underneath. On comparing the entire area of the print with the small color squares in the book, it was found that a tone somewhere between l and k of column 13, PI. Ill, cor- responded with the tone of the spore-deposit.3 1 Color Standards/and/Color Nomenclature/by/Robert Ridgway, M.S., C.M.Z.S., etc. /Curator of the Division of Birds, United States/National Museum. /With Fifty-three Colored Plates/and/Eleven Hundred and Fifteen Named Colors. /Washington, D. C./1912. /Published by the Author./(8 mo., colored frontispiece, pp. (I) 1 1— 1 1 1 (IV), (1) 2-43 (44). Reviewed by P. L. Ricker in Mycologia 5: 172-174. March, 1913.) 2 While the discussion here presented is confined to Ridgway’s book, the deductions are applicable to any work which attempts to standardize colors by giving the colors themselves. 3 The tests here recorded were conducted in a room, near a good-sized window in the north wall. Sky clear. No other illumination. No reflections from strongly colored objects outside. Wall-paper and near-by objects not conspicuous in color. Every test was verified by two persons. 29 30 Mycologia But having learned, through experience, that colors appear brighter when spread over large surfaces than when confined to smaller ones, it was decided to cover the spore-print entirely with a piece of white paper measuring 15.5 cm. by 29 cm., and provided in the center with an aperture of the exact size of the color squares ; a contrivance known as an excluder. Placing this ex- cluder over the print so that only a small patch of the spore- covered surface showed, and then comparing this patch with the squares, it was learned that the tone 13 m on PI. Ill matched perfectly, the reduction in area having had a darkening effect. For the next test, a piece of carbon paper of the same size as the white sheet was procured, and, after providing it with an aperture of the same dimensions as the other, comparison was made. This time the spores agreed exactly with square i, column 13', pi. XV, a tone, it will be noticed, very much lighter than either of those determined upon in the foregoing tests. Finally, it was concluded to equalize conditions absolutely, both as to size of aperture and color of paper. Two sheets of the identical color of the mounts in Color Standards, cut to the size adopted for these tests, were applied, one to the print, the other to the squares, with the result that the spore-color tallied ac- curately with 13' k, on PL XV, — again a different tone. These tests may be repeated by anyone who will follow the methods described. Any color will answer the purpose, though a critical one, such as an indeterminate brown of medium depth, will exhibit the mutations more markedly. With excluders of a lively color the effect is quite surprising, as another set of tests with a sheet colored Cendre Green (PI. VI, 35 b) demonstrates. Except for the color, the sheet was in every respect like those used previously, but before applying it, an experiment was per- formed that again exhibited the effect of increased area on colors. It was found that when any part of the surface was brought in direct contact with the square of Cendre Green, the agreement was perfect; when, however, the surface was viewed as a whole, the color approximated rather closely Vanderpoel’s Green (PI. VI, 33 b), a yellower green than Cendre Green. With this sheet the following changes were produced in some squares chosen at random : Krieger: Ridgway’s New Color-Book 31 PI .II ii k = V\.IIgj PI. II ii m = PI. II 9 m PI. Ill 15 m = PI. Ill I3.m (almost) PI. IV 23 /=P1. IV 21 f PI. IV 23 k = V\. IV 20 k PI. XXXIX 5'" rf = Pl. XXXIX T" c PI. XL 21"' / = P1. XXXIX 14'" e If one desired, tests might be carried on with sheets represent- ing all of the colors of the spectrum, but in each test it would be found that the color tested had undergone a change of aspect, the degree and direction depending upon the color in juxta- position. Indeed, by the use of a set of differently colored ex- cluders a large number of new tones, each one a standard, might be obtained ; but unfortunately, it would not be possible to turn these new tones to account, as the excluder, applied to the color to be compared, would itself have to be excluded, and without this important factor, comparison would be reduced to the hit-or- miss method we are endeavoring to eliminate. In view of the discomforting deductions which cannot but be drawn from these tests, one is bound to accept the conclusion, long ago arrived at by artists, physicists, and others, that colors, as perceived by the human eye, are of an illusive nature and not fixed in the way generally supposed. This conclusion accepted, it behooves the devotees of the descriptive sciences to agree upon some means by the aid of which this source of error may be controlled. The writer would suggest the issuing of two excluders (in supplementary form), each measuring 15.5 cm. by 29 cm., and colored to match the mounts in Color Standards. In the center of each, there should be an aperture of the size of the color squares. In addition, a note might be included enjoining the use of the excluders when accurate records are to be made. The note ought to state further, that users of the book, when referring to a tone, should indicate whether the excluders were employed. The abbreviation “ -(- std. excl.” (plus standard excluders), added to a symbol, would suffice to show whether the observer had availed himself of this necessary adjunct in the work of color dis- crimination. U. S. Department of Agriculture. NEW -OR INTERESTING FUNGI David Ross Sumstine (With Plates 115-117, Containing 16 Figures) Hormisciopsis gen. nov. Pulvinate, effused, gelatinous, collapsing when dry ; mycelium well developed, filiform, branched; sporophore not differing from the mycelium, erect or subereot; spores in chains, bright-colored. This genus differs from H ormiscium in its gelatinous character. In gross appearance it is not unlike some species of Tremellaceae, particularly species of Exidia or Gnepinia. The manner of pro- duction of spores separates it entirely from this group. Hormisciopsis gelatinosa sp. nov. Pulvinate or effused, contorted, plicate, compact, appearing as though oozing out of the substratum, red to dark-red; mycelium filiform, branched ; sporophores not differentiated from the mycelium ; spores in chains, the chains branched, globose to ellip- soid, guttulate, somewhat granular, 5-6 X 6-10 /x. On decayed wood, Fern Hollow, Allegheny Co., Pennsylvania, August, 1907. The type specimens are in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Arthrosporium album sp. nov. Plants gregarious, mycelium scanty; stroma conic or cylin- dric, 0.5-1 mm. high, white, composed of a fascicle of parallel hyphae, the fertile hyphae becoming free along the stroma or spreading above and forming a small head ; spores borne on sterigmata on the swollen ends of the fertile hyphae; spores hyaline, 3-septate, guttulate, cylindric-fusiform, 5-8X25-30 /i. On decayed log, Fern Hollow, Allegheny Co., Pennsylvania, 1912. The genus Arthrosporium is used simply as a pigeonhole for this species. Its affinities are with several genera. It might be 32 Sumstine: New or Interesting Fungi 33 placed with equal propriety in Atractium or Harpographium. Atractium differs from Arthrosporium in the shape of the spores; Harpographium differs in the colored hyphae and in the simple spores. The type specimens are in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Phyllosticta Atriplicis Desm. From published descriptions, Phyllosticta Atriplicis Desm. and Septoria Atriplicis (West.) Fuckl. may be the same species. I have not seen the type specimens of either species and therefore cannot say definitely that such is the case, but specimens collected on leaves of Atriplex hastata L. during the summers of 1909. 1910, 1911, and 1912 may throw some light on the matter. The specimens were collected at different places in Wilkinsburg and always showed remarkable uniformity in growth and develop- ment. The examination of fresh specimens showed pycnidia with long, guttulate, and apparently non-septate spores. The spores in old dry specimens appeared to be distinctly septate. This peculiar condition in spore character made the determination of the plants difficult. The long non-septate spores indicated the genus Phoma or Macrophoma; the older septate spores pointed to the genus Septoria. It is probable that the septation in the older spores is due to the contraction of the protoplasmic mass in drying and therefore the septa are not true but only apparent. Three species of Phoma are reported as growing on Atriplex: Phoma longissima, Atriplicis, Westendorpii. The spore measure- ments for these three species range from 4-10 p in length. The spores in my specimens are more than twice that length and,, consequently, cannot be referred to any of these species. Phyllosticta Atriplicis Desm. is described as having spores cylindric, ovate, straight or curved, 3-6-guttulate. The length of the spores is not given. Septoria Atriplicis (West.) Fuckl. has cylindric or subfusoid spores, 4.5-5 X 25-35 4, spuriously 1-2-3- septate. The spores in this latter species agree fairly well with the spores in my specimens. lit may be possible, then, that these 34 Mycologia two species are the same, the description of the one being drawn from fresh or young plants and the description of the other from old and dry plants. If the arbitrary distinction between Phyllosticta and Macro- phoma, the difference in the length of spores, is to be maintained, this plant should be referred to the genus Macrophoma. The following is a description of my specimens : The discolored spots are from 1-5 millimeters in diameter, white or brownish-white, irregularly scattered over the leaves. The pycnidia are subepidermal, globose-lenticular, generally epi- phyllous but sometimes hypophyllous, brown to black, with dis- tinct, circular ostiole. The spores are cylindric, straight or a little curved, obtuse at the ends, guttulate, apparently septate in old specimens, 4.5-5. 5 X 20-30 fx. Streptothrix pereffusa sp. nov. Effused, dense, confluent, olive-green to black; mycelium septate, colored, 'branching; sporophores erect, septate, diffusely branched, branches flexuous ; spores borne at the ends and the sides of the branches, colored, ovoid to ellipsoid1, 5^8 /t. On bark, Bemus Point, N. Y., July, 1913. This species is closely related to Y. atra B. & C. It may be separated from the latter by the color, the smooth sporophores, and the dense growth. The following species have been reported from America : S. abietina Pk., S. glauca E. & E., 5". cinerca Morg., S. fusca Corda, S. atra B. & C. It is unfortunate that the name Streptothrix is used for a genus in the Chlamydobaeteriaceae. Cohn established this genus in 1854, but Corda had already used the name for a genus in the Dematiaceae in 1839. Oidium album sp. nov.1 Effused, forming a thin floccose layer over the substratum, white changing to dirty-white in drying; mycelium branched, septate ;. sporophores erect or suberect, simple or branched ; spores concatenate, hyaline, ovoid to ellipsoid, 12— 14 X 16-22 fi. On bark and Coriolus abietinus, Bemus Point, N. Y., July, I9T3- 1 See Mycologia 5: 47. 1913. Sumstine: New or Interesting Fungi 35 The type specimens are deposited in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Polyscytalum flavum sp. nov.2 Effused, floccose, white at first, then yellow to sulphur-yellow ; mycelium scanty ; sporophores scarcely differing from the mycel- ium ; spores in chains, chains branched or simple, cylindric, trun- cate at the ends, 3 X 16/*. On decayed wood, Bemus Point, N. Y., July, 1913. This species resembles Cylindrium flavo-virens Bon., but the spores are larger and not curved. The type specimens are in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Vaginata umbonata sp. nov. Pileus thin, convex or expanded, 3.5-5 cm. broad, distinctly conically umbonate, covered with triangular scales arranged in somewhat concentric zones, tan-colored, scales darker, margin thin, smooth ; gills 3-5 mm. broad, ventricose, sinuate, adnexed ; stem 9-12 cm. long, solid, equal, coneolorous, with long bulbous root ; volva fimbriate, adhering closely to the stem ; spores ovoid to ellipsoid, 5 — 7 /* (pi. uy. f. 1 ). Growing in sandy soil at Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania, August, 1908. This species is closely related to Amanitopsis adnata (Smith) Sacc. in its adnate gills; to Agaricns ( Amanitopsis ) urceolatus Viv. in its umbonate pileus; and to Amanitopsis volvata (Peck) Sacc. in its floccose-scaly pileus. It is easily separated from these species by its conic umbo, concentrically arranged scales, and fimbriate volva. The type specimens are in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Marasmius Morganianus sp. nov. Pileus membranaceus, convex, sometimes nearly expanded, glabrous, slightly rugulose on the margin, reddish-brown or rufescent, center darker, 2-5 mm. broad; gills few, subdistant, broad, adnate, pallid at first, darker when old ; ^tem 2-3 cm. long, slender, equal, rufescent at the base, pallid at the top, covered with a white pubescence ; spores fusoid or ellipsoid, 3-6 p. On fallen leaves, Somerset, Pennsylvania, August, 1906. 2 See Mycologia 5: 55. 1913. 36 Mycologia In correspondence with Prof. A. P. Morgan in 1906 relative to some species of Marasmius, Mr. Morgan said concerning this plant, “ I think it is something new, near M. atro-rnbens Berk.” The description was then written and submitted to Mr. Morgan for publication in the Journal of Mycology. For various reasons, it was not published at that time but the plant may be found bv other collectors, and the description is therefore published. The type specimens are in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. Peabody High School, Pittsburgh, Pa. Explanation of Plate CXV Figs. 1-3. Hormisciopsis gelatinosa Sumstine. Figs. 1-2 show mycelium, sporophores and spores highly magnified. Fig. 3 shows a group of plants nearly natural size. Figs. 4-5. Arthrosporium album Sumstine. Fig. 4 shows stroma and spores highly magnified. Fig. 5, a group of plants nearly natural size. Figs. 6—8. Phyllosticta Atriplicis Desm. Figs. 6 and 7 show leaves of Atriplex hastata with discolored spots containing pycnidia. Fig. 8 shows pycnidia and spores highly magnified. Explanation of Plate CXVI Fig. 1. Oidium album Sumstine; mycelium, sporophores and spores. Fig. 2. Polyscytalum flavum Sumstine. Figs. 3-5. Streptothrix pereffusa Sumstine ; sporophores and sporei Fig. 6. Streptothrix atra B. & C. The figures were drawn with the aid of the camera lucida and are highly magnified. Mycologia Plate CXV HORMISCIOPSIS, ARTHROSPORIUM AND PHYLLOSTICTA Mycologia Plate CXVI OIDIUM, POLYSCYTALUM AND STREPTOTHRIX Mycologia Plate CXVII Fig. i (Upper). VAGINATA UMBONATA SUMSTINE Fig. 2 (Lower). AERIAL GALL OF THE MESQUITE AERIAL GALLS OF THE MESQUITE F. D. Heald [With Figure 2 on Plate 117] During work upon a plant disease survey in the vicinity of San Antonio, Texas,1 my attention was called to the frequent occurrence of galls upon the twigs and branches of the mesquite ( Prosopis glandulosa Torr.). The following quotation is from the publication dealing with the survey mentioned : “ The large limbs and smaller branches of the mesquite sometimes show abnormal enlargements which are frequently globular or some- times elongated and sometimes greatly exceed the diameter of the branch on which they are produced. (Plate XV, figs. 2 and 3.) Specimens have been obtained ranging from 1 to 8 or 10 inches in diameter. The gall is produced by an abnormal growth of the wood, and cross sections of galls always show small brown specks where the wood cells are more or less disintegrated. These are distributed throughout the entire woody region. “ These galls are not of insect origin, and cultural work at- tempted has as yet failed to connect either bacteria or fungi with the disease, although both have been obtained.” The crown-gall organism, Bacterium tumefacicns Erw. Sm. & Townsend was strongly suspected of being the cause of the galls, but at the time of writing the bulletin referred to the authors had obtained no direct evidence of such causal relation. No oppor- tunity was afforded for detailed work on this subject, but Dr. Erwin F. Smith, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, very kindly furnished some cultures of B. tumefaciens which were used with the class in plant pathology in making some inoculations on the mesquite. The inoculations were all made on a large tree growing under natural conditions on the campus of the University of Texas. A 1 Heald, F. D. and Wolf, F. A. A plant disease survey in the vicinity of San Antonio, Texas. Bull Bur. of PI. Ind. U. S. Dept. Agr. 226: 72. 1912. 37 38 Mycologia small cutting needle was used to make a slit extending through the cortex and reaching the cambium, and the inoculum was in- troduced into each incision with a sterile needle. No protection of any kind was given by wrappings. An equal number of control incisions were made at the time. The inoculations were made on April 13, 1911, and a dry period followed. Conditions were so unfavorable for growth during the following months of spring and summer that successful inoculations were not anticipated. The results are given in the following table : Inoculations of Mesquite with B. Tumefaciens Made 4-13-1911 ; record completed 9-21-1911 Strain of B. tumefa- ciens used Age of shoots inoculated Diameter of shoots No. of inocu- lations Result No. of controls Result No. of galls Size of galls Hop 3 yrs. 8-10 mm. 10 I 8 mm. 10 All healed Daisy .... 3 yrs. 8-10 mm. 10 0 10 All healed Daisy .... 2 yrs. 6 mm. 10 2 13 and 10 mm. 10 All healed Daisy .... 1 yr. 4 mm. 10 I 15 mm. 10 All healed Of tbe forty inoculations, four or ten per cent, proved suc- cessful, producing galls ranging in size from 8-15 mm. in diameter after five months and eight days, after which the record was discontinued. Two of the galls produced were nearly globular and showed a small surface of attachment (pi. 116, f. 2), one was somewhat flattened and elongated parallel with the axis of the s'hoot, and the fourth was globular-depressed. In no case did the control punctures show any abnormal growth, and all were perfectly healed when the record was completed. The above record is not presented as conclusive evidence that the galls common on the mesquite throughout the southwest are of bacterial origin, but it at least affords a basis for this pre- sumption. The inoculations reported do show at least that B. tumefaciens can produce aerial galls on the mesquite. Zoology Building, University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, Pa. NEWS AND NOTES Nearly two hundred colored drawings of local fleshly fungi have recently been mounted in the swinging frames of the public museum of the New York Botanical Garden. Dr. C. E. Lewis has resigned his position as associate in plant pathology in the Maine Experiment Station to enter private business. Professor F. L. Stevens has resigned his position in the Uni- versity'- of Porto Rico to become Professor of Plant Pathology in the University of Illinois. His address after February i will be Urbana, Illinois. Dr. C. H. Kauffman, Assistant Professor of Botany in the University of Michigan, has been granted a research scholarship for February, 1914, to aid him in the preparation of manuscript for North American Flora on the genus Cortinarias. Leo E. Melchers, recently a graduate student and assistant in the Department of Botany at the Ohio State University, Colum- bus, Ohio, has been appointed assistant plant pathologist at the Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station, Manhattan, Kansas. Mr. C. G. Lloyd, of the Lloyd Library and Museum, Cincinnati, Ohio, spent part of October and November at the Garden examin- ing the collection of polypores. Mr. Lloyd has recently been to Cuba and Florida collecting specimens of this group of fungi. The Fungi Which Cause Plant Diseases is the title of a book by Professor F. L. Stevens which has just been issued by Macmillan. The object of the book is to acquaint the student with the more important fungi which cause diseases of plants. A review of the book, which contains 754 pages and many illustrations, will appear in some future number of Mycologia. 39 40 Mycologia In a preliminary paper in Phytopathology for December, 1913, W. H. Long discusses Polyporus dryophilus and P. dryadeus and the rots caused by them. He says that the former is known in Europe under ait least three different names, and that Robert Hartig confused it with P. dryadeus, which causes in this country a serious rot in the roots of various species of oak. Mr. Fred D. Fromme, formerly a graduate student at Columbia University, and Mr. H. C. Travelbee, graduate of Purdue Uni- versity, have become assistants in the botanical department of the Indiana Experiment Station, filling positions formerly oc- cupied by Dr. F. D. Kern and Mr. J. B. Demaree, who have gone to Pennsylvania State College. Their chief work will be in connection with the rust problems under investigation by the department. The report of the botanist of New York State for 1912 ap- peared November 28 as Museum Bulletin 167. It contains de- scriptions of thirty-six new species of fungi and four colored plates of edible and poisonous species. Amanita ovoidea Bull, is reported from New York, and is put in the edible list. It is so very similar to the white form of Amanita phalloides that no one should think for a moment of using it for food. Mycena splen- didipes Peck is described from Richmond County and is said to be poisonous. It is a beautiful species, with bright-yellow stipe and yellowish-brown to pinkish-brown pileus. Cantharellus clavatus from Duluth Since the appearance of my article on the identity of Can- tharellus breinpes and Cantharellus clavatus in Mycologia, Sep- tember, 1913, I have received a box of fine specimens from Dr. S. M. Stoker, Duluth, Minnesota, who says he has often collected the plant in the neighborhood of Duluth and referred it to Cantharellus brevipes Peck. Most of the specimens are cespitose with the margin of the pileus thin and spreading like those shown in Plate 94. Some of the plants are branching. They agree with the Neebish specimens, although in some of them the spores are a News and Notes 41 little shorter, not over S /x in length. Dr. Stoker writes that some Poles who collected mushrooms for food knew the plants and called them “pig’s ears,” which is the popular name for Caiv- tharellus clavatus in parts of Europe. The species appears to be more frequent in the Lake Superior district than in the East, where the closely related Cantharellus floccosus is more fre- quently met with. I have never collected Cantharellus floccosus farther west than the Muskoka Lake region in Ontario. Speci- mens of that species have been sent to me recently, collected b\ S. E. Hutton in New Hampshire. The species has been described by Peck and Murrill and illustrated by Peck, Hard, and Nina Marshall. As noted by Peck, the two species, Cantharellus floccosus and Cantharellus clavatus, form a distinct group agree- ing with each other in general characters, nature of the lamellae, and color of the spores. The two species differ in color and size of spores, and in the fact that Cantharellus clavatus is solid with the pileus truncate or but little depressed and nearly smooth, while Cantharellus floccosus has the pileus floccose-scaly and trumpet-shaped or infundibuliform and hollow to the base, with thin flesh. The stem in both species is normally short, but in Cantharellus floccosus it is sometimes lengthened and curved, ex- tending deep into the mould. In all the collections I have seen, these distinctions have been marked. So far as I am aware, Cantharellus floccosus has not been identified with any European form Edward T. Harper. A Book on Tropical Plant Diseases1 While works on plant pathology are becoming quite numerous, the present book is a pioneer in a new field, as no other work in English attempts to cover in adequate fashion the diseases of tropical plants for the entire world. Indeed, the literature of the subject is so scattered that few libraries can offer adequate facili- ties for the study of tropical plant diseases without such a guide 1 The Diseases of Tropical Plants. By Melville Thurston Cook, Ph.D., Pp. xi, 317. Frontispiece and 85 text figs. London, Macmillan and Company, Ltd. 1913. Price 8/6. 42 Mycologia as the present work offers. For such an undertaking, the author’s experience in Cuba is a most valuable asset, as it has brought him into first-hand contact with many of the troublesome diseases of the tropics. The book is well written and copiously illustrated, a very large percentage of the cuts being original. In this re- spect it is more fortunate than some other plant pathologies which have appeared in recent years with the majority of cuts bor- rowed. The practice of borrowing extensively detracts from the value of any work, as it gives the reader a feeling that he is dealing with a second-hand subject, whereas original illustrations appeal to him as accompanying live matter treated by one who is acquainted with the subject at first hand. The preface states that the “work is intended primarily for the planter; but it is hoped that it may be of some service to the student.” This will account for the method of treatment adopted in the work. The chapters are arranged in three groups, those dealing in a general way with the nature and causes of plant diseases, those treating of the diseases themselves, and those which discuss the prevention and cure of these diseases. In the first group of chapters, the physiology and structure of plants are briefly outlined and the nature and symptoms of disease discussed. This is followed by a comprehensive survey of the classification of fungi with especial reference to the disease-producing forms. Bacteria, slime moulds, and other causes of plant diseases are also taken up in this connection. In the second group of chapters, which constitutes the body of the work, the various diseases are discussed in detail both as to their symptoms and cause, as well as methods for their treatment. Here the diseases are grouped according to their host plants, which is a great convenience to the planter for ready reference, while the student of the fungi themselves will find the taxonomic refer- ences in the preceding chapters. In this connection, it is quite interesting to note that on the crops grown in both temperate and tropical regions serious diseases in the one region may be entirely absent from the other, or if present of only secondary im- portance. The chapters on the prevention and control of disease News and Notes 43 emphasize sanitation and prevention rather that the attempt to cure, once the crop is attacked. Remedial measures are discussed in detail, both as to the preparation and the application of the treatment. These chapters should not prove the least valuable portion of tbe book from tbe planter’s standpoint. The book closes with an extended bibliography which must prove of great value to the student of tropical diseases from whatever angle he may approach the subject. This work occupies a field so different from that of most works on plant pathology that it should be welcomed by the practical man of affairs, while it must be of no small value to the plant pathologist and to the mycologist in the tropics, as well as to all students of tropical fungi. Guy West Wilson. INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE Brooks, C. Quince blotch and apple fruit spot. Phytopathology 3:249,250. Au 1913. Brown, P. E. Methods for bacteriological examination of soils. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 39: 61-73. 27 S 1913. Chapman, G. H. Mosaic and allied diseases, with especial refer- ence to tobacco and tomatoes. Ann. Rep. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. 25: 41-51. Ja 1913. Coons, G. H. A preliminary host index of the fungi of Michigan, exclusive of the Basidiomycetes, and of the plant diseases of bacterial and physiological origin. Ann. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 14: 232-276. 1912. Fraser, W. P. The rusts of Nova Scotia. Proc. & Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci. 12: 313-445. 30 Au 1913. [Illust.] Fulton, H. R., & Winston, J. R. Some important diseases of field crops in North Carolina. N. Carolina Dept. Agr. Bull. 182:5-24. Ap 1913. Gilbert, E. M. Biologic forms of black knot. Phytopathology 3:246,247. Au 1913. Gilbert, W. W. Cotton anthracnose and how to control it. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farm Bull. 555 : 1-8. /. 1-8. 7 O 1913. Goddard, H. N. Can fungi living in agricultural soil assimilate free nitrogen? Bot. Gaz. 56: 249-305. /. 1-18. 15 O 1913. Giissow, H. T. Smut diseases of cultivated plants. Their cause and control. Ottawa Central Exp. Farm Bull. 73 : 5-57. pi 1-9 + f. 1. Mr 1913. Harter, L. L. Foot rot, a new disease of the sweet potato. Phytopathology 3: 243-245. /. 1, 2. Au 1913. Plenodomus destruens sp. nov. Hartley, C. Bark rusts of Juniperus virginiana. Phytopathol- ogy 3 : 249. Au 1913. 44 Index to American Mycological Literature 45 Hartley, C. Twig canker on black birch. Phytopathology 3 : 248, 249. Au 1913. Heald, F. D. The symptoms of chestnut tree blight and a brief description of the blight fungus. Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree Blight Commission Bull. 5: 3-15. pi. 1-16. 15 My 1913. Hedgcock, G. G., & Long, W. H. Notes on cultures of three species of Peridermium. Phytopathology 3: 250, 251. A11 1913. Hedgcock, G. G., & Long, W. H. An undescribed species of Peri- dermium from Colorado. Phytopathology 3:. 251, 252. Au I9I3- Peridermium Betheli sp. nov. Hewitt, J. L. Puccinia pruni-spinosa killing plum nursery stock. Phytopathology 3 : 270. O 1913. Hewitt, J. L. Rose mildew. Phytopathology 3: 270. O 1913. Hoffmann, C. Relation of soil bacteria to evaporation. Ann. Rep. Wisconsin Agr. Exp. Sta. 29: 183-215. 1913. Long, W. H. Three undescribed heart-rots of hardwood trees, especially of oak. Jour. Agr. Research 1 : 109-128. pi. 7, 8. N 1913. Lutman, B. F. Studies on club-root. I. The relation of Plas- modiophora brassicae to its host and the structure and growth of its plasmodium. Vermont Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 175: 3-27. pi. 1-4 + /. 1-6. O 1913. Lutman, B. F. The pathological anatomy of potato scab. Phy- topathology 3 : 255-264. /. 1-10. O 1913. ‘ Matheny, W. A. A comparison of the American brown-rot fungus with Sclerotinia fructigcna and S'. cinerea . of Europe. Bot. Gaz. 56: 418-432. /. 1-6. 15 N 1913. Metcalf, H. The chestnut bark disease. Yearbook Dept. Agr. 1912 : 361-372. pi. 34-37. 1913. Morse, W. J., & Darrow, W. H. Is apple scab on young shoots a source of spring infection? Phytopathology 3: 265-269. O 1913. Olive, E. W. Intermingling of perennial sporophytic and gameto- phytic generations in Puccinia Podopliylli, P. obtegens, and 46 Mycologia Uromyces Glycyrrhizae. Ann. Myc. n: 2gy-311.pl. 15. Au I9I3- Pammel, L. H., & King, C. M. Four new fungus diseases in Iowa. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 131 : 199-221. f. 1-13. An 1912. Peck, C. H. Report of the state botanist, 1912. N. Y. State Museum Bull. 167: 5-137. pi. 131, 132 , IX, X. 1 S 1913. Includes twenty-six new species of extralimital fungi. Rehm, H. Ascomycetes exs. fasc. 53. Ann. Myc. 11: 391-395. 10 N 1913. Includes American material. Rehm, H. Ascomycetes novi. Ann. Myc. 11 : 396-401. 10 N I9I3- Includes Pezxzella dakotensis, Plicaria glcicialis, Dasyscypha Ivae, Sphae- rulina divergens, Leptosphaeria Onagrae, spp. nov. from America. Saccardo, P. A. Notae mycologicae. Ann. Myc. 11: 312-325. Au 1913. Includes Macrophoma Brenckleana and Fusicoccum dakotense spp. nov. from North Dakota. Stewart, F. C. The persistence of the potato late-blight fungus in the soil. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 367: 357-361. O 1913. Stoddard, E. M., & Moss, A. E. The chestnut bark disease. Endothia gyrosa var. parasitica (Murr.) Clint. Connecticut Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 178: 5-19. /. 1-8. S 1913. [Illust.] Stone, G. E. Diseases more or less common during the year. Ann. Rep. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. 25: 38-40. Ja 1913. Stone, G. E. A new rust. Ann. Rep. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. 25 : 41-44. Ja 1913. Currant rust, white pine blister rust. Stone, G. E., & Chapman, G. H. Experiments relating to the control of potato scab. Ann. Rep. Massachusetts Agr. Exp. Sta. 25: 184-196. /. /. Ja 1913. Theissen, F. Hemisphaeriales. Ann Myc. 11 : 468, 469. 10 N I9I3- Thom, C., & Currie, J. N. The dominance of Roquefort mould in cheese. Jour. Biol. Chem. 15: 249-258. /. 1. 2 Au 1913. Watts, F. and others. Report of the Agricultural Department, Dominica 1912-1913: 1-47. /. 1-6. 1913. Index to American Mycological Literature 47 Weir, J. R. An epidemic of needle diseases in Idaho and western Montana. Phytopathology 3: 252, 253. Au 1913. Wolf, F. A. Black spot of roses. Alabama Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 172: 113-118. pi. I, 2 + /. 1-3. F 1913. Wolf, F. A. Melanose. Phytopathology 3: 190, 191. Je 1913. Wollenweber, H. W. Ramularia, Mycosphaerella, Nectria, Colon - cctria. Eine morphologisch pathologische Studie zur Abgren- zung von pilzgruppen mit cylindrischen und sichelformigen Konidienformen. Phytopathology 3 : 197-242. pi. 20-22. Au I9I3- Includes Cylindrocarpon gen. nov. and Cylindrocarpon cylindroides, Ramu- laria endidyma, and R. olida, spp. nov. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae of North America, I— XIII, by W. A. Murrill. No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy West Wilson. No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 10. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seaver. No. 1 17. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, bj G. W. Wilson. No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by F. J. Seaver. No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL 'GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy ; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in ex- change.) Now in its fifteenth volume. Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi) including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in" terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. 53 .00 a year > single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange,] Now in its sixth volume. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, S3. 00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America- including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be coni" pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts Subscription price, $1.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for $2. 00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. 3, part 1, 1910. Nectriaceae — l-imetariaceae. Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae -Aecidiacear (pars). Vol. 9, parts 1 and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). (Parts 1 and 2 no longer sold separately.) Vol. 15, parts 1 and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. Vol. 16, part i, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). Vol. 17, part I, 1909 ; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). Vol. 22, parts 1 and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908; part 5, 1913. Podostemona- ceae — Rosaceae (pars). Vol. 25, part 1, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, jli. 00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -[-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -(- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii -f- 138 pp., with 29 plates. 1909. Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, viii -f- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. 55.00 per volume, in its seventh volume. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 155. Polycodium , by C. it. Robinson. 156. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXVIII, by P. A. Rydberg. 157. New Ferns from Tropical America — II, by Margaret Slosson. 158. Studies on the West Indian Vernonieae, with One New Species from Mexico, by Henry Allan Gleason. 159. A Case of Bud- Variation in Pelargonium, by A. B. Stout. 160. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXIX, by P. A. Rydberg. New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, Nbw York Orrv MYCOLOGIA IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL. OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis, end B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL Vol. VI— MARCH, 1914— No. 2 JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BANKER GIACOMO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS ASSOCIATE EDITORS FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER THOMAS H. MACBRIDE PAUL MAGNUS GEORGE MASSES NARCISSE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SHAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR CONTENTS PAGE Henry Willey, — A Memoir - - - Bruce Fink 49 Studies in North American Peronosporales — V. A Re- view of the Genus Phytophthora - Guy West Wilson 54 Preliminary Note on a New Bark Disease of the White Pine - - - Arthur H. Graves 84 Notes on a Few Asheville Fungi - H. C. Beakdslee 88 An Enemy of the Western Red Cedar William A. Murrill 93 News and Notes ---.----95 Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 99 The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : Without Cover — 4 PP- 8 pp. 12 pp. l6 pp. 20 pp. 24 pp. 28 pp. 32 PP- 25-50 Copies — *<•37 #1.87 #2.12 #2.50 #3-5° #4.05 #4.82 #5.20 100 “ i-55 * *5 3.65 3- >5 4.05 5.00 6. 10 6.50 200 “ 2.00 3-05 4.00 43° 5.60 6.90 8.30 8.90 Covers — First 50 — #1.00. Additional, ic each. Plates — 40c per 100. Mycologia Plate CXVII1 HENRY WILLEY MYCOLOGIA Vol. VI March, 1914 No. 2 HENRY WILLEY,— A MEMOIR Bruce Fink The subject of our sketch .was born July 10, 1824, and died March 15, 1907. He was editor of a local newspaper, The Standard, at New Bedford, Massachusetts, from 1856 until 1900. In his vocation, he worked in obscurity. In his avocation, as a student of lichens, however, he was known to the botanists of two continents. Many American botanists are still living for whom he determined lichens a score of years or longer ago. He began the study of lichens about 1862 and continued until within a few years of the time of his death. Mr. Willey started in a small way by collecting and determining the lichens of New Bedford and vicinity, with the encouragement and aid of Edward Tuckerman. This local work culminated in 1892, after thirty years of collecting and study, in “An Enumera- tion of the Lichens Found in New Bedford, Massachusetts, and its Vicinity from 1862 to 1892.” This publication embodies the results of the best piece of local work ever accomplished on American lichens, and would alone have given its author a place among students of lichens. The list contains nearly 500 species and subspecies, with copious notes. Probably very few of the lichens of the region, however minute or rare, escaped Mr. Willey’s notice. Seventeen new species are described. Mr. Willey’s first publication on lichens appeared in 1867, and his last in 1898. Twenty-six papers constitute his contribution to lichen literature. Besides this, six lists of lichens have appeared [Mycologia for January, 1914 (6: 1-47), was issued January 14, 1914]. • 49 50 Mycologia in works by other botanists who gave Mr. Willey due credit for aid on lichens. It is not worth while to discuss each paper sepa- rately; but a list of his writings is given at the close of this sketch with explanatory notes on each paper, except in a few instances in which the title indicates content sufficiently well. The six papers which give Mr. Willey credit for work on lichens are appended. The “List of North American Lichens which appeared in 1873, was helpful to many students two or three decades ago. This was a paper of 30 pages. Much more important and helpful was a 58-page paper, “An Introduction to the Study of Lichens with a Supplement,” which appeared in 1887. Probably every student of American lichens at that time possessed a copy of this work if he could get it. Mr. Willey’s “Synopsis of the Genus Arthonia,” a 62-page monograph, may be regarded by some botanists as bis best contribution to botany ; but the writer’s judgment is that the local work about New Bedford, culminating in 1892 in the rather short paper already considered above, is the best monument to his patience and skill as a student of lichens. Many botanists look with disfavor upon local floras; but this one is exceptional and represents a life work. On the other hand, Mr. Willey’s synopsis of the Arthonias, though its author un- doubtedly had an excellent knowledge of the genus, was in the nature of a compilation of existing descriptions and scarcely a critical work. To Mr. Willey, we must give great credit for editing the second volume of Tuckerman’s Synopsis after the death of its author. No one else could have done this important work so well as he who was, after the death of Tuckerman in 1886, the leading student of North American Lichens, and who was also especially fitted for the task by a thorough acquaintance with Tuckerman’s methods and work. Mr. Willey’s output in new species was only 26. For his day. when little was known of our lichens, this seems like a small number; but the explanation is that Tuckerman was naming lichens by hundreds, and Mr. Willey’s discoveries were named by this greatest American Hellenist until his death. So all new species described by Mr. Willey were named after the death of Fink: Henry Willey 51 Tuckerman. The names are given in our list of writings at the close of this paper. Excepting the Tuckerman herbarium, now at Harvard Uni- versity, Mr. Willey’s herbarium, now in the Smithsonian Institu- tion at Washington, was the largest and most valuable private collection of lichens of his day, if indeed second to any other American lichen herbarium of any time, brought together by one person. The writer has had occasion to consult the Willey col- lection at Washington and knows personally of its great value. It contains about 10,000 specimens, many of them very rare and valuable. Mr. Willey belonged to a type of students of lichens now extinct, or nearly so. He was never able to accept even the “ dual hypothesis,” but believed that the green or the blue-green cells were part of the lichen, just as chloroplasts are parts of higher plants. But some botanists of our day would be quite as much shocked to be told that both this view and the “ dual hypothesis ” are gone for those who have studied lichens in the light of modern morphology, physiology, mycology and cytology, and that all botanists will some day agree that the lichen is a fungus pure and simple, parasitic on an alga. Again, Mr. Willey, with others of his day, felt certain of the integrity of the group Lichenes. But this group is certain to be distributed gen- erally among other Ascomycetes in the future. The accumulat- ing evidence from the study of life histories of Ascomycetes leaves no alternative. It is not to the discredit of Mr. Willey that he held views very prevalent in his day. He did excellent work on lichens, but every person who studies these plants in our day should seriously consider their nature and proper classi- fication. Below is given the list of Mr. Willey’s papers on lichens. Willey, H. A fern new to our flora. Am. Nat. 1 : 432, 433. 187. The paper also contains notes on 3 common lichens. Willey, H. American lichenography. Proc. Essex Inst. 5: 191-196. 1867. Gives a fairly good list of publications on American lichens up to 1867. Willey, H. Lichens under the microscope. Am. Nat. 4 : 665-675. f. 739- 153. 1871. A popular discussion of microscopic structure. Willey, H. The spores of lichens. Am. Nat. 4: 720—724. 1871. A valu- able discussion of the diagnostic value of number and size of spores. 52 Mycologia Willey, H. A list of North American lichens. 1-30. New Bedford Mass., published by the author, 1873. A bare list of 808 species and subspecies of lichens. Also 2 genera and 3 species of pseudo-lichens. Willey, H. Statistics and distribution of North American lichens. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 1 : 161-167. 1874. Contains valuable information regarding distribution and relation to lichen species of other continents. Also mentions Opegrapha antiqua Lesq. (Haydens Report of 1873, p. 370) as the only fossil lichen described from our continent. Willey, H. Illinois lichens. Bot. Gaz. 2: 77-79. 1877. A list of 113 lichens, followed by a few notes. Willey, H. Lichens of Southern Illinois. Bot. Gaz. 3: 21, 22. 1878. A list of 61 lichens. Willey, H. A new North American lichen. Bull. Torr. Club 8 : 140, 141. 1S81. Describes Omphalodium hottentottum arizonicum Tuck., with a general discussion of the species, named by Tuckerman and described by Willey. Willey, H. Myco-lichens. Bull. Torr. Club 9: 6-8. 1882. A review of Minks’ Symbolae Licheno-Mycologicae, and containing a list of 31 North American fungi considered to be lichens by Minks. Willey, H. Theory of lichens. Bull. Torr. Club 9: 33. 1882. A note regarding the nature of lichens, giving Dr. J. Muller’s views as con- firmatory of Minks’ theory of microgonidia. Willey, H. Parmelia furfuracea, used in embalming. Bull. Torr. Club 9: 152. 1882. Willey, H. First contribution to the knowledge of Kansas lichens. Bull. Washington Coll. Lab. Hist. 1: 16, 17. 1884. Lists 16 species with notes. Willey, H. Gyalecta lamprospora Nyl. Bull. Torr. Club, 12: 61, 62. 1885- Gives Nylander’s description of this new species. Willey, H. New North American Arthoniae. Bull. Torr Club 12: 113-115. 1885. Gives descriptions of 12 species, but these are reproductions of Nylander’s original descriptions in Flora, 1885. Willey, H. Edward Tuckerman. Bot. Gaz. 11: 73-78. 1886. A sketch of Tuckerman’s life, the first two pages of which are not written by Mr. Willey. Willey, H. Lichens not previously reported from Kansas. Bull. Washburn Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist, x: 176. 1886. Lists 5 species with notes regard- ing habitats. Willey, H. An introduction to the study of lichens with a supplement. 1-58, pi. 1-10. New Bedford, E. Anthony & Sons. 1887. Willey, H. Note on a new North American lichen. Bull. Torr Club 14: 134. 1887. A note on Buellia catawbensis Willey, which Nylander in a letter to H. A. Green had previously called Dermatiscum porcelanum. Willey, H. Nylander’s Synopsis. I. Bull. Torr. Club 14: 222. 1887. A review. Willey, H. Dermatiscum. Bull. Torr. Club 14: 22 2. 1887. A note on Dermatiscum catawbense (Willey) Nyl. Willey, H. Lichenotheca universalis. Bull. Torr. Club 14: 247-249. 1887. A review of Lojka’s work of that name. Fink: Henry Willey 53 Willey, H. Trypethelium heterochrous (Mont.) Tuck. Bull. Torr. Club 15: 170. 1888. A correction in form of the specific name. Willey, H. A synopsis of the genus Arthonia. I— VII. 1—62. New Bedford, Mass. E. Anthony & Sons, 1890. Gives descriptions of about 350 species of the genus, of which A. Austinii, A. viridicans, A. perminuta, A. Tuckermaniana, A. tnicrospermella, and A. subdiffusa are described as new from North America. Willey, H. Enumeration of the lichens found in New Bedford, Mass., and its vicinity from 1862 to 1892. 1—29, 1892; E. Anthony & Sons, New Bedford, Mass. A list of almost 500 species and subspecies with copious notes and new or rare species described. New are: Pyrenula compacta, Biatora papillariae', B. cladoniscum, B. gyalisella, B. terrena, B. rubidofusca, B. endocyanea, Opegrapha levidensis, O. cinerascens, Mycoporum difforme, Cyridula americana, C. macularis, C. rhoica, C. stigmaea, Coniocybe gracilescens, Verrucaria distans, and Pyrenula staurospora. Willey, H. Notes on some North American species of Parmelia. Bot. Gaz. 21: 202-206. 1896. Notes on 18 species with the statement that the total number for North America is about 40. Willey, H. Parmelia molliuscula. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 9 : 160. 189S. Re- ports fruited specimen, collected in Colorado in 1877. Arthur, J. C., Bailey, L. H., and Holway, E. W. D. Report of botanical work in Minnesota for the year 1886. Bull. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 3: 1-56. 1887. A list of 36 lichens determined by Willey and F. L. Sargent, pp. 31 and 32. Bennett, J. L. Plants of Rhode Island. Prov:dence Franklin Society. I- XIII. 1-128. 1888. Lichens, pp. 20 to 25, 151 species. Revised by Willey. Coulter, J. M. Botany, Sixth Am. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 747-792. .1873. On pp. 790 to 792 is a list of 67 lichens with notes on habitat and distribu- tion, determined by Willey. There are no new species, but 3 lichens are described briefly without specific names. Porter, T. C., and Coulter, J. M. Synopsis of the flora of Colorado. LT. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Territories. Misc. Pub. no. 4: 1-248. 1874. Lichens, pp. 161 to 163, by Willey, 54 species and subspecies. One Lecanora and 2 Verrucarias briefly described without specific name. Rothrock, J. T. List of and notes upon the lichens collected by Dr. T. H. Bean in Alaska and the adjacent region in 1880. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 7: 1-9. 1884. List of no lichens with notes on locality, habitat, and structure, the work verified by Willey, who named and described as new Biatora sibiriensis from East Siberia. Wolf, John, and Hall, Elihu. A list of the mosses, liverworts, and lichens of Illinois. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist, Bull. 2: 18-33. 1878. The lichens were studied by Willey. See pages 27 to 34 for a list of 216 species and subspecies. Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. STUDIES IN NORTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES— V. A REVIEW OF THE GENUS PHYTOPHTHORA1 Guy West Wilson (With Plate 119, Containing 5 Figures) Within recent years our knowledge of this genus has been • materially augmented by the appearance of a number of important papers. While it is not the present purpose to present a formal review of all these contributions, it seems worth while to make a general survey of the work which has been accomplished to see what advances have been made in our knowledge of this economic- ally very important genus, as well as to take stock, to use a com- mercial term, with a view of learning what future lines of in- vestigation promise most valuable results. Perhaps nothing has given greater incentive to the study of this genus or made the progress more rapid than the discovery that these fungi could be grown in pure culture. The first contribution to this subject was by Hecke (1898) who grew P. infestans on liquid media such as decoctions of plums, tomatoes, cherries, and potato leaves, but was unable to secure a growth on solid media. Later Clinton ( 1906) discovered that species of this genus could be grown on solid media other than vegetable plugs. Further discussion of this subject, however, is reserved for a later page. In order to best accomplish our object the various species will be taken up separately, reserving general subjects for the later part of the paper. 1. Phytophthora parasitica Dastur The most destructive of the few really serious diseases of the castor bean in India is due to this fungus which has been studied in great detail at Pusa (Dastur, 1913). Seedlings are attacked, 1 Previous papers of this series have appeared in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club as follows: I. 34: 68-84; H- 34 : 387-416; III. 35: 361—365; IV. 35: 543-554- 1907-08. 54 Wilson : North American Peronosporales 55 causing them to “ damp off,” while on older plants the leaves suffer most. These are marked with concentrically ringed brown spots. The conidiophores, as is usual in this genus, may emerge either through the stomata or by rupturing the epidermis. The mycelium is both intercellular and intracellular, and often caus- ing a blackening of the vascular bundles. The hyphae are at first quite slender, becoming thicker with age, so that they measure 3-9 /j. in diameter. The haustoria are not numerous nor are they differentiated in appearance from young branches. The conidiophores are long and unbranched, usually 100-300 n tall, but ranging 35-500 /a. The conidia are pyriform, distinctly papillate, 16-60 X 10-45 /“. and producing from 5 to 45 zoospores. Intercalary conidia are also found in the cultures which resemble to a considerable extent similar bodies in Pythium, but germinat- ing as do the typical conidia. “ Varying temperature, alternate light and darkness and moisture are essential factors in the formation ” of both conidia and zoospores. In nature the fungus has been observed to produce conidia sparingly within the tissues of the host, a habit not observed in other species of the genus except P. infestans. Conidial germination, according to the illustrations published, may be either of the typical Phytophthora type where each zoospore escapes separately, or of the Pythium type where the entire mass of zoospores escapes in a vescicle and are later liberated by its rupture. The zoospores are not different from those of other members of the genus. Chlamydospores are also found in cultures. The oospores of this species are formed in the same manner as that described by Pethybridge for P. erythroseptica. Indeed the details of sexual reproduction were worked out on these two species simultaneously and independently by Dastur and Pethy- bridge, each arriving at the same conclusions, although priority of publication made the announcement of Pethybridge precede that of Dastur by several weeks. The most interesting point brought out by Dastur and not by Pethybridge is that the gametes may sometimes arise from the same “ stalk ” instead of from dif- ferent ones. When they are on the same hypha the oogonium arises as an ingrowing cell at the base of the antheridium. The 56 Mycologia antheridium has reached its full size, or almost so, before the oogonium appears. At the time of the maturity of the oogonium the protoplasm assumes the form of an oospore and withdraws a little from the thin-walled oogonium, which at the same time becomes thicker walled, and develops a yellowish color. The oogonium measures 18-27^ in diameter and the oospores are 15- 20 /x, with a thick, smooth, hyaline epispore. A very interesting portion of the paper is that which deals with the chemical composition of the cell walls, which appears to be the only published account of such studies on a species of Phytoplithora. It has been stated by previous writers that the cell-walls of the Peronosporales are composed of cellulose only in part, a substance designated callose being present and under certain conditions entirely replacing the cellulose. The tests failed entirely to show the presence of callose in the cell-walls either of the hyphae or the conidia of P. parasitica. The only exception to the pure cellulose reaction of the membranes being in the oogonium and oospore where the inner walls are of a modified cellulose, while the outer walls appear to be of some pectic substance. The pathogenic nature of the fungus was established by ample experiments. Observations were made which proved conclu- sively that healthy seedlings planted in the soil in which infected plants had grown within a few weeks past were attacked by the fungus. This is the first time that a species of Phytoplithora has been positively shown to be able to live in the soil for even a short time although some of them have been strongly suspected of this habit. Extensive cross-inoculation work with numerous hosts was carried out. Negative results were obtained on cacao, Cereus, Colocasia, Clcome, Jasminum , Lepidium, Opuntia, Panax, Phaseolus, and tobacco. Slight or indecisive infections were pro- duced on Areca nuts and lilac. The following were well infected and frequently killed, Clarkia, Fagopyrum, Gilia, Oenothera, Salpiglossis, Schizanthus, Solanum Melongena, S. Lycopersicum and S. tuberosum. In a field where sesame was grown following castor beans the previous year the stray castor seedlings were attacked by the fungus and later a species of Phytoplithora indis- Wilson: North American Peronosporales 57 tinguishable from that of the castor bean attacked the sesame seedlings. Reciprocal inoculations proved the two fungi to be identical. This very interesting fungus is certainly a species of Phytopli- thora, yet its conidial germination, the formation of globose, inter- calary conidia, and its ability to live for a time in the soil all point to close relationship to Pythium. 2. Phytophthora Colocasiae Racib. This species was first described from Java on Colocasia escu- lenta (C. antiquorum Schott.) where it is widespread, but not con- sidered of great economic importance. It has since been found in Formosa and over a wide range of teritory in India, where it causes sufficient damage to attract the attention of the workers at Pusa. The results of the studies of Butler and Kulkarni (1913) are highly suggestive of the possible extension of our knowledge of other species of the genus. On account of the falling of the conidia with a portion of the conidiophore attached after the manner of the pedicel cell of Basidiophora and Kawakamia the species was transferred by Sawada ( 191 1 ) to the later genus as K. Colocasiae. The fungus is certainly a Phytophthora, while Kazvakamia is more closely related to Basidiophora. Originally described as a leaf parasite, the investigations of Butler and Kulkarni show its activities to be much more widely extended. Not only are the leaf-blades and petioles, and even the inflorescence attacked, but “ the parasite commonly reaches the corm and sets up a dry rot during storage,” while badly infected plants may even fail to develop corms. This activity is quite suggestive of the tuber-rotting of the potato by P. infestans. In this connection it might be remarked that it is not at all im- possible that the tuber-rot of Colocasia in which was ascribed by Massee to the activities of his Peronospora trichomata was in reality due to the attacks of Phytophthora. Detailed studies were made of the fungus both on the host and in pure cultures. The hyphae are quite large (4-9 in diameter), with numerous simple, filamentose haustoria. On the aerial parts of the host the fungus is strictly intercellular, except for the 58 Mycologia epidermal cells, while in the conn it becomes intracellular, enter- ing both the storage cells and the vascular bundles. The short conidiophores emerge from the stomata. While they are usually simple and bear a single conidium, a second one may be borne in the typical cymose manner of Phytophthora. The conidia are quite large (18-26 X 30-60 fx or larger), somewhat pyriform, and more variable both in size and form than in most species of the genus. There is a broad blunt apical papilla. When mature the conidium “ contains a single vacuole of vari- able size. This is at first irregular and changes shape with the slow movements of the intersporangial protoplasm ; then it be- comes spherical and ultimately disappears suddenly. The proto- plasm itself is at first coarsely granular and after the discharge of the vacuole it is almost homogeneous. About five minutes after the vacuole disappears, the first cleavage lines of the spore- origins become visible and the protoplasm contracts slightly so as to leave a clear space just inside the wall. Soon after, dis- charge occurs, in the manner so often described for Phytophthora, the spores being fully demarcated and provided with cilia before they emerge to the outside.” “ The zoospores are more or less bean-shaped, one of the longer sides being convex and the other concave or plane. Each contains a small pulsating vacuole and two cilia arise near together from the concave or plane side, one projecting in front and the other behind while swimming. After swimming for some time they come to rest, round off, lose the cilia and become surrounded by a cellulose wall” (pp. 239-241). A cool temperature facilitates the discharge of the zoospores. The production of conidia does not appear to be in any way affected by light. On culture media chlamydospores are common. They vary in size from the diameter of the hypha to 30 fi, and are quite distinct in appearance from the oospores. As these also occur in P. Faberi and P. parasitica “ it is not impossible that the bodies de- scribed as parthenogenic oospores in several species are really chlamydospores.” Oospores were produced in various cultures. They are of the same type as is described for P. erythroseptica and P. parasitica. The oogonia measure 24-35^ and the oospores 20-28^. Their germination is unknown. Wilson : North American Peronosporales 59 Infection experiments by Sawada on various species of Colo- casia and Alocasia gave negative results except on forms of C. antiquorum. At Pusa infection experiments gave negative results on Fagopyrum, Jasminum, Lepidium, Nicotiana, Oenothera, Opuntia, Ricinus, Salpiglossis, Schisanthus , Solanun Melongena. and Syringa. A young potato plant showed a definite infection and a wounded tomato seedling gave a very indefinite infection. The only thoroughly successful inoculations were those on seed lings of Gilia nivale. The results are not surprising as an extention of hosts would naturally be looked for among the nearer relatives of the host, the Monocotyledons. 3. Phytophthora Arecae (Colem.) Pethyb. This fungus, which was first described by Coleman (1910) as P. omnivora Arecae, is the cause of a very destructive disease of the Areca palm in southeastern India. It attacks the young nuts and the inflorescence covering them with a dense mycelial growth and causing the nuts to drop prematurely. Occasionally the entire tops of the trees are attacked, the hyphae even penetrating the vascular bundles. The hyphae vary greatly in size up to 8-9^ in diameter and bear a very few haustoria which are filiform and simple or rarely branched. More commonly there are no haustoria. The conid- iophores are distinctly cymosely branched. The conidia vary considerably both in size and shape, measuring 20.6-45.4 X 30.1- yi.OfjL. It appears that light is an essential factor both in the production and the germination of the conidia. The zoospores are about 11.3 X 8//,, with the anterior cilium measuring 20.7^ in length and the posterior one 29 fi. The oospores have not been observed in nature, but were produced on inoculated nuts in the laboratory. The antheridia and oogonia are described as being borne on separate branches of the same thread, the antheridium, at least in some cases, being formed first. The process of oospore-formation is said to be similar to that described by De Bary for P. Omnivora and by Clinton for P. Phaseoli. While it is scarcely credible in the light of our present knowledge of the subject that this species really combines the processes of oospore formation which are present in the species just mentioned, the 60 Mycologia descriptions and figures given by Coleman indicate that this process is of the type which has been described for the two preceding species. The oospores at maturity measure 23-38 fx in diameter. Cross innoculation experiments were carried on with a number of plants either known to be hosts of some species of Phytoph- tliora, or closely related to some known host. Zoospores were used in each instance. Inoculations were made both with P. Arecae and P. Faberi. In addition to areca nuts and cacao pods the list included for both species of fungi members of the follow- ing genera; Cercus, Clarkia, Oenothera, Salpiglossis, Schizanthus and Solarium. “ In the case of all the species experimented upon successful infection was accomplished with both fungi with the exception of Solarium tuberosum. It seems probable that seed- lings of this plant also would be susceptible, but they were not available. In the case of Solarium melongena and Lycopersicum esculentum only seedlings proved susceptible. Inoculations of plants above 6 inches high were unsuccessful.” Of three cacao pods inoculated one showed Phytophthora mycelium in the tissues, but did not produce conidia. 4. Phytophthora Phaseoli Thaxter The first account of the oospores of this species was given by Clinton (1906) in a paper which must rank as a classic in the literature of this genus as here are first detailed the results of the study of a species of Phytophthora in pure culture on agar. The oospores occur in nature in the diseased pods and seeds of the host. They are smooth, with moderately thick walls, hyaline or light-yellowish in color, and 18-26 n in diameter. The antheridia are hyaline, ovate to ovoid or irregular shaped bodies, which are usually applied to the base of the oogonium, and measure 8.5-11.5 X 14-17 If appears that “the antheridia are not usually entirely differentiated on the thread until after contact with the oogonium.” This, by the way, is quite suggestive of the description given by Blakeslee of the development of the progametes of heterothallic mucors. In a later paper (Clinton, 1909) a more extended discussion of these phenomena is given. “ In the development of the sexual Wilson: North American Peronosporales 61 stage the antheridium is the first to appear, and is often apparently fully developed before there is much evidence of the oogonium. Whether or not the peculiar swellings spoken of earlier develop into antheridia as a result of contact with certain other threads or swellings, it is difficult to determine, but it seems most probable. This potential oogonial thread, with or without a swelling, be- comes attached to the base of the antheridium and grows up along its surface toward the apex. Very often it can be seen when it has only partially covered the length of the antheridium. For a long time it was difficult to decide whether or not these threads did not actually penetrate the antheridium and grow through it, and we are not yet certain that this does not sometimes occur. Certainly the optical effect is frequently that of an internal thread with its apical walls very thin as compared with the side walls. In time, however, the oogonial thread reaches the top of the antherid- ium, and curving around its apex, begins to swell into the oogonium,' which by this time is usually cut off from its basal thread by a septum.” To judge from the later work of Pethybridge (1913) and the illustrations from photographs which accompany the later paper by Clinton it appears that what this author really saw and de- scribed was the same type of oospore formation as that recently described by Pethybridge and by Dastur, but that over-caution prevented him from making the proper interpretation of his observations. 5. Phytophthora erythroseptica Pethyb. The announcement by Pethybridge (1913) of this fungus is interesting as adding one more to the already long list of Euro- pean diseases of the potato as well as including a second species of Phytophthora in the list. The fungus is doubly interesting as being the species for which was first described that peculiar method in oospore formation which we must now consider typical of the genus Phytophthora. So far as mycelial characters are concerned this species is not unlike other members of the genus. The conidia are similar to those of P. infestans, but larger and not so prominently papillate, although there is always a well-marked apical region with a G2 Mycologia thicker and more transparent cell wall than is found on the re- mainder of the conidinm. The conidia are ovate, or obpyriform due to subapical constriction, and average 20 X 30 ^ . They are also very much crowded on the conidiophores which are not so highly developed as in P. infestans, nor are the conidia produced in such great numbers as in that species. Theii* germination was not noted. The gametes are produced on separate hyphae, and at first are not well differentiated from other hyphal outgrowths. The antheridium, which is the first to appear, is a rounded or oval structure, borne laterally on the hypha from which it is soon separated by a septum. Sometimes, however, the antheridium is a true intercalary cell. In time the antheridium becomes filled with a very dense mass of granular protoplasm, apparently at the expense of the parent hypha as this becomes empty. The oogonial progamete arises in a similar manner, first appearing as a swollen knob-like body. If it comes in contact with the antheridium it grows in such a manner, as to penetrate it. The duration of this condition and the accompanying cytological phe- nomena have not been determined, but after a few hours, and apparently only at night, the oogonium bursts out of the antherid- ium and completes its development. The oogonial wall is usually thinner than that of the antheridium. As the oogonium attains its full size protoplasm ceases to migrate into it and its stalk becomes plugged, although no septum is formed. By this time the parent hypha is almost emptied of protoplasm. During the later stages of the development of the oogonium and just prior to the contraction of the protoplasm and its separation from the wall of the oogonium the contents of the antheridium begin to disappear, but in what manner was undetermined. At maturity the oosphere occupies the upper part of the oogonium, which is composed of the entire protoplasmic contents of the oosphere except small particles which adhere to the oogonial wall. The oosphere now begins to form a wall about itself, which utlimately is about 2 p thick, smooth, and yellowish-brown in color. The mature oogonium is about 3 6 /j. in diameter with a colorless wall which is less brittle than that of P. infestans. The oospores are about 29-3 °Al in diameter, or considerably smaller than those of P. Wilson: North American Peronosporales 63 infestans. The method of oospore formation in this and related species is unique among the Phycomycetes. In nature the fungus is known only from the peculiar pink-rot of potato tubers which it produces. On solid media like oat agar, potato stalks, bread, and carrots oospores but no conidia were produced, while the reverse was true in regard to liquid media. Conidia were produced most abundantly on a watery extract of peat soil. 6. Phytophthora infestans (Mont.) De Bary The present species has been a storm center ever since its advent into the scientific world, while its trouble-making possi- bilities have not yet been exhausted. At first a battle royal waged in western Europe as to the proper name of the species which was then referred to the genus Botrytis. So vigorous was this warfare, and so loosely were citations given that anyone who will successfully unravel the tangle in such a way as to effectively and equitably safeguard the honors due each of the contestants, dis- posing of their claims in a strictly impartial and judicial manner, and arriving at a designation of the species which will meet the requirements of any recognized code of nomenclature, he will have qualified as a real “ nomenclatural expert.” The next violent discussion was precipitated by the announce- ment by Worthington G. Smith of the discovery of the oospores of the fungus. The results of the ensuing discussion were humorously summarized by Smith who wrote that “ the oospores became a kind of a political subject — oospores of P. infestans or not oospores of P. infestans ?” (Clinton, 1911b). More re- cently the publications of Clinton and of Jones for a time bid fair to add to the interrogation “ and if oospores, whose?” In America two names are conspicuously associated with the investigations of the morphology' of this fungus. The first note concerning what may now be regarded as probably progametes of this species appeared as an abstract (Jones & Giddings, 1909) of a paper which was not published in full. This was followed in less than a year by the announcement from the same laboratory (Jones, 1909) of the finding of oospore-like bodies of about 30 diameter, but with no evidence of antheridia. These were prob- 64 Mycologia ably chlamydospores. A little more than a year elapsed before the announcement by Clinton (1911a) that “absolutely perfect oogonia, antheridia and even oospores have been obtained.” In the more detailed account of the discovery which appeared in a few weeks (1911b) the various steps in the development of the oospore are not so carefully described as were those of P. Phaseoli, yet the descriptions of the two species are quite similar. The illustrations which are reproduced from photographs also bear out this statement as some of them show the basal antheridium pierced by the oogonium. While no one has observed an aotual fertilization to take place in species of this genius Clinton notes that in case no antheridium were present the development of the oogonium would not pass beyond the differ- entiation of the oosphere. This certainly precludes the suggestion that the peculiar antheridia of this and other species ot Phytoph- thora are functionless. The oogonia at maturity are 34-50 /a in diameter, with a thick, reddish-brown wall. The oospores have a medium thick wall which is smooth and hyaline. They measure 24-35 P 'n diameter. The experiments which were conducted to determine the faotors which govern oospore formation do not appear to have shed any considerable light on the subject. The final report of the investigations of Jones and his associates (Jones, Giddings & Lutman, 1912) appeared soon after these papers by Clinton. This paper is a valuable contribution to our knowledge of P. infestans in all its aspects. His discussion of the bodies which he terms “ resting spores ” differs widely from the account given by Clinton. The bodies which are described by Jones are produced in masses large enough to be barely visible to the unaided eye on account of their brown color. “ Much varia- tion in structure, grooping, and mode of development of these bodies has been observed, partly due to variations in medium. Most of these bodies have clearly been abnormal developments, or at least have failed to reach normal maturity. Indeed, we doubt if any of them are to be regarded as strictly normal. Neverthe- less, it seems worth while to figure and describe the more common or striking features observed” (p. 61). Figures 1 to 20 represent various bodies found in the earlier cultures. These are borne on enlarged hvphae and enclosed in what are interpreted as ex- Wilson : North American Peronosporales (55 cessively gelatinized walls. The solid walls of these bodies are smooth, thick, and brown. Only in a single instance was anything observed which was analogous to the formation of an oosphere. One figure (no. 15) is especially interesting as it is very sug- gestive of the type of antheridia which have recently been de- scribed for several species of Phytophthora. It may be that the majority of these bodies are chlamydospores, a structure which is known for several species of the genus. In the later cultures a very different type of resting spores were found. These are produced, as were the others, either terminally or intercalary, have a single cell-membrane which is thickly covered with spiny tubercles. These resting spores measured 20-33 n in diameter. The wall has two or three spots which rupture easily and suggest germ pores. The younger stages of these bodies showed 30-50 nuclei. As no bodies corresponding to antheridia were found there is no proof that these bodies are sexual spores, nor is any such claim advanced for them. The exact status of these bodies appears not to have been exactly clear to the authors as the following quotation shows. “ These spores have been found in nine different strains of Phytophthora . These nine strains were carried continuously in culture for over three years without anything occurring to throw suspicion on their purity. . . . This fact seems to rule out the occurrence of any ordinary type of saprophyte. ... It is not believed possible that any admixture of saprophytic growth could have entered all cul- tures alike, much less persist without detection. The only sug- gestion that seems worthy of further consideration is that these resting spores might belong to a species parasitic upon Phytoph- thora as Piptocephalis is upon certain moulds. De Bary, indeed, suggests such a relation as possible between Artotrogus hxdno - sporus and Pythium debaryanum. It would seem to us almost impossible, however, that such a condition should occur in all nine cultures alike and persist without detection during so long a period and under such varied cultural conditions” (pp. 68, 69). These conflicting observations left the question of oospores of P. infestans in a most unsatisfactory condition until the appear- iance of a paper by Pethybridge and Murphy (1913) which pre- sents evidence of a nature well calculated to set the matter at rest II . i 66 Mycologia permanently. These authors describe and figure oospores similar to those of P. erythroseptica, but considerably larger, and agreeing in all respects with those described by Clinton. As the antheridia and oogonia were found to be of the same peculiar type as those of P. erythroseptica the authors are led to designate Clinton’s “ superimposed oogonial thread ” as a defective observation of the material in hand. “No spores were observed resembling in any way the resting spores with protuberances on their walls figured by Jones, and recalling Artotrogus hydnosporus.” Ac- cording to the observations of these authors when a culture once begins to form sexual organs,” it continues to do so in the sub- sequent transfers without intermission ; and although the relative abundance of these bodies may vary somewhat in the successive cultures, as a rule, the subsequent transfers from cultures rich in oogonia, become themselves in due time, also well provided with them.” Several transfers covering a period of some fifteen months from the time of isolation appear to have been necessary for the formation of the oosporic habit, while about a week is necessary after making the transfer for the sexual organs to appear in the subculture. It is still an open question as to the conditions under which oospores occur in nature, if they do so at all. A double oospore is figured by these authors, and something approaching closely to such a condition is figured by Clinton. Among the most interesting experiments recorded by Clinton ^1911 b: 771-773) are those which concern the attempted hybrid- ization of species. In these the first attempt was made with cul- tures of P. infestans and P. Phaseoli, the latter being the more vigorous species of the two and producing oospores most abun- dantly. When these species were sown in the same culture “ we obtained oogonia, usually only in the vicinity of the P. infestans colony, which were entirely different from the normal oogonia of P. Phaseoli that were produced abundantly all through the culture. These different oogonia were of the P. infestans type, which at that time we were just beginning to get in a small way in our pure cultures of P. infestans on oat juice agar, and they differed in that they usually produced mature oospores, and were far more abundant than we have ever obtained them in pure cultures of P. infestans. . . . They also differ, perhaps, in not being so deeply Wilson : North American Peronosporales 67 tinted, and there are some that seem to grade into P. Phaseoli; or at least are not very different from that species, as the oogonial walls are only slightly tinted and thickened.” These hybrid oospores were produced from the oogonia of P. infestans and the antheridia of P. Phaseoli, and measure about the same as the normal oospores of P. infestans. The average measurements of P. Phaseoli are 22.5 /«. and of P. infestans and the hybrids are about 30 jx. The evidence of the hybrid nature of these oospores appears to be very strong. It would be interesting to know whether they produced fertile hybrids and if so if they are Men- delian or non Mendelian in their behavior. Hybrids with P. Cactorum are also reported but are said to be much more difficult to produce. It is unfortunate that no host of this last species is given, as in the light of recent work on the genus it would be interesting indeed to know what strain of this species was used for the experiments. Much attention is devoted by Jones to what may be called in a broad sense physiological problems, such as the relation of the fungus to its host, to culture media, to temperature, etc. Much of this data has been published previously and so need not be dis- cussed at present except in a very general way. His observation (p. 28) concerning the production of conidia within the host is apparently the first reference to this habit in the genus Phytoph- thora. The subject of resistant varieties is discussed in con- siderable detail. “ Well-marked and fixed differences exist among potato varieties in relative susceptibility to invasion by Phytophthora infestans. . . . These differences occur in foliage as well as in tuber. While foliage and tuber resistance generally go together, this relation is not invariable. The disease resistant quality is resident in large measure, and probably wholly, in the interior tissues of both leaf and tuber. In the tuber it is uni- formly distributed throughout the flesh ” (p. 83). In discussing the hosts of this species reference is made to the list given by De Bary which includes “ not only a number of other species of Solanaceae grown in gardens, but that he has observed it on one of the exotic species of the Scrophulariaceae, Schisanthus grahami, and that Berkeley has described a case where it occurred on another one of the same group, Anthocercis 68 Mycologia viscosa, from New Holland.” At the risk of appearing to be trite we may remark in passing that not only has there been advances made in mycology, but in other fields of botany as well in the past third of a century. Moreover some geographic names have also changed. New Holland is one of these, being labeled on our maps to-day New Guinea. As to the hosts in question both genera appear among the Scrophulariaceae in De Candole’s Prodromus while in Engler and Prantl’s Pflanzenfamilien they both appear under Solanaceae. In other words De Bary’s taxonomy and geography were correct in his own day. This same reference to scrophulariaceous hosts is quoted by Lindau2 and is given hy Clinton as a reason for suspecting the validity of P. Thalictri. Various theories have been advanced as to the means by which the present species maintains itself from year to year, one of them being that the fungus lives over in the soil or in the diseased tubers and debris from the crop. A paper by Stewart (1913I details some experiments on this question. Soil was taken from a field which had produced a crop of blighted potatoes. Diseased and partially decayed tubers and blighted stems were placed in the soil which was subsequently kept outdoors until spring, when it was planted with tubers procured from a blight-free field and treated with disinfectants. No infection occurred, nor could it be induced by painting the leaves with mud prepared from this soil and the diseased potatoes. The author considers his results in- conclusive, but indicating that it is highly improbable that the disease persists in the soil over winter. 7. Phytophthora Thalictri Wilson & Davis The oospores of this species were found by Clinton (1909: 894) who says that “ so far as could be determined, the antheridia and oogonia were developed from dififerent mycelial threads.” In the light of present knowledge this would indicate that these organs are of the same nature as those of P. infestans. The oogonia are reddish-brown, a little deeper tinted than those of P. Phaseoli, moderately thin walled, and measuring 25-33 /* diameter. The oospores are hyaline or very light colored, with medium thick, 2 Sorauer. Pflanzenhr. ed III. 2: 140. 1908. Wilson: North American Peronosporales 69 smooth wall, and measuring 18.5-25^ in diameter. “Those seen by the writer,” says Clinton, “ did not differ materially from the oospores of P. Phaseoli, so that we may expect those of P. in- festans, when found, to be of similar character.” The fungus was not obtained in pure culture. Inoculations were made direct from the diseased leaves to the cut surface of potatoes and onto young tomato plants in the greenhouse. All failed, as did the attempts to produce the fungus on Thalictrum by inoculating it with a pure culture of P. infestans, which at the same time was able to infect potatoes. Concerning the identity of the present species and the results of his inoculations Clinton says, “ since P. Thalictri resembles P. infestans so closely, the writer has thought that possibly they might not be distinct species. Worthington G. Smith (Diseases of Field and Garden Crops, pp. 275-6) gives a list of different hosts of P. infestans which include even two Scrophulariaceae. . . . While these experi- ments were probably not extended enough to speak positively, still they at least indicate that these fungi are distinct strains, if not distinct species” (p. 895). Personally the present writer regards these experiments as far more conclusive evidence of the distinctness of the two species in question than would the success of any of these inoculations have been of the identity of these fungi. The question which is raised concerning the hosts of P. infestans has been noted under that species. The statement made by Clinton concerning the identity of P. Thalictri is misquoted by Dastur (p. 225) who speaks of “ P. Thalictri, which Clinton suspects to be identical with P. Phaseoli.’' 8. Piiytophthora Fagi (Hartig) Hartig This fungus attacks the beech seedlings in Europe, often prov- ing quite destructive. It first attacks the cotyledons, then spreads to other parts of the plant. A large number of other tree and herb seedlings are known to be subject to the attacks of a Piiytophthora in Europe and it is not improbable that there is but a single species of the genus concerned in seedling diseases. This, however, has not been investigated in recent years. We are indebted to Himmelbaur for a careful comparative study of this 70 Mycologia species and the demonstration of its validity. The results of these studies are discussed under P. Cactorum. 9. Phytophthora Cactorum (Lebert & Cohn) Schrot. This species was originally described from diseased cacti in Europe and was later included along with other forms by De Bary in his Phytophthora omnivora. Comparative studies were made by Himmelbaur (1911) on three forms which might well be included in De Bary’s species. They were designated P. Cactorum, P. Fagi, and P. Syringae. The cultures of P. Cactorum were obtained from Pliyllocactus at Dahlern. As a result of his inoculation experiments with these fungi on three species of cacti he concludes that inoculation experiments are of very little value in delimiting species. How- ever the results of his inoculations, which he presents in tabu- lated form, are quite interesting so they are quoted in their entirity. Host Macroscopic Microscopic Cactorum Fagi Syringae Cactorum Fagi Syringae Echinopsis Eyri- esii Much affected Much affected ± Slight infection Very numerous oospores Very numerous oospores Numerous oospores Cereus tephr acan- thus =•= Slight infection =*= Slight infection Slight infection Numerous oospores Numerous oospores Few oospores Cereus Marti - anus Slight infection Slight infection ± Slight infection Numerous oospores Few oospores Numerous oospores All three forms were grown in Erlenmeyer flasks on sterilized carrots and in Petri dishes on various media. P. Cactorum made the most vigorous growth while P. Syringae was the weakest. He considers these forms all closely related but morphologically distinguishable both by conidial and oosporic characters as well as by the mycelium. He also expresses the opinion that Pcrono- spora Sempervivi Schenk is identical with Phytophthora Cac- torum. The results of his morphological studies are given in tabular form for ready comparison. Wilson: North American Peronosporales 71 P. Fagi P. Cactorum P. Syringae Mycelium: Hyphae slender, regular, intercellular, in cul- ture submerged, api- cally monopodially much branched. Haustoria simple or ganglionate and di- gately branched, cyl- indric. Conidiophores sympodi- ally branched and thickened below the conidia. Conidia elongate ovate, papillate, apex thick walled, produced tar- dily, size 40-74 X 30- 32 p. Oospores : Oogonia globoid, in- tercallary, seen only in water cultures. Antheridia borne near the oogonium, tube not seen, relation to oogonium indefinite, Oospore with medium thick, smooth, yellow wall, size 30 71- Slender, regular, intercel- lular or intracellular, in culture both aerial and submerged, apically scantily monopodially branched. Simple or branched, cyl- indric, or apically en- larged irregularly. Sympodially much branched and thickened below the conidia. More or less regularly ovate, papillate, pro- duced abundantly, size 30-40 X 15-30 ju. Pyriform, rounded at base, intercallary, seen in water and agar cultures. Borne near the oogonium, tube present, applied basally. With medium thick, smooth, yellow wall, size 20-3071. Very irregular in form, in culture both aerial and submerged, somewhat ir- regularly branched. None. Not typical sympodial in branching, conidia often borne in clusters. Roundish to ovate, very noticeably papillate, very variable in shape and size. Globoid, apical, seen in both water and agar cultures. Borne near the oogonium, rarely seen in water cul- tures, applied laterally. With medium thick, smooth, brown wall, size 30-45 M- As a result of this comparative study it is very evident that these three forms are distinct species. The next question to present itself is that of the identity of the form which De Bary studied and named P. omnivora. From the evidence presented by De Bary in his paper Himmelbaur is inclined to the belief that the form was at least similar to P. Pagi, if not identical with it. In old agar cultures which had begun to degenerate forms ap- pear which are suggestive of Vaucheria, from which the author concludes that the genus Phytophihora may represent a degen- erate state of Vaucheria. The phenomenon of zonation in cultures was studied and the conclusion reached that it is due to variation in temperature. 10. Phytophthora Syringae (Klebh.) Ivlebh. This fungus has been studied by three investigators who agree as to its morphology. Klebahn (1909) published a comprehen- 72 Mycologia sive study of the fungus, including many inoculation experi- ments to determine its possible host limitations. He was able to secure an abundant infection with the production of oospores on Syringa persica, Lygustrum vulgare, Jasminum nudiflorum, Forsythia viridissima and Crataegus oxycantha , while the twigs were killed on Pints communis and Primus cerasus without the formation of oospores. Indifferent infection was obtained on species of Acer, Aescuhts, Alnus, Corylus, Quercus, Tilia, Pirns, Mains and Primus domestica. Complete failure was recorded for Asalia, Betula, Carpinus, Fagus, Fraxinus, Juglans, Philadelphus, Plantanus, Salix, Sorbus, Erica and Calluna. While the in- fection of the pear would at first sight indicate a possibility of the identity of P. Syringae with the species reported on pomaceous fruits, but tbe failure to infect the apple makes the probability of the identity of the two entirely out of the question. The morphological characters of the species are included in the summary of the work of Himmelbaur under P. Cactorum. The fungus has recently been found in Holland, where it was carefully studied, especially from the standpoint of its economic importance, by Schoevers (1913), whose observations on the morphology of the fungus and its effect upon its host are in accord with the preceding papers. The statement is made that the conidia are unknown in nature. It is, therefore, interesting to note that almost thirty years earlier than any of these papers Berkeley (1881) described a fungus from the leaves of the lilac in Scotland which caused a blackening of the host similar to that caused by P. infestans on the foliage of the potato. The opinion was expressed that the two fungi were very closely related, although the lilac inhabiting species was christened Ovularia Syringae. In a subsequent paper Smith (1883) described bodies which he termed resting spores from decaying leaves, but his notes are insufficient to indicate the exact nature of the bodies which he found. A third note by the discoverer of the fungus (Wilson, 1886) describes in a somewhat fantastic manner the germination of the conidia by the formation of zoospores. The fungus appears in Saccardo under Berkeley’s name while the only figure cited is that which accompanied the original description. Apparently Saccardo saw nothing in this later sketch to indicate Wilson: North American Peronosporales 73 that the species in question has other relationships than those indicated by its name. Indeed it is a true Phytophthora and ap- parently identical with P. Syringae. The complete synonomy of the fungus then becomes, Ovularia Syringae Berk. (1881), Phleophythora Syringae Klebh. (1905), Phytophthora Syringae (Klebh.) Klebh. (1909). Here is a nomenclatural tangle which is not strictly amenable to the rule of priority. The oldest name of the species is that given it by Berkeley, yet if Ovularia Syringae were to be transferred to Phytophthora the combination would be untenable as there is already an older Phytophthora Syringae, which is based on Phleophythora Syringae, a name which is untenable because it is antedated in the synonomy of the species. Perhaps this case comes under the “ nomina conservenda ” and so will not need to "be renamed, but be allowed to carry the specific name which Klebahn gave it. 11. Phytophthora Nicotianae Van Breda de Haan Our information concerning this species is derived from the monographic treatment of the species by its author. It is a member of the cactorum group of species, i. e., its antheridium is of the normal type for the Oomycetes. So far it has been re- corded only from the East Indies. 13. Phytophthora Faberi Maub. The literature of this species is quite extensive, yet there are a number of points concerning its life history which are far from clear. In the earlier papers the species is referred to as P. omnivora De Bary. Perhaps the first careful morphological study of the fungus was that of von Faber (1910) who ob- tained his material from Kamerun on cacao pods. He considers the fungus distinct from P. omnivora, but quite similar to that species. He describes the mycelium as being provided with ‘haustoria and being both intercellular and intracellular, in ex- treme cases penetrating the seeds, but usually confined to the pods. The conidiophores are 150-200 /a high, bearing one or two conidia, which average 25X30 /a or rarely as large as 42 X 80 /a. The 74 Mycologia zoospores are very numerous, as many as twenty issuing from a single conidium. The oospores were found in abundance, throughout the infected tissue, but no trace of either antheridia or oogonia. As subsequent investigators have also failed to find the gametes it is now usually conceded that these bodies are in reality chlamydospores. The fungus is considered by von Faber to be coextensive in distribution with the cacao, although epidemic outbreaks have been confined to the American tropics, to Ceylon, and to Kamerun. Apparently drawing on von Faber’s account of the fungus for his data Maublanc named it P. Faberi. Infection experiments were first reported by Rorer (1910 a, b) who proved that the pod-rot and the canker of cacao are both caused by the same fungus. He gives a detailed study of the pathology of the organism, concluding that the trunks become infected by the migration of the mycelium from the pods through the twigs. This work was confirmed in Ceylon by Petch (1910) who extended his experiments to the fruit-rot and canker of Hevea. He demonstrated the identity of these diseases. “ On plantations of Hevea only * canker ’ has not caused very much damage, but on mixed Hevea and cacao plantations it is decidedly more serious.” The fungus evidently spreads from the one host to the other in the field. The correctness of the results obtained by Rorer has been questioned by Essed (1912) who was unable to duplicate the work. He suggests that the trees used might have already been infected with the true cause of the canker, which he considers to be some species of Lasidiplodia, Nectria or Spicaria, or some other related form. Fie asks “Why should Mr. Rorer obtain results different from mine? Was it due to the difference be- tween his mode of operation and mine? To be sure, he operated with full grown trees and I did so with seedlings; his trees were standing in the open field and my seedlings were raised and kept under rigorously sterile conditions.” The statement of the case by Essed may contain the answer to his inquiry. It is well known that certain fungi attacking mature hosts will not attack the juvenile stage of the same host plant. The reverse is also true. Moreover the “ rigorously sterile conditions ” under which these experiments were made might have been so thorough that Phytophthora could not grow. Wilson : North American Peronosporales 75 Further studies of the species were made by Coleman (1910), who found that in water cultures the conidiophores often bore as many as twenty conidia. Chlamydospores were produced in his cultures in abundance, but oospores were absent. Extensive in- fection experiments were carried on in connection with those on P. Arecae, under which species they are detailed. In addition the cacao fungus was inoculated onto Areca nuts, obtaining a slight infection in one instance. He named the fungus P. Theobromae giving as its hosts, on the authority of Petch, Theobroma Cacao, Hevea brasiliensis and Artocarpus incisa. In a postscript to his article he notes that “ since the above was written an article by Petch . . . has brought to my attention the fact that the cacao fungus has been already given the name of Phytophthora Faberi.” In listing the species of the genus Pethybridge includes P. Faberi which is “possibly synonymous with P. Theobromae.” From the fact that this fungus is more destructive in the Amer- ican tropics than elsewhere it is not impossible that this is its home. This is further borne out by the fact that in the West Indies it attacks a second species of Theobroma, while its two chief hosts are American in origin. Indeed the bread-fruit is the only well authenticated host of oriental origin, and on this its occurrence appears to be quite limited. 13. Phytophthora omnivora De Bary All members of the genus Phytophthora which were not refer- able to P. infestans were collected together under this name by De Bary. So constituted the species included all those forms of the genus found on seedlings and succulents in Europe. Re- cent work has shown some of these forms to be morphologically distinct, so that it is now a question as to just how much, if any, of the original mass of material can remain under this name. Since the time of De Bary various writers have added their mite to increase the confusion until to-day the species as usually recog- nized is indeed a “ waste basket ” into which is thrown any unidentified Phytophthora. Some of these have recently been removed and given their proper status as species, while others which have been adequately studied by their discoverers have 76 Mycologia escaped a fate which might have been theirs had they fallen into other hands. The existing confusion lead Coleman (p. 620) to say that “ it would appear that a careful revision of the species Phytophthora omnivora is needed and this seems particularly necessary for those fungi from outside of Europe which have been identified as this species.” It is, however, today the Euro- pean forms of the species which are in most need of a careful revision. From time to time a rot of pome fruits has been noted from Europe and ascribed to this species. It was first reported by Osterwalder (1906) on apples in Switzerland. As inoculations on Sempervivium tectorum were successful it was referred to this species. A rot of pears in Belgium was recorded by Marchal (1908) and in Bohemia by Bubak (1910), both of whom also refer the fungus to the present species. More recently Oster- walder (1912 a) has added the strawberry to the list of fruits attacked, recording a serious outbreak in Switzerland. The same author (Osterwalder, 1912 b ) records an attack upon young apple nursery stock in which some varieties had almost all the twigs killed. As these young trees grew adjoining the strawberry patch which was so seriously infected it was presumed that this was the source of infection. In all these cases both conidia and oospores were produced in abundance. The figures and descriptions indi- cate that more than one species of Phytophthora may be con- cerned and that in all probability none of these outbreaks were really due to the species which is credited with the damage. Another European record under the name of this species is also furnished by Osterwalder (1909) who found a Phytophthora attacking Calceolaria. To judge both by the host and the de- scription this may be referable to P. Cactorum as now under- stood, but further information concerning the fungus on this host is highly desirable. The nutmeg tree ( Myristica fragrans ) in Java suffers from attacks on its leaves and growing twigs by a fungus which Zim- mermann (1907) has identified as “Phytophthora spec. (Ph. omnivora de Bary?).” The conidia are ovate, prominently papillate, with a portion of the conidiophore adhering as a pedicel, measuring 20-60 X 17-30 /*• The conidiophores are typical of the Wilson : North American Peronosporales 77 genus. No oospores were found. The pedicel adhering to the conidia suggests a relationship with P. Colocasiae , although it is a distinct species, and apparently quite dissimilar to the average run of the oriental species of the genus. The latest addition to the list of pests referred to this species was first reported by Hori (1907) as attacking ginseng in Japan and in Ohio. Since that time it has been found to be a wide- spread pest in ginseng beds in the United States. This fungus is certainly incorrectly identified. It is described as having simple conidiophores measuring 95 X 7/* and emerging from the stomata. The conidio are elliptic to ovate, 30-50 X 50-60 /a, prominently papillate, and having a very short basal pedicel. The oospores are thick walled, light brown in color, and measuring 26-28 [X. Species Inquirendae Three additional members of the genus have found their way into literature, yet are of doubtful standing on account of their improper introduction. Mention is made by Gandara (1909) of a P. Agaves Villada on the mayguey in Mexico, but no description or figure is given of the fungus. P. Jathropiae Petersen has been distributed by the “ Centralstelle fur Pilzkulturen ” but is as yet undescribed. An unnamed species of Phytophthora is men- tioned by Moller (1901) as occuring on the “figs imported from Europe to Brazil ” and at least locally causing considerable damage in gardens. The liminiform conidia are prominently papillate and measure 38-45 X 100-200 fi. The conidiophores are 100-200 fi high. The relationship of the fungus is quite obscure as the only species of the genus with which he appears to have been acquainted is P. infestans. The fungus may be an European export, in which case it is probably closely related to the other fruit-rotting forms. Cross Inoculations One of the most interesting results of the work on species of Phytophthora in the last four or five years is the peculiar and altogether unexpected outcome of the numerous cross-inoculation experiments. A comparison of the results published by the vari- 78 Mycologia ous authors tends to throw decided doubt upon the value of this method of delimiting species in this genus, as practically any species of Spermatophyta which is in nature subject to the attacks of any Phytophthora is likely under laboratory conditions to be more or less severely attacked by almost any other species. Indeed some of the hosts recorded for various species of the genus are not known to harbor these fungi in nature. It would appear, then, that the parasitism of Phytophthora is of such a low order that it will not admit of their being differentiated into races as are certain of the Uredineae for example. Culture Media Such a discussion as the present would scarcely be complete without a brief mention of the methods and media employed in the pure culture work discussed above. Some of these media are very simple in their nature, but often serving an important pur- pose in the life history studies on these fungi. Such media are vegetable plugs of various kinds, decoctions of fruits and even of peaty soil, and in the case of one investigator flies were used in distilled water. The best success has been obtained from growing these fungi on agar made with grain or leguminous seeds as its chief food base. Of these peas, beans and oats have proven most efficient and satisfactory. Such culture media may be made by the following formula, the various seeds and grains remaining con- stant. Ground beans 40 grams, agar 15 grams, water 1 liter. Prepare in double boiler, or in the autoclave, filtering through ab- sorbent cotton. In case of oats it is preferable to boil 100 grams of ground oats in a liter of water using a double boiler and cook- ing the oats for two or three hours. Strain and add the other ingredients and sterilize. Species of Phytophthora prefer a slightly acid medium (-)- 5 to -j- 10 Fuller’s scale). Synthetic media have received considerable attention from a number of investigators as such media would give a basis of accurate physiological observations. So far this does not appear to have been over successful. The rather extensive series of experiments conducted by him have led Jones to conclude that Wilson: North American Peronosporales 79 low osmotic pressure is necessary to the proper development of P. infestans and that it is “ limited to certain combinations of chemicals as sources of carbon, nitrogen, and energy. The only really* efficient single carrier of these which was found is aspar- agin, and the availability of this substance seems to be dependent upon the presence of other chemicals” (pp. 51, 52). His most successful formula is as follows: Potassium phosphate 0.25 gm., potassium chlorid 0.05 gm., potassium nitrate 0.5 gm., magnesium sulphate 0.1 gm., calcium carbonate 0.025 gm., asparagin 0.5 gm., water 1 liter. In the course of his extensive studies on the germination of the conidia of P. infestans in relation to various substrata Garbowski (1913) devoted considerable attention to the subject of synthetic media with the result that he recommends Knop’s solution with the addition of glucose (0.2 gm. to 50 c.c.). Taxonomic Considerations From the discussion of the various species of the genus it is evident that there are two distinct types of sexual organs present in species which have been referred to Phytophthora. When De Bary described the oospore formation in P. omnivora his account showed nothing which did not agree with the process as we know it in Peronospora. Recent investigations have confirmed this on P. Fagi, P. Cactornm , and P. Syringac, while the description of P. Nicotianae indicates that it belongs to the same group of species. These species have been designated by Pethybridge as the C act or urn-group. In P. Faberi the sexual reproduction is unknown, while in the remaining species of the genus the sexual organs are of the peculiar type described by Pethybridge and by Dastur. The group of species producing this type of gametes has been called in like manner the infestans-group. Here we find a mode of sexual reproduction which is unique among the Phycomycetes. So distinct is this . method of oospore formation that Pethybridge proposes to separate the species which possess it into a new family, calling it Phytophthoraceae. While the re- maining species are retained in the family Peronosporaceae under the generic name Nozemxa. While the process of odgenesis is so poorly understood at present, yet it is apparent from the peculiar 80 Mycologia type of gametes and the complete absence of periplasm in the oogonium that the family Phytophthoraceae may perhaps be con- sidered as constituting the order Phytophthorales. The name Nozemia for the Cactorum-group of species is entirely unnecessary, as one of the species included in this new genus is itself the type of a monotypic genus. When Klebahn first published an account of P. Syringae he had only the oospores which he recognized as belonging to the Peronosporales, and in absence of conidia he described the fungus as Phleophythora Syringae. As the genus was founded on the sexual phase of a polymorphic fungus certainly there can be no objection to its validity forthcoming from an adherent of the European views on the nomenclature of such fungi. Klebahn’s name must, there- fore, take the precedence, with the following species: i. Phleophy- thora Syringae Klebh. ( Phytophthora Syringae Klebh.), 2. P. Fagi (Hartig) n. nom. ( Phytophthora Fagi Hartig), 3. P. Cactorum (Lebert & Cohn) n. nom. ( Peronospora Cactorum Lebert & Cohn, Phytophthora Cactorum Schroter), 4. P. Nico- tianae (Van Breda de Haan) n. nom. ( Phytophthora Nicotianae Van Breda de Haan). P. Faberi on account of its imperfectly known life history cannot be definitely assigned to a genus, so it may well remain as at present placed. As P. omnivora is here recognized as an aggregate of undetermined affinity it need be considered no further. New Brunswick, New Jersey. BIBLIOGRAPHY Berkeley, M. J. 1881. Lilac fungus. — Gard. Chron. II. 16: 665. f. 135. Bubak, F. 1910. Die Phytophthorafaule der Birnen ini Bohmen. — Zeitschr. Pflanzenkr. 20: 256-261. pi. 4 + f. 1, 2. Butler, E. J. & Kulkarni, G. S. 1913. Colocasia blight caused by Phytophthora Colocasiae Rac. — Bot. Mem. Dept. Agr. India 5 : 233-261. pi. 1-4. Clinton, G. P. 1906. Downey mildew, Phytophthora Phaseoli Thaxt., of lima bean. — Rept. Connecticut Agr. Expt. Sta. 1905 : 278-303. pi. 20-22. Wilson: North American Peronosporales r» i ol Clinton, G. P. 1909. Artificial cultures of Phytophthora, with special reference to oospores. — Rept. Connecticut Agr. Expt. Sta. 1907-08: 891-907. pi. 71-75. 1911a. Oospores of potato blight. — Science, n. s., 33: 744-747. 1911b. Oospores of the potato blight, Phytophthora infestans. — Rept. Connecticut Agr. Expt. Sta. 1909-10 : 753-774- pi- 38-40. Coleman, L. C. 1910. Diseases of the areca palm ( Areca Catechu L.) I. — Koleroga or rot disease. — Ann. Myc. 8: 591-626. pi. 7-9 + f. 1-3. Coleman, L. C. (Note. — This paper was reissued with new pagination and with additional illustrations as Myc. Bull. Dept. Agr. Mysore 2: 1—92. pi. 1-81 + f. j-6. 1910.) Dastur, J. F. 1913. On Phytopthtora parasitica nov. spec, a new disease of the castor oil plant. — Bot. Mem. Dept. Agr. India 5: 177— 231. pi. 1-10. Essed, E. 1912. Cacao canker. — West Indian Bull. 12: 302-308. Faber, F. C. von. 1909. Die Krankheiten und Parasiten des Kakaobaumes. — Arbeit. Kais. Biolog. Anstalt Land- u. Forstw. 7: 193-351. pi. 2, 3 + f. 1-51 • Gandara, G. 1909. Nota acerca de los enfermadodes fungosas del maguey. — Mem. y Rev. Soc. Cient. Antonio Alzate 25 : 293-305. Garbowski, L. 1913. Keimungsversuche mit Konidien von Phytophthora infestans de Bary. — Cent. Bakt. II. 36 : 500—508. pi. Hecke, L. 1898. Untersuchungen fiber Phytophthora infestans De Bary, als Ursache der Kartoffelkrankheit. — Jour. f. Landw. 46: 71-74. pi. 1, 2. Himmelbaur, W. 1911. Zur Kenntnis der Phytophthoreen. — Mitth. Botan. Staatsinst. Ham- burg 1910: 39-61. pi. + f. 1-14. Hori, S. 1907. A disease of Japanese ginseng caused by Phytophthora Cactorum. — Bull. Imp. Cent. Agr. Expt. Sta. Japan 12 : 152-162. pi. 27. Jones, L. R. 1909. Resting spores of the potato fungus ( Phytophthora infestans). — Science, n. s., 30: 813, 814. Jones, L. R. & Giddings, N. J. 1909. Studies of the potato fungus, Phytophthora infestans. — Science, n. s., 29: 271. (Abstract.) Jones, L. R., Giddings, N. J. & Lutman, B. F. 1912. Investigations of the potato fungus, Phytophthora infestans. — U. S. Dept. Agric. Plant Indust. Bull. 245: 3-100. pi. 1-10 + f. 1-10. (Note — This paper was reprinted from the same plates in 1913 and reissued as Bull. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. 168. The two editions are in every way identical except that the colored plates are omitted from the Vermont edition.) 82 Mycologia Klebahn, H. 1909. Krankheiten des Flieders, pp. 75. f. 45. Berlin. Marchal, E. 1909. Sur une maladie nouvelle du poirier. — Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique 45 : 343. 344- Moller, A. 1901. Phycomyceten und Ascomyceten, in A. F. W. Schimper, Botani^ghe Mittheilungen aus den Tropen. Pp. xii, 319. pi. 11. Jena. Osterwalder, A. 1906. Die Phytophthorafaule beim Kernobst. — Cent. Bakt. II. 15: 435-440. 1909. Unbekannte Krankheiten an Kulturpflanzen und deren Ursache. — Cent. Bakt. II. 25 : 260-270. pi. 1, 2. 1912 a. Die Phytophthora-faule die Erdbeeren. — Landwirt. Jalirb. Schweiz. 19 : 320, 321. 1912 b. Das Absterben von Veredlungen, versucht durch Phytophthora. — Landw. Jahrb. Schweiz. 19: 321, 322. Petch, T. 1910. Cacao and Hevea canker. — Cirs. and Agr. Jour. Royal Bot. Gard. Ceylon 5: 143-180. Pethybridge, G. H. 1913. On the rotting of potato tubers by a new species of Phytophthora having a method of sexual reproduction hitherto undescribed.— Sci. Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., n. s., 23 : 529-565. pi. 42-44. Pethybridge, G. H., & Murphy, P. A. 1913. On pure cultures of Phytophthora infestans De Bary, and the develop- ment of oospores. — Sci. Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., n. s. 13 : 566-588. Pi- 45, 46. Rorer, J. B. 1910 a. The relation of black rot of cacao pods to the canker of cacao trees. — Bull. Trinidad Dept. Agric. 9: 38. 1910 b. Pod rot, canker, and chupon wilt of cacao caused by Phytophthora sp. — Bull. Trinidad Dept. Agric. 9 : 79-103. pi. 9-17. (Note — The reprint of this article is paged 1-24.) Sawada, K. 1911. Infection of the taro. — Reprinted from Special Reports of the For- mosa Agr. Expt. Sta. (Japanese— quoted by Butler and Kulkarni.) Schoevers, T. A. C. 1913. Eene voor Nederland nieuwe Seringenziekte, veroorzaakt door Phy- tophthora Syringe Klebahn. — Tijd. Plantenz. 19: 41—64. pi. 1, 2. Smith, W. G. 1883. Resting spores of the llilac fungus. — Gard. Chron. II. 20: 439. Stewart, F. C. 1913. The persistence of the potato late-blight in the soil.— Bull. New York State Agr. Expt. Sta. 367 : 357-36t. Wilson, A. S. 1886. Birth of an Ovularian zoospore. — Gard. Chron. II. 26: 815. f. 159. Zimmermann, A. 1907. Ueber einige an tropischen Kulturpflanzen beobachtete Pilze — I. — Cent. Bakt. II. 7: 101-106, 138-147. f. 1-24. Mycologia Plate CXIX v i PHYTOPHTHORA / Wilson: North American Peronosporales 83 Explanation of Plate CXIX Fig. i Phytophthora parasitica. Seven stages in oogenesis. After Dastur. Fig. 2. Phytophthora Phaseoli. Oospore. After photograph by Clinton. Fig. 3. Phytophthora infestans. Resting spore. After Jones, Giddings, and Lutman. Fig. 4. Phytophthora infestans. Oospore. After photograph by Clinton. Fig. 5. Phytophthora Arecae. Oospore. After Coleman. A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON A NEW BARK DISEASE OF THE WHITE PINE Arthur H. Graves (With Plate 120, Containing 2 Figures) In the spring of 1911, Mr. Herman de Fremery, a student at the Yale Forest School, called the attention of the writer to a disease which appeared to be killing the young white pines in a plantation at the Maltby Lakes, near New Haven, Connecticut. Soon after this, a trip was made to the region in question. The stand consisted of Finns Strobus, from 5 to 7 feet in height, planted 6 feet apart each way, and just about to commence the ninth year of growth. In one spot, several trees were seen to be entirely dead, forming a blank of considerable area, on the margin of which others were found to be in various stages of the disease. In cases where the disease had not progressed far, the most apparent outward sign of the trouble was a slight yellowish cast of the foliage, which, from its strong contrast to the normal bluish-green of the healthy trees, could be readily detected from a considerable distance. To all outward appearances, the trunk was sound, but a careful examination showed that the extreme basal portion, which was often more or less covered with old dead leaves and needles, was somewhat sunken and covered with the minute black pustules of some fungus. The bark here was entirely dead, and often at this point the trees were entirely girdled, the lesions extending sometimes 3 or 4 inches from the ground (Plate 120, fig. 2). At the time, as an effort to determine whether the fungus was a true parasite, four inoculations were made in healthy trees. For this purpose, pieces of bark from the lesions on diseased trees were transferred to corresponding positions at the base of healthy trees where areas of healthy bark of similar size had been cut out. The edges of the patch of diseased bark thus inserted were covered with grafting wax to prevent drying out and con- tamination. 84 Graves: New Bark Disease of White Pine 85 As far as can be ascertained, these inoculations were unsuc- cessful, for at the present date, i. e., after the lapse of nearly three years, in three cases the wounds have healed at their edges. Unfortunately, the fourth tree has been lost sight of, but it is of course possible that it was one of the dead trees which have recently been removed from the blank. Since the inoculations were made in the spring of the year, the season may have been unfavorable for the invasion of the fungus, for at this period of its most rapid growth the pine has naturally its greatest capacity for wound healing. At the present time, the blank caused by the disease in the above mentioned locality is more or less circular, and about 30 feet in diameter. Thirty-one trees have died, and 7 more, here and there around the edge of the area, are dying, each one with the characteristic canker at its base (Plate 120, fig. 1). Of the dead trees, the youngest show eight years’ growth, proving that they died in 1910. The disease may therefore have been present at least two or three years before this. Recently, Professors Tourney and Hawley, of the Yale Forest School, have again directed the writer’s attention to the disease. Professor Tourney states that he has recently observed it near Conway Lake, Conway Center, New Hampshire. Here, among wild white pines, he saw several diseased patches, in one or two instances a rod or more in diameter. The trees were all the way from 1 to 10 feet in height, and showed the characteristic con- strictions at the base of the stem. Professor Hawley has also noticed the trouble in various plantations in Connecticut. Dr. W. E. Britton, of the Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, says that he has seen it, or something very similar, on a plantation near Middletown, Conn. We understand that the same disease has also been reported as occurring in the State of New York. Dr. G. P. Clinton,1 in his report of Connecticut plant diseases for 1911-12, notes a trouble which is evidently the same. Speak- ing of it as a “ stem canker,” he states that some of the speci- mens have the aspect of being attacked by a parasitic fungus. He has found a Phoma fruiting on the dead area, and thinks that the trouble may be due to this. 1 Clinton, G. P. Rept. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1912: 354. pi. 19a. 1913. 86 Mycologia On account of these various reports and inquiries concerning the disease, the writer has recently taken up its study in detail, one of the principal objects being to determine whether, as Clinton suggests may be the case, it is a trouble following winter or drought injury, or whether it is caused by a parasitic fungus, Connecticut plantations at East Haven, Mt. Carmel, and West Hartford have already been visited, and the disease, with all the symptoms as described above, has been found to be present at these places. Moreover, in all the plantations, blanks like the one described and figured here have been found, and these are being steadily enlarged by the death of trees around their borders. In 1911, a fungus was isolated from the bark of the dying trees which was believed to be a species of Fusicoccum. The work was not followed up, however, and no inoculations with the pure cultures were made. In our recent work, nine fungi have been isolated from the bark of dying trees and several more from the bark of dead trees. Nevertheless, of these nine, the same species of Fusicoccum found earlier is of the most general occurrence. The bark of many trees is infested by this species alone, and it is also of importance to note that its fruiting bodies may be found in close proximity to the boundary between healthy and diseased bark. The plurilocular pycnidia, borne in a stroma, contain vast numbers of hyaline, cylindrical spores, usually with one end acute and the other blunt, and averaging 12 X 2^.. The disease resembles the “ Einschniirungskrankheit ” of the fir, described by Hartig2 as killing branches of the host, and caused by Phoma abietina Hartig, which later became known as Fusi- coccum abietinmn (Hartig) Prill, and Delacr.3 The spores of this, however, seem to differ in shape somewhat from those of our form. Pure cultures have been made of all the fungi found on the dying trees, and inoculations with these species on healthy trees in the greenhouse are now in progress. The results of these, together with a more detailed account of the disease, will be pub- lished later. 2 Hartig, Robert. Lehrbuch der Baumkrankheiten, ed. 2. p. 124. 1889. s Prillieux, E., and Delacroix, G. Travaux du Laboratoire de Pathologie vegetale, Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 6: 176. 1890. Mycologia Plate CXX Fig. i. PLANTATION OF WHITE PINE AFFECTED BY THE DISEASE Fig. 2. YOUNG PINE TREES ATTACKED BY THE DISEASE Graves: New Bark Disease of White Pine 87 We take this opportunity, however, to warn owners of white pine plantations to be on the watch for this trouble. Since it is quite probable that it is of a parasitic nature, it is advisable to remove all diseased trees and burn them, or at least the parts of the stem that are affected with the disease, in order to prevent its further spread. Sheffield Scientific School of Yale University, New Haven, Conn. Explanation of Plate CXX Fig. i. Photograph showing open area caused by the death of trees from the bark disease in a plantation of Pinus Strobus at Maltby Lakes, near New Haven, Conn. At the left, a dying tree, with yellowing leaves, and those of the latest growth much shortened : two trees entirely dead in the foreground at the right. Fig. 2. Photograph of canker at base of stem of 7 year old Pinus Strobus. X 2/5. NOTES ON A FEW ASHEVILLE FUNGI H. C. Beards lee (With Plate 121, Containing 2 Figures) The occurrence of Amanita porphyria Fr. in the United States has been justly considered very doubtful. It has been reported sevaral times, but these reports have seemed open to grave doubts. Lloyd, in his paper on the Volvae, expressed the opinion that it does not occur in this country, and in Mycologia for March, 1913, the same opinion is expressed. In view of this uncertainty, it seems worth while to give the facts upon which my report of its occurrence was based. In 1905, in company with Mr. Lloyd, I found this species in abundance in Sweden. As is well known, it is quite distinct in appearance, whatever may be thought of its validity as a species. Its brown pileus and the annulus, which forms a peculiar sooty ring on the stipe as the plant matures, at once distinguish it from all its relatives. We learned to recognize it at once. Two years later, while collecting in Maine, I found what seemed to be the same plant. The pileus was the same color as those we had seen in Sweden and the same sooty ring was formed on the stipe. It was found in spruce woods near Harpswell, under con- ditions which were closely similar to those in the woods near Stockholm where we had observed it. When compared with Swedish specimens, no difference in microscopic structure could be found. It is, of course, easy to err in identifications of the fleshy fungi, as our literature amply shows, but I feel quite cer- tain of the identity of these plants, especially as the species was already well known to me. I have never seen it in North Caro- lina. Perhaps, with the station accurately known, its occurrence may later be verified by some collector. Two other species of Amanita mentioned in the March Mycologia may also be worth a brief mention. Our Amanita russuloides belongs to a group of four species which have been described in Europe. A. junquillea Quel., A. 88 Beardslee: Notes on Asheville Fungi 89 vernalis Gill., A. Amici Gill., and A. adnata W. Smith. The first three are French species, the last English. The feeling of many students is that these are all forms of one variable species. Boudier states in a letter that he considers A. vernalis and A. Amici, both of which he has studied, forms of A. junquillea. Mr. Rea, whose excellent knowledge of the English species is well known, has carefully observed A. adnata and finds that the characters which were relied upon in separating A. adnata are inconstant. He lists it as a synonym for Quelet’s species. It would seem that we need not trouble ourselves unduly in regard to this species. Our A. russuloides is abundant in the southern mountains, where it may be collected all through the summer. At Asheville, the form is a rather better A. adnata than the others. It has uni- formly no annulus, though farther to the north it seems to have one. I have carefully compared it with specimens from Boudier and have also submitted specimens and photographs to him and to Bresadola. Both agree in considering our plant A. junquillea. A comparison of the specimens leads to the same conclusion. Amanita cothurnata Atkinson will doubtless need further study and comparison before its status is satisfactorily determined. At Asheville, it is one of the most abundant species and also one of the most attractive. Whether it should be considered a form of A. pantherina Fries is a question which would be decided partly by our ideas of specific distinction. Bresadola, to whom I judge it was submitted, states that he considers it distinct in its smaller size, white color, and especially its globose spores. Like Murrill, I have never seen typical A. pantherina in the United States. I found it common in Sweden and always with the same dark pileus, with which the white warts contrasted finely. At no time did we observe a white specimen. In size, there does not appear to be much difference, though possibly the American plant is on the average smaller. My suspicions as to the validity of our species came from the discovery that the spores are not globose in the fresh plant. A curious change in the spores takes place as specimens are dried. The spores, which are at first ellipsoid, lose their cell contents and become filled with a large globule as described by Atkinson, and at the same time become inflated and 90 Mycologia globose. This change has been observed in some other species. With the spores of the fresh plants alike, the most valid grounds of separation seem to be removed. I believe it to be the American expression of A. pantherina Fries, though in this conclusion all will doubtless not agree. If we have not yet arrived at an agreement in regard to the species of Amanita, it is not strange that some of our larger and more difficult genera are still more or less confused. The species of Russula are so numerous and so difficult of determination that it will be some time before they are all unraveled. At Asheville, this genus is represented by a large number of species. A few of these are of special interest and four of them are discussed here as a slight contribution to the study of this perplexing group. Russula soualida Peck This species seems as yet not well understood in the United States. At Asheville, it is extremely variable. Peck describes it as dark-purple, often blackish at the disk. The forms here are so variable in color that they might easily be referred to different species. One form is pale-olive, with the margin almost white, one is a beautiful bright-purple, which approaches laven- der, and another closely agrees with Peck’s description. It is, however, so marked by such strong characters that it is easy to recognize it in all its disguises. The strong odor, which be- comes very pronounced and disagreeable as it dries, distinguishes it at once. The stipe also quickly becomes yellow if it is lightly 4craped, and then dark-colored. The fact that the lamellae dis- color in drying assists materially in identifying dried specimens. It seems, however, to have been overlooked that this is a com- paratively well known European species. Romell, in his careful study of the Swedish species of Russula, distinguishes it, and it was described from his notes as R. graveolens. One who had seen Romell’s plant under his guidance could not fail to recognize it at once as our own R. squalida. It has every characteristic of our American plant. In colors, it agrees well with Peck’s descrip- tion. Maire in his latest work considers it R. xerampelina Fr., in part. Beardslee: Notes on Asheville Fungi 91 Russula meliolens Quelet This species is common at Asheville and was for several years a puzzle. 'It is not far from R. alutacea and R. Integra, but is distinct from both. It is not unlikely that it has troubled others who have found it. It is a robust plant, with a peculiar faded red color, mild taste and cream-colored spores. As it dries, it develops a strong odor of new meal, which is very distinct. Its spores are different from those of any species with which it can be confused. They are subglobose and almost smooth. Under an enlargement of 150 diameters, they often seem entirely smooth. A good oil immersion of higher power shows the surface marked with very delicate warts with faint reticulating lines. This is so very unusual in the fragile species of Russula that it gives a very accurate means of identification. It is probable that the range of this species will be found to be extensive. Russula rubescens sp. nov. Pileus convex, finally expanded and depressed, 5-8 cm. broad ; surface red, margin paler, fading with age, thin, striate ; context mild to the taste ; lamellae rather close, white, adnate, forked, especially at the base; spores pale-yellow, subglobose, 7-9 /x, rough, echinulate; cystidia large, numerous, 50-65X10-12^; stipe white, at length becoming cinereous without and within, often blackening with age or in drying, quickly becoming red and then black when wounded, stuffed, becoming hollow. This species seems especially well marked. The reddening of the stipe when scraped is seen in certain members of the Com- pactae, but a red species which has this character is a novelty. It suggests in some ways R. depallens Fries, which seems to be a puzzle to European mycologists. It is believed by them, however, to be different from that species. As it grows, I find the stipe always becoming blackish within and without at the base. m Russula albidula Peck Pileus firm, soon depressed and somewhat infundibuliform, 4-10 cm. broad ; surface pure-white, viscid when moist, margin even ; context extremely acrid to the taste ; lamellae white, becom- ing yellowish, rather narrow, unequal, decurrent, a few forking; 92 Mycologia spores light-yellow, broadly ellipsoid, marked with strong, broken reticulations, 8-9 fx long; stipe pure-white, solid, firm, equal, 4-6 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. thick. ' This is one of the Furcatae. It is closer to R. sanguinca than any of the other species, but seems amply distinct from it. It is always pure-white and one of our firmest species as well as one of the most acrid. The spores of R. sanguinca are in all my specimens roughly echinulate, which is entirely different from those of this plant, which are adorned with strong raised lines forming a broken reticulation. I find it especially in pine woods during September and October. I have had it under observation for six years and find it remarkably constant. Asheville School, Asheville, N. C. Explanation of Plate CXXI Fig. 1. Russula rubescens Beardslee. Fig. 2. Russula albidula Peck. Mycologia Plate CXXI Fig. i. RUSSULA RUBESCENS BEARDSLEE Fig. 2. RUSSULA ALBIDULA Peck AN ENEMY OF THE WESTERN RED CEDAR William A. Murrill (With Plate 122, Containing 2 Figures) The species described below was first sent to me from Idaho by Mr. Weir. Since the description was drawn, Mr. Weir wrote me under date of December 17, 1913, as follows: During the past season, the species has been abundantly col- lected throughout northern Idaho and Washington. It has been found to be of far greater importance in its relation to the decay of the western red cedar than my previous observations showed. Not only is it the principal fungus concerned in the basal decay of the living tree, but it continues the destruction of the heart- wood and later of the sapwood after the tree has fallen and may extend along the entire tree, even attacking the bark. The chemical action of the mycelium on the wood results in a separa- tion of the annual layers in the initial stages of decay, later developing a brown, friable rot quite characteristic and easily recognized. The damage caused by the fungus in the western red cedar is great enough to be made a special project for the coming field season. Fomitiporia Weirii sp. nov. Broadly effused, often extending many feet along the trunk, irregular, adnate, rather soft, of light weight, flexible when young, 3-10 mm. thick, margin rather thick, adnate or slightly 'seceding, undulate, lobed, or irregular, broadly sterile, ferruginous to fulvous, velvety-tomentose ; context conspicuous, fulvous, punky, soft and flexible; hymenium plane or conformed to the sub- stratum, fulvous-umbrinous, often with an avellaneous tint; tubes indistinctly 2-3 times stratified in older specimens, 2-4 mm. long each season, avellaneous within; mouths angular, stuffed when young, minute, about 6 to a mm., edges thin, entire; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 5 X 3/*; hvphae ferruginous ; cystidia conic, tapering to a sharp point, not ventricose at the base, fulvous, filled with contents, sometimes strongly curved, 35-50 X 93 94 Mycologia 5-10 11, the concolorous, tapering stalk often reaching 50 n in length, but narrower than the projecting portion. Type collected on a trunk of Thuya plicata at Priest River, Idaho, in the Kaniksu National Forest, in 1912, by James R. Weir. Common throughout the northwest, according to Mr. Weir, and confined to Thuya plicata. Younger stages would be referred to Fuscoporia, and the older stages sometimes have rather the appearance of “ reviving ” from year to year instead of being truly perennial, as is the case in most species of Fomitiporia. For the benefit of those using Saccardo’s nomenclature, the species is here recombined as Poria Weirii Murrill. New York Botanical Garden. Explanation of Plate CXXII Fig. 1. Fomitiporia Weirii as it appears normally, and also when reviving and a new layer of tubes is being formed. Fig. 2. Initial stages in the decay caused by the above species, showing the separation of the annual rings of the host. Mycologia Plate CXXII Fig. i. SPOROPHORE OF FOMITIPORIA WEIRII Murrill t Fig. 2. DECAY CAUSED BY FOMITIPORIA WEIRII Murrill NEWS AND NOTES In the August number of Phytopathology, L. L. Harter de- scribes Plenodomus destruens, a fungus causing “ foot-rot ” of sweet potato. A more complete account of the disease appeared in the Journal of Agricultural Research for December. A recent paper by Hauch and Ravn on Oidium in the oak forests of Denmark describes the appearance and effects of the disease, the checking of growth and the lessening of resistance to cold, and suggests potassium sulfid solution as a remedy, but one that is unsuited to forest conditions by reason of the labor and expense involved. Bulletin No. 355 of Cornell University treats of the apple scab disease, caused by the fungus Venturia inaequalis ( Cooke) Winter. The paper which is by Errett Wallace contains in addi- tion to a detailed study of the fungus, also a history of the dis- tribution and economic importance of the disease. Also con- siderable space is devoted to a discussion of the means of con- trolling it. In the June number of Phytopathology, J. J. Taubenhaus de- scribes Sclerotium bataticola, a fungus causing “charcoal-rot” of sweet potato. This was formerly thought to be a state of Sphaeronema fimbriata (Ellis & Halst.) Saec., but it has been proven conclusively by Taubenhaus that it is not. No other fruiting stage could be found for the fungus except the sclerotia, which are produced in large numbers. Dr. F. D. Heald, of the Laboratory of Forest Pathology, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania, visited the Garden on February 4 and 5 to consult certain types of fungi in the Ellis Collection. He has 95 96 Mycologia discovered some very interesting diseases of trees in connection with his work on the chestnut canker, and the results of his studies will shortly be published. The January number of the Journal of Heredity contains three of the best popular articles yet published on the chestnut canker. Dr. Metcalf gives its history and characteristics, with a strong argument for careful inspection of future importations of nursery stock of all kinds ; while Mr. Van Fleet and Dr. Morris tell of immune strains and resistant hybrids that may save the chestnut to horticulture if not to forestry. The fifth annual meeting of the American Phytopathological Society was held at Atlanta, Georgia, from December 30, 1913, to January 3, 1914. The full program was completed with more than usual dispatch and opportunity was afforded for valuable discussion of the papers, owing to the method recently adopted of preparing a printed abstract of each paper in advance and presenting the papers in the form of abstracts only. As these have been widely distributed among mycologists already, they will not be repeated here. A box of truffles was sent to the Garden last autumn for our examination, with a note requesting information regarding their food value. Later, the sender of this material made a visit here and stated that the truffles had been collected in the vicinity of New York through the aid of a trained dog imported from Italy. The specimens were filed away in the herbarium for later study. In November, a second package of these fungi was received which was said to have been collected in New Jersey. A micro- scopic examination of these plants showed them to be two dif- ferent species. Later, a third collection of the plants was sent for examination, which collection was found to contain some examples of both of the species previously sent. These plants were of especial interest to us since they represent the only two specimens of the genus Tuber in our collection from America. News and Notes 97 Three species of Tuber have been previously reported from the eastern United States, none of which accord well, so far as we can judge from the published accounts, with the two recently collected. The identity of the two recent collections has not been determined with certainty, but the specimens are kept for further study. The indications are that this genus may be well repre- sented in the eastern United States. In his work on underground fungi occurring in California, Harkness reports thirteen species of Tuber , but all of them are so rare as to be of little economic value. Harkness did not find any of the species of truffles usually eaten in Italy, but Tuber cali- fornica approaches very nearly to one of these Italian species. In addition to Tuber, a number of other genera of underground fungi contain edible species. Agaricus mucifer Berk. & Mont. While examining recently the type specimens of fungi collected by Sullivant in Ohio and now preserved in the Montagne herba- rium in Paris, I made a special effort to connect Agaricus ( Tricho - loma ) mucifer Berk. & Mont. Syll. Crypt. 99. 1856 with some species of the genus at present known. The description of the species is as follows : Pileus fleshy, convex to expanded, center depressed, 12 cm. broad ; surface reddish-alutaceous, very viscid, glabrous ; flesh incarnate or rosy ; lamellae emarginate-decurrent, subconcolorous, white, red-spotted, changing to reddish on drying; spores oblong, apiculate, white ; stipe stout, short, bulbous, fibrillose-striate, rufo- badious, solid, 6 cm. long, 2 cm. thick at the apex, 3 cm. thick at the base; veil white, fibrillose, joined to margin of young pileus. This description applies to a plant near Tricholoma trans- mutans or Tricholoma Russula. The type specimens are rather confusing. One packet, marked No. 274, has Sullivant’s original number tied to the specimens. In this packet, there are two plants, one with bulbous stipe and purplish-red surface, which is evidently the type and is very near Tricholoma Russula, the other plant practically white and evidently Montague’s Clitocybe •98 Mycologia leiphaemia, also collected by Sullivant in Ohio. The spores of the typical specimens are ovoid to ellipsoid, pointed at one end, smooth, hyaline, granular, 6-7 X 3-4 n- Another packet bearing the same number and named A. mucifer by Montagne contains still another species. There are in it two old and insect-eaten specimens with slender stipe, thin, crowded lamellae, and pale-purple surface, fading toward the margin. They resemble Tricholoma Russula , but are thinner and have a much longer stipe. The spores are broadly ellipsoid to globose, smooth, hyaline, granular, 7 X 6-6.5 /*• It is very evident that Montagne had difficulty in distinguishing species in the dried state and that the various species we have of the group repre- sented by Tricholoma Russula and Tricholoma transmutans were confusing to him as they are to us. It is highly desirable that fresh specimens of this group be collected and carefully compared with Montagne’s description of A. mucifer. W. A. Murrill. INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae — VI. The genera Crcolophus, Echinodontium, Gloiodon, and Hydnodon. Myco- logia 5: 293-298. 25 N 1913. Blodgett, F. H. College work in plant pathology. Plant World 16:304-314. N 1913. Brooks, C. Some apple diseases and their treatment. New Hampshire Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 157: 3-32. f. 1-30. Ap 1912. Burger, 0. F. Lettuce drop. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 116: 27-32. /. 1-3. O 1913. Sclerotinia libertiana. Burlingham, G. S. The Lactarieae of the Pacific coast. Myco- logia 5: 305-3II- 25 N 1913. Includes Russula crenulata, R. Murrillii, and R. bicolor, spp. nov. Cook, M. T. The diseases of tropical plants, v-xi + 1-317. /. 1-85. London, 1913. Crabill, C. H. Studies on Phyllosticta and Coniothyrium occur- ring on apple foliage. Ann. Rep. Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911, J9i2: 95-H5- /• 1S-33. 1913. Crabill, C. H. Production of secondary sporidia 'by Gymno- sporangium. Phytopathology 3: 282-284. /. 1. D 1913. Davis, J. J. The introduction of a European pine rust into Wis- consin. Phytopathology 3: 306, 307. D 1913. Graff, P. W. Additions to the basidiomycetous flora of the Philippines. Philip. Jour. Sci. 8: (Bot.) 299-309. pi. 8-10. N 1913. Includes Exidia lagunensis, Laschia philippinensis, Lentinus Candidas, L. lagunensis, Volvaria pruinosa, Bovista Jonesii, and Naucoria manilensis, spp. nov. Hartley, C. The blights of coniferous nursery stock. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 44: 1-21. 12 D 1913. Heald, F. D., & Gardner, M. W. The relative prevalence of pycnospores and ascospores of the chestnut blight fungus dur- ing the winter. Phytopathology 3 : 296-305. pi. 26-28. D I9I3- 99 100 Mycologia Hesler, L. R. Physcilospora Cydoniae. Phytopathology 3 : 290- 295 . pi. 25 + f- 1,2. D 1913. Howe, R. H. The foliaceous and fruticose lichens of Concord, Massachusetts. With keys to all New England species. Proc. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. 1: 27-29. 24 S 1913. Howe, R. H., Jr. Some Alaskan lichens. Bot. Gaz. 56 : 496-500. /. 1, 2. 18 D 1913. Howe, R. H., Warburg, J. P., & Winsor, C. P. The Usneas of the World, 1752-1912. With citations, type localities, original descriptions and keys. Part I. North America. Proc. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. 1: 15-25. 10 My 1913. Middlesex School, Concord, Massachusetts. Johnston, J. R, The relation of cane cultivation to the control of fungous diseases. Sugar Producers’ Assoc. Porto Rico Circ. 3 : 3-12. O 1913. Kellerman, K. F., McBeth, I. G., Scales, F. M., & Smith, N. R. Identification and classification of cellulose-dissolving Bacteria. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 39: 502-522. pi. 1, 2. 13 D 1913. Kern, F. D. Notes on some puff-balls of Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1912: 105-112. /. 1-4. 1913. Lewis, C. E. Comparative studies of certain disease-producing species of Fusarium. Maine Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 219: 203- 253. /. 86-118. O 1913. Lloyd, C. G. Synopsis of the stipitate Stereums. 13-44- /• 53 I- 364. Cincinnati. D 1913. Long, W. H. A preliminary note on Polyporus dryadeus as a root parasite on the oak. Phytopathology 3 : 285-287. D I9I3- Ludwig, C. A. Fungous enemies of the sweet potato in Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1912: 103, 104. 1913. Macbride, T. H. Note on Plowrightia morbosa. Phytopathol- ogy 3:3H, 312. 1913- Melhus, I. E. The perennial mycelium of Phytophthora in- festans. Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 39 : 482-488. /. T, 2. 6 D 1913. Merrill, G. K. New and otherwise interesting lichens from Van- couver Island and the Rocky Mountains. Ottawa Nat. 27 : 117-121. D 1913. Index to American Mycological Literature 101 Includes Lecanora atrosangitinea, Phlyctis speirea, Biatora Columbiana, Xylographa micrographa, spp. nov. M[orse], W. J. Appendix. [In Lewis, C. E. Comparative studies of certain disease-producing species of Fusarium .] Maine Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 219: 253-258. O 1913. Murrill, W. A. A bad year for fleshy fungi. Mycologia 5: 315, 316. 25 N 1913. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XVI. Mycologia 5 : 287-292. pi. 102-108. 25 N 1913.' Coriolus versicolor, C. prolificans, Irpiciporus mollis, Poronidulus conchifer, Scutiger griseus, Grifola frondosa, Daedalea quercina, Elfvingia megaloma and Fomes ungulatus. Murrill, W. A. Sterility in Pholiota candicans (Bull.) Schroet. Mycologia 5: 314. pi. 112. 25 N 1913. Reed, G. M. The powdery mildews — Erysiphaceae. Trans. Am. Mic. Soc. 32: 219-258. pi. 13-16. O 1913. Reed, H. S. The enzyme activities involved in certain fruit diseases. Ann. Rep. Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911, 1912: 51- 77. 1913. Reed, H. S., & Cooley, J. S. The effect of Gymno sporangium on the transpiration of apple trees. Ann. Rep. Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911, 1912: 82-90. /. 16. 1913. Reed, H. S., & Cooley, J. S. The effect of the cedar rust upon the assimilation of carbon dioxide by apple leaves. Ann. Rep. Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. 19x1, 1912: 91-94. /. //. 1913- Reed, H. S., & Crabill, C. H. Plant diseases in Virginia in the years 1911 and 1912. Ann. Rep. Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. I9”, : 35-50- /• 2-14. 1913. Reed, H. S., & Holmes, F. S. A study of the winter resistance of the uredospores of Puccinia coronata Cda. Ann. Rep. Vir- ginia Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911, 1912: 78-81. f. 75. 1913. Saccardo, P. A. Notae mycologicae. Series XVII. Ann. Myc. 11:546-568. 31 D 1913. Includes I. Fungi Mexicani, II. Fungi Canadenses, and III. Fungi Dako- tenses. Twenty new American species are described. Seaver, F. J. The genus Pseudoplectania. Mycologia 5: 299- 302. pi. iog, no. 25 N 1913. Sharp, L. T. Some bacteriological studies of old soils. Plant World 16: 101-115. Ap 1913. 102 Mycologia Smith, C. 0. Black pit of lemon. Phytopathology 3: 277-281. pi. 24. D 1913. Bacterium citriputeale sp. nov. Spaulding, P. Notes on Cronartium Comptonicie, II. Phyto- pathology 3 : 308-310. D 1913. Stewart, V. B. The importance of the tarnished plant bug in the dissemination of fire blight in nursery stock. Phytopathology 3: 273-276. pi. 23. D 1913. Stopes, M. C. Catalogue of the mesozoic plants in the British Museum (Natural History). The cretaceous flora. Part I. Bibliography, algae and fungi, v-xxiii -f- 1-285. I, 25. London. 1913. Theissen, F. Uber einige Mikrothyriaceen. Ann. Myc. 11: 493-5H- Pi- 21 + f' 31 D I9I3- Includes Chaetothyrium Ricpianum, Thallochaete Ingae, Hysterostoma mystorum, and Lembosia modesta, spp. nov. and Amazonia, Thallochaete, Myxomyriangium and Hysterostoma, gen. nov. Van Hook, J. M. Indiana fungi — III. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1912:99-101. 1913. Wolf, F. A. Another host for Rhodochytrium. Phytopathol- ogy 3 : 309- D 1913. Wolf, F. A. Control of apple black-rot. Phytopathology 3 : 288, 289. D 1913. Wolf, F. A. Internal aecia. Mycologia 5: 303, 304. pi. 111. 25 N 1913. Wolf, F. A. Some of the diseases of potatoes and cabbage. Proc. Alabama State Hort. Soc. 10: 27-31. 1913. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporacese of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — 1. The Genus Albugo, by Guy West Wilson. No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 10. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreale*, by F. J. Seaver. No. 1 17. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by G. W. Wilson. No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by F. J. Seaver. No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy ; #1.00 a year. [Not offered in ex- change.] Now in its fifteenth volume. Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi> including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in' terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3.00 a year! single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its sixth volume. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director- in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, I3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North Amenca including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts Subscription price, {1.50 per part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Kimetariaceae. Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae (pars). Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). ( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. ) Vol. 15, parts 1 and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). Vol. 22, parts 1 and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908; part 5, 1913. Podostemona- eeae — Rosaceae (pars). Vol. 25, part 1, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -j-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -f- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreiscberville, New York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii 4- 138 pp.. with 29 plates. 19C9. Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, viii -j- 278 pp , with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. 85.00 per volume. In its seventh volume. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH 159. A Case of Bud-Variation in Pelargonium, by A. B. Stout. 160. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora — XXIX, by P. A. Rydberg. 161. West Indian Mosses — I, by Elizabeth G. Britton. 162. l’hvtogeographic Notes on the Rocky Mountain Region I. Alpine Region, by P. A. Rydberg. New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York Oity MYCOLOGIA IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL Vol. VI— MAY, 1914— No. 3 ASSOCIATE EDITORS JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BANKER GIACOMO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER THOMAS H. MACBRIDE PAUL MAGNUS GEORGE MASSEE NARCISSE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SEAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR CONTENTS FAGB Observations on Sphaerosoma and Allied Genera Fred J. Seaver 103 North American Species of Peridermium on Pine Joseph Charles Arthur and Frank Dunn Kern 109 The Development of Stropharia ambigua Sanford M. Zeller 139 Mountain Myxomycetes - - T. H. Macbride 146 News, Notes and Reviews 150 Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 155 The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof: Without Cover — 4 PP- 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. 24 pp. 28 pp. 3» pp. 25-50 Copies — *i-37 *1.87 I2.12 #2.50 *3- 5° *4.05 *4.82 15.20 too “ *-5S 2.15 2.65 3*5 405 5.00 6.10 6.50 200 “ 2.00 3-05 4.00 4-3° 5.60 6.90 8.30 8.90 Coven — Fint 50 — $1.00. Additional, ic each. Plates — 40c per 100. Mycologia Plate CXXIII BOUDIERA AREOLATA COOKE & PH ILL. SPHAEROSOMA ECHINULATUM SEAVER MYCOLOGIA Vol. VI May, 1914 No. 3 OBSERVATIONS ON SPHAEROSOMA AND ALLIED GENERA Fred. J. Seaver (With Plate 123, Containing 10 Figures) In response to a paper recently published on the genus Lam- prospora / the writer has received from Doctor Roland Thaxter a very interesting plant which it was suggested might belong to that genus, or, possibly, to the genus Boudiera. Examination of the spores and paraphyses of this plant, which was collected at Kit- tery Point, Maine, led the writer to suspect that it was very closely related to Sphaerosoma echinulatum of the writer.2 In fact the spores and paraphyses scarcely differed from those of my own plant. A later examination of the entire plant showed con- siderable difference in the gross characters of the two, the Maine plant resembling in general appearance a Lcnnprospora rather than a Sphaerosoma. In spite of this fact, however, there was sufficient similarity between the two to suggest that they were, at least, very closely related. The study of this plant has suggested a review of the facts regarding the identity of the genus Sphaerosoma and its relation to other genera of the discomycetes. Several papers have recently appeared on this subject, but there are still a number of points which are not entirely clear. Many of these questions will never be cleared up until the species of Sphaerosoma are collected in sufficient quantity to make a careful morphological study of the 1 Mycologia 6: 5-24. pi. 114. 1914. 2 Jour. Myc. 11 : 2-6. pi. 75. 1905. [Mycologia for March, 1914 (6: 49-102), was issued March 18, 1914]. 103 104 Mycologia genus and its relation to other genera. In the meantime, mycol- ogists will continue to speculate on the probable relationship of Sphaerosoma to other genera, as best they can, with the limited knowledge based of the scant material which is available. The genus Sphaerosoma was founded by Klotzsch on S. fusces- cens. As pointed out by Professor Setchell,3 there have been various interpretations as to the exact character of the spores of this species, some describing them as echinulate, others as reticu- late, and still others as verrucose. Professor Setchell in assum- ing that the spores in Sphaerosoma fuscescens were echinulate has suggested that this type of plant be regarded as the true Sphaerosoma and has followed Hennings4 in treating the reticu- late-spored species in the separate genus Ruhlandiella. In describ- ing his Californian species, it was therefore placed in the genus Ruhlandiella since the spores were reticulate. The writer has recently examined a specimen of Sphaerosoma fuscescens collected in Germany by Klotzsch. While this speci- men is not actually marked type, we have reason to believe that it is a part of the type collection. At least, it is probably as authen- tic as any material that can be had. The spores of this plant are deeply areolate or reticulate, the ridges of the areolae extending two or three microns beyond the periphery of the spore and often appearing as short spines. The spore characters of this plant are very similar to those of Ruhlandiella hesperia Setchell, a speci- men of the type of this latter species having been examined by the writer through the kindness of Professor Setchell. From the nature of the spores, it is not difficult to account for the de- scription of the spores as both reticulate and echinulate. It is not even difficult to understand how the spores might have been described as verrucose when we recall that most of the re- ticulate-spored discomycetes were originally described with ver- rucose spores. Peziza Crouani was so described by Phillips and Peziza aurantia has been repeatedly described and illustrated with verrucose spores, although both species have spores which are distinctly reticulate. Even with the microscopes used at the pres- ent time, it is often difficult to make out the exact nature of the 3 Univ. Calif. Pub. 4: 107-118. pi. 15. 1910. 4 Hedwigia 42 : (22). 1903. Seaver: Observations on Sphaerosoma 105 spore markings in some of these species, and they may even be interpreted differently by different observers. It is possible, how- ever, as suggested by Professor Setchell that Cor da5 had the wrong plant. Whatever view we accept with reference to Corda’s illustration and the accompanying description, the fact remains that Klotzsch’s plant examined by the writer shows the spores to be reticulate, and I am therefore compelled to agree with Roupert6 as to the character of the spores in Sphaerosoma fuscescens Klotzsch. Professor Setchell’s plant would then according to this view be a true Sphaerosoma and rather closely related to the type species. The suggestion that the Maine plant might be a Boudiera and possibly B. areolata Cooke & Phill.7 together with the fact that this eastern plant was found to have spores almost identical with my own Sphaerosoma echinulatum from Iowa, has prompted a more thorough investigation of the character of the European Boudiera areolata. Fortunately, I have been able to examine a specimen of this species collected in North Wales and which is apparently a part of the type. To my surprise I find that the mature spores of this species are strongly echinulate and so far as I am able to judge identical with Thaxter’s plant and my own, although it is possible that the areolae are a little less distinct in the Iowa plant than in the other two. In the original description of Sphaerosoma echinulatum the following note was appended referring to the spores: “Microscopic examination shows on the surface in addition to the spines markings which resemble reticu- lations, but these are short and not continuous and are not seen at the periphery of the spore, so that they are probably only spines bent so as to give this appearance.” From this it will be seen that the semi-reticulate character of the spores was noted in the Iowa plants, although possibly misinterpreted. The spores of the three plants examined might be described at maturity as echino-reticu- late with a strong emphasis on the “ echini.” The spores in both the Iowa and the European plant, however, show a variety of changes in the course of their development. The very young spore is smooth later becoming slightly roughened, the roughenings in 5 Corda, leones Fung. 6: 52. pi. 11, f. 100. 1854. 6 Bull. Acad. Sci. Cracovie 1909 : 76-95. 1909. 7 Grevillea 6: 76. 1877. 106 Mycologia the partly matured spore often taking the form of reticulations, the ridges becoming more pronounced about the periphery of the spore until at maturity they appear echinulate with the spines connected by the broken and interrupted ridges mentioned above. The intermediate forms were not seen in the Maine plant for lack of material. All at maturity are pale yellowish-brown. From the above observations it is evident that we have three plants with spores which are, so far as I am able to determine, identical, i. e., Boudiera areolata Cooke & Phill., Sphaerosoma echinulatum of the writer and the unnamed plant collected by Dr. Thaxter in Maine. From the gross characters, however, I would not suspect that Dr. Thaxter’s plant is the same as my own. The plants in the former are smaller, subturbinate, with the hymenium convex and asci strongly protruding. In the latter the plants are larger, flattened below, with the hymenium forming almost a complete semi-circle and the protruding asci not evident, although it is possible that this latter character might have been overlooked in the Iowa plants. When we take into consideration the fact that only five plants were collected in Maine and several hundred in Iowa, it is possible that these apparent differences in gross characters might fade out if the eastern plant could be col- lected in larger quantity. Dr. Thaxter’s plants accord more closely with early illustrations of Boudiera areolata Cooke & Phill. than do my own. However, after studying part of the type of B. areolata the writer is con- vinced that Sphaerosoma echinulatum is only an American form of Boudiera areolata of European authors. That this is a Euro- pean species is evident from the fact that the species has been collected twice in Europe since its description from Iowa material, but each time it has been referred to t'he name given to the Ameri- can plant with no suggestion that it had been previously described in Europe. The illustration of Boudiera areolata by Boudier8 fits Sphaerosoma echinulatum so far as gross characters and color are concerned. The section, however, shows the hymenium as occu- pying the upper surface only and in this it does not agree with the A. echinulatum. This sketch, however, may be diagrammatic. The habitats of three collections also show a striking similarity. The European plant was originally collected by William Phillips 8 Boudier, Ic. Myc. pi. 417. 1909. Seaver: Observations on Sphaerosoma 107 in North Wales and was said to grow on moist ground on the margin of a lake. The habitat of the Maine plant was given by the collector as follows : “ It was growing on bare clay mud, where cattle had stamped around a small pond which dries up in mid- summer.” Dr. Thaxter states that although the original locality has been visited many times since the original collection was made, no more of the plants could be found. My own plants were col- lected in a pasture at the foot of two small ravines in a depression which is wet a good part of the year. Here cattle had tramped about until the ground was very uneven with standing water in the low places. The plants grew on the bare clayey soil about the margin and on the elevated portions which were very wet. The type locality has been visited only once since the original collec- tion was made in 1904. The latter visit was during the summer of 1912. A special search was made for the plant at this time. The season did not appear to be favorable, but a few immature plants were found, so that I have reason to believe that the species occurs in that locality regularly when the conditions are favorable. 'At the time of the original collection, two other discomycetes were found growing in company with it, Ascobolus viridis and Lampro- spora Crec’hqueraultii. Both of these plants were found to be present at the time of the last visit. The genus Boudiera was founded by Cooke on Boudiera areo- lata. The genus was placed in the Ascobolaceae apparently on account of the protruding asci, a character which was thought to be restricted to the Ascobolaceae, and in fact one of the charac- ters on which the family is segregated. This character is common to a number of the Pezizaceae, including members of the genus Lamprospora, as has been previously noted. The fact that Bou- diera is often described as having violet spores and is made to include plants of a coprophilous habitat is likely to be misleading, since the type species shows neither of these characters. If the genus Boudiera as represented by the type species is to be retained as a separate genus, it must be regarded as a close relative of Lamprospora on the one hand and as showing at least a superficial resemblance to Sphaerosoma on the other. Whether this superficial resemblance is an indication of close natural rela- tionship remains to be seen. This resemblance was noted by 108 Mycologia Cooke9 when he stated in referring to Boudiera, “in some re- spects allied also to Sphacrosoma.” Several of the points raised in the present paper are purposely left open with the hope that additional material collected in the field will help to settle some of the questions which are here only suggested. Conclusions The spores of Sphacrosoma fuscescens Klotzsch, type of the genus Sphacrosoma, are reticulate and not echinulate as concluded by Professor Setchell. Ruhlandiella hesperia Setchell is then a true Sphacrosoma and closely resembles the type species. Sphacrosoma echinulatum Seaver is a plant closely resembling Boudiera areolata Cooke & Phill. and is probably only an Ameri- can form of that species and not a true Sphacrosoma at all. Boudiera as represented by B. areolata is a genus closely allied to Lamprospora on the one hand and showing at least a superficial resemblance to Sphaerosoma on the other, a fact which was noted by Cooke, the author of the genus. Whether this resemblance is any indication of natural relationship is a question. The unnamed plant collected by Dr. Thaxter in Maine, although showing some dififerences in gross characters, closely resembles in microscopic details Sphacrosoma echinulatum of the writer and both are, so far as I can determine, identical in spore characters with Boudiera areolata of European authors. Whether the ap- parent differences in gross characters are of specific importance can be determined only by the collection and study of more abun- dant field material. Explanation of Plate CXXIII Spores and paraphyses drawn with the aid of the camera lucida to a common scale and with the same combination of lenses used in drawings of Lamprospora spores, Mycologia 6 : pi. 114. 1-4. Boudiera sp. from plant collected by Thaxter in Maine, 1, plant about natural size; 2, plant X 7; 3-4, ascus with spores and paraphysis X 45°. 5-6. Boudiera areolata Cooke & Phill.; 5, partially matured spore; 6, ascus with mature spores X 450. Drawn from material collected in North Wales and apparently a part of the type. 7-10. Sphaerosoma echinolatum Seaver; 7, young spore; 8, partially ma- tured spore; 9 and 10, ascus with spores and paraphysis X 450. Drawn from type. *> Grevillea 7: 57. 1878. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PERI- DERMIUM ON PINE1 Joseph Charles Arthur and Frank Dunn Kern Nearly eight years ago the writers published an article in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club2 treating of the species of Peridermium then known in North America. Since that time much information has accumulated to supplement what was there said and to correct some errors. That article wras founded upon meager material for the most part, but all then available, yet it served an important purpose in stimulating observation and in directing attention to the less known forms. It is now proposed to review that portion of the previous article which related to the forms of Peridermium occurring upon the leaves and bark of various species of pine, and to leave the remainder of the article for possible future notice. In thus re- stricting the wrork it will be feasible to show some advances that have been made in the last eight years, to discuss the difficulties encountered in limitation and identification of species, and to set forth the more conspicuous problems for the future. To do this much for the pine-inhabiting species will require as much space as can well be granted for a single article, although other genera of gymnospermous hosts bear species of Peridermium in equal need of similar presentation. The first discussion of the American pine-inhabiting forms was by Underwood and Earle3 in 1896, who ably presented the subject as known at that time. Only three species were recognized from the eastern United States: Peridermium acicolum and P. orientate both on leaves and P. cerebrum on bark. Two species not seen by the authors had been described from western United States : P. filamentosum and P. Harknessii, both on bark. A species from 1 Read before the Botanical Society of America, Atlanta meeting, De- cember 31, 1913. 2 Volume 33, pp. 403-438. 1906. 3 Underwood, L. M., & Earle, F. S. : Notes on the pine-inhabiting species of Peridermium. Bull. Torrey Club 23: 400-405. 1896. 109 110 Mycologia Colorado, P. Engelmanni , was erroneously included among west- ern forms, probably because published as on Pinus Engelmanni, now referred to the genus Picea. The five recognized species in 1896 had expanded to fifteen species when the present authors published in 1906, seven being on leaves and eight on bark. At the present time all the seven leaf forms seem to be worthy of recognition, one additional species has been described by Long in the meantime, one species has been introduced from Europe, and two forms are to be separated in this paper, making eleven leaf forms altogether. The greatest upheaval and readjustment has taken place among the bark forms. Much reliance was necessarily placed at first on the form of the gall, but later information derived in part from cultures has given better apprehension of the species. The aecial form of the oak Cronartinm , P . cerebrum, is now made to include the western form, P. Harknessii, as well as the three supposed new species of our former paper, P. fusiforme, P. globosum, and P. mexicanum. The two diverse-appearing forms, P. filamentosum and P. stalac- tiforme, have been united with some hesitation. The misuse of the name, P. pyriforme, has been rectified, and the aecial form of the currant rust, P. Strobi, which has been introduced from Europe since our former paper, has been added. Altogether five species of bark forms are recognized, the same as previously, but differently assorted. So far as known, fourteen species out of the sixteen included in this paper are native to North America, and of the fourteen only two are also known outside of North America. One of these, P. Rostrupi, is common in Europe, and the other, P . cere- brum, is common in Japan. The remaining two species have been introduced from Europe in recent years, and neither of them is yet established. One of them, P. Strobi, is of such economic interest that a stubborn fight is being waged against it in this country. The other one, P. Fischeri, is only known in one tree nursery in Wisconsin, and was first seen in 1912. It was found on Pinus sylvestris, being the first collection of a P eridermium on the leaves of this conifer to be found in North America. In the North American Flora (vol. 7, page 94) P. oblongisporium, which also occurs on Pinus Arthur and Kern: North American Peridermium 111 sylvestris, is mentioned. The occasion of the citation was the appearance of the alternate stage on Senecio vulgaris in Rhode Island. But the rust did not become established, and has not been reported since. The aecial form has never been seen in this country. The three main sources of information which have led to a better understanding of the forms of Peridermium on pine are increased collections with field observations, culture work, and microscopic comparison. The collections in herbaria are remarkably few and imper- fect, due doubtless to two main reasons. These forms of rust ap- pear early in the season when not many collectors of rusts are in the field, and consequently even when abundant they are only incidentally represented in sets of specimens. The bark forms for the most part produce large galls, sometimes a foot or more in diameter, and almost invariably cumbrous and troublesome in comparison with most rust specimens. In consequence only a small fragment of the original gall as a rule is taken, and often with scant data. Specimens in the best condition to study must generally be placed in boxes, as fruits and woody fungi are, rather than in mycological packets. Field observations relative to the probable alternate forms are meagre and principally by a few observers in recent years. Culture work is not so simple and expeditious as with most other groups of rusts. The information obtained in this way is invaluable, and it will never be possible to have definite knowl- edge of the species until many more cultures are made, than are at present available. Up to the present writing the following is the record of cultures made in North America with the several forms of Peridermium on pine, both foliicolous and caulicolous. Cultures in the field may result in valuable information, and can afterward be substantiated under glass, if necessary. Damp cool weather is most favorable for the work. Sowings from teliosporic material of Coleosporium may be made by suspending fresh material over growing pines, more conveniently over low or seedling pines, care being taken that such material does not wilt for some hours, and that the pine leaves have a moist surface, at least during one night. In the case of Cronartium the germinat- 112 Mycologia Record of the Cultures Proving Relationships between the Species of Peridermium and their Alternate Phases Year Species of Perider- mium Host of Culture Material 1902 Per. cerebrum Pinus virginiana J904 Per. Rostrupi Pinus rigida 1906 Per. acicolum Pinus rigida 1907 Per. cerebrum Pinus virginiana 1907 Per. Comptoniae (" pyriforme ”) Pinus sylvestris 1910 Per.carneum Pinus Taeda 1912 Per. filamentosum (" stalactiforme ”) Pinus contorta 1912 Per. filamentosum Pinus [ scopu - loruml 1912 Per. Comptoniae Pinus sylvestris, P. ponderosa 1913 Per. cerebrum (" fusiforme ”) Pinus Taeda 1913 Per. inconspicuum Pinus virginiana 1913 Per. delicatulum Pinus rigida 1913 Per. Comptoniae Pinus ponderosa 1913 Per. Comptoniae Pinus ponderosa, P. sylvestris, P. Taeda, P. au- striaca Trial Host Species of Cronar- tium or Coleosporium Quercus coccinea Cron. Quercus Campanula americana Col. Campannlae Solidago rugosa Col. Solidaginis Quercus velutina Cron. Quercus Comptonia asplenifolia Cron. Comptoniae Vernonia crinita Col. Vernoniae Castilleja miniata Cron, coleosporioides Castilleja sp. Cron, coleosporioides (" filamentosum ”) Comptonia asplenifolia Cron. Comptoniae Quercus rubra, Q. Phellos Cron. Quercus Coreopsis verticillata Col. inconspicuum Euthamia graminifolia Col. delicatulum Comptonia asplenifolia Cron. Comptoniae Comptonia asplenifolia Cron. Comptoniae Investigator Place of Pub- lication Shear, Jour. Myc. 12: 89-92. 1906. Kellerman, Jour. Myc. 11 : 32. 1905. Clinton, Rep. Conn. Exp. Sta. for 1906 : 320. 1907. Arthur, Jour. Myc. 13 : 194. 1907. Clinton, Rep. Conn. Exp. Sta. for 1097 : 380-383. 1908. Arthur, Mycologia 4 : 29. 1912. Meinecke ; Hedgcock, Phytopath. 2: 176. 1912 (further details in letter from Mei- necke) ; also Mei- necke, Phytopath. 3 : 167. 1913. Hedgcock, Phytopath. 2 : 176-7. 1912. Spaulding, Phytopath. 3: 62. 1913. Arthur & Kern, here reported. Hedgcock and Long, Phytopath. 3 : 250. 1913. Hedgcock and Long, Phytopath. 3 : 230. 1913. Hedgcock; Spaulding in Phytopath. 3 : 308. 1913. Spaulding, Phytopath. 3 : 308, 309. 1913. Arthur and Kern: North American Peridermium 113 ing teliospores are inserted into a slit in the bark of the pine, care being taken to include as little debris as possible and to keep the surface moist for some hours. The basidiospores both in Coleosporium and Cronartium are ready to be shed immediately upon maturity of the telia, which is largely from July to late fall. The earlier maturing telia are likely to give best results. Some indications of success may occa- sionally be seen after a few weeks, but the aecia are not likely to appear until the following spring. Reverse cultures may similarly be made by suspending leaves or bark of pine, bearing the aecia, over the suspected alternate host, usually low growing herbs. Such work must largely be done in spring; and the first mature aecia from such cultures may be again used, and provide more viable spores than those gathered in the field. The uredinia that result from aecial infection will prob- ably appear within ten to thirty days, usually on the under side of the leaves. Herbarium specimens should invariably be saved, both of the material from which sowings are made, and of the resulting spore forms. In the present stage of knowledge there is needed a large amount of work on the microscopic characters of the collections now in herbaria. It not infrequently happens that two collections having similar gross appearance present well marked microscopic differences. Or it may be that two specimens with dissimilar gross appearance, as P. cerebrum and P. fnsiforme, now known to be one species, have no material microscopic differences, when well studied. A certain amount of variation in all the microscopic characters must be expected, in some species more than in others. The extent of this variation in each species can only be ascertained by extended microscopic study of large numbers of authenticated collections made at different times and places. Although more characters are now utilized than formerly, especially those per- taining to the peridium, and better technique employed, yet it is not likely that all species can be definitely separated by micro- scopic characters alone. Especially among those species of Peri- dermium which are aecial forms of Coleosporium, that is, the foliicolous forms, there is frequently great similarity. But even 114 Mycologia in such cases, careful microscopic diagnoses must be held im- portant. Key to the Foliicolous Species of Peridermium on Pinus, all being the Aecial Stage of Species of Coleosporium Peridia low, fragile, and inconspicuous. Peridial cells quadrilateral in face view, 20-29 /x long. Peridial cells oblong in face view, 38-55 /x long. Peridia medium-sized, mostly 0.5-1 .2 mm. high. Peridial cells slightly overlapping, the side walls 3-4 /x thick or less. Spores broadly ellipsoid, the wall 2/1 or less thick. Spores narrowly oblong, the wall 2/1 or more thick. Peridial cells strongly overlapping, the side walls 5-9 fx thick. Spores moderately and uniformly verrucose, the wall uniformly thick. Spores closely verrucose, sometimes with a smooth area, the wall varying in thickness. Peridia large and firm, mostly 0.7-1. 5 mm. high, occa- sionally up to 2.5 mm. Peridial cells rather finely verrucose, spores ver- rucose with large deciduous papillae. Peridial cells rather coarsely verrucose. Peridial cells with side walls moderately thick (4-7 #*)• Spores evenly and moderately verrucose. Spores densely verrucose with prominent elongate papillae. Peridial cells with side walls very thick (7-1 2fx). Spores with walls moderately thick (2.5-3. 5 m). Spores with walls thick (3. 5-5. 5 fx). 1. P. delicatulum. 2. P. inconspicuum. 3. P. Fischeri. 4. P. montanum. 5. P. calif ornicum. 6. P. acicolum. 7. P. gracile. 8. P. intermedium. 9. P. Rostrupi. 10. P. guatemalense. 11. P. carneum. i. Peridermium delicatulum Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33 : 412. 1906 0. Pycnia 0.3-0.4 mm. broad by 0.5-1 mm. long, low-conoidal, 80-100 fx high. 1. Aecia erumpent from longitudinal slits 1-5 mm. long, delicate, scarcely protruding above the ruptured epidermis ; peridial cells usually quadrilateral or hexagonal in face view, 16-24x20-29 /x , not or only slightly overlapping, the side walls 2-3 thick, the inner wall finely and closely verrucose with uniform papillae; Arthur and Kern: North American Peridermium 115 aeciospores ovoid or cuboidal, 19-21x21-28 /x, the wall 1.5-2 /x, finely and evenly verrucose. On Pinus rigida Mill., Connecticut {Clinton), Maryland {Hcdg- cock & Long, see Mycologia 4: 282. 1912), Massachusetts {E. T. Bartholomew in Barth. N. Am. Ured. 720). On Pinus sp., Florida (Holway in Barth. N. Am. Ured. 5/7). Type collected at St. Augustine, Florida, on Pinus sp. (doubt- fully P. Taeda) March 27, 1903, E. W. D. Holway. Distribution: Atlantic coast from Massachusetts to Florida. The telial collections range from Maine to Kansas southward to West Virginia and Texas, but have not been found in the south- eastern part of the United States. This species stands apart from the other foliicolous species on pine on account of the short, fragile peridium and the small, quadrilateral peridial cells. Per. inconspicuum, since described by Long, has a peridium which resembles this species in being rather short and delicate, but differs in having larger, thicker- walled peridial cells of an oblong shape. The range for the species has been extended northward along the Atlantic coast as far as Massachusetts, but when careful search is made for it, the range will doubtless be found much greater. Clinton (Rep. Conn. Exp. Sta. for 1912, p. 353) made observa- tions in the field which led him to think that the telial stage of this form occurs on Euthamia, and recently confirmatory cultures have been reported by Hedgcock and Long (Phytopath. 3 : 250. 1913). The species apparently has distinctive microscopic characters, and is to be called Coleosporium delicatulum (Arth. & Kern) Hedg. & Long, Phytopath. /. c. 2. Peridermium inconspicuum Long, Mycologia 4: 283. 1912 0. Pycnia 0.2-0.3 mm. broad by o. 3-0.7 mm. long, low-conoidal, 85-120 yu, high. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, 0.3-0.7 mm. long, by 0.3-0.8 mm. high ; peridial cells oblong in face view, 19-27 x 38-55 /x, over- lapping, the side walls 3-4 /x thick, the inner wall rather finely and closely verrucose with uniform papillae; aeciospores ellipsoid, 16-18x22-30 /x, the wall 1.5-2 /x, finely and very closely ver- rucose. On Pinus virginiana Mill., Maryland ( Charles ; Long, June 16, 1912). 116 Mycologia Type collected at Glen Echo, Maryland, on Pinus virginiana, May 5, 1907, Miss V. K. Charles. Distribution : Atlantic coast in vicinity of type locality. The telial stage is known only from about the same region. The species resembles Per. delicatulum somewhat in gross ap- pearance and in the microscopic anatomy of the spores, but differs, as pointed out in a foregoing paragraph, in the character of the peridial cells. The alternate stage has been established by cultures reported by Hedgcock and Long (Phytopath. 3: 250. 1913), and occurs on Coreopsis. At present it is known on C. verticillata and C. major. It is now separated from Coleosporium Helianthi, with w'hich it was included in the North American Flora (7: 93 1907), under the name Coleosporium inconspicuum (Long) Hedg. & Long. 3. Peridermium Fisceieri Kleb., Zeitschr. Pf.-Kr. 5: 71. 1895 0. Pycnia not seen. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, 0.5-1. 5 mm. long, 0.5 mm. high; peridial cells in face view broadly ellipsoid, slightly overlapping, the inner wall finely verrucose, the outer wall merely punctate; aeciospores broadly ellipsoid, more or less angular, 18-25x25- 32 fx, the wall thin, up to 2 n, closely and moderately verrucose. On Pinus sylvestris L., “ Evergreen Nursery,” Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin ( Dazns , June 25, 1913). Type collected in Europe. (The type collection has not been seen, and the data in hand do not enable us to give details.) In December, 1912, Dr. J. J. Davis transmitted to the junior author a specimen of Coleosporium from J. G. Sanders, which was collected by him in a nursery at Sturgeon Bay, Wis., on Sept. 19, 1912. This proved to be Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis (Pers.) Lev., on Sonchus asper, and the first collection of the rust for North America. In June, 1913, Dr. Davis visited the locality where the Coleo- sporium occurred and found aecia “ in profusion on Pinus syl- vestris,” as he wrote in a letter. Material of this collection has been carefully studied, and although it does not agree exactly with the descriptions given by European students, it is here listed, and with some confidence, as no other collection on the leaves of the Arthur and Kern: North American Peridermium 117 Scotch pine has been reported from North America, and as this one was found where telia of the species had been collected. Two other scanty collections were made in the vicinity both on pine seedlings, thought to be Pinus Banksiana, which resemble the Peridermium on Pinus sylvestris, but they are not included for want of sufficient collateral evidence. The history of this dis- covery is related by Dr. Davis in a recent number of Phytopath- ology (3: 306. Dec., 1913). 4. Peridermium montanum Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 413- !9o6 0. Pycnia 0.3-0.5 mm. broad by 0.5-1 mm. long, low-ccnoidal, 55-65 n high. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, 1-1.5 mm. long by 0.5-1 mm. high; peridial cells ovoid to ellipsoid in face view, 23-35 *45-65 n, often acutish at one or both ends, slightly overlapping and easily sepa- rating, the side walls 3-4 /u. thick, the inner wall rather finely ver- rucose with low papillae of irregular outline ; aeciospores oblong to linear-oblong, 16-24x32-45 /x, the wall 2-3 /x, closely and rather coarsely verrucose. On Pinus Murrayana Oreg. Com., Montana ( Blankinship , Stuart ) ; Washington ( Suksdorf 302 & 645) ; Alberta ( Holway ) ; Rocky Mountains, Canada? (Macoun). On Pinus scopulorum (Engelm.) Lemm., Montana (Kelsey). Type collected at Rimini, Montana, on Pinus scopulorum, June 24, 1889, F. D. Kelsey. Distribution : The far northwest, from central Montana west- ward and northward. The standing of this species remains unchanged, since its publi- cation. One or two observers have reported finding Coleosporium Solidaginis in close proximity to it and have suggested a possible relation but since the specimens referred here differ very mate- rially in microscopic characters from Per. acicolum of the east- ern states, which is now known to belong to Coleosporium Solida- ginis, the species is still maintained. A more likely connection would be with Coleosporium arnicale, which may possibly occur on more than one species of Arnica from the region indicated above. 118 Mycologia 5. Peridermium californicum sp. nov. 0. Pycnia 04-0.7 mm. broad by 0.5-1 mm. long, low-conoidal, about 90 /x high. 1. Aecia tongue-shape, 0.7-1. 5 mm. long by 0.8-1. 2 mm. high; peridial cells ellipsoid in face view, usually rounded at both ends, overlapping, 29-35 x 50-87 ix, the side walls 5-7 /x thick, the inner walls rather coarsely and closely verrucose with slightly irregular papillae; aeciospores broadly ellipsoid, 25-29x40-45 /x, the wall 3-4.5 /x, moderately and rather coarsely verrucose. On Pinus radiata Don. (P. insignis Dough), California ( Hoi - zvay). Type collected at Monterey, California, on Pinus radiata , Feb- ruary, 1908, E. W. D. Holway. Distribution : Known only from the type locality on the coast of middle California. The collection here described as a new species has been made, as the date will indicate, since the publication of our first paper. It was at first determined as Per. montanum but a more careful study reveals the fact that it differs very markedly in the peridial cells. In this species the peridial cells are longer, thicker-walled, more coarsely verrucose, and more overlapping than in Per. mon- tanum. These distinctive morphological characters together with the fact that there are several unattached species of Coleosporium in the region where the collection was made seem to be sufficient to warrant its recognition as a new species. 6. Peridermium acicolum Underw. & Earle, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 400. 1896 0. Pycnia o. 3-0.5 111m. broad by 0.5-0.8 mm. long, low-conoidal, 80-100 /x high. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, 0.5-1 mm. long by 0.6-1. 2 mm. high ; peridial cells ellipsoid to ovoid in face view, 23-27 x 40-70 /x, over- lapping, the side walls 5-9 /x thick, very coarsely and prominently verrucose with closely set papillae of varying size; aeciospores ellipsoid or obovoid, 20-24 x 28-40 /x, the wall closely and coarsely verrucose, with prominent, somewhat deciduous tubercles, some- times with a smooth spot extending up one side, varying in thick- ness from 3-4 fx below up to 5-6 /x in the upper part. On Pinus pungens Mill., Pennsylvania (Charter Oak, June 2, 1913, Orton & Adams). Arthur and Kern: North American Peridermium 119 On Pinus rigida Mill., Connecticut {Bishop ; Clinton , S. Man- chester, June 6, 1906, used for successful cultures on Solidago by the collector; Thom); Delaware ( Jackson , Seaford, June 4, 1908) ; Pennsylvania ( Buckhout ; Orton & Adams) ; Massa- chusetts ( E . T. Bartholomew in Barth. N. Am. Ured. jio; Cummings & Seymour in Seym. & Earle, Econ., Fungi 223 ; Underwood 2862) ; New Jersey ( Pennypacker in Ellis & Ev. N. Am. Fungi 2222, Shear) ; New York ( Sirrine ; Whetzel & Reddick, Junius Swamps, May 25, 1906, Reddick , same locality, June 1, 1907; North Carolina ( Marr ). Type collected at Sudbury, Massachusetts, on Pinus rigida, June 7, 1891, L. M. Underzvood 2862. Distribution: From Massachusetts and central New York southward to central North Carolina. The telial stage is known on Solidago Aster, and allied genera, almost throughout North America, and eventually aecial collections are likely to be taken over a far greater range than here indicated. The most interesting development in connection with this spe- cies is the proof of its relationship to Coleosporium Solidaginis furnished by Clinton’s cultures. This seems to be the only foli- icolous species where the spores show any tendency to a smooth area after the style of the caulicolous species. This feature is not always discernable and was probably over-emphasized in our previous description. The range is here extended to western New York and southward into North Carolina. The repeating spores of the sporophytic stage enable the species to maintain itself in regions where pines do not occur, as they often are either produced or remain viable throughout the winter, and start infection in spring without intervention of aecia. 7. Peridermium gracile Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33:417. 1906 0. Pycnia 190-350 ^ broad by 0.5-0.75 mm. long, low-conoidal, 60-75 M high. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, 0.5-1. 5 mm. long by 1-1.8 mm. high ; peridial cells broadly ellipsoid in face view, 23-29x30-45 g, over- lapping, the side walls 4-5 n thick, the inner wall rather finely and closely verrucose with uniform papillae; aeciospores ellipsoid, 18- 120 Mycologia 24 x 23-39 4, the wall 3-3.5 4 thick, closely and evenly verrucose with large deciduous tubercles. On Pinus filifolia Lindley, Oaxaca ( Pringle ) ; Jalisco (collec- tor unknown). Type collected in the mountains above Oaxaca, Mexico, on Pinus filifolia, May 28, 1894, C. G. Pringle. Distribution: Central Mexico; only two collections known. There is no additional information concerning this species. The name was an unfortunate selection as there was a Perider- mium gracile of Harkness (Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: 36. 1884) on Sarcobatus which has been shown by cultures to be the aecial stage of a grass rust ( Puccinia subnitens). 8. Peridermium intermedium Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 416. 1906 0. Pycnia 0.3-0.4 mm. broad by 0.5-0.75 mm. long, low-co- noidal, 65-80 4 high. 1. Aecia tongue-shaped, 1.5-3 mm- long by 0.8-1. 5 mm. high; peridial cells broadly ellipsoid, 19-34x34-50 4, overlapping, the side walls 4-7 4 thick, the inner wall rather coarsely and closely verrucose with somewhat irregular tubercles ; aeciospores ellip- soid, 16-20x23-29 4, the wall 2. 5-3. 5 4, evenly and moderately verrucose. On Pinus echinata Mill. (P. mitis Michx.), Arkansas (von Schrenk) ; Maryland ( Gallozmy ) ; Missouri ( Barlow 1573, De- metrio in Rab.-Wint. Fungi Eur. 3315a) ; North Carolina (Howe, von Schrenk ). Type collected at Perryville, Missouri, on Pinus mitis, May, 1883, by C. H. Demeirio (Rab.-Wint. Fungi Eur. 3315a). Distribution: From central Missouri and Arkansas to central North Carolina. No further data concerning the standing or telial connection of this species have come to our attention, and it is here retained in its original form. The North Carolina localities are new. 9. Peridermium Rostrupi Ed. Fischer, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 41 : clxxii. 1894 O. Pycnia 0.2-0.4 mm. broad by 1-2 mm. long, low-conoidal, 90-1 10 4 high. Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 121 I. Aecia tongue-shaped, 1-3 mm. long by 0.7-1. 5 mm. high; peridial cells ellipsoid in face view, 19-30 x 35-58 p, overlapping, the side walls 4-6 p thick, the inner wall rather coarsely verru- cose with slightly irregular and somewhat deciduous tubercles ; aeciospores broadly ellipsoid or globoid, 17-22x22-31 p, the wall 2-3.5 p thick, densely verrucose with prominent elongate papillae. On Pinus rigida Mill., Ohio ( Kellerman , Sugar Grove, May 17, 1902, May 1902 in Ohio Fungi 104, May 1903, May 30, 1904; Werner, Ironton, May 27, 1892) ; Maryland ( Norman ) ; New Jersey ( Martindale , in the previous paper this specimen was erroneously listed under Per. acicolnm ) ; North Carolina ( von Schrenk). Type collected in Europe, but the original publication gives no details concerning the host, place, date, or collector’s name. Distribution: From New Jersey and central Indiana south- ward to central North Carolina; also in Europe. The telial stage is known over a slightly wider range. As stated in the previous paper culture work has been done both in Europe and North America showing the relation of this species to Coleosporium Campanulae. No additional work has been reported since our last paper. 10. Peridermium guatemalense sp. nov. 0. Pycnia 0.4-0.7 mm. broad by 0.5-1. 5 mm. long, low-co- noidal, 51-77 p. high. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, 1.5-4 mm. long by 1-1.5 mm. high; peridial cells ellipsoid to globoid in face view, 23-26x26-71 p, overlapping, the side walls 8-10 p thick, the inner wall moderately verrucose with somewhat irregular papillae ; aeciospores ellipsoid, 19-23x29-35 p, the wall 2. 5-3. 5 p thick, rather coarsely verru- cose with irregular tubercles. On Pinus filifolia Lindley, Guatemala {Kellerman) . Type collected at Antigua, Depart. Sacatepequez, on Pinus fili- folia, Feb. 13, 1905, W. A. Kellerman 4626. Distribution : Known only from the type locality in central Guatemala. When the material first came into our hands we were inclined to call it Per. gracile; it was even listed in a paper on The Rusts of Guatemala (Kern, Jour. Myc. 13: 23. 1907) as that species. 122 Mycologia The peridial cells, however, have side walls about twice as thick as in that species, and the markings are coarser and more irregu- lar. Inasmuch as there are a number of species of Coleosporium in Central America which call for the existence of Peridermiums, the separation of this form is made with considerable confidence. ii. Peridermium carneum (Bose) Seym. & Earle, Econ. Fungi 550 ■ 1899 Tubercularia earned Bose, Ges. Nat. Freunde Berlin Mag. 5: 88. 1811. Peridermium oblongisporium Ravenellii Thiim. Mitth. Forstl. Vers. Oest. 2: 316 (20). 1880. Peridermium Ravenelii Kleb. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 8- : 69. 1890. Aecidium Ravenelii Diet, in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. i1**: 78. 1897. Aecidium carneum Farl. Bibl. Index 1 : 25. 1905. 0. Pycnia 0.4-0.7 mm. broad by 1-1.5 mm- long, low-conoidal, 60-80 fji high. 1. Aecia flattened laterally, large, 1-6 mm. long by 1-2.5 mm- high; peridial cells broadly ellipsoid in face view, 21-39 by 38- 61 /x, overlapping, the side walls 7-12 /x thick, the inner wall coarsely and rather closely verrucose with uniform papillae; aecio- spores ellipsoid, 21-29x26-35 /x, the wall 3. 5-5. 5 n- thick, closely verrucose with rather large tubercles often appearing deciduous. On Pinus Elliotii Engelm., Florida (Tracy, as on “ P. austra- lis”) ; Georgia ( O’Gara ) ; Mississippi (Earle, as on “ P. austra- lis”; Tracy, as on “ P. heterophylla”). On Pinus palustris Mill. (P. australis Michx.), Florida (Rolfs; Stevens; Swingle in Barth. Fungi Columb. 3°43)> Louisiana (Hedgcock, Forest Path. no. 344). On Pinus Taeda L., Alabama (Arthur, Kern & Lloyd; Atkin- son, as on “ P. serotina” ; Underwood & Earle ) ; Florida (Bur- ger; Burger & Fawcett; Fawcett; Martin, Green Cove Springs, Crescent City in Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 1026b, both as on “ P. australis”; Rau in Rab.-Wint. Fungi Eur. 3315b, as on “P. australis” ; Sturgis in Seym. & Earle, Econ. Fungi 550 as on “ P. palustris” ; Underwood) ; Georgia (Ravenel in Ellis N. Am. Fungi Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 123 1026a; Underwood , Toccoa, April 19, 20, and 21, the last in Seym. & Earle, Econ. Fungi 224) ; Mississippi {Arthur & Stretch)’, Texas {Hedgcock, Forest Path. no. 7 08 ). Type collected in South Carolina on Pinus palustris. Distribution: From central North Carolina to Florida and westward to central Texas. The telial stage on V ernonia is com- mon and abundant from the Gulf of Mexico to Massachusetts, Indiana and Kansas, considerably further northward than the aecial stage has been seen. Since the previous paper several cultures have been made which show the genetic relation between this species and Coleo- sporium Vernoniae. The first cultures were made by the senior writer in the spring of 1910 (see preceding table) with Perider- niium specimens sent from Florida ; supplementing cultures were made the following season with material collected in Mississippi (see Mycologia 4: 57. 1912); and still further cultures with Florida material were made in 1913. The range of the species has been extended northward from South Carolina into North Carolina and southwestward from Mississippi into Texas. There are several other species of Coleosporium common in this range and some of them have been suspected of belonging to aecial forms very much like Per. carneum but no positive cul- tures have ever been made proving such relationships. It may be possible, however, that some of the specimens here listed may be shown later to belong elsewhere. There is a considerable variation in the size and thickness of walls of the spores in these specimens but since in the experimental work both extremes have been cul- tured on V ernonia the present disposition seems the only one at present possible. Key to the Caulicolous Species of Periderium on Pinus, all being the Aecial Stage of Species of Cronartium Branch or stem not noticeably swollen, peridia more or less cylindrical, not confluent. 12. P. filamentosum. Branch or stem with slight fusiform enlargement, peridia subhemispherical, rounded or irregular, sometimes confluent. Spores pyriform, finely and closely verrucose. 13. P. pyriforme. Spores ellipsoid or obovate. Spores with wall 1.5-2.5,14 thick, moderately verrucose with uniform papillae. 14. P. Strobi. 124 Mycologia Spores with wall 2.5-4 M thick, coarsely verrucose with irregular papillae. 15. P. Comptoniae. Branch or stem gradually or abruptly swollen into a gall, peridia more or less tortuous, usually confluent. 16. P. cerebrum. 12. Peridermium filamentosum Peck, Bot. Gaz. 7: 56. 1882 Aecidium filamentosum Farl. Bibl. Index 1 : 44. 1905. Peridermium stalactiforme Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 419. 1906. 0. Pycnia unknown. 1. Aecia chiefly on branches 6-12 mm. in diameter, not produc- ing noticeable swellings, scattered, solitary, cylindrical or sub- compressed, 1-2 mm. in diameter, usually elongated, sometimes up to 6 or 7 mm. high ; peridium rupturing laterally, with more or less evident filament-like processes passing through the spore- mass from apex to base of sorus, or when on Pinus contorta and its close allies often appearing on larger branches, the sori often irregular, shorter and more nearly hemispherical, the processes extending from the apex and floor of the aecium only a short dis- tance into the spore-mass ; aeciospores oblong, obovate-oblong, or ellipsoid, 14-24x23-35^; wall 2.5-4 ^ thick, closely and rather coarsely verrucose, some spores showing a smooth area on one side toward the base. On Pinus ponderosa Dough, Arizona (Pringle). On Pinus scopulorum (Engelm.) Lemm., Colorado (Monte Vista, 1907, Hedgcock, as on “ P. ponderosa” ; near Mancos, June 6, 1911, Phillips, Timber & Forest Dis. Sur. no. 9085, as on “ P. ponderosa” ; Allen’s Park, July 5, 1911, Spangler; Devil’s Head Mountain, Dakin; Pikes Peak, June, 1912, Notestein, as on “ P. ponderosa,” used for successful cultures on Castilleja by Hedg- cock, see Pbytopath. 2: 176. 1912). On Pinus contorta Dough, California (Long), Oregon (Mei- nccke, Fort Klamath, May 23, 1912, used for successful cultures on Castilleja by the collector). On Pinus Jeffrey i Oreg. Com., Nevada (Baker 1351). On Pinus Murrayana Oreg. Com., Washington (Suksdorf 643, type of P. stalactiforme) . Type collected in Arizona, “ on living branches of Pinus pon- derosa, July, Pringle” (the type specimen in the N. Y. State Mu- Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 125 seum which we have seen, bears the additional data, Santa Rita Mts., July 13, 1881, Pringle no. 32). Distribution : The Rocky mountains from their eastern limits in Colorado to the eastern slopes of the Coast Range, and north and south from the Canadian to the Mexican boundaries. The telial stage on Castilleja is now known from nearly the same range. This rust, as here represented, consists of two forms some- what unlike in gross characters and hosts, but agreeing well in microscopical characters and apparently in telial relations. The form listed above on Pinus ponder osa is the one on which Peck’s name flamentosum was based. This form is especially charac- terized by elongated cylindrical sori and by the presence of longi- tudinal filaments within the peridium. The specimens on Pinus scopulorum, a close ally of P. ponderosa, while not possessed of the typical characters in so striking a manner as the original seem to belong here. The fact that none of these specimens seem typ- ical may be due to their state of preservation, all of them being considerably weathered, whereas the original specimen on P. ponderosa was collected and preserved in prime condition. It was with one of these semi-typical forms that Hedgcock reports suc- cessful cultures on Castilleja. The form on Pinus contorta and its two close allies agrees in making noticeable swellings of the branches and in microscopical characters but it differs in having shorter, more nearly hemispher- ical sori, which are sometimes irregular in outline. It is with material of this sort that Meinecke reports cultures on Castilleja. The apparent difference between this Peridermium and the one used by Hedgcock in his cultures on Castilleja has led the latter to assume (Phytopath. 2: 176-7) that two entirely independent species exist. Our examination of a number of specimens of Cronartium on Castilleja in both uredinial and telial stages from all parts of the geographical range has failed to indicate any morphological variations and this has led us to the opinion that we may. possibly be dealing with two Peridermium races, with certain structural differences, which have the same telial connec- tion. We have, therefore, ventured to place the Pinus contorta forms, to which the name Per. stalactiforme belongs, under Per. filamentosum although it is done with some doubt. Further cul- 126 Mycologia tures are needed before any final conclusion can be reached. We are indebted to Messrs. Hedgcock and Meinecke for furnishing for our studies portions of their authentic material. The structural differences between these two forms, which are partly one of length of the peridium, may not be so essential as might appear at first thought. Ordinary aecia, which usually ap- pear short and cupulate, oftentimes have been known to grow out into a cylindrical shape many times as long as broad. The pres- ence of the distinct filaments seems very remarkable in Peck’s type and has never been duplicated in any specimens examined by us although the attenuate projections from floor and dome of the aecium as previously pointed out under Per. stalactiforme are homologous. It may be possible that none of the specimens listed under this species, except the type, should be referred to Per. filamentosum and that this name should be retained for specimens which bear its characters in an unmistakable manner. An argument against such a disposition, however, is the fact that there is no known species of Cronartium which might be a telial connection, in other words, if we keep these two forms separate we have more forms of Peridermium than are required to ac- count for the known telial stages. 13. Peridermium pyriforme Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 6: 13. 1875 Aecidium pyriforme Peck, Farl. Bibl. Index 1 : 78. 1905. Peridermium Betheli Hedg. & Long, Phytopath. 3: 251. 1913. 0. Pycnia unknown. 1. Aecia appearing on the branches or often on the trunks, with no or only slight fusiform enlargements, scattered and usually dis- tinct, oval or irregular in outline, sometimes elongate, 1-3 by 1-6 mm. or larger by becoming confluent, peridium not much exserted above the roughened bark, rupturing along the sides and falling away; aeciospores pyriform, oblong-pyriform, or obovate, 19- 24 x 32-66 /a, usually acuminate below ; wall 2-3 /i thick, rather finely and closely verrucose with low papillae; contents orange- yellow when fresh. On Pirtus Banksiana Lamb. ( P . divaricata Auct.), Wisconsin (Douglas County, July 1907, Davis). On Pinus Murray ana Oreg. Com., Colorado (Gatos, July 23, Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 127 1906, three miles north of Allen’s Park, June 21, 1913, Bethel) ; Alberta (Devil’s Lake, Banff, July 5, 1907, Holway). On Pinus ponderosa Dough, British Columbia ( Vernon , May, 1913, Brittain, communicated by Fraser). On Pinus pungens Lamb., Pennsylvania (Charter Oak, June 2, 1913, Orton & Adams). On Pinus scopulorum (Engelm.) Lemm., Colorado (three miles north of Allen’s Park, June 21, 1913, Bethel; South Dakota (Rockerville, June 1909, White). On Pinus spp., New Jersey (Newfield, Ellis 2040) ; Washing- ton (Seattle, 1906, Bonser 63). The type specimen in the State Museum, Albany, N. Y., is labeled “on pine limbs in the spring, Newfield, New Jersey, /. B. Ellis, no. 2040.” In the original publication it states that Mr. Ellis says that the specimen may have been collected in Georgia and placed by accident among the New Jersey specimens, but it is in the original wrapper and there is strong circum- stantial evidence that the inscription on the type specimen is correct. Distribution : New Jersey to Colorado and Washington, north- ward into western Canada. The probable telial stage on Coman- dra has a slightly wider range, extending into eastern Canada, and into California. The study of some fresh specimens which have very recently (summer, 1913), come into our hands, together with some data accumulated since our previous paper, has resulted in a complete change of opinion regarding the standing of this species, Per. pyriforme. In his original description Peck laid emphasis on the form of the spores which he described as “ obev ate, pyriform, or oblong-pyriform, acuminate below, .0015-0025 inch long.’’ We had seen the type specimen, which consists of a portion of a branch a little more than a centimetre in diameter and about 4 cm. long, but we had no opportunity to make a microscopic examination of the spores. Never having seen a Peridermium with spores such as Peck described, it was only natural that we should assume that there was something wrong about Peck’s description. Know- ing that peridial cells are sometimes pyriform we came to the con- clusion that he probably mistook some of the smaller peridial cells 128 Mycologia for spores. With this for an explanation it was possible for us to make his name pyriforme apply to a similar looking species com- mon in that range which had ordinary, small, ellipsoid spores. The species to which we made his name apply was the one which has since been culturally connected with Cronartium Comptoniae. Recently when a fresh specimen, collected in British Columbia and communicated to us by W. P. Fraser, with an apparent abun- dance of spores dropping off in heaps of orange-yellow powder, was examined, we were surprised to find in the first mount only large pyriform bodies. An attempt to regard them as peridial cells not only seemed futile from the first, but was soon rendered impossible by the finding of unmistakable peridial tissue composed of very different cells. An undetermined specimen on a branch of Pinns Banksiana collected in Wisconsin in 1907 by J. J. Davis was next thought of. This is an old weathered specimen without any visible sign of peridia but it was remembered that an exami- nation had showed pyriform cells very like the fresh ones then being studied. In both these specimens these pyriform cells had a low verrucose sculpturing very unlike peridial cells, and since their shape and size agreed precisely with Peck’s original descrip- tion the belief that we were dealing here with a characteristic and practically unknown species, except for the obscure type, was gradually forced upon iis. Fortunately within a few days some fresh specimens received from Colorado collected by E. Bethel added to our supply of this striking species. These developments gave impetus to the study and we next turned to the herbarium to see if any specimens belonging here might have been placed erroneously, and carelessly, in some other species. Our suspi- cions were well founded, and we were soon able to add South Dakota, Washington, and Alberta to our list of localities. We were soon able to secure spores from the type specimen in the Museum at Albany, N. Y., which abundantly confirmed Peck’s original description, and our recent inferences. The next problem to present itself was very naturally the ques- tion of an alternate phase. According to our new conception we had a P eridermium species distributed across the continent from New Jersey to British Columbia with enough intermediate locali- ties to make the distribution continuous throughout the range. Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 129 The deduction was soon made that Cronartium Coniandrae is the probable connection, inasmuch as it is an unassociated form with nearly an identical geographical distribution, i. c., northern United States and southern Canada from ocean to ocean. The fact that it is the only unattached Cronartium now known would be enough to strongly suggest the relation, but the complete coincidence of range is a prominent factor in support of the theory. A further bit of evidence is furnished by the field observations of E. W. D. Holway who stated on the packet of his Alberta collection that it was undoubtedly associated with a Cronartium on Comandra. Collectors in the eastern states, especially, should be on the lookout for this interesting species. Although apparently very meagerly represented in herbaria from this region it doubtless occurs not infrequently, judging from the numerous collections of the Cronartium on Comandra. 14. Peridermium Strobi Kleb. Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen 10: 153. 1887 0. Pycnia scattered, honey-yellow, forming minute bladdery swellings ; pycniospores hyaline, ovoid or elliptical, 2-4 fj. across. 1. Aecia on fusiform swellings of the stem or branches, usually scattered and solitary, rounded or somewhat elongate, 1-1.5 by 2-5 mm., subhemispherical, 1-2 mm. high, rupturing irregularly along the sides; aeciospores broadly ellipsoid or obovoid, 18- 24x22— 27 /j.; wall 1. 5-2. 5 n thick, moderately verrucose with low uniform papillae, with a smooth area apparent on some spores at the base often extending up one side. On Pinus Strobus L. Introduced from Europe, through nurs- ery stock, into the northeastern Unitel States and Indiana, Ohio, and Ontario, Canada, in 1909 according to Spaulding, Bull.. Bur. PI. Ind. no. 206, 1911. Type collected in Biirgerpark, Bremen, Germany, on the bark of Pinus Strobus. It was first observed in 1886 but the informa- tion in the original publication is not definite enough to permit the designation of any particular collection as type. Distribution : Locally introduced with nursery stock from Maryland and Vermont to Illinois and Wisconsin, but believed to fiave been destroyed in every case ; common in Europe. The rust here described under the name Per. Strobi is the one 130 Mycologia which has come to be generally known as “ the blister rust of white pine,” and has been connected by numerous cultures in Europe and America with the Cronartium on Ribes. The pres- ence of the aecial stage {Per. Strobi) in North America has been known only since 1909 when it was imported in nursery stock from Germany and widely distributed, especially in the northeastern states. The rust on the Ribes has been known for a somewhat longer period. The first record was a collection of the uredinial stage on Ribes longiflorum (reported as R. aureum ) in Kansas in 1892. Definite observations on a sufficient scale to indicate its establishment in this country date back only to 1906 when Stewart found the uredinial stage in the currant plantation of the Experi- ment Station at Geneva, N. Y. Since that time it has been re- ported in various localities. There is no information at hand which is of assistance in explaining the early isolated occurrence in Kansas. Through Mr. W. H. Rankin, of Cornell, we learn that recently (spring, 1913), two white pine trees, about fifteen years old, have been found at Geneva with evidence of old infection of the blister rust.4 One tree is said to show signs of having been infected when very young and long cankers, almost girdling the trunk, have spread upward from the lower whorl of branches, where infection took place, a distance of about three feet. The fungus was fruiting in abundance this spring (1913) on the newly invaded tissue at the edge of the cankers. The fact that this must have been fruiting several years ago will assist in accounting for the original epidemic at Geneva, as well as for more recent out- breaks there. The condition which obtains in North America with regard to this species is a peculiar one. The white pine, a native only of this continent, was not originally afflicted with a rust disease but upon being extensively grown from seeds in European nurseries it became subject to this extremely damaging species which was later imported to its native country by nursery stock. It is so serious in some parts of Europe that the culture of the white pine has had to be abandoned. The same condition will doubtless be reached 4 This is mentioned by Spaulding, Phytopath. 4: 4 (1914) in an abstract of a paper entitled “ Notes on the white pine blister rust,” and also by Stewart and Rankin, Phytopath. 4: 5. 1914. Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 131 in this country if every precaution is not taken to stamp out the disease. Recently the rust has been found fully established on large trees of native white pine in northern Vermont. Steps have been taken to extirpate it in this locality. The quarantine regulations of the various states and of the federal government are clearly efforts in the right direction. It may be found neces- sary eventually to prohibit importation of white pine stock. Since 1909, and possibly earlier, the presence of a Cronartium on Ribcs longiflorum has been known from Colorado through the collections of Mr. E. Bethel. The rust has been especially com- mon in the parks of Denver and Boulder, and has appeared each year in the same spots since the first observation, but does not seem to have spread. Search at different times by Mr. Bethel has failed to reveal any aecial source of the infection. No white pines, or other species of pine which could be suspected of har- boring the rust, grow in the immediate vicinity. A careful search was made at the Boulder station in August, 1911, by the writers aided by Mr. Bethel, and again in August, 1912, by the senior writer alone, but no additional evidence could be detected to ex- plain the outbreak. 15. Peridermium Comptoniae (Arthur) Orton & Adams, Phytopath. 4 : 24. 1914 Cronartium Comptoniae Arth. Bull. Torrey Club 33: 29. 1906. Peridermium pyriforme [Peck, misapplied by] Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33 : 419. 1906. 0. Pycnia unknown. 1. Aecia chiefly on small branches 0.5-2 cm. in diameter, or on the trunks of small trees 2.5-5 cm- in diameter, producing only slight fusiform enlargements, individual sori rounded or irregular, 1— 1.5 by 1-2 mm. across, sometimes larger by becoming confluent, subhemispherical, 1-2 mm. high, rupturing irregularly along the sides; aeciospores ellipsoid or obovate, 16-24x24-33 n; wall 2.5-4 fi thick, rather coarsely verrucose with irregular and some- what deciduous tubercles, with a smooth area at base often ex- tending up one side. On Pinus austriaca Hoss., Connecticut ( Clinton , see Rep. Conn. Exp. Sta. for 1912, p. 354). 132 Mycologia On Finns echinata Mill., North Carolina ( Spaulding , see Phy- topath. 3: 309. 1913); Pennsylvania (Bear Meadows, Center County,, May 26, 1913, communicated by C. R. Orton). On Pinus maritima Poir, Connecticut ( Clinton , see Rep. Conn. Exp. Sta. for 1912, p. 354). On Pinus montana Mill., Connecticut ( Clinton , see Rep. Conn. Exp. Sta. for 1912, p. 354). On Pinus ponderosa Dough (cultivated), Massachusetts (Ar- nold Arboretum, May 28, 1884, specimen in Herb. Farlow) ; Wis- consin (Trout Lake, June 28, 1913, Moody, communicated by A. G. Johnson). On Pinus rigida Mill., Connecticut (Storrs, June 4, July 5, 1907, Thom) ; New Jersey (Newfield, May, 1890, Ellis) ; New York (Albany, June 8, 1910, Hudson Falls, June 22, 1911, Atzcood). On Pinus sylvestris L., Connecticut (Rainbow, Experiment Station forest, June 15, 1907, Clinton, used for successful cul- tures on Coniptonia by the collector) ; Missouri (fruticetum Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, May 1887, Pammel) ; New York (Albany, May 19, 1911, in shipment of trees from Massa- chusetts, Ativood, in nursery at Bluff Point, near Plattsburgh, May, 1912, communicated by Rankin). On Pinus Tacda L., New Jersey ( Spaulding , see Phytopath. 3:309- I9I3)- On Pinus virginiana Mill ( P . inops Ait.), New Jersey ( Ellis in N. Am. Fungi 1021). Distribution: Massachusetts to North Carolina westward to the Mississippi river from Wisconsin to Missouri, but chiefly east- ward. The species here represented is the one to which we misapplied the name pyriforme in our previous paper. In gross appearance it resembles somewhat the genuine pyriforme although it is usually on the smaller branches or stems while the latter is more often on larger limbs or trunks. In general appearance and in the habit of attacking the stems of seedlings and small trees this species is perhaps more closely allied to the white pine rust. It differs from that species very materially in microscopic spore characters, hav- ing larger, thicker-walled spores, which are verrucose with coarse, irregular, deciduous tubercles, rather than with uniform, perma- nent tubercles. Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 133 In several instances our attention has been called to the damage which this species is doing to seedlings of the Scotch pine in nurseries. The general similarity in appearance and habit has led some observers to suggest that perhaps the Scotch pine and white pine blister rusts might be the same species. In this connection the morphological differences above pointed out are of interest, but of still greater importance is the fact that Clinton has suc- ceeded in culturing the Scotch pine rust on Comptonia aspleni- folia. The relationship of the pitch pine specimens here listed to Cronartium Cornptoniae is also unquestionable. With the data obtained from field observations, morphological characters, and infection experiments it seems that we are safe in concluding that the pitch and Scotch pine rusts are the same species and quite dis- tinct from the white pine species. More recently (June, 1913), specimens have come to hand showing that this species is also causing damage to Pinus pon- derosa in a nursery in northern Wisconsin. Since the Cronartium on Comptonia has been collected in the same region the outbreak may be explained. With the exception of this locality and one in the fruticetum of the Missouri Botanical Garden, where an in- fected tree was doubtless planted, the species seems to be pretty well confined to the eastern United States. Recently (Phytopath. 3: 308. Dec. 1913) Spaulding has given an account of the injury which this species of rust has been ob- served to do among cultivated pines. 16. Peridermium cerebrum Peck, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 1 : 68. 1873 Peridermium Harknessii Moore, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1 : 37. 1884. Aecidium deformans Mayr, Waldungen Nordam. 119. 1890. Aecidium giganteum Mayr, Waldungen Nordam. 120. 1890. — Bot. Centr. 58 : 149. i8od. Peridermium deformans Tubeuf, Pflanzenkr. 429. 1895. Peridermium giganteum Tubeuf, Pflanzenkr. 429. 1895. Aecidium cerebrum Dietel, in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. i1**: 79. 1897. Aecidium Harknessii Dietel, in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. i1**: 79. 1897. 134 Mycologia Peridermium fusiforme Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 421. 1906. Peridermium mexicanum Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33 : 422. 1906. Peridermium globosum Arth. & Kern, Bull. Torrey Club 33 : 424. 1906. 0. Pycnia indefinitely spread out over the surface of swellings similar to those on which the aecia appear, the overlying cortical tissues with a rather even surface, 40-50 fi high ; pycniospores very numerous, globose, 1.5-2 fi. 1. Aecia appearing on globoid swellings 5-25 cm. across, or on fusiform swellings 2-6 cm. by 5-30 cm. long, usually encircling the comparatively small branches, often causing swollen areas only partially encircling the larger branches or main trunks, individual sori elongate or tortuous, sometimes distinct but often confluent so as to appear cerebroid ; peridia circumscissile, soon falling away, sometimes in flakes or sheets ; aeciospores obovate or ellipsoid, 15-24x23-33 /x; wall 2.5-4 fj. thick, rather coarsely verrucose, with a smooth area at base often extending up one side. On Pinus contorta Dough, Alaska ( T release 66’/). On Pinus Banksiana Lamb. ( P . divaricata Auct.), Connecticut (communicated by Clinton) ; Michigan ( Wheeler ) ; Wisconsin (Lone Rock, May 31, 1890, Goff, erroneously listed in former paper, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 424, as on “Pinus Strobus,” same locality, May 29, 1912, Davis). On Pinus echinata Mill. (P. mitis Michx.), Arkansas ( Bethel , von Schrenk). On Pinus radiata Don. (P. insignis Dough), California (Bias- dale, Fawcett, Bethel). On Pinus Murrayarta Oreg. Com., California (Yosemite Val- ley, May 29, 1895, Blasdale) ; Colorado (Bald Mt., Central City, July 4, 1908, Lake Eldora, July 21, 1910, Aug. 5, 1911, June 30, 1912, Silver Plume, Dec. 24, 1906, Tolland, July 30, 1906, Aug. 15, 1906 in Barth, Fungi Columb. 2243, all by Bethel; Tolland, May 18, 1908, Kern; Long's Peak Inn, Estes Park, Aug. 7, 1908, Clements) ; Montana (Libbey, Oct. 15, 1911, Wier 3/) ; the Colo- rado and Montana specimens are included here on morphological grounds although some doubt is thrown upon this disposition by the failure up to this time to find the alternate stage within this geographical range. Arthur and Kern : North American Peridermium 135 On Pinus oocarpa Schiede, Jalisco {Pringle). On Pinus palustris Mill., Florida (Rolfs), Texas (Spaulding) . On Pinus patula Schiede & Deppe, Hidalgo (Pringle). On Pinus pondcrosa Dougl.?, British Columbia (Communi- cated by Fraser , 1912), Washington (von Schrenk). On Pinus rigida Mill., New Jersey (Ellis, in N. Am. Fungi 1022, Shear 1456) ; New York ( Lintner ) ; Ohio (Kellerman) . On Pinus sabiniana Dough, California (Colfax, Harkness 28, Newcastle, Feb., 1906, Shear, Placerville, Fawcett, Sept., 1913). On Pinus scopulorum (Engelm.) Lemm., Nebraska (Chadron, Aug. 7, 1909, Weaver; Long Pine, May 13, 1896, Bates 370, as on “Pinus ponderosa”) . On Pinus Taeda L., Alabama (Auburn, Earle, no date, April 1896, Underwood, type of Per. fusiforme Arth. & Kern, April 6, 1912, Arthur & Kern, April 7, Arthur, Lloyd, & Kern, March 22 and April, 1913, Wolf, the latter two used for successful cultures on Quercus by the writers) ; Florida (Gainesville, Feb. 2, 1906, Rolfs, same locality, March 7, 1910, Burger, Lake City, Feb. 26, 1909, Rolfs) ; Mississippi (Tracy). On Pinus virginiana Mill., Delaware (Seaford, April 24, 1908, Jackson)', District of Columbia (Washington, May 11, 1903, April 24, 1905, Shear) ; Maryland (Glen Sligo, May 5, 1905, Ricker; Takoma Park, May 10, 1906, Shear, used for successful cultures on Quercus by the senior writer; Takoma Park, April 14, 1907, Shear; College Park, Sept. 20, 1910, Demaree) ; North Carolina (Durham, May, 1911, Wolfe) ; Virginia (Long, Shear). On Pinus sp., Georgia ( Ravenel , O’Gara). Type collected at Centre (now called Karner), New York, on trunks and branches of young pine trees, Pinus rigida, J. A. Lintner (the specimen in Herb. Peck bears in addition the date May, but no year is given). Distribution: Nearly throughout the United States, south- ward to central Mexico ; and northward along the mountains to southern Alaska. This species, as now represented, includes several of the forms which were previously regarded as distinct. The most notable advance in this connection has been the proof by our cultures this season (1913) that the fusiform specimens (Per. fusiforme A. 136 Mycologia & K.), so common in the southern states, have their uredinia and telia on Quercus. Perhaps these specimens are sufficiently differ- entiated so that they might constitute a race but with only the present knowledge of their culture behavior we believe it best simply to include them in the Cronartium Quercus species. It is interesting to note that in doing this, after an attempted separa- tion, the pendulum swings back to the original contention of Un- derwood and Earle (Bull. Torrey Club 23: 405. 1896), in which they decided that these macroscopic characters should be disre- garded, and not be allowed to “ serve as specific characters of equal weight with those which require a microscope to detect.” They included the fusiform specimens under Per. cerebrum. It seems possible that the form of the gall may be dependent to some extent upon the rate of growth taking place in the affected • part at the time of infection and for a few months thereafter. The preponderance of the fusiform type of enlargement on Pinus Taeda in the south might be due to a more vigorous growth of the host following the infection period than is likely to take place in northern species and localities. In separating the Wisconsin specimen under the name Per. globosutn we were influenced to a large extent by supposed iden- tity of the host and to a lesser extent by minor structural charac- ters. The host was given as white pine by a well-known careful collector, but there were no leaves with which to verify the de- termination. Dr. J. J. Davis has since visited the original locality and finding there only the ordinary Per. cerebrum on Pinus Banksiana suggested an error with regard to our statement. A portion of the twig was then submitted to Mr. C. T. Humphrey, of the Forest Products Laboratory, University of Wisconsin, who gives it as his opinion that the host cannot be Pinus Strobus and that it has all the chief characters of Pinus Banksiana. Further microscopic study has also shown us that we laid too much emphasis on the variations noted in the peridial cells. We are, therefore, convinced that the founding of the species was unwarranted. Essentially the same condition holds for Per. me. v- icanum which is also now included under Per. cerebrum. With regard to this form we were influenced by slight structural varia- tions and also by the geographical location. The subsequent Arthur and Kern: North American Peridermium 137 knowledge that the Cronartium on Quercus occurs also in south- ern Mexico has greatly assisted us in coming to the present con- clusion. Considerable advance has been made also in the knowledge of the development of the aecial stage. With the aid of Dr. C. L. Shear the existence of the pycnial stage has been demonstrated, and a brief technical description has been included in the above diagnosis. Dr. Shear also points out that the fungus seems to have a biennial development, at least he is sure in some cases that only pycnia develop the first season following infection. Two years would thus be required for the development of the aecia. Host Index to the Species of Peridermium on the Species of Pinus australis carneum 1 1 austriaca Comptoniae 15 Banksiana cerebrum 16 Fischeri 3 pyriforme 13 contorta cerebrum 16 filamentosum 12 divaricata cerebrum 16 pyriforme 13 echinata cerebrum 16 Comptoniae 15 intermedium 8 Elliotii carneum 11 filifolia guatemalense 10 gracile 7 “ heterophylla ” carneum 11 inops Comptoniae 15 insignis californicum 5 cerebrum 16 Jeffreyi filamentosum 12 maritima Comptoniae 15 mitis cerebrum 16 intermedium 8 montana Comptoniae 15 Murrayana cerebrum 1 6 filamentosum 12 fnontanum 4 pyriforme 13 oocarpa cerebrum 16 palustris carneum 11 cerebrum 16 patula cerebrum 16 ponderosa cerebrum 16 Comptoniae 15 filamentosum 12 pyriforme 13 pungens acicolum 6 pyriforme 13 radiata californicum 5 cerebrum 16 rigida acicolum 6 cerebrum 16 Comptoniae 15 delicatulum 1 Rostrupi 9 sabiniana cerebrum 16 scopulorum cerebrum 16 filamentosum 12 montanum 4 pyriforme 13 “ serotina ” carneum 11 Strobus Strobi 14 “ Strobus ” cerebrum 16 sylvestris Comptoniae 15 Fischeri 3 Taeda carneum 11 cerebrum 16 Comptoniae 15 virginiana cerebrum 16 Comptoniae 15 inconspicuum 2 indet, spp. cerebrum 16 delicatulum 1 pyriforme 13 138 Mycologia Index to Species Aecidium carneum 1 1 cerebrum 16 deformans 16 filamentosum 12 giganteum 16 Harknessii 16 pyriforme 13 Ravenelii 1 1 Peridermlum acicolum 6 Betheli 13 californicum 5 Peridermium on Pi carneum 1 1 cerebrum 16 Comptoniae 15 deformans 16 delicatulum 1 filamentosum 12 Fischeri 3 fusiforme 16 giganteum 16 globosum 16 gracile 7 guatemalense 10 Harknessii 16 AND THEIR SYNONYMS inconspicuum 2 intermedium 8 mexicanum 16 montanum 4 oblongisporium Ravenelii 1 1 pyriforme 13, 1 Ravenelii 11 Rostrupi 9 stalactiforme 12 Strobi 14 Tubercularia carnea 11 THE DEVELOPMENT OF STROPHARIA AMBIGUA Sanford M. Zeller (With Plates 124 and 125, Containing 12 Figures) In the fall of 1911, the writer's attention was called to an agaric which is very conspicuous in fir woods in the vicinity of Seattle, Washington, during the fall and winter months. Speci- mens have been collected as late as January 17. For this work the very young stages were collected in the fall of 1912. As far as the writer is aware, no study of the development of the genus Stropharia has been published and there appears to be doubt about the taxonomy of this particular species. The earlier literature on the development of the fruiting bodies of the Agaricaceae has been thoroughly reviewed by Atkinson (2), Allen (1), and Beer (3). In 1906, Atkinson found that in the early stages in the development of Agaricus campestris there was no differentiation, but a universal veil surrounded the homo- geneous mass of hyphae. The first differentiation was the pri- mordium of the hymenium in the form of a deeply stained ring a little above the center of the carpophore and lying some depth under the surface. The gill cavity forms below this hymenium, and the primordium of the pileus is distinguished from that of the stem and marginal veil. Next in the order of development the pileus becomes definitely outlined quite deeply under the surface by taking a deep stain. In the same year, Allen (1) found the development of Hypho- lorna to be different from that of Agaricus. In Hypholoma the universal veil is present from the beginning, and the first differen- tiation is a small central area which stains deeply. This differen- tiates successively into the primordium of the pileus, hymenium, and upper portion of the stem. The gill cavity is formed intern- ally after the formation of the primordium of the hymenium, and the lamellae are formed by the differential growth of the hyphae of the hymenial primordium. 139 140 Mycologia Three years later, Fischer (4) published his work on the de- velopment of Armillaria mucida, in which he observes that the hymenial primordium has an endogenous origin, but that the primordium of the pileus precedes the appearance of that of the hymenium. In 1911, Beer (3) followed with his notes on some species of Agaricaceae. In his work upon Hypholoma fasciculare, he prac- tically confirmed what Allen (1) had already reported for Hy- pholoma, while in Armillaria mellea he found the sequence of the differentiation of parts and their development to correspond very closely with Atkinson’s observations upon Agaricus campestris. During November, 1912, specimens were collected on the cam- , pus of the University of Washington. No trouble was ex- perienced in finding all stages from the youngest to the fully de- veloped carpophores. The mycelium in the form of white, silky rhizomorphs was found just under the surface of the decayed organic matter on a moss-covered log of Alnus oregana. The rhizomorphs measure about 0.5-1 cm. in diameter. The pure white buttons were easily obtained from the surface of this sub- stratum. Several mature carpophores aided much in locating the tiny button forms, which were readily identified by their viscid upper surfaces. Buttons 1-5 mm. in diameter, and portions of more mature carpophores were fixed in chromo-acetic acid and were carried through alcohol and xylol into paraffin. The sec- tions were generally cut 6 /x thick. In staining, the best results were obtained with acid fuchsin and picric acid, to bring out the early differentiations. The safranin, gentian-violet, and orange combination was used to advantage in older stages. A large num- ber of slides were made and the accompanying plates were photo- graphed from slides chosen from these. The early stage of the carpophore is an undifferentiated mass of interwoven hyphae which reaches a height of about 1.5 mm. At this time it is about 1 mm. in transverse diameter. Figure 1 shows the earliest stage. Over the surface of this primordial carpophore there is a layer of coarser, more loosely arranged hyphae. This is the universal veil. For the most part, the hyphae of the interior extend vertically from the base where the carpo- phore is connected with the rhizomorph. Sections of the latter Zeller : Development of Stropharia Ambigua 141 show it to be made up of a pseudo-parenchymous tissue. In the upper part of the carpophore the hyphae seem to spread and their course is generally parallel with the surface. The first sign of internal differentiation of the previously hom- ogenous tissue appears in a plane a little above the center of the primordium of the carpophore. Here in medial vertical section two darkly stained patches of descending hyphae appear (Fig. 2). These seem to be the regions of most active growth and are rich in protoplasm. In the remaining sections of the same carpo- phore these deeply stained areas can be traced as an annular area in the whole carpophore. This is the hymenial primordium. The hyphae of this region are very slender and pointed at first, but eventually they enlarge and become crowded, their lower ends forming an even surface. After this differentiation to form the primordium of the hymenium, an inverted cup-shaped layer of hyphae, rich in protoplasm appears. This extends upward from the outer edge of the hymenial primordium and over the top of the carpophore, remaining the same distance from the surface over the whole area. This forms the primordium of the pileus (Fig. 3). Simultaneously with the differentiation of the pileus the gill cavity is formed by the sagging of the neutral tissue below the hymenial primordium, due to the cessation of growth in that region. Figure 4 shows the primordium of the hymenium en- larged. The primordium of the hymenium increases in width at the outer edge, where the hyphae begin to grow downward and inward as if to form the incurved margin of the pileus. At this stage the partial veil can be distinguished as tissue of lighter stain, extending from the universal veil and the pileus margin to the outer surface of the upper portion of the stem, which is now clearly differentiated (Fig. 5). Next, a differential growth takes place in the hymenial hyphae. Radial plates of these hyphae grow downward rapidly and form ridges, which are the first signs of the lamellae. As soon as these appear, the hyphae of the gills spread laterally, leaving a groove along the edge of the lamella. In the very earliest stages of the development of the lamellae they are differentiated into a lightly staining central region, and the heavily staining lateral regions made up of the tips of the hyphae. The vertical tangential sec- 142 Mycologia tions (Figs. 6 and 7) show this feature. The central light region is the primordium of the trama of the lamella, while the heavily staining lateral regions are sections of the hymenium of the lamella. The broadening of the lamellae is brought about by the downward intercalary growth of fine, sharp-pointed hyphae in the trama. When their tips reach the groove at the edge of the lamella, they turn horizontally to form the hymenium. The hyphae of the hymenium are not large enough at this stage to stand out distinctly, but soon distinct, scattered, swollen hyphae stand out above the hymenium surface. These are cystidia. They are clavate, measure 20-22 /x long and 8-10 /x broad, and have large, deeply staining nuclei 4-6 /u. in diameter. As the lamellae grow in width, the trama becomes thicker be- cause of the intercalary growth of new hyphae. But in a later stage, as shown by the sections of older lamellae (Fig. 8), the hyphae of the trama have increased in diameter causing the thick- ening of the trama in the upper part of the lamellae. At this stage, as Allen (1) also observed in Hypholoma, the cystidia appear greatly separated, indicating that some intercalary growth has taken place in the hymenium. A few observations have led to the belief that this hymenial growth is due to the branching of hyphae at the clamp connections in the subhymenium. The basi- dia are of the typical form and have four spores. At an early stage, when the carpophores are about 4 mm. in diameter, the portion of the universal veil directly above the pileus dissolves into a viscid layer, and the cortical layer of the pileus secretes enough viscid substances to keep it coated through the rest of its development. In older specimens this viscid layer is about 0.1 mm. thick (Fig. 8). However, very small, pure- white patches of the universal veil may persist along the outer margin of the pileus until late stages. Figures 9 and 10 show this character and also the thick partial veil completely conceal- ing the lamellae. In a still later stage this partial veil ruptures about midway between the stem and the margin of the pileus. It is thus left partially appendiculate to the margin of the pileus and partially as a distinct, white annulus which is striately lamel- late on its upper surface (Figs. 10-12). In some specimens the Zeller: Development of Stropharia Ambigua 143 annulus is early evanescent, but in most it persists to old age. It is difficult to keep dried specimens with the annulus intact. This species was reported as new by Peck (6) in 1898. The specimens from which the determination was made were sent by Dr. Lane from Portland, Oregon. Peck says, “ The dried speci- mens have the general appearance of some species of Stropharia, but the appendiculate character of the veil and the entire absence of an annulus indicate that the species is a Hypholoma.” Then, in 1912, Murrill (5), in summing up the species of Hypholoma of the Pacific Coast, says of this one : “ The species belongs naturally in Stropharia, but the large veil is entirely appendiculate and leaves no annulus.” Figure 12 is a photograph of a speci- men of my collection, No. 91, referred to by Murrill (5). The dried specimens of this collection which were sent to him for de- termination probably have no annulus intact. In the light of the present investigation there are two lines of differentiation between this species and Hypholoma, First, in the early states of Hypholoma, as worked out mor- phologically by Allen (1) and later verified by Beer (3), the dif- ferentiation of the parts does not correspond to that of this species. In Hypholoma the differentiation of the pileus preceded the other parts. Beer (3) also says that in Clitocybe laccata “ the first differentiation of the carpophore primordium consists in the demarcation of the pileus.” In Stropharia ambigua the first dif- ferentiation is the appearance of the primordium of the hymen- ium. Atkinson (2) found this true in Agaricus campestris, and Beer (3) observed the same order of development in Armillaria mellea. Thus, according to our present knowledge of the devel- opment of the carpophores of the Agaricaceae, with one excep- tion the annulate forms develop the hymenial primordium first, while other forms develop the primordium of the pileus first. Fischer’s work (4) on an annulate form may show an exception; but it seems to the writer that according to Fischer’s findings the differentiation of the hymenium brings about the differentiation of the pileus, and Beer (3) suggests that the differentiation of the pileus and hymenium in this case is possibly simultaneous. Further investigation on these two types has been started by the writer. 144 Mycologia * Second, there is an annulus present in this species. This fea- ture has been noticed with interest since specimen No. 91 was determined (5). Students in a course in Fungi at the University of Washington have invariably traced it to the genus Stropharia. It is true that a part of the veil is characteristically appendiculate but the greater part forms a pendulous annulus, which is thick, membranaceous, and pure-white, but for the purplish-brown edges of the striate lamellae on the upper surface. The annulus is cone-shaped, has a fimbriate margin, and is fixed. Since it is evident from these two standpoints that this plant has been taxonomically misplaced, the new combination Stropha- ria ambigua {Peck) is proposed. The lamellated upper surface of the annulus brings S. ambigua into close relationship with the little S', bilamellata Peck (7). However, S', ambigua is much larger and leaves a portion of the veil appendiculate. The writer is under obligations to Dr. J. W. Hotson for help- ful suggestions in this work. Summary 1. The species in question does not develop like Hypholoma, but like the annulate forms. 2. In its young stages it has an annulus which is sometimes evanescent. 3. Therefore the new combination, Stropharia ambigua (Peck), is proposed. University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. Literature Cited 1. Allen, Caroline L. The Development of Some Species of Hypholoma. Ann. Myc. 4: 387-394. 1906. 2. Atkinson, Geo. F. The Development of Agaricus campestris. Bot. Gaz. 42 : 241-264. 1906. 3. Beer, Rudolf. Notes on the Development of the Carpophore of Some Agaricaceae. Ann. Bot. 25: 683-689. 1911. 4. Fischer, C. C. E. On the Development of the Fructification of Armillaria mucida (Schrad.). Ann. Bot. 23: 303-507. 1909. 5. Murill, W. A. Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast. Mycologia 4 : 304-305. 1912. Mycologia Plate CXXIV STROPHARIA AMBIGUA (PECK) ZELLER Mycologia Plate CXXV \\ STROPHARIA AMBIGUA (PECK) ZELLER Zeller: Development of Stropharia Ambigua 145 6. Peck, Chas. H. New Species of Fungi. Bull. Torrey Club 25 : 325-326. 1898. 7. Peck, Chas. H. New Species of Fungi. Bull. Torrey Club 22: 204. 1895. Description of Plates CXXIV and CXXV Photomicrographs by Homer O. Blair and photographs by the author. Fig. 1. Young carpophore undifferentiated; X 30. Fig. 2. Young carpophore with hymenial primordium developed, but no evidence of the primordium of the pileus ; X 30. Fig. 3. Young carpophore showing the hymenial primordium farther de- veloped than in Fig. 2 and the appearance of the primordium of the pileus ; X 3°. Fig. 4. From same young carpophore as Fig. 3 ; the primordium of the hymenium showing the beginning of the gill cavity ; X 300. Fig. 5. Part of young carpophore showing the gill cavity ; the primordium of the hymenium continues to develop as the margin of the pileus continues to grow ; young lamellae in longitudinal section ; partial veil of loose filaments : and cortex of the stem; X 30. Fig. 6. Tangential section of young carpophore showing young lamellae in cross section ; the lightly staining central portion is the trama ; cystidia ; X 30. Fig. 7. Greater magnification of the same lamellae as shown in Fig. 6, showing the trama, hymenium and cystidia with large spherical nuclei ; X 300. Fig. 8. Tangential section of more mature pileus and lamellae ; the trama of the pileus ; superficial viscid layer ; trama, subhymenium and hymenium of the lamellae ; X 60. Fig. 9. Pileus of carpophore showing small flocculent patches of the universal veil and the partial veil completely covering the lamellae. Nat. size. Fig. 10. Carpophore showing partial veil ruptured leaving annulus and partly appendiculate. Nat. size. Fig. 11. Same object as Fig. 10 with part of pileus cut away to show annulus. Nat. size. Fig. 12. Dried specimen (Zeller, No. 91) showing annulus. Nat. size. MOUNTAIN MYXOMYCETES T. H. Macbride Slime moulds are such ubiquitous things that we might imagine all species universally distributed and the forms of one locality precisely those of every other, once the lists are with accuracy compared. This might well be the case indeed since these forms are manifestly sown by wind currents, their spores swept by every aerial movement, probably round and round the world. Furthermore, slime moulds, in the nature of the case, are essen- tially woodland things ; they affect the shade, love rotting logs and piles of fallen leaves, and one might expect to find them alike in all the forests of the continent. But such is by no means the situation. These curious heirs of primitive life differ in different forests, and vary from mountain range to mountain range, and up and down the meridians of the world, quite as do the higher plants. They respond readily to environmental change and be- come fixed at length in haunt and habitat. The variation is accordingly more marked where isolation and climatic differentiation are more complete. Thus there is more concord if we compare the forests of Maine and Washington than when we attempt to study together the Rocky Mountains and the Cascades. Maine and Washington are near the ocean ; the Rocky Mountains are far interior ; the mountains about Puget Sound are visited by abundant rains, the Rocky Mountains are semi-arid; stretch across the “great American desert.” This opens a wide subject. It is not expected here to do more than call attention to the problem. This we may effect by pre- senting briefly the slime-mould species of the two regions latest named, comparing particularly Colorado and the shores of Puget Sound. Most of the work in Colorado has been done by Pro- fessor E. Bethel and Professor W. C. Sturgis; I myself have been busy on tbe Pacific coast. For some reason, not clear to me at present, tbe Colorado field is remarkable for its wealth of cal- careous types : at least in the light of present knowledge, the 146 Macbride: Mountain Myxomycetes 147 physarums and their kin abound in the Rocky Mountains about Denver and are scarce in the far West. Conversely about Puget Sound the trichia and lamproderma types are practically universal and dominant. A few notes of species, cited in detail, may make this situation clear. The one calcareous slime-mould everywhere in the west from the islands of San Juan to the glaciers of Mt. Rainier is the familiar Fidigo, F . septica L., we must finally say. So far as my observation goes, in the Washington forest every day from July to January, but one phase of the species is to be found, viz. : F. ovata Schaeffer. Generally specimens are rather small, but on the foot hills of the great mountain they are not only abundant but extremely large. On decaying stumps in a hemlock forest the yellow plasmodia seemed to aft'ect the landscape, so many of them all around, so large, that the foamy plasma might have been dipped up with a cup ! In contrast with this we have in Colorado three described species, and no knowing how many phases of these species, in the protean genus. The species are distinguished chiefly by spore- characters. Thus, F. septica L. has spores almost smooth, pale violaceous 6-7 p ; F. ellipsospora R. has spores ellipsoidal, dark- colored, rough, 10-12 p; F. megaspora Sturg., spores globose, very dark and rough, 18-20 p. There is still another form re- peatedly taken in Colorado with globose spores dark-colored and rough, about 10-12 p in size. This is dull gray and fits in be- tween the first and third named, and might be called F. media. We have in the west beautiful colonies of Lepidodcrma, prob- ably L. tigrinum (Schrad.) R. ; in the Rocky Mountain district this is reported “ found but once in Colorado.” This is a calca- reous type, it is true, but looks rather in the direction of Stemonitis. But it is in the great genus Physarum itself that the contrast becomes more apparent. Here the Colorado lists include some twenty-two species to which the Iowa herbarium may add one or two. Here is one that we may call Physarum elegans, very much like P. pusillum (Berk.) Lister, but with larger, orange or brown, short-stalked, sporangia. Here is another that has porcelain-like 148 Mycologia walls, uniform capillitum with the usual violaceous rough spores, but unlike anything in the P. nephroidewm group. Other cal- careous genera are equally represented : there are about eight didymiums, four or five didermas, etc. Mucilago spongiosa (Leys) Morg. in the forests about Mt. Rainier is not at all uncommon. Its flecks of spume sometimes deck the stems and twigs of living plants all along a water- course. The light calcareous foam blows away as soon as dry, and leaves a curious dendritic, strangely intricate, grayish fructi- fication quite confirming Rostafinski’s figure 175. I11 Colorado, on the other hand, the same species retains its limey covering, shows almost no internal structure, and is almost as firm as the substratum, justifying Professor Sturgis when he writes var. solida. To nearly all the Colorado forms so far discussed, one remark applies : they are peculiar. Even where representing species widely known and studied, the Rocky Mountain gatherings would nearly all be subject of remark no sooner seen. Furthermore the peculiarity is, I believe, in many cases referable to the abrupt alternation in Colorado climate. Plasmodia called into being by the melting snows of early summer are often checked in complete development by the dry atmosphere suddenly encountered as they rise to fruit, and abnormality is the result. The most normal pre- sentations I have from Colorado are of those species which habit- ually fruit in less exposed positions, as on the lower side of stems, logs or heaps of mouldering vegetation. Such species are Bad- liamia utricularis (Bull.) R. ; Comatricha nigra (Pers.) Schr. The Fuligo species cited are worthy of further notice. It is of course observed that the spores in the three more closely related forms are singularly graded in size ; thus — F. septica, 6-7 /* ; F. media, 10-12 n; and F. megaspora, 18-20 n- Knowing what we do, by the researches of Harper, concerning the cytology of Fuligo, this correlation in size is very suggestive. Professor Harper has shown that the uninuclear spore is the issue of a peculiar plasmodical cleavage, whose progress in a given case may be arrested almost anywhere ; so that we might have reproductive bodies by this process ranging from large scle- rotia to the smallest spores. Macbride: Mountain Myxomycetes 149 Turning now to the Puget Sound collections, it is to be noted that we have from both Oregon and Washington less than a dozen physarums, three didymiums so far and only three or four didermas, and these not abundant. On the other hand cribrarias are on every log, and although the number of species of Trichia or Hemitrichia is not large, the number and extent of their colonies is surprising. T. decipiens and T. botrytis are the com- mon types, but neither is like forms of the same species as pre- sented in the central parts of the continent. They are in every case larger ; they open in sharply circumscissile fashion, standing in colonies often several feet in extent. T. botrytis, if such it be, is not quite Persoon’s species, it is not botryoid at all. I have never seen so many as two sporangia adhering. Later on, the large empty vases of both species stand long, quite like those of Hemitrichia clavata. But robust comatrichas and lamprodermas are the striking features of the myxo flora about Puget Sound. These are every- where ; lamprodermas at sea-level and comatrichas on the moun- tains; on Mt. Rainier up at the last limit of the firs, 8-9,000 ft., I found] C. nigra (Pers) Schr. and especially C. snksdorfii Ell., beautiful and abundant sepcimens. Stemonitis species are few and rare ; the colonies feeble when found, except at low levels where at least two species occur, but not S', splendens R. At 7,000 ft. Arcyria vitellina Phill. particularly the form A. versicolor occurs in wide colonies of large sporangia, twice the size of those seen in Colorado. A. versicolor, is olivaceous yellow with touches of dull red. A. vitellina, pure yellow, is in Colorado and Southern California. But the lamprodermas of the Mt. Rainier neighborhood are, as just stated, all a surprise. They all merit Ellis’s name robusta, and their far stretching colonies all gleaming in marshalled and metallic splendor are beautiful to behold. In fine, not to prolong this argument, so far as present knowl- edge goes, the slime-mould floras of the two mountain regions named are distinct as the mountains themselves. Dominants and recessives no doubt play their respective parts, but meteoric en- vironment ultimately casts the die. University of Iowa, Iowa City. Iowa. NEWS, NOTES AND REVIEWS The Journal of Agricultural Research for January contains an account by Della E. Ingram of a disease caused by a fungus which is referred to Diplodia longispora Cooke & Ellis. While the dis- ease usually attacks the chestnut oak, it may also attack the chest- nut and other species of oaks. The trees are not killed outright but may die as a result of weakening from the attacks of the disease. The disease gains access to the plant through wounds in the bark. Contribution No. 144 from the Botanical Department of the University of Michigan is a record of researches on the mycor- rhizas of forest trees by W. B. McDougal. As a result of this work, four species of fungi are added to the known list of ecto- tropic mycorrhiza-forming fungi, as follows: Russula sp. on Tilia americana, Boletus scaber fuscus on Betula alba papyrifera, Cor- tinarius sp. on Betula alba papyrifera , and Scleroderma vulgare on Quercus alba. It is stated that at least four different species of mushrooms may form mycorrhizas on the same tree. It has recently been shown by F. C. Stewart and W. H. Rankin, of Geneva, New York, that it is probable that Cronartium ribicola rarely, if ever, winters over on the currant as it has been sus- pected of doing from the severe outbreak of the currant rust in that vicinity. This rust in its aecial stage is known as Peri- dermium Strobi and affects those species of Pinus which have their leaves borne in clusters of five. The rust is perennial on the pine but cannot spread directly from one pine to another. The recent outbreak of currant rust was found to be due to two pine trees infected with the blister-rust. The New York Botanical Garden recently acquired the Myco- logical herbarium of William R. Gerard, who died suddenly in New York City, February 26, 1914. He was born in Newburgh, N. Y., March 26, 1841, and in boyhood entered the employment of a druggist in Poughkeepsie ; remaining in the same business until finally he became proprietor of a drug store in that city. 150 News, Notes and Reviews 151 He began the study of fungi at a time when few American botanists had devoted attention to this group of plants, his first descriptions of new species appearing in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for October, 1873, before the publication of the earliest mycological papers of Burrill, Ellis, Farlow, or Morgan. In the following year, he was one of the founders of the Poughkeepsie Society of Natural Science, in whose Pro- ceedings a number of his botanical papers were published. In 1877, he removed to New York City, where he was an active member of the Torrey Botanical Club for some years. Before the death of William H. Leggett, the founder and editor of the Bulletin , Mr. Gerard was made assistant editor, and he followed him as editor, filling that office from April, 1882, to December, 1885. In later years he was interested in the derivation of plant names, especially those of American Indian origin, and con- tributed papers on this subject to Garden and Forest in 1895 and 1896. Otherwise, his botanical studies seem to have ended with the year 1885. Agaricus xylogenus Mont. Agaricus ( Psalliota ) xylogenus Mont. Sy 11. Crypt. 122. 1856 was described as follows from plants said to have been collected by Sullivant on dead wood near Columbus, C bio, in August: “ Pileus conic to campanulate, umbonate, 3-6 cm. broad ; surface smooth, luteous, fuscous at length on the umbo, margin striate when dry; stipe white, 7 cm. long, 5 mm. thick, slightly larger at the base, hollow, with a persistent annulus below the middle; lamellae free, remote, rose-colored as in A. campestris; spores globose, 5-7.5 n, discolored-hyaline; related to Agaricus cepae- stipes.” Sullivant had two collections numbered 140. The plants de- scribed, which do not grow on wood, resemble a Lepiota, with long, slender stipe, brown umbo, and a good superior annulus, but no scales such as occur in L. procera. They are neither L. cepaestipes nor L. Morgani. The other No. 140, called 140 2 by Montagne, is totally different from the one described and is at- tached to dead wood, thereby deserving the specific name. The pileus is white, glabrous, apparently viscid, distinctly umbonate, 152 Mycologia 3 cm. broad in the dried state; lamellae white, crowded; stipe slender, glabrous, slightly enlarged below; annulus inferior. W. A. Murrill. A New Book on the British Rust Fungi* In 1889, Plowright brought out the first monographic account of the rusts of England. In the twenty-four years which inter- vened before the next comprehensive treatment of the group by Grove, in 1913, it is not surprising to find that sufficient informa- tion has accumulated to make the latter presentation much more bulky than the former. Plowright treated both the rusts and smuts in a single volume of 347 pages, while Grove requires in the present volume 412 pages for the rusts alone. The two authors have treated their subject in a very similar manner, giv- ing first the biolog}-, or natural history, of the group and following it with a systematic part which includes descriptions, hosts, and distributions. Plowright devotes 57 pages to the natural history of the rusts and 135 to their classification, whereas the later author uses 84 and 300 pages, respectively, for the two parts. The expansion of the biological part by Grove is due partly to the fact that some entirely new topics, notably sexuality and sep- aration of species into races, have been developed in the interim and partly to the fact that he treats at greater length the life his- tories of certain typical forms. It is interesting to note that Puccinia Caricis instead of P. graminis has been selected for ex- tended consideration as “ the typical Uredine.” The author ex- plains that he has done this because the aecia of P. graminis are rare and difficult to obtain for demonstration, while that of P. Caricis is common. In the second, or systematic portion, the increase in the recent book is due chiefly to the larger number of species included, although the more complete descriptions with somewhat fuller notes would call for more space. A comparison of the two main genera, Puccinia and Uromyces, will throw some light on the taxonomic situation from the standpoint of the species. Plowright included 100 species of Puccinia and 38 of Uromyces, while Grove has added 37 species of Puccinia and 10 ♦The British Rust Fungi. By W. B. Grove, M.A., Pp. xii, 412. 290 text figs. Cambridge: at the University Press. 1913. News, Notes and Reviews 153 of Uromyces. As to genera, the situation is perhaps still more striking, Plowright having included all species under n genera as compared with a list of 24 by Grove. It must be noted, how- ever, that some genera have been discussed which have not yet been collected in England, but which the author apparently be- lieves may be found there at any time on account of their preva- lence in Europe. The book is well printed, profusely illustrated, and makes a neat appearance. The illustrations are original and highly satis- factory. They are very similar to those in Fischer’s Uredineen der Schweiz, from which work the general form of the drawings seems to have been adapted. The author very generously acknowledges that the descriptions of species are based upon Sydow’s Monographia Uredinearum. In some instances it is regrettable that this work has been fol- lowed so closely as to include some of its errors. The descrip- tions are said to be revised and amended but evidence of culture work or first hand investigations of many of the special problems is usually lacking. Other writers’ opinions are rather freely cited, but there is frequently considerable hesitation about the adoption of results if they differ from the usual disposition. In the citation of names, the dates have been intentionally omitted. As they are frequently important and would have required no additional space and little extra time in preparation, there seems to be no sufficient reason for such a procedure. Sometimes statements in the biological discussions are of such a nature, either because of incompleteness or dogmatic form, as to attract attention. On p. 33, in a discussion of germ-pores in urediniospores, the statement is made that only one species of Puccinia, P. monopora, is known with the urediniospore possess- ing a single pore, although P. uniporula was published in 1912 (Orton in Mycologia 4: 201). Since that time the reviewer has found Puccinia Veratri and an undescribed Uredo on Geranium mexicanum to have i-pored urediniospores, which suggests that the character is probably not so rare as was believed formerly. The conception of amphispores as given on p. 34 is not very clear, as is evidenced by the fact that Fig. 22 is given as an amphi- spore of Puccinia Pruni-spinosae, and that in the technical de- 154 Mycologia scription on p. 208 amphispores are not mentioned in this species, while Fig. 156b is an exact duplication of Fig. 22, and is labeled “ uredospore.” Those who are interested in the evolution of the group will note that the author has very decided opinions in the matter when he states without qualifications that Endophyllum, whose aeciospores germinate as soon as mature with a basidium, represents “ the primitive state of things from which the present wide division of labor into rejuvenating (aecidio-), multiplying (uredo-), and resting (teleuto-) spores has been evolved.” Of wide interest also is the observation that “ immunity depends chiefly (perhaps entirely) upon the ability of the cytoplasm to resist infections by secreting antitoxins which will kill the my- celium of the fungus.” Frank D. Kern. INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE Allard, H. A. The mosaic disease of tobacco. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 40: 1-33. pi. 1-7. 15 Ja 1914. Allen, R. F., & Jolivette, H. D. M. A study of the light reactions of Pilobolus. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. 27: 533-598- /. 1-2 1. D 1913. Atkinson, G. F. The development of Agaricus arvensis and A. comtulus. Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 3-22. pi. 1, 2. F 1914. Beardslee, H. C. Notes on a few Asheville fungi. Mycologia 6 : 88-92. pi. 121. 18 Mr 1914. Includes Russula rubescens sp. nov. Brown, N. A., & Jamieson, C. 0. A bacterium causing a disease of sugar-beet and nasturtium leaves. Jour. Agr. Research 1 : 189-210. 10 D 1913. Bacterium aptatum sp. nov. Burrill, T. J. Bacillus amylovorus vs. amylivoras. Phytopath- ology 4: 31. F 1914. Cook, A. J. Alfalfa. Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. Calif. 3 : 53-73- /• 8-17. F 1914. Includes a list of fungous diseases. Dietel, P. Uber einige neue und bemerkenswerte Uredineen. Ann. Myc. 12 : 83-88. 10 F 1914. Includes four new species from America. Dox, A. W. A review of recent investigations on the mineral nutrition of fungi. Biochem. Bull. 3 : 222-228. Ja 1914. Farley, A. J. Peach leaf-curl. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 29: 1, 2. /. 1, 2. 1914. Fink, B. Henry Willey, — a memoir. Mycologia 6 : 49-53. 18 Mr 1914. Portrait. Fraser, W. P. Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and other rusts. Mycologia 6: 25-28. 14 Ja 1914. Galloway, B. T. Pierre-Marie-Alexis Millardet. Phytopathology 4: 1-4. pi. 1. F 1914. 155 156 Mycologia Gloyer, W. 0. The efficiency of formaldehyde in the treatment of seed potatoes for Rhizoctonia. New York Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull 370: 4I7-43I- pi i- D 1913 Graves, A. H. Fomes laricis in California. Phytopathology 4: 33. F 1914. Graves, A. H. Notes on diseases of trees in the southern Appa- lachians II. Phytopathology 4: 5-10. pi. 2-\-f. 1. F 1914. Graves, A. H. A preliminary note on a new bark disease of the white pine. Mycologia 6 : 84-87. pi. 120. 18 Mr 1914. Giissow, H .T. The systematic position of the organism of the common potato scab. Science II. 39: 431-433. 20 Mr 1914. Harper, E. T. Cantharellus clavatus from Duluth. Mycologia 6: 40, 41. 14 Ja 1914. Harper, R. A., & Dodge, B. 0. The formation of the capillitium in certain Myxomycetes. Ann. Bot. 28: 1-18. pi. I, 2. Ja 1914. Harter, L. L. The foot-rot of the sweet potato. Jour. Agr. Re- search 1: 251-274. pi. 23-28 -f-/. 1. 10 D 1913. Heald, F. D. Aerial galls of the mesquite. Mycologia 6 : 37, 38. pi. 117, f. 2. 14 Ja 1914. Hewitt, J. L. Twig blight and blossom blight of the apple. Arkansas Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 113: 495-505. 1913. Howitt, J. E. Notes on the apothecial stage of Sclerotinia an - erea in Ontario. Ottawa Nat. 27: 158-160. F 1914. Ingram, D. E. A twig blight of Quercus prinus and related species. Jour. Agr. Research 1: 339-346. pi. 38 -J-/. 1-7. 10 Ja 1914. Johnson, D. S. The evolution of a botanical problem. Science II. 39: 299-3!9- 27 F 1914. Jolivette, H. D. M. Studies on the reactions of Pilobolus to light stimuli. Bot. Gaz. 57: 89-121. /. 1-12. 14 F 1914. Kern, F. D. The nature and classification of plant rusts. Trans. Am. Micros. Soc. 32: 41-67. /. 1-5. 1913. Index to American Mycological Literatrue 157 Krieger, L. C. C. Observations on the use of Ridgvvay’s new color-book. The color of the spores of V olvaria speciosa Fr. Mycologia 6: 29-31. 14 Ja 1914. Kunkel, L. 0. Nuclear behavior in the promycelia of Caeoma nitens Burrill and Puccinia Peckiana Howe. Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 37-47- Pl- 3 • F 1914- Lewis, D. E. The control of apple blotch. Kansas Agr. Col. Exp. Sta. Bull. 196; 521-574. /. i-ig, 21. D 1913. Long, W. H. Polyporus dryadeus, a root parasite on the oak. Jour. Agr. Research 1 : 239-250. pl. 21, 22. 10 D 1913. Long, W. H. An undescribed species of Gymno sporangium from Japan. Jour. Agr. Research 1 : 353-356. 10 Ja 1914. Gymnosporangium chinensis sp. nov. McMurran, S. M. The anthracnose of the mango in Florida. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 52: 1-15. pl. 1-4 -\-f. 1-4. 24 Ja 1914. Meinecke, E. P. Forest tree diseases common in California and Nevada. U. S. Dept. Agr. Forest Serv. 1-67. pl. 1-24. 14 F 1914- Mercer, W. H. Investigations of timothy rust in North Dakota during 1913. Phytopathology 4: 20-22. F 1914. Murrill, W. A. Agaricus mucifer Berk. & Mont. Mycologia 6: 97, 98. 18 Mr 1914. Murrill, W. A. An enemy of the western red cedar. Mycologia 6: 93, 94. pl. 122. 18 Mr 1914. Includes Fomitiporia Weirii sp. nov. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XVII. Mycologia 6 : 1-4. pl. 113. 14 Ja 1914. Includes Hydrocybe caespitosa sp. nov. Oosthuizen, J. D. P., & Shedd, 0. M. The effect of ferments and other substances on the growth of Burley tobacco. Jour. Biol. Chem. 16: 439-453- Ja I9*4- Orton, C. R., & Adams, J. F. Notes on Peridermium from Penn- sylvania. Phytopathology 4 : 23-26. pl. 3. F 1914. Orton, W. A. The biological basis of international phytopath- ology. Phytopathology 4 : 11-19. F 1914. 158 Mycologia Orton, W. A. Potato wilt, leaf-roll, and related diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 64: 1-48. pi. 1-16. 10 F 1914. Rand, F. V. Some diseases of pecans. Jour. Agr. Research 1 : 303-338- pl 33-37 + /• 10 Ja 1914. Reed, G. M. An unusual outbreak of apple blossom blight. Phy- topathology 4: 27-30. F 1914. Reed, H. S., Cooley, J. S., & Crabill, C. H. Experiments on the control of the cedar rust of apples. Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 203: 3-28. /. 1-11. Ja 1914. Rorer, J. B. The green muscardine fungus and its use in cane fields. Board Agr. Trinidad & Tobago Circ. 8: 5-14. pi. 1, 2-\-f.i,2. 31 Mr 1913. Rorer, J. B. The Suriname witch-broom disease of Cacao. Board Agr. Trinidad & Tobago Circ. 10: 5-13. 30 J1 1913. Seaver, F. J. A preliminary study of the genus Lamprcspora. Mycologia 6: 5-24. pi. 114. 14 Ja 1914. Includes Lamprospora ascoboloides, L. annulata, L. spinulosa, L. Maireana, L. tuberculatella, spp. nov. Seaver, F. J., & Murrill, W. A. Notes on truffles recently col- lected in the eastern United States. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 15: 14, 15. Ja 1914. Smith, E. F. Identity of the American and French mulberry blight. Phytopathology 4: 34. F 1914. Stewart, V. B. Specific name of the fire blight organism. Phyto- pathology 4: 32, 33. F 1914. Stewart, V. B. The yellow-leaf disease of cherry and plum in nursery stock. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 21 : 1-10. f. i-p. Ja 1914. Sumstine, D. R. New or interesting fungi. Mycologia 6: 32- 36. pi. 115-117- 14 Ja 1914- Includes Hormisciopsis gen. nov. and H. gelatinosa, Arthrosporium album, Streptothrix pereffusa, Oidium album, Polyscytalum flavum, Vaginata umbo- nata, and Marasmius Morganianus, spp. nov. Taubenhaus, J. J. The why’s in plant disease control. Gard. Chron. Am. 17: 819-821. F 1914. Index to American Mycological Literatrue 159 Theissen, F. tiber Polystomella, Microcyclus u. a. Ann Myc. 12 : 63-75. pi- 6, 7- 10 F 1914- Includes Polyclypeolum, Microcydella, Clyclotheca, Cryptopus, and Ellisio - dothis, gen. nov. Vosler, E. J. Calendar of insect pests and plant diseases. State Comm. Hort. Monthly Bull. Calif. 3 : 44-46. /. 7. Ja 1914. Wallace, E. Scab disease of apples. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 335: 545-624. pi. i-n + f. 184. S 1913. Wilson, G. W. Studies in North American Peronosporalcs — V. A review of the genus Phytophthora. Mycologia 6: 54-83. pi. up. 18 Mr 1914. Winslow, C. E. A. The characterization and classification of bacterial types. Science II. 39: 77-90. 16 Ja 1914. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers No. 1 7. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy West Wilson. No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 10. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. ill. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seayer. No. 1 17. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by G. W. Wilson. No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seayer. No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by F. J. Seayer. No 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, io cents a copy ; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in ex- change.] Now in its fifteenth volume. Mycologia, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi> including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in" lerest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3 .00 a year! single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its sixth volume. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts. Subscription price, $1.50 per part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. 3, part I, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. Vol. 7, part 1, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae (pars). Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (p*rs). ( Parts 1 and 2 no longer sold separately. ) Vol. 15, parts 1 and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. Vol. 16, part 1, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). Vol. 22, parts 1 and 2, 1905; parts3and4, 1908; part 5, 1913. Podostemona- ceae — Rosaceae (pars). Vol. 25, part 1, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -|- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii — |- 1 38 pp., with 29 plates. 19C9. Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, viii -(-278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volume. In its seventh volume. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 163. New Ferns from Tropical America — III, by Margaret Slosson. 164. Studies of West Indian Plants — V, by Nathaniel Lord Britton. 165. Central American Mosses, by Elizabeth Gertrude Britton and Robert Statham Williams. 166. Studies of Plant Growth in Heated Soil, by Guy West Wilson. New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York Qity MYCOLOGIA IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellennan, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL Vol. VI— JULY, 1914— No. 4 JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BANKER GIACOMO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS ASSOCIATE EDITORS FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER THOMAS H. MACBRIDE GEORGE MASSEE NARCISSE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SEAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR CONTENTS Illustrations of Fungi — XVIII. William A. Murrill 161 A Consideration of the Properties of Poisonous Fungi. William W. Ford and Ernest D. Clark 167 Studies in North American Peronosporales — VI. Notes on Miscellaneous Species - Guy West Wilson 192 Conidium Production in Penicillium. Charles Thom 21 i News and Notes 216 Index to American Mycological Literature - - - 219 The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof: Without Cover — 4 PP- 8 pp. 12 pp. >6 PP- 2° pp. 24 pp. 28 pp. 32 pp. 25-50 Copies — #>•37 *1.87 |2.12 $ 2.50 $3-5° #4.05 #4- 82 #5 20 100 *• >•55 2. >5 2.65 3> 5 4.05 5.00 6.10 6.50 200 “ 2.00 3«>5 4.00 4- 30 5.60 6.90 8.30 8.90 Covers — First 50 — $1.00. Additional, ic each. Plates— 40c per too. Mycologia LYCOPERDON BOV1STA L MYCOLOGIA Vol. VI July, 1914 No. 4 ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XVIII William A. Murrill The accompanying plates were made from specimens collected in the vicinity of New York City or in adjoining states within easy reach. The species selected are of such a character as to be well represented without the use of color. Several of them are of im- portance to the mycophagist. Lycoperdon Bovista L. Lycoperdon giganteum Batsch Giant Puffball Plate 126. X Peridium very large, globose or depressed-globose, sessile or nearly so, 20-35 cm- or more in diameter; surface glabrous or slightly flocculose, white, whitish, or slightly yellowish, becoming dingy with age ; spores globose, greenish-yellow becoming dingy- olivaceous, 4 fj. ; capillitium greenish-yellow becoming dingy- olivaceous. The giant puffball, easily recognized by its large size and smooth white appearance, occurs infrequently in fields, pastures, or woods throughout most of the United States, as well as in parts of Eu- rope and Asia. The specimens here figured grew in Mrs. Boeder’s yard in Williamsbridge, New York City, and were photographed by her. The species has also been collected at least twice in the hemlock grove in the New York Botanical Garden. Authentic records have been made of specimens three feet in diameter, but they rarely become much larger than a man’s head. The flavor of [Mycologia for May, 1914 (6: 103-159), was issued May 30, 1914] 161 162 Mycologia this species is particularly good, and little cooking is required. The writer remembers coming suddenly some years ago upon four large giant puffballs grouped picturesquely about an old stump in a beecb grove near Ithaca, New York, and the pleasure he had, not only in gazing at them, but in getting them home and dis- tributing them in quarter sections to a number of his friends. Lycoperdon pyriforme Schaeff. Pear-Shaped Puffball Plate 127. X 1 Peridium pear-shaped, 2.5-5 X 2-3 cm., dingy-white or brown- ish, with white, branching mycelium ; cortex of thin, minute, often persistent scales or granules, or of short, stout spinules ; inner peridium smooth, very thin, concolorous, opening apically ; subgleba small, white, rather compact, of minute cells; spores globose, smooth, greenish-yellow to brownish-olive, 3.5-4//.; capillitium of long, branched threads, which form a dense tuft in the center, columella present. This species occurs very commonly in dense clusters on decayed wood or humus throughout most of the United States and Canada, as well as in Europe and Asia. As a rule, the smaller puffballs are poorly flavored and this one is particularly so ; but it may be used when everything else is scarce. I have often eaten quite young specimens of this species late in the fall, flavoring them with bacon, parsley, onion, butter, salt, and pepper, and adding, if convenient, a few sporophores of the common mushroom. Sparassis Herbstii Peck Herbst’s Sparassis Plate 128. X 1 Sporophore much branched, whitish inclining to creamy-yel- low, 10-12. 5 cm. high and 12. 5-15 cm. broad; branches numerous, thin, tough, moist, flattened, concrescent, dilated above and spatu- late or fan-shaped, often somewhat longitudinally curved or wavy, mostly uniformly colored, rarely with a few indistinct, nearly con- colorous, transverse zones near the broad entire apices; spores subglobose or broadly ellipsoid, 5-6.2 X 4-5 p- This species was originally described from specimens collected by Herbst at Trexlertown, Pa. The accompanying photograph is Mycologia Plate CXXVII LYCOPERDON PYRIFORME SCH/EFF. Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 163 from plants collected in wood’s near New Rochelle, New York, by Miss Daisy Levy. This species is closely related to Sparassis crispa, which is often seen in European markets. It is edible, but unfortunately too rare to be of economic importance. Asterophora Clavus (Schaeff.) Murrill Nyctalis asterophora Fries Club-shaped Asterophora Plate 129. X 1 Pileus hemispheric to depressed, usually distorted, gregarious, 1-2.5 cm. broad ; surface white to fawn-colored or brownish, floc- cose, spongy, usually powdered with the brownish chlamydospores ; margin involute, thick ; context thick, fleshy, grayish-white, of farinaceous taste and odor ; lamellae thick, dull-grayish, distant, adnate, usually undeveloped ; spores not seen ; chlamydospores large, stellate, brownish, 15-20/4; stipe pruinose, white to brown- ish, stuffed or hollow, brown within, 1.5-2. 5 cm. long, 3-8 mm. thick. This tiny and peculiar parasitic agaric occurs on decaying sporo- phores of Russula, Lactaria, Chanter el, Clitocybe, and other large species of gill-fungi throughout Europe and the eastern United States. The sporophores are usually partly decayed and black- ened before the parasite comes to maturity. The gills are fold- like as in Chanterel, and the surface of the pileus often bears large star-shaped conidia, which give it a powdery appearance. Collybia maculata (Alb. & Schw.) Quel. Spotted Collybia Plate 130. X 1 Pileus fleshy, firm, convex or nearly plane, 5-10 cm. broad ; sur- face even, glabrous, white or whitish, often variegated with red- dish spots or stains; context white; lamellae narrow, crowded, adnexed, sometimes nearly or quite free, white or whitish ; spores subglobose, at times slightly apiculate at one end, 4-6 n ; stipe firm, striate, white, usually stout, equal or subequal, often curved below, commonly attenuate and radicate at the base, 5-10 cm. long, 6-12 mm. thick. This species is one of the largest of the genus and occurs in humus or on much decayed wood in woods throughout the greater 1G4 Mycologia part of the eastern United States, as well as in Europe. The surface is usually decorated with reddish spots or stains, but varie- ties occur in which these spots are entirely absent. Hygrophorus eburneus (Bull.) Fries Ivory Hygrophorus Plate 131. X Yi Pileus fleshy, moderately thick, sometimes thin, convex to ex- panded, 3-8 cm. broad ; surface very viscid or glutinous, com- pletely covered with a coating of gluten, entirely white; context having a mild and not unpleasant odor; lamellae strongly decur- rent, distant, with vein-like elevations near the stipe ; spores ovoid, granular 6-10 X 5—6 /x ; stipe spongy to stuffed within, sometimes hollow and tapering below, 6-15 cm. long, 3-8 mm. thick. This attractive edible species is widely distributed throughout the cooler regions of Europe and America, occurring on the ground in woods or in partially shaded places. The writer found it to be one of the most common and abundant species on the Pacific coast. In many localities, a basketful could have been gathered in a very small area. Its white color, slimy covering, mild odor, and decurrent, distant gills will serve to distinguish it from closely related species. Lactaria piperata (L.) Pers. Peppery Lactaria Plate 132. Lower Figure. X V2 Pileus fleshy, convex-umbilicate, at length infundibuliform, 4-12 cm. or more in diameter; surface white, azonate, dry, glab- rous ; margin involute at first and naked, at length uplifted ; con- text compact, white, unchanging or becoming sordid, edible ; latex white, unchanging, very acrid, abundant ; lamellae white or creamy-white, forking dichotomously, close, more or less decur- rent, arcuate at first, then extending upwards, only about 2 mm. broad ; spores white, subglobose, nearly smooth, 8-9 ju, in diameter; stipe white, equal, dry, often pruinose, solid and firm, 2-8 cm. long, up to 2 cm. thick. Found in great abundance in oak woods throughout temperate North America, as well as in Europe. It contains an acid and a resin, “ piperon,” which is extremely acrid in the fresh state, but Mycolosia Plate CXXVIII SPARASSIS HERBSTII PECK Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 165 is disorganized by heat. This species is therefore harmless when cooked, but is coarse and poorly flavored. If eaten, it must be carefully distinguished from poisonous species that are acrid in the fresh state. Lepiota naucina (Fries) Quel. Smooth Lepiota Plate 133. X 1 Pileus thick, globose to convex, 5-8 cm. broad ; surface dry, usu- ally white and smooth, at times slightly yellowish or granular on the disk ; context firm, fleshy, white, mild ; lamellae free, white, dull-pinkish with age; spores usually white in mass, rarely tinged with pink ; stipe white, smooth, enlarged below, bearing a white annulus above, 6-10 cm. long, 8-16 mm. thick. This excellent and widely distributed temperate species occurs in the autumn in lawns and pastures where the common mushroom grows and is often picked and thrown away because the lamellae are white. There is no harm in using it for food if the collector and those who may imitate him distinguish it carefully from the white variety of V enenarius phalloides, which is so common in this region and has been the cause of most of the deaths among mush- room eaters in the vicinity of New York City. It must be remem- bered that this deadly species is picked by some persons for the common mushroom, in spite of its white lamellae and bulbous stipe. How much more easily might Lepiota naucina, which has both characters, be confused with it! The deadly Amanita plial- loides may be distinguished from Lepiotq naucina by the “ death- cup ” at the base of the stipe, by the longer and usually more bul- bous stipe, and by the gills remaining white instead of becoming slightly dull-pinkish with age. Agaricus campester hortensis Cooke Garden Mushroom Plate 134. X Vi This variety of the common mushroom has been found in great abundance in an old pile of cow manure east of Bronx Park, partly shaded by weeds. It differs from the form usually found in pas- tures which was described and figured in Mycologia for March, 1909, chiefly in its slightly larger size, darker color, and more con- 166 Mycologia spicuous scaly covering. This variety is often cultivated but is rarely found wild. Psathyrella disseminata (Pers.) Ouel. Scattered Psathyrella Plate 132. Upper Figure. X 1 Pileus membranaceous, ovoid-campanulate, densely gregarious or cespitose, 6-10 mm. broad ; surface minutely scaly becoming smooth, whitish, gray, or grayish-brown ; margin sulcate-plicate, entire; lamellae adnate, broad, white to gray, then black; spores ellipsoid, 8 X 6 ^ ; stipe furfuraceous to glabrous, yellowish to cinereous, very slender becoming hollow, often curved, about 2.5 cm. long and 1 mm. thick. This small and very beautiful species is widely distributed in Europe and America on decayed wood and moist earth containing organic matter, the caps occuring in such large numbers in one spot that it is entirely impossible to count them. It may be looked for throughout the season from early summer until late autumn and it often appears on the soil in greenhouses during the winter. The species strongly suggests Coprinus, both in its mode of expanding and in blackening with age, when the black spores are mature. New York Botanical Garden. Mycologia Plate CXXIX ASTEROPHORA CLAVUS (SCH^EFF.) MURRILL A CONSIDERATION OF THE PROPERTIES OF POISONOUS FUNGI William W. Ford and Ernest D. Clark Introduction The collection of edible fungi, commonly spoken of as mush- rooms in contradistinction to the poisonous varieties known as toadstools, has become more and more popular during the past few years in America. On the one hand, the number of well- trained mycologists who undertake the study of fungi during the summer months as a scientific pastime, regardless of the dietetic value of the material they obtain, has been greatly augmented by those individuals who look everywhere for the edible species which they have learned to identify with great accuracy. In conse- quence, mushroom collecting has become something of a fad in many of our summer resorts and during September and October the fields and pastures are pretty thoroughly searched for such spe- cies as the meadow mushroom, Agaricus campestris. On the other hand, this country has seen, during the past decade, a great influx of peasants from Italy, Hungary and Bohemia where even the children know the difference between poisonous and harmless mushrooms. As a result, many of the edible species of fungi which grow in the woods are gathered by this foreign-born popu- lation either for themselves or for sale in the local markets. In consequence of this greater interest in the subject, mushroom poisoning has become somewhat more common in America despite the warnings issued from time to time, both to native Americans who are ignorant of the first principles of mycology, and to our foreign-born citizens who are misled by the variations in color and other properties which fungi exhibit in different countries. Pois- oning by fungi, however, is by no means a modern occurrence. Indeed, mushrooms have been collected from time immemorial, according to Paulet,1 in such countries as Russia, China, Hungary, Italy, and especially in Tuscany; being exhibited for sale in the public markets in cities like Pekin, St. Petersburg, and Florence. 167 168 Mycologia It is also well known that the ancient Babylonians and the early Romans employed mushrooms in great quantity both as delicacies for the rich and as daily food for the poorer classes. In early times, knowledge of the properties of fungi must have been gained entirely from experience and tbe accurate training of the peoples of the old world in the distinctions between the poisonous and harmless varieties could only have been obtained from many accidents. How common mushroom poisoning actu- ally was, however, is not known to us. It must have been fairly frequent since the deaths of several notables from this cause have been recorded in history, not as occurring from some unex- plained phenomenon but from accidents of a nature well-recog- nized by their contemporaries. Of such victims may be mentioned the family of the Greek poet Euripides, including his wife, two sons, and a daughter ; Pope Clement VII ; Emperor Jovian ; Em- peror Charles VI ; Emperor Claudius ; and a number of others.2 Coming down to more modern times our first definite knowledge of the number of fatalities from mushrooms came from Paulet1 who states that from the year 1749 to 1788 there were a hundred deaths in the environs of Paris alone. About the time of Paulet, Bulliard,3 the celebrated French mycologist, began to systematize the knowledge of fungi possessed by men of his generation, estab- lished the various species upon firm ground, gave accurate descrip- tions of their botanical characters, and pointed out their physiolog- ical properties. Indeed, many of the species of the present day were established by this tireless French mycologist. More recently, our knowledge of the extent to which mushroom fatalities may occur in France has been augmented by the publica- tions of Bardy4 who reported 60 cases in that district known as Les Vosges, and of Guillaud5 who estimated the number of deaths in the southwest of France at about 100 annually. Falck6 has also reported 53 cases in Germany with 40 deaths, and at the same time Inoko7 in Japan has reported over 480 cases of mushroom intoxica- tion in eight years. In this country Palmer,8 of Boston, collected 33 cases with 21 deaths and Forster,9 of Charlestown, 44 cases with 14 fatalities. Finally, in 1900 Gillot10 found over 200 authentic cases of mushroom poisoning mostly in France and Ford,2 a few years later, added nearly as many more found in the German, Mycologia Plate CXXX COLL YB I A MACULATA (ALB. & SCHW.) QUEL. Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 169 English and French literature since 1900. More recently Clark and Smith11 have called attention to the great increase of mush- room poisoning in this country and have indicated that many of these cases take place within a few days’ time. Thus, in Septem- ber 1911, 22 deaths occurred in the vicinity of New York City in one period of ten days. The same point is also clear in the recent statistics given for France by Sartory12 who records 249 cases of fungous poisoning with 153 deaths due chiefly to Amanita phal- loidcs and a few Entoloma livid um. Of these, 90 per cent, occurred in the short time between August 26th and September 10th, 1912. Finally, one of the best of the modern French publi- cations on poisonous fungi is that of Ferry13 former editor of the Revue Mycologique who has given an excellent account of the most recent work in this field. A number of different species of mushrooms are poisonous, the symptoms which occur depending upon the presence of definite chemical substances in the plants. This can best be illustrated by a consideration of each species in- dependently. Poisoning by Amanita phalloides Bulliard Botanical features The vast majority of cases of mushroom intoxication are caused by Amanita phalloides, the white or deadly Amanita. The earlier species such as Amanita bulbosa Persoon and its varieties, alba, citrina, virescens and olivacea, Agaricns bulbosus Bulliard, Amanita viridis Persoon, Amanita venenosa Persoon and a num- ber of others are without doubt identical with Amanita phalloides. In older French literature it is known as “ l’orange cigue,” “ l’orange blanche ou citronee,” “ l’orange cigue jaunatre” and “ l’orange souris ” and in the German as “Knollblatterschwamm.” This species has a characteristic appearance and should be readily recognized by collectors of even limited experience. It usually grows to a height of 5-7 inches and its white spores, its ring or annulus and its base or cup (frequently called the poison cup) render its identification comparatively simple. The colors of the pileus, varying from brownish amber to yellow, are important, but are not as a rule regarded as of specific value. In Europe the pileus is usually greenish in color, but in America the green- 170 Mycologia ish color is rarely seen. Amanita phalloides usually grows in the woods but this rule is by no means univeral. Occasionally, plants are to be found out in the open pastures near the margin of dense forests or in the grassy spots in the roads leading to and from them. Clinical aspects In poisoning by Amanita phalloides the clinical symptoms are practically always the same. After a prodromal stage of six to fifteen hours in which no discomfort is felt, the victims are sud- denly seized by severe abdominal pain, cramp-like in character, and accompanied by vomiting and diarrhoea. Vomitus and stools consist of undigested food with much blood and mucus. Anuria is usually present and rarely constipation develops. Hemoglobinuria does not occur. Paroxysms of pain and vomiting alternate with periods of remission, the extreme suffering producing the Hippo- cratic facies described by the French as “la face vulteuse.” The loss of strength is rapid and excessive. Jaundice, cyanosis, and coldness of the skin develop within a few days, followed by pro- found coma from which the patient does not rally. There is no fever. Convulsions are absent in the early stages and when pres- ent in the late stages are usually a terminal event. Ocular symp- toms also do not usually occur. The course of the disease lasts four to six days in children and eight to ten in adults but if large quantities of the fungus are eaten a very profound intoxication develops and death may occur within 48 hours. The mortality in “ phalloides ” intoxication is extremely high, varying from 60 to 100 per cent., and is dependent somewhat upon the amount of the poisonous material ingested and probably somewhat upon the treat- ment. It requires surprisingly small quantities, however, to bring on fatal consequences and there are numerous deaths on record from eating one or two good-sized specimens. Plowright14 has reported the death of a child of ten years from the consumption of about a third of the top of a small plant eaten raw. Recovery after ingestion of any quantity of Amanita phalloides may be re- garded as extremely rare but not impossible. There is no diffi- culty in distinguishing between a poisoning due to this fungus from one due to other species such as Amanita muscaria since the entire clinical course of the disease is different. Mycologia Plate CXXXI HVGROPHORUS EBURNEUS (BULL.) FRIES Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 171 Autopsies upon individuals killed by Amanita phalloides have been carried out by a number of observers but our knowledge of the lesions is by no means satisfactory. There is little to be found to account for the violent paroxysms of pain, vomiting, and diar- rhoea. Death seems to be due to the extreme fatty degeneration of the liver. The poisoning resembles most closely phosphorus poisoning (Ford15). Poisonous constituents The first attempt to obtain the active principle or poison of Amanita phalloides is probably that of Letellier,16 who in 1826 obtained a heat-resistant substance from a number of fungi and to his investigations we owe the term amanitin. Many years sub- sequently he took up the work again in association with Speneux17 examining this time a fungus known as Hypophyllum crux meli- tense (Paulet) and probably a variety of Amanita phalloides. In this investigation two substances were found, one of an irritating nature, acting upon the mucous membranes of the alimentary canal, and the other heat-resistant substance characterized as a glucosidal alkaloid and identical with the amanitin of Letellier. In 1866 Boudier18 made an elaborate chemical analysis of Aman- ita phalloides obtaining about a dozen different substances. He ascribed the poisonous action of the plant to an alkaloid but was never able to isolate such a substance although he gave it the name bulbosine. Later, in 1877, Ore19 also concluded, on biological grounds alone, that Amanita phalloides must contain an alkaloid and he gave this hypothetical poison the name phalloidin. The observations of all these men are interesting now only his- torically as the names ascribed by these various investigators to the active principle of Amanita phalloides are no longer employed except occasionally in French literature. Modern knowledge of the properties of this plant dates from the work of Robert20 who established the important fact that extracts of Amanita phalloides contain a substance which lakes or dissolves the blood corpus- cles of many animals and of man. There were certain serious ob- jections to regarding this substance as the active principle, espe- cially the fact that this blood-laking or hemolytic material is very easily destroyed by moderate heat, much less than is usually em- 172 Mycologia ployed in cooking, and that individuals dying of Amanita phalloi- des intoxication do not show symptoms which are to be ascribed to this kind of a poison. Nevertheless, Robert at once jumped to the conclusion that this blood-laking substance which he named phallin was the essential poison of the plant and his discovery was hailed everywhere as one throwing brilliant light upon this most ob- scure poisoning. The term phallin has gotten into mycological literature all over the world and the idea that Amanita phalloides intoxication is due to this remarkable substance which dissolves or eats up the blood corpuscles has something so romantic about it that few have cared to question the correctness of Robert’s con- clusions. Robert himself, however, discovered that blood-laking materials were lacking from many specimens which he afterwards collected and identified as Amanita phalloides but that the plants did contain an alcohol-soluble substance which was extremely poisonous to animals. This latter substance he regarded as an alkaloid while phallin he placed in the group of protein-like poisons known as toxalbumins. Subsequent work upon Amanita phalloides has been conducted chiefly by American investigators. It was first shown by Ford21 that extracts of Amanita phalloides contain the hemolytic material described by Robert and in addition a heat resistant body which will reproduce in animals the majority of the lesions described in fatal cases of Amanita phalloides intoxication in man. These two substances were named by him the amanita-hemolysin and the amanita-toxin. The further chemical study upon the plant was carried out by Abel and Ford,22 by Schlesinger and Ford23 and Ford and Prouty.-24 According to their investigations Amanita phalloides always contains two poisons, the hemolysin and the toxin. The hemolysin is a highly complex glucoside, insoluble in alcohol, easily destroyed by heat and by the action of the di- gestive juices. While this substance may play a role in cases of phalloides intoxication in man there is little or no evidence that it does so under ordinary circumstances. It is present in such a great amount in the plant, however, that the possibility of its having a poisonous action when the fungus is eaten raw or when the digestive secretions are altered in character can not be entirely eliminated. The active principle of the plant is the Mycolosia Plate CXXXII Upper Figure. FSATHYRELLA DISSEMINATA (F ERS.) QUEL. Lower Figure. LACTARIA PIFERATA (L.) FERS. Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 173 alcohol-soluble toxin. This resists the action of heat, of dry- ing, and of the digestive juices and reproduces in animals the lesions of phalloides intoxication in man. Chemically, the toxin cannot be characterized definitely but the purest preparations do not give the reactions of either proteins, glucosides, or alkaloids. Fungi cooked by the same methods which are employed in the kitchen are entirely free from hemolysin but have a poisonous action upon animals which is identical with that seen with the amanita-toxin. With our present knowledge the amanita-toxin may be regarded as the active principle or essential poison of Amanita phalloides. Treatment There is no satisfactory method of treating individuals poisoned by the deadly amanita. It is essential that competent medical advice be obtained as soon as possible and every effort made to rid the alimentary canal of the noxious material in the hope of doing so before enough poison is absorbed to bring on fatal results. Active emetics and purgatives should be administered at once and in case these are not effective the stomach should be washed out and the lower bowel irrigated. Even then, it is frequently impos- sible to prevent the absorption of the poison which takes place with great rapidity. In the later stages stimulants should be em- ployed with great freedom in the hope of tiding the patient over the periods of weakness. Narcotics should be employed to relieve the intense pain and whenever convulsive movements are seen. Atropin has no effect in Amanita phalloides intoxication and no reliance should be placed upon the drug in poisoning by the deadly amanita. Efforts to manufacture a curative serum by the im- munization of animals with the poisons in this fungus have thus far been unsuccessful. Poisoning by Other White Amanitas A number of other amanitas have poisonous properties identical in all respects with Amanita phalloides. The most important of these are Amanita verna, the “ destroying angel ” of Bulliard, which is far more common in America than the true Amanita phalloides, Amanda virosa Fries, Amanita spreta Peck and Amanita phal- loides variety citrina. All these species are recognized to be deadly 174 Mycologia poisonous. In addition there are some closely related amanitas which are either of known poisonous character or which have long been regarded as suspicious, the examination of which in the lab- oratory indicates the possession of definite poisonous action upon animals. This action should undoubtedly be ascribed to the aman- ita-toxin which is present in all these species in small quantities. This group includes Amanita porphyria Albertini & Schweinitz, Amanita strobiliformis Vittadini, Amanita radicata Peck, Amanita chlorinosma Peck, Amanita map pa (Batsch) Fries, Amanita morrisii Peck, Amanita citrina Persoon and Amanita crenulata Peck. In this group should also be placed Amanitopsis volvata (Peck) Saccardo. All these species should be put in the group of deadly poisonous mushrooms by mycologists and be sedulously avoided by collectors (Ford25). Poisoning by Amanita muscaria Linnaeus Botanical features Poisoning by Amanita muscaria or the “fly agaric” is, next to that following the ingestion of Amanita phalloides, the most fre- quent variety of mushroom intoxication. This is primarily due to the great abundance of this species and its wide distribution over the surface of the world. The Amanita muscaria, in addition, more than other fungi is subject to great variations in color, size, and markings due to geographical distribution and seasonal changes. This may possibly account for the numerous accidents in America resulting from mistaking Amanita muscaria for Aman- ita cacsarca, one of our most beautiful and highly prized edible amanitas. Accidents of this nature have occurred most frequently among foreigners, a fact which seems to indicate the closest resem- blance between specimens of certain European species and other American species. The following description of Amanita mus- caria taken from Farlow26 brings out the essential botanical fea- tures of the plant and a little careful observation of growing fungi should enable collectors to distinguish. Amanita muscaria from Amanita caesarea without hesitation. This is especially true in view of the yellow gills and striking white volva of Caesar’s agaric. “The fly agaric ( Amanita muscaria) , so called because decoc- Mycologia Plate CXXXIII LEPIOTA NAUCINA (FRIES) QUEL. Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 175 tions of it are used in killing flies, is in most places, at least in the northern and eastern parts of the country, a common species — often a good deal more abundant than the common mushroom. It is found during the summer along roadsides, on the borders of fields, and especially in groves of coniferous trees. It prefers a poor soil, of gravelly or sandy character, and occurs only ex- ceptionally in the grassy pastures preferred by the common mush- room. It grows singly and not in groups, and attains a large size, being one of the most striking toadstools. It differs from the common mushroom in having gills which are always white, never pink or purple, and in having a hollow stem which is bulbous at the base and clothed with irregular, fringy scales on all the lower part. The pileus varies in color from a brilliant yellow to orange and a deep red, the yellow and orange 'being more frequent than the red. The surface is polished [and sometimes sticky], having scattered over it a larger or smaller number of prominent, angular warty scales, which can be easily scraped off. The gills and stalk are white, and there is a large membranous collar, which hangs down from the upper part of the stem.” Clinical aspects The clinical features of poisoning by Amanita muscaria are quite as characteristic as those in Amanita phalloides intoxication and should enable physicians to distinguish clearly between the two conditions. Unfortunately, poisonous fungi are usually gath- ered by the ignorant who sometimes eat a number of different varieties and consequently the symptoms in the patients point to the combined action of different toxic principles. In general, however, there is no difficulty in recognizing the character of the intoxication. In Amanita muscaria poisoning there is usually a very short interval between the ingestion of the fungi and the first signs of trouble. This prodromal stage varies from one or two to five or six hours depending upon the amount of the fungi eaten. Careful observation of this feature will frequently be of the great- est value in deciding upon the kind of intoxication which the cases present. In the severe cases the patients show an excessive salivation and perspiration, a flow of tears, nausea, retching, vom- iting and diarrhoea with watery evacuations. The pulse may 176 Mycologia rarely be quickened, but it is usually slow and irregular. There is no fever. The respirations are accelerated and the patients dys- pnoeic, the bronchi being filled with mucus. Mental symptoms are also present, particularly giddiness with confusion of ideas and rarely hallucinations. All these symptoms may vary in their inten- sity, at some times the gastro-intestinal predominating and at other times the mental. In light cases, where small quantities of the poisonous fungi are consumed, only an excessive salivation or per- spiration may be noticed, with uneasiness and discomfort in the stomach and bowels, the symptoms subsiding spontaneously in a few hours. In the severe cases, the vomiting and diarrhoea may be so pronounced as to rid the alimentary canal of the offending material and the nervous symptoms then become the predominant ones. With large quantities of poison also the patients may show the nervous manifestations from the start, delirium, violent convul- sions, and loss of consciousness developing in rapid succession and the patients sinking into a coma from which they can be roused with difficulty if at all. Rarely, consciousness is retained till the end, the patients dying from a paralysis of respiration. Finally, in many cases, after the preliminary attack of vomiting and diarrhoea, the patients sink into a deep sleep from which they wake several hours later profoundly prostrated but on the road to recovery. In such cases the effect of the poisoning passes off rapidly, the patients being restored to normal health within two or three days. There are no late effects or after-effects in Amanita muscaria intoxication, and the prognosis is always good if the patients recover from the preliminary symptoms. Chronic lesions such as develop in Amanita phalloides intoxication and are to be referred to the degenerative changes in the internal organs, do not occur with Amanita muscaria ,27 Rarely, the nervous manifestations of “ muscaria ” intoxication become much more pronounced than the alimentary and the patients become the vic- tims of excitement and hallucinations evidencing many of the symptoms of alcoholic intoxication. This variety of poisoning is particularly common in Siberia where decoctions of Amanita mus- caria are employed to induce orgies of drunkenness in which the most disgusting practices are followed, according to Kennan.28 The physiological effect of the Siberian Amanita muscaria has Mycologia Plate CXXXIY' AGARICUS CAMPESTER HORTENSIS COOKE Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 177 never been clearly understood and the symptoms shown by the Koraks who employ the fungus as an intoxicant are seldom seen either in Europe or in America. Possibly the method of pre- serving the plants may alter the poisonous principles in them or possibly the Siberian plants do not contain the same poisonous substances as the European or American varieties. Death, how- ever, is by no means an infrequent occurrence among the Koraks from an overdose of Amanita muscaria and, as we shall see later, the active principle of the European plants, muscarin, has also been obtained from the Siberian. Autopsies upon individuals dead from the ingestion of Amanita muscaria have revealed surprisingly little. The pathological changes in the internal organs seen with Amanita phalloides are lacking, particularly the hepatic lesions. In general, the findings point to the action of a profound nerve poison (Ford2). Poisonous constituents As has already been indicated most of the early work upon the poisons in fungi was conducted upon poorly identified plants or upon lots of fungi containing a number of species, and it was not until the middle of the last century that any satisfactory work was accomplished upon Amanita muscaria. In 1869 Schmiede- berg and Koppe29 took up the study of this fungus, investigating its poison from both the chemical and pharmacological standpoint. By the most careful work they showed that Amanita muscaria contains an active principle of definite chemical composition which they called muscarin. This was at first regarded as an alkaloid of the same general nature as strychnin and morphin but later work has shown that it is probably a complex ammonia derivative. Muscarin is an extremely active substance and is present in the fungus in but small amounts. Nevertheless, it is able to exert its characteristic effect, frequently with fatal outcome. Its prin- cipal action is upon the various organs of the body through the nervous system. It produces an increased secretion from the mucus membranes and from various glands, for instance, by its stimulation of the terminal filaments of the secretory nerves, and at the same time a paralysis of the heart and respiration by a corresponding stimulation of the inhibitory nerve endings of the 178 Mycologia vagus nerve. Atropin by its depressing action upon the same nerves which muscarin stimulates, is a. perfect physiological anti- dote for the muscarin found in Amanita muscaria and also for synthetic muscarin which may be prepared by the oxidation of cholin. Its use, therefore, was at once suggested in Amanita muscaria poisoning. The work of Schmiedeberg and Koppe upon Amanita muscaria was not accepted at once, nor did it fail to arouse considerable opposition. The cases of poisoning by this fungus presented such varied symptoms that it did not seem possible that they could all be referred to the one substance muscarin and this was particu- larly true in regard to the Siberian Amanita muscaria. It was soon shown by Schmiedeberg,30 however, that the Russian fly amanitas had the same action upon animals as the European type and he was able to isolate muscarin from them. In addition to muscarin, however, Schmiedeberg31 found later in this fungus evi- dences of another substance differing from muscarin in producing a dilatation of the pupils, thus acting like atropin. This second substance Schmiedeberg called muscaridin, and he believed that its presence in Amanita muscaria in greater or less amount would modify the action of the muscarin and thus the differences in in- tensity of the symptoms in Amanita muscaria poisoning would be explained. Muscaridin was later named “ pilz-atropin ” by Ro- bert32 who states that it can be separated from commercial mus- carin by its solubility in ether. It has, however, never been iso- lated from fresh Amanita muscaria plants. Finally, Kunkel33 and other authorities maintain that the differences shown by the var- ious cases of Amanita muscaria intoxication are due to the pres- ence in the plant, in addition to muscarin, of a mixture of chem- ically related substances having entirely different pharmacological effects. This would account for the fact that atropin does not wholly neutralize the toxic action of Amanita muscaria upon animals despite the fact that it is a perfect physiological antidote for muscarin itself. This led Harmsen34 to take up the question again and he has recently been able to show that extracts of Amanita muscaria are twice as toxic weight for weight as pure muscarin, and contain a poison which produces in animals long continued convulsions with a fatal outcome, this effect not being Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 179 neutralized by atropin. This poison Harmsen calls the “ pilz- toxin.” Its presence in Amanita muscaria has never been con- firmed but some of the evidence, clinical and otherwise, indicates that muscarin may not be at all times the sole poison in Amanita muscaria. It should be noted in this connection that the term muscarin is not the name of a specific chemical substance, but of a group of at least five substances with the same formula C5H13N02 and that the effects of these various compounds upon the animal organism are quite different from each other.* A complete discussion of the various muscarins, their properties and manner of preparation may be found in the works of Zellner33 and Kobert.32 Treatment The outlook in poisoning by Amanita muscaria is more hopeful that when Amanita phalloides has been ingested, because of the lack of chronic and degenerative lesions produced by the latter species. Amanita muscaria causes an acute intoxication which comes on soon after the ingestion of the fungus, develops rapidly, and is amenable to treatment. As we have indicated above, atro- pin is a perfect physiological antidote for muscarin. Whenever, therefore, the patients show evidence of muscarin poisoning such as lacrymation, salivation, contraction of the pupils, delirium, hal- lucinations, and coma, atropin should be administered at once and in large doses. At the same time the stomach and bowels should be emptied of the ingested material by the free use of emetics and purgatives. Even though the vomiting and diarrhoea are pronounced, drugs should be employed to increase this action since it 'is essential that all the fungi be removed and the absorption of poison be prevented. In refractory cases with bad heart action, respiratory distress and coma, atropin should be administered * The bases cholin and neurin are closely related to muscarin and have both been reported in mushrooms. Neurin is very poisonous. According to Harnack (Arch. exp. Path. u. Pharmacol., 4, pp. 82 and 168 (1875)) the ama- nitin of Letellier and Speneuxi? is cholin. Clark and Kantor*t> found cholin in Amanita muscaria and other fungi. Hofmann (Dissertation, Zurich, 1906) discovered neurin in A. muscaria, but it is not certain whether it exists as such in the fungus or whether it is produced by processes of decomposition. The deadly prussic acid has been found in Marasmius oreades and Clitocybe injundibulif ormis by Offner (Bull. Soc. Mycol. de France, 27, 242, 1912). 180 Mycologia intravenously. In such cases atropin, indeed, offers the only hope of saving the patient’s life. If the symptoms seen in cases of fungus intoxication do not point clearly to muscarin as the chief cause of the trouble but rather to other poisonous principles such as the pilz-atropin of Schmiedeberg and Kobert atropine nat- urally should not be administered. Finally, whenever the patients show symptoms referable to such poisons as Harmsen’s “ pilz- toxin ” stimulants should be freely administered to tide the pa- tients over periods of weakness and depression. Amanita pantherina De Candolle Amanita pantherina is a common amanita in Europe, particu- larly in France and Germany where it is regarded as a deadly poisonous species. Boehm36 has isolated muscarin from this plant in Germany so that the active principle is probably the same as that of the “ muscaria.” The species is very common in Japan and Inoko7 believes that it represents Amanita muscaria there. Poisoning is. quite frequent in that country from its accidental con- sumption but the symptoms are by no means the same as with the true “ muscaria.” Delirium and hallucinations with visions of beautiful vari-colored objects predominate over the gastrointes- tinal symptoms, the effects being a little like those described for the Siberian “ muscaria.” The “ pantherina ” is also said to be used in Japan to produce mushroom drunkenness. Inoko has iso- lated muscarin from the Japanese Amanita pantherina and has also found in it a substance like the “pilz-atropin” of Amanita muscaria. Amanita pantherina is not common in America but Atkinson37 believes that his species Amanita cotliurnata may rep- resent a light colored form of “ pantherina ” here. In the only report upon Amanita pantherina thus far published in America (Ford and Sherrick38) no evidence was presented to show that our species contains muscarin. For the present both the real “pan- therina ” and Atkinson’s “ cotliurnata ” should be avoided by col- lectors. Should symptoms of muscarin intoxication follow their ingestion, the treatment should be along the lines already indicated, namely, complete evacuation of stomach and bowels and large doses of atropin. Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 181 Edible Amanitas Certain varieties of amanitas have long been known to be edible and indeed have been highly prized by epicures. The most im- portant species of this character are Amanita caesarea (Caesar’s agaric), Amanita rubescens Persoon and Amanita junquillea Quelet. No report has appeared in the literature in regard to the chemical properties of Amanita caesarea but Ford30 has shown that Amanita rubescens has no toxic action upon animals. Amanita junquillea likewise is free from poisonous properties ’(Ford and Brush40). Such species, while possibly safe in the hands of experts should not be collected by amateurs owing to the difficulty in properly identifying them. There are also a num- ber of amanitas which have no poisonous action upon animals, the properties of which have not been clearly established by ex- perience. Among such species are Amanita frostiana Peck (Ford23) and Amanita solitaria Bulliard (Ford30). Owing to the resemblance of Amanita frostiana to Amanita muscaria and to the difficulties in the recognition of Amanita solitaria it would be un- wise to recommend either of these species. Much the same may be said of Agaricus amygdalinus Curtis possibly identical with Agaricus fabaceus Berkeley which causes unpleasant symptoms on ingestion but which has never been reported as causing serious illness (Ford and Sherrick38). Lepiota morgani Peck The “ green-spored ” lepiota is a handsome plant growing with great freedom in the Ohio valley. In its favorite localities Lepiota morgani thrives in grassy pastures as well as in woods and this fact has been the cause of confusing it with the edible Agaricus campestris. The green spores of this fungus ought to serve as a sufficiently striking characteristic to prevent mistaking it for any edible fungus. Chestnut41 has collected evidence that showed that Lepiota morgani often has caused serious illness and at least one death. Plis physiological experiments indicated that speci- mens of this plant from the District of Columbia were definitely poisonous to animals and that heating destroyed the greater part of its toxic properties. 182 Mycologia Clitocybe illudens Schweinitz There has always been a tradition that this species is poisonous and not pleasant to eat. Several cases of poisoning from its con- sumption are recorded but it seems not to have caused fatal re- sults. Clitocybe illudens grows in clumps at the base of tree trunks where its bright orange-brown color and phosphorescent glow at night seem to have attracted unfavorable attention. Ford42 has reported that this fungus produces an acute intoxica- tion in guinea pigs and that boiling the extracts of the plant seems to destroy the toxic properties as is sometimes the case with Amanita muse aria. Recently Clark and Smith11 have investi- gated Clitocybe illudens and have found that upon the exposed frog heart it exerts a typical muscarin effect, which is neutralized at once by the application of atropin solutions. On the whole we may safely say that Clitocybe illudens is a dangerous fungus since it contains a muscarin-like substance having a powerful action on the nervous system. Clitocybe dealbata sudorifica Peck The original species, Clitocybe dealbata Sowerby, has usually been considered harmless but Peck43 investigated a reported case of poisoning by it and has found that a form of Clitocybe deal- bata causes profuse perspiration and discomfort. In consequence, Peck gave this form the varietal name sudorifica and advised caution in its use as food. Ford and Sherrick44 have found that this fungus causes effects upon animals that are nearly identical with those produced by Amanita muscaria. As mentioned in the discussion of Clitocybe illudens, Clark and Smith have found that Clitocybe illudens shows a typical muscarin action also ; there- fore it seems likely that these two clitocybes may contain nerve poisons nearly as active as muscarin. Lactarius torminosus Fries As a general rule, specimens of the genus Lactarius are edible but this particular species has always been looked upon askance by mushroom eaters because of the painful gastro-intestinal dis- orders it causes. Ford42 has studied its action on animals and has demonstrated that it can produce an acute intoxication with only Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 183 a few of the characteristic muscarin symptoms. It is worthy of note that the poison is destroyed by heating, as previously reported by Kunkel.45 Goldman46 has reported cases of poisoning by Lac- tarius torminosus in Germany. Russula emetica Fries The tendency of this brilliant species to cause gastro-intestinal disturbances with vomiting is well known and this reputation has prevented its use as food. Robert32 has isolated three basic sub- stances from it; cholin, muscarin, and an atropin-like substance already mentioned in the discussion of Amanita muscaria. The emetic properties of this fungus are usually sufficient to cause its expulsion as soon as the material reaches the stomach and thus prevent absorption of the poison. Pholiota autumnalis Peck Peck47 has called attention to the fact that this supposedly harmless mushroom may be the cause of fatal poisoning and Ford and Sherrick38 have studied its action on animals and have shown that it is acutely toxic to them. At the autopsy the hearts were found greatly dilated in every case and atropin did not neutralize this peculiar heart-dilating effect. Evidently the poison is a pow- erful one of unknown nature. Inocybe infida (Peck) Earle This is so small a plant that it is not likely to fall into the hands of mushroom eaters. Murrill,48 however, has recorded the pois- oning of a family of several persons who had eaten Inocybe infida by mistake for another similar but edible fungus. Clark and Kantor49 have isolated from this plant, by methods planned to ex- tract muscarin from Amanita muscaria, a small amount of a poison causing long continued paralysis in frogs. The symptoms shown by the frogs were not typical of muscarin but did indicate a definite and powerful action on the nervous system. In a later series of experiments Clark and Smith11 applied the same extrac- tion methods to both Inocybe infida and Clitocybe illudens, ob- taining substances which had a characteristic muscarin effect upon the frog’s heart, the effect being neutralized by atropin. Further 184 Mycologia investigations are needed upon these fungi to determine more clearly the relationship of their toxic principles to those found in Amanita muscaria. Inocybe infelix Peck While this plant has never been investigated from the stand- point of edibility, it has been shown by Ford42 that it contains a definite poison for both rabbits and guinea pigs, which resists des- iccation and boiling. In these animals the fungous extract in small doses produced a deep sleep from which they awoke in a few hours apparently well, while with large doses profound and acute intoxication developed from which they died in a short time. The animals did not show the characteristic “ muscaria ” effects and Ford was therefore led to conclude that Inocybe infelix con- tained a narcotic poison of some sort. Further work is required in regard to the qualities of this species, particularly since the symptoms noted in the poisoned animals are not entirely inconsis- tent with muscarin poisoning. Inocybe decipiens Bresadola This fungus has not thus far been tested for edibility, but it has been shown by Ford and Sherrick38 that it contains a poison be- longing to the muscarin-pilocarpin series. In large animals it causes an acute intoxication resembling that produced by Aman- ita muscaria with lacrymation, salivation, contracted pupils, and labored respiration as the chief symptoms. Upon the frog's heart the fungus extracts had the typical “ muscaria ” effect causing a stoppage in diastole which was neutralized by atropin. Inocybe decipiens should, therefore, be grouped with the deadly poisonous fungi, as liable to contain muscarin. The Hebelomas Ivobert50 states that both Hebeloma rimosum and Hebeloma fastibile contain muscarin-like poisons, the nature of which is un- known. Mycologists have usually regarded the genus Hebeloma as unfit for food. At the present time little is known of American specimens of this group, either from the systematic or toxicological standpoint. Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 185 The Entolomas In Europe, both Entoloma lividum and Entoloma sinuatum are classed among the poisonous fungi. According to a recent collec- tion of cases by Sartory1- in France, Entoloma lividum is an ex- tremely dangerous fungus, causing severe illness and occasionally death. Sartory believes that Entoloma lividum is nearly as pois- onous as some of the various forms of Amanita phall'oides. The Panaeolus species In this group, Panaeolus papillionaceus and Panaeolus retirugis are reputed to produce hilarity and a mild intoxication in man. Ford42 has studied an American form of Panaeolus retirugis and has found it to be poisonous to guinea pigs, producing in them a peculiar kind of intoxication which resulted in death but left no lesions apparent at autopsy. Boletus luridus Schaeffer Among the usually harmless Polyporaceae this species has al- ways had an unsavory reputation. Boehm36 has isolated muscarin from Boletus luridus and has thus shown that there is good ground for including this boletus among the poisonous fungi. Boletus luridus is not a common plant in America and may not exist here at all in the form found in Europe. Boletus satanus Lenz Besides the Boletus luridus just mentioned it is likely that Bole- tus satanas also contains a poisonous principle- Utz31 found a basic substance in this fungus and named it boletin but from its chemical properties and its physiological action we may con- clude that he probably was dealing with muscarin. Like Bole- tus luridus it is uncertain whether this species occurs in America. It is often said that one is never in danger from eating any bole- tus but the possibility of muscarin occurring in some of this group is enough to cause one to use caution in eating unfamiliar species, even if nothing worse than gastro-intestinal disturbances are produced. 186 Mycologia Boletus miniato-olivaceus Frost In 1899 Collins52 reported cases of poisoning from eating Bole- tus miniato-olivaceus variety sensibilis but nothing more was learned of this species until recently when Ford and Sherrick44 made experiments with it. They showed that extracts from the plant killed guinea pigs in several days but that rabbits were not affected. The guinea pigs became emaciated but nothing charac- teristic was noted at autopsy. Polyporus officinalis Fries From this polypore a definite poisonous substance has been isolated, having the name agaricinic acid, and the chemical formula C14H27OH ( COOFI ) ,. This substance is used to a small extent in medicine to lessen excessive perspiration but cannot be given in large doses as it causes vomiting and purging by its strong irritat- ing effect upon the mucous membranes. Jahns53 and also Hof- meister54 have made careful studies on the preparation and the physiological action of agaricinic acid. Gyromytra esculenta Fries Years ago the poisoning from the false morel was reported fre- quently in Germany but within the past few years the only note of such accidents is that of Lovegren55 who has described several cases in which the lesions pointed to a hemolytic intoxication. The action of this fungus upon man and upon animals is by no means definite, however, and much work must be done before the matter is clarified. The European variety of the false morel, Morchella esculenta or Gyromytra esculenta, has been shown by the researches of Boehm and Kiilz56 to contain a hemolytic poison, helvellic acid, and this agrees with the observations which have been made clinically. Accidents from poisonous morels have not been reported in America and no observations have thus far been made with this fungus collected in America except on one occasion (Ford and Sherrick38) when it was found to have no hemolytic action or poisonous effect upon animals. Prophylaxis Mushrooms are usually eaten for their flavor which makes them an agreeable relish and food-accessory rather than a staple article Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 187 of diet. There is no general cook-book test to distinguish the dangerous fungi from the edible ones. The habits and appearance of the poisonous species must be studied until one may recog- nize them with the same ease and certainty as any of the common plants of our gardens. Neglect of this precaution in gathering mushrooms for the table will sooner or later cause a typical attack of poisoning, and in such cases it should be remembered that the mortality is often as high as in any of the most fatal diseases. The rapidly increasing number of deaths in this country from mush- room poisoning shows that some effort must be made to dissem- inate exact information about the dangerous species in order to prevent unnecessary suffering and death. There is a tradition in this country and Europe that treating Amanita muscaria (Coville57) with vinegar and salt water re- moves the poisonous constituents. This treatment if repeated sev- eral times would probably remove muscarin and similar substances but the danger from incomplete extraction of the poison is still too great to recommend its use. In the case of Amanita phal- loides, Radais and Sartory5S have shown that such treatments do not reduce the toxicity of the fungus in spite of popular belief to the contrary. There is little doubt that in some countries people habitually eat Amanita muscaria in small quantities, both treated and untreated, with no apparent signs of poisoning, but this does not warrant us in ever allowing ourselves to experiment upon the edibility of such poisonous fungi. Generally, in this country, no one eats Amanita muscaria because of its well known dangers. In some of our investigations (Clark and Smith11) on American specimens of this plant from different localities we found apparently great differences in toxicity, possibly due to local variation. Furthermore, under certain conditions, heat may destroy the poisons in Amanita muscaria as reported by Ford42 and others, but neither does this observation warrant us in con- cluding that the dangers from eating this fungus are overestimated. The first necessary prophylactic measure is to impress upon mushroom lovers that there is no easy empirical test to distinguish between the edible and poisonous fungi. No one should eat an unfamiliar mushroom until it has been identified as a harmless species by a well-trained mycologist. It is not difficult to learn 188 Mycologia to know fungi at a glance if one is willing to study them closely and to remember the points of difference in form, color, and habit among the various species. Unfortunately, there are a few “mushroom handbooks” in this country, which are unfailing sources of misinformation, and they have evidently been written by people of no training and poor judgment. In one case, color plates of Amanita muscaria and Amanita caesaria have the names of these two species transposed. Identifications based on pictures are dangerous unless the publication of such unreliable books is prevented. After all, the number of poisonous species is very small and when they are eliminated there are still many desirable fungi which are perfectly safe esculents. So far we have mentioned only the prophylactic measures to be taken in eating wild mushrooms gathered in the fields, but there is a broader phase to be considered ; this is the question of mushrooms in the public markets. If these markets are supplied by wild fungi gathered for the purpose it is necessary to see that no poisonous species become mixed with the others. In European countries many of the public markets have an official mushroom inspector, whose duty it is to examine all lots of fungi before they are exposed for sale and to condemn all fungi not known to be entirely harmless to man. With the increasing taste for mush- rooms in this country and the larger stocks carried during the season, it may become necessary for us to control our mushroom supply in a similar manner. Several deaths have been caused by poisonous fungi bought in our public markets. Even the use of cultivated mushrooms does not guarantee im- munity from trouble by poisoning since it is believed by several investigators that harmless fungi may become poisonous if kept too long before consumption (Kobert59). This often happens in markets and restaurants where mushrooms become slightly de- composed before they can be sold. Another danger is that cooked mushrooms may develop toxic properties after being kept during the summer weather and again served at subsequent meals (Frey00). On chemical ground it is easy to see that the unstable nitrogenous substances in edible fungi could easily be changed into toxic constituents by the action of microorganisms. This is an- other matter that ought to be studied by chemical and pharma- Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 189 cological methods before we can feel at all satisfied with our present knowledge of the properties of poisonous mushrooms. Bibliography 1. Paulet: Traite des champignons. Paris, 1793. 2. Ford: A clinical study of mushroom intoxication. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Vol. XVIII, pp. 123-130, 1907. 3. Bulliard: Histoire des champignons de France. Paris, 1791-1812. 4. Bardy: Bull. Soc. Philomat. des Vosges, Vol. IX, 1883-1884. 5. Guillaud: Bull. Soc. Mycolog. de France, Vol. 1, p. 123, 1885. 6. Falck: Handbuch der gesammten Artzneimittellehre mit Einschluss dor Toxicologie, Bd. 1, Heft 12, p. 282. 7. Inoko: fiber die giftigen Bestandtheile und Wirkungen des japanischen Pantherschwammes. Mittheil. a. d. med. Fac. d. K. Jap. Univ. Tokio, Bd. I, No. 4, pp. 313-331, Tokyo, 1890. See also No. 3, pp. 277— 306, 1889. 8. Palmer: Quoted by Forster in Medical Communications to the Mass. Med. Soc., Vol. 15, p. 209, 1890. 9. Forster: Mushrooms and mushroom poisoning. Bost. Med. and Surg. Jour., Vol. 123, pp. 267-272, 1890. 10. Gillot: fitude medicale sur 1’empoisonnement par les champignons, Lyon, 1900. 11. Clark and Smith: Toxicological studies on the mushrooms Clitocybe illu- dens and Inocybe infida. Mycologia, Vol. V, pp. 224-232, 1913. 12. Sartory: Les empoisonnements par les champignons (£te de 1912), Paris, 1912. 13. Ferry: fitude sur les amanites — Les amanites mortelles. Suplement a la Revue Mycologique, 1911. 14. Plowright: Case of fatal fungus poisoning — By Agaricus [Amanita] phal- loides. Lancet, Vol. 2, p. 941, 1879. 15. Ford: The pathology of Amanita phalloides intoxication. Jour, of Infect. Dis., Vol. s, pp. 116-132, 1908. 16. Letellier: Dissertation sur les proprietes, medicales et veneneuses des champignons, etc., Paris, 1826. 17. Letellier and Speneux: Recherches sur les principes toxiques des cham- pignons. Annales d’hyg. pub. et de med. leg., Series II, Tome 27, pp. 7i—7S» 1867. 18. Boudier: Les champignons au point de vue de leurs caracteres usuels, chimiques, et toxicologiques, 1866, Paris. 19. Ore: Recherches experimentelles sur l’empoisonnement par l’agaric bul- beux. Arch, de Phys. norm, et path., Series II, Tome 4, ninth year, pp. 274-309, Paris, 1877. 20. Robert: Uber Pilzvergiftung. St. Peters, med. Wochnschr., Bd. XVI, pp. 463 and 471, 1891. See also reference No. 59. 21. Ford: The toxines and antitoxines of poisonous mushrooms. Jour, of Inf. Dis., Vol. Ill, pp. 191-224, 1906. 22. Abel and Ford: On the poisons of Amanita phalloides. Jour, of Biol. Chem., Vol. II, pp. 273—288, 1907. See also: Further observations on the poisons of Amanita phalloides. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharm., “ Schmiedeberg-Festschrift, 1908,” pp. 8-15. 190 Mycologia 23. Schlesinger and Ford: On the chemical properties of Amanita phalloides. Jour, of Biol. Chem., Vol. Ill, pp. 279—283, 1907. 24. Ford and Prouty: Note on the Amanita-toxin. Jour, of Pharm. and Exper. Ther., Vol. 1, p. 389, 1909. 25. Ford: The distribution of poisons in the amanitas. Jour, of Pharm. and Exper. Ther., Vol. 1, pp. 275-287, 1909. 26. Farlow: Some edible and poisonous fungi, Bulletin No. 15, Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, 1898. 27. Prentiss: Five cases of mushroom poisoning, three of which proved fatal; treatment of the poisoning. Phila. Med. Jour., Vol. 2, p. 607. See also Ford (2). 28. Kennan: Tent life in Siberia. New edition (1910), pp. 198-200, New York. 29. Schmiedeberg and Koppe: Das Muskarin, Leipzig, 1869. 30. Schmiedeberg: See Harnack, Untersuchungen ueber Fliegenpilzalkaloide. Arch. f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. IV, pp. 168-190, 1875. 31. Schmiedeberg: Bemerkungen fiber die Muskarinwirkungen. Arch. f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. XIV, s. 376, 1881. 32. Kobert: Lehrbuch der Intoxikationen, 2d ed., Bd. II, Heft 2, p. 1224, 1906. 33. Kunkel: Handbuch.der Toxicologie. Bd. II, p. 1049, Jena, 1901. 34. Harmsen: Zur Toxicologie des Fliegenschwammes. Arch. f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. 50, p. 361, 1903. 35. Zellner: Chernie der hoheren Pilze, pp. 59—70, Leipzig, 1907. 36. Boehm: Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Hutpilze in chemischer und toxicolo- gischer Beziehung. Arch. f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. 19, p. 60, 1885. 37. Atkinson: Mushrooms, edible and poisonous. Second ed., p. 66, New York, 1903. 38. Ford and Sherrick: Further observations on fungi, particularly Clitocybe sudorifica Peck, Pholiota autumnalis Peck, and Inocybe decipiens Bre- sadola. Jour, of Pharm. and Exper. Ther., Vol. IV, p. 321, 1913. 39. Ford: On the presence of hemolytic substances in edible fungi. Jour, of Infect. Dis., Vol. 4, p. 434. 1907. 40. Ford and Brush: In press. Jour, of Pharm. and Exp. Ther., 1914. 41. Chestnut: Poisonous properties of the green-spored Lepiota. Asa Gray Bull., Vol. 8, pp. 87-93, 1900. 42. Ford: The distribution of haemolysins, agglutinins and poisons in fungi, especially the Amanitas, the Entolomas, the Lactarius, and the Inocybes. Jour, of Pharm. and Exp. Ther., Vol. II, p. 285, 1911. 43. Peck: Report of the State Botanist, 1910. New York State Museum Bul- letin No. 150, p. 43, 1911. 44. Ford and Sherrick: On the properties of several species of the Poly- poraceae and of a new variety of Clitocybe, Clitocybe dealbata sudo- rifica Peck. Jour, of Pharm. and Exper. Ther., Vol. II, p. 549, 1911. 45. Kunkel: Handbuch der Toxicologie, Bd. II, p. 1053. 46. Goldman: Ueber Vergiftung mit dem Giftpilze Agaricus torminosus. Wien. klin. Wochnschr., Bd. XIV, p. 279, 1901. 47. Peck: Report of the State Botanist 1911. New York State Museum Bul- letin 157, p. 9, 1912. Ford and Clark: Properties of Poisonous Fungi 191 48. Murrill: A new poisonous mushroom. Mycologia, Vol. i, p. 21 1, 1909. 49. Clark and Kantor: Toxicological experiments with some of the higher ' fungi. Mycologia, Vol. Ill, p. 175, 1911. 50. Kobert: Lehrbuch der Intoxikationen, 2d ed., Bd. II, Heft 2, p. 621, 1906. 51. Utz: Beitrage zur Kenntnis giftiger Pilze. Apoth. Zeitung, Vol. 20, p. 993, 1905- 52. Collins: A case of Boletus poisoning. Rhodora, Vol. 1, p. 21, 1899. 53. Jahns: Zur Kenntniss der Agaricinsaure. Arch. f. Pharm. (3d ser.), Bd. 21, p. 260—271, 1883. 54. Hofmeister: Ueber den schweissmindernden Bestandtheil des Larchen- schwammes. Arch. exp. Path. u. Pharmacol., Bd. 25, pp. 189-202, 1889. 55. Lovegren: Die Lorchelintoxikationen. Jahrb. f. Kinderheilk., Bd. XIX, p. 412, 1909. 56. Boehm and Kiilz: Ueber den giftigen Bestandtheil der essbaren Morchel (Helvetia esculenta) . Arch. f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., Bd. XIX, p^ 403, 1885. 57. Coville: Observations on recent cases of mushroom poisoning in the Dis- trict of Columbia. Circular No. 13, Division of Botany, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, Washington, 1898. 58. Radais and Sartory: Toxicite de 1’ Amanita phalloides. Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci., Vol. 153, pp. 1527-9, 1912. 59. Kobert: Lehrbuch der Intoxikationen, “ Giftschwamme,” 2d ed., Bd. II, Heft 2, pp. 614-31, Stuttgart, 1906. 60. Frey: Zwei todliche verlaufene Falle von Pilz-vergiftung, etc. Zeitsch. f. klin. Med., Vol. 75, pp. 455-471, 1912. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., Bureau of Chemistry, Washington, D. C. STUDIES IN NORTH AMERICAN PERONO- SPORALES— VI. NOTES ON MISCEL- LANEOUS SPECIES Guy West Wilson (With Plates 135 and 136, Containing 22 Figures) Kawakamia Miyabe ; Miyabe & Kawak. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 17: (306). 1903 This genus was established for the Cyperus-'mhahitmg species, Peronospora Cyperi. This fungus which is a native of Japan has been collected once at Pierce, Texas, on imported plants of its host, Cyperus tegetiformis Roxb. According to its author the genus is closely related to Phytophthora. Through the courtesy of Mrs. Flora W. Patterson the writer was enabled to make a careful study of both American and Japanese material of the spe- cies in the herbarium of the Bureau of Plant Industry. While the measurements of the American specimens are slightly larger than those of the Japanese, there is no question as to their iden- tity. The conidia present a striking likeness in outline to those of Phytophthora, but the pedicel is more conspicuous than in any species of this last genus. The genus Kawakamia appears to the present writer to agree more closely with Basidiophora. In Basidiophora the conidio- phore is much enlarged at the apex, and bears a number of cylin- dric branches on each of which a large, oval, papillate is produced. This conidium breaks away with a portion of the so-called basidial branch adhering as a pedicel-cell much as in the case of the telio- spores of the Uredinales. In Kawakamia the conidiophore is somewhat different, but strikingly similar. The conidiophore is simple and bears a single conidium on a portion of the conidio- phore which is differentiated from the remainder of the hypha both in size and structure. In appearance and structure the fertile portions of the conidiophores both of Basidiophora and of Kawa- kamia are similar. In each genus the conidia fall away with the pedicel-cell attached. As these characters are so similar in the 192 Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 193 two genera we may characterize Kawakamia as Basidiophora with- out the apical clavate enlargement of the conidiophore which bears one instead of several conidia. Peronospora Borreriae Lagerh. ; Pat. & Lagerh. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 8: 123. 1892 Like many of the other species of fungi which Professor Lager- heim collected in Ecuador the present one appears not to have been reported from additional localities. Nor is this the only point of interest in connection with this species, as it is neither a Peronos- pora in the strict sense of the word, nor does its host belong to the genus Borreria. Although the original description calls for dich- otomously branched condiophores the specimen in the Ellis collec- tion at the New York Botanical Garden shows only monopodially 4-5-times branched condiophores with the pronouncedly conic and narrowly pointed ultimate branchlets which are so characteristic of that section of the genus Rhysotheca which contains the species R. Viburni, R. ribicola , and R. Gonolobi. 'Indeed it approaches the last named species quite closely in both size and habit. The conidia are also nearest to those of that species, but their ovoid outline readily distinguishes them from those of any of the other species just mentioned. The present species should stand next to R. Gonolobi. An examination of the host shows it to be Mitro- earpus hirsutus (L.) DC., a species common throughout tropical America. We may, therefore, look for future collections of this fungus from other localities. The species should be known as Rhysotheca Borreriae (Lagerh.) G. W. Wilson. Rhysotheca Heliocarpa (Lagerh.) G. W. Wilson Bull. Torrey Club 34: 402. 1907 This species was described by Lagerheim from Ecuador on Heliocarpns. So far as the present writer has been able to learn it has not been reported in any subsequent paper. It was with considerable pleasure and surprise that a packet of material from Cuba from the collections in 1903 by the late Professor L. M. Underwood and Professor Earle was examined and found to be .this species. The material was collected at the base of El Yunque 194 Mycologia Mt., Baracoa, during the month of March. The host is a species of Triumfetta, apparently T. Lappula L., a species which was also collected in the same region. The Cuban material is slightly more slender than the Ecuadorian, but is otherwise the same. Pseudoperonospora Humuli (Miyabe & Takah.) nom. nov. Peronoplasmopara Humuli Miyabe & Takah. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. i: 153. 1907. Pseudoperonospora Celtidis Humuli Davis, Science II. 31: 753; (hyponym). 1910. Plasmopara Humuli Miyabe & Takah. in Sacc. & Trott. ; Sacc. Syll. Fung. 21: 861. 1912. This species first attracted attention by a serious outbreak in the hop-fields in the Province of Sapporo, Island of Hakkaido, Japan. It was later collected on the wild hops of the same island as well as on those of the Island of Honshu. Some years later Doctor Davis collected a fungus on the wild hops of Wisconsin which he considered quite close to P. Celtidis, but entitled to subspecific rank. Through the kindness of Mrs. Flora W. Patterson the writer has been able to examine Japanese material of this species and to compare it with specimens submitted by Doctor Davis. As in the case of Kawakamia Cyperi the measurements of the Amer- ican material do not agree exactly with those of the Japanese spe- cimens, but otherwise the similarity is too great to admit a ques- tion of their identity. Peronospora Erodii Fuckel. Fungi. Rhen. 2102. 1867 — Symb. Myc. 68. 1869 This species was issued by D. Saccardo in his Mycotheca Italica 890 as Plasmopara Erodii (Fuckel) D. Sacc. A note on the label states that in as much as the form on Erodium produces conidia which germinate by zoospores it cannot be considered identical with Peronospora conglomerata Fuckel, on Geranium, to which European mycologists usually refer it. The correctness of this observation is further supported by the form of the conidia and the type of the conidiophores which indicate that the species is a member of the genus Pseudoperonospora and should be known as Pseudoperonospora Erodii (Fuckel) G. W. Wilson. Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 195 Bremiella gen. nov.1 Conicliophores from the stomata, the branches few and quite long, the main axis breaking up dichitomously or pseudo-mono- podially, the ultimate branchelets quite long and terminating in an apophysate enlargement ; conidia papillate, basially constricted and somewhat pyriform, hyaline, germinating by zoospores: oospores conspicuously wrinkled, free in the oogonium. Type, Peronospora megasperma A. Berlese. The downy-mildew of the violets of Europe and of America are two very distinct fungi which should never have been confused. Peronospora Violae De Bary is a typical member of the genus. The American form, which was first recognized as a distinct spe- cies in 1899 and named Peronospora megasperma , is such an ano- malous form that the same author later transferred it to the genus Plasmopara. Apparently the first collection of the American species was made in April 1882 by Professor F. S. Earle, who supplied mate- rial to Ellis for his North American Fungi. Of this material Doctor Farlow writes “ The specimens received from Mr. Earle were collected in April 1883 (sic), and can be referred without doubt to this form their resemblance to P. effusa var. minor’’2 A note in a packet of this same collection in the Earle herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden calls attention to the swollen ends of the conidiophores and credits Professor Burrill with hav- ing pointed out the essential differences which we have noted between this and the European species. Upon the same authority the conidia are also said to germinate by means of zoospores. The conflicting evidence leaves it an open question whether or not both of the violet-inhabiting species occur in America. It appears, however, from an examination of the material at hand that in all probability we have in America only one species. This we have designated Bremiella megasperma (A. Berlese) G. W. Wilson. 1 Hyphis conidiophoris solitaris vel fasciculatis, e stomatibus plantarum erumpentibus, dichotomo-vel pseudo-monopodio-ramosis ; ramuli terminalis longis, apice in vesiculam apophysatam abientibus ; conidis hyalinis, pyri- formibus, apice papillatis, per zoosporas evacuantia ; oosporis subrugosis. 2 Bot. Gaz. 8: 328. 1883. 196 Mycologia Peronospora destructor (Berk.) Casp. ; Berk. Outl. Brit. Fung. 349. i860 Botrytis destructor Berk. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 6: 436. 1841. Peronospora Schleideni Unger, Bot. Zeit. 5: 315. 1847. Peronospora Schleideniana Unger : De Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 20: 122. 1863. The synonymy of this species -has been discussed briefly by Pro- fessor Whetzel,3 but as this author retains the last name in prefer- ence to the first it may not be out of place to again call attention to the nomenclatural vicissitudes of the species. First described by Berkeley as Botrytis destructor the same author later lists it under Peronospora, citing the earlier synonym, and crediting the combination to Caspary, probably in recognition of some manu- script name. Meantime Schleiden found the same species in Germany and figured it with a brief description, calling it Botry- tis ( parasitica f)4 This forms the basis of Peronospora Schlei- deni Unger, which was later amended to P. Schlcideniani in De Bary’s revision of the group. While the weight of this authority has given the latter name wide usage, the older one is the proper designation of the species. Peronospora Arenariae macrospora Farl. Bot. Gaz. 9: 38. 1884. Not Peronospora macrospora Unger. 1847 Of the six species of Peronospora which infest members of the pink family three have tuberculate oospores. Two of these spe- cies are European, P. Dianthia De Bary being found on species of Diantlius, Agrostemma, and Lychnis and P. Arenariae De Bary on Arcnaria and related genera, while the third is an American spe- cies on Silcne. In 1884 Professor Farlow first called attention to the American species, pointing out its intermediate position between the two European species just mentioned and giving it a varietal position under the later of these. An examination of American material and a comparison with both of the foreign species has convinced the writer that the form under considera- tion is entitled to specific rank. While the oospores are larger than those of P. Arenariae they are otherwise quite similar. The 3 Bull. Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta. 218: 149. 1904. 4 Grundz. Wiss. Bot., ed. 3, 2: 37. f. 106. 1849. Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 197 conidiophores are also more like those of P. Arenariae, but sug- gesting somewhat P. Dianthi. This last species, however, is some- what stouter than the others. The conidiophore of the American species is somewhat more branched than P. Arenariae and has much more slender ultimate branchlets than does the European species. As the varietal name is untenable for a species in the genus this fungus may be renamed Peronospora Silenes G. W. Wilson. Peronospora parasitica (Pers.) Fries and its segregates While it has been customary to consider any collection of Per- onospora on a Cruciferous host as certainly belonging to P. para- sitica a very wide range of variation has been allowed in the characterization of the species. True, various names have been applied, especially by the earlier authors, to the fungus as it appears on various hosts. The majority of these names, how- ever, represent what may be termed “ host species,” i. e.t their chief distinguishing characteristic is their host. The first valid segregation by an European mycologist was based on an error in the determination of the host. The case in point is P. Niessleana A. Berlese, based on a specimen in the herbarium of Niessl which was labeled P. Phyteumis Fuckel, on Phytcuma, but evidently not that species. So thoroughly con- vinced does this author appear to have been that the fungus in question was distinct from other recognized species that when it was found that the host was in reality Alliaria he retained the form as a subspecies under P. parasitica. What appears to be the same species of fungus was figured by Sowerby as Mncor Ery- simi. Berlese’s first judgment was better than his last, as the form is certainly entitled to specific rank. A careful study of a wide range of specimens has convinced the writer that there is still a third form on the Cruciferae which deserves to be accorded specific rank. The more comprehensive of the published descriptions have recognized a form of P. para- sitica with comparatively simple conidiophores which have a more open head. This form is quite widespread in America, and from the literature it appears to be common in Europe. A subspecies 11)8 Mycologia has been described from Australia by McAlpine as P. parasitica Lepidii, which is based upon essentially the same set of charac- ters. Through the courtesy of Professor McAlpine the writer has been enabled to examine cotype material of the Australian fungus which proves to be in every way identical with the Amer- ican form. The synonymy of these species and a description of the third one follows. No account is taken here of P . crispula Fuckel, on Reseda in Europe, which has frequently been referred as a syno- nym to P. parasitica, but which is certainly to be regarded as a valid species. 1. Peronospora parasitica (Pers.) Fries, Sum. Veg. Scand. 493- 1*49 Botrytis parasitica Pers. Obs. Myc. 1 : 96. 1796. Mucor Botrytis Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 559. 1802. Botrytis nivea Mart. FI. Crypt. Erlang. 342. 1817. Peronospora ochrolenca Ces. in Rab. Herb. Viv. Myc. II. 775. 1855. Peronospora Dentariae Rab. Fungi Europ. 86 — Flora 42 : 436. 1859. Peronospora Botrytis Cocconi & Morini, Mem. Acad. Sci. 1st. Bologna IV. 6: 394. 1885. 2. Peronospora Niessleana A. Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. 40. pi. 66, f. 1. 1898 ? Mucor Erysimi Sow. Eng. Fungi pi. 400, f. 7. 1803. Peronospora parisitica Niessleana A. Berlese, Icon. Fungi Phyc. 41. 1898. 3. Peronospora Lepidii (McAlp.) sp. nov. Peronospora parasitica Lepidii McAlp. Proc. Royal Soc. Victoria 7: 221. 1895. Hypophyllous or caulicolous, covering the irregular and more or less indefinite infected area with a dense white growth ; coni- diophores 3-8 from a stoma, 130-223X4-971, 3-8 times branched, the primary branches erect, the ultimate branchlets straight or somewhat recurved, arising at acute angles, about 3X8 n; conidia broadly ellipsoid or almost globose, 15-23X 18-35 n, hyaline ; oogo- Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 199 nia with a thick, yellowish membrane which does not collapse ; oospores subglobose, 25-50 /*, epispore yellowish-brown, wrinkled.5 On Brassicaceae : Arabis virginica (L.) Trek, Alabama, Underwood. Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton, Kentucky, Kellerman. Coronopus didyma (L.) J. E. Smith, North Carolina, Wilson. Lepidium apetalum Willd., Iowa, Wilson; Nebraska, Sheldon. Lepidium Virginicum L., Illinois, Seymour (Econ. Fungi 258a) ; Kansas Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 2129) ; Ken- tucky, Kellerman (Fungi Europ. 2870, N. Am. Fungi 1460b ) ; New Jersey, Hoisted (Econ. Fungi 258b ) ; North Carolina, Stevens. Lepidium sp., Idaho, A. A. & E. G. Heller, jopo. Roripa palustris (DC.) Bessey, Iowa, Hitchcock. Roripa sp., Alabama, Underwood. Sophia sp., Colorado, Bethel. Distribution: New Jersey to Alabama and Colorado. Also in Australia, and probably in Europe. Type Locality: Ardmona, Victoria, Australia, on Lepidium ruderale L. The three species on Cruciferous hosts may be briefly charac- terized as follows : P. parasitica, with much branched conidio- phores, the branches forming a dense tangled head, P. Niessleana having an open headed conidiophore which branches 2-4 times, the branches widely spreading and with the extremities rather recurved, P. Lepidii with the main branches of the conidiophore ascending, but not forming a dense head as in P. parasitica. Peronospora Schachtii Fuckel, Fungi Rhen. 1508 — Symb. Myc. 71. 1869 This species, which is readily distinguished from the others which inhabit Chenopodiaceous hosts by the straight branches of 5 Hypophyllis vel caulicolis, caespitulis densis, albis ; conidiophoris 3-8 fasciculatis, 130-223 X 4-9/i, 3-8-ies ramosis, ramis inferioribus rectis, angu- lato-divergentibus, penultimis et ultimis subulatis, acutangulo-divergentibus, rectis vel saepius recurvatis, subaequalibus, circa 3 X 8fi; conidiis late ellip- ticis vel fere globosis, 15-22 X 18-35 /u., hyalinis ; ooginis e tunica crassa, pallide-lutea, persistenti formatis 35 — 60 yu. ; oosporis subglobosis, 25-50 /x, epis- poris luteo-bruneis, rugosis. 200 Mycologia its conidiophores, has recently appeared on the sugar beet in Cali- fornia. So far as recorded the species appears to be known only on cultivated beets, except in Portugal where Professor Lager- heim found it on the wild Beta marina. Fortunately from the agricultural standpoint the fungus does not seem to thrive as well in our climate as have some other imported forms. It is to be hoped that it may not prove a serious pest here. Peronospora effusa (Grev.) Ces. This name has been applied very loosely to various members of the genus Peronospora from hosts of several widely separated families, but in recent years the name has been restricted to the Peronospora on Chenopodiaceous hosts other than the genus Beta. Two forms of P. effusa are usually recognized by mycologists, but there is such wide diversity in the application of the names that the material referred to var. minor by one author is called var. major by another. While the taxonomic history of the species is not long in list of names the earlier descriptions were drawn up at a time when “ brevity was indeed the soul of wit.” The description of Botrytis effusa Grev. is accepted as the starting point of the history of the species. This name was pro- posed for a parasite of Spinicia oleracea in Scotland. The fun- gus was figured a few years later by Desmaziers6 who represents the divaricate form on spinage. He also adds Atriplex, Cheno- p odium , Urtica and Rhinanthus to the list of hosts and makes a query as to whether or not B. effusa Grev. and B. farinosa Fries are identical. The latter species is evidently rather closely related to the former which is not mentioned by Fries. The type of B. farinosa came from leaves of Atriplex , but older saprophytic spe- cies are cited as synonyms.. From the descriptions of these two species of Botrytis we may feel sure that the first refers to the Peronospora on Spinicia and the second to that on Atriplex. The species were transferred to Peronospora by Cesati and within a few years other names were added to the synonymy of the species. Schlechtendal had just previously described a species on Chenopodium hybridum which he called Peronospora Cheno- podii. While his description is very indefinite, his material is quite <3 Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 8: pi. i. f. i, 2. 1837. Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 201 unlike that figured by Desmazieres, having flexuose branches with the ultimate branchlets strongly recurved. That is to say, if we adopt the classification proposed by Berlese the material of Greville and Desmazieres would fall in the section intermediate while that described by Schlechtendal belongs to divaricatae. That Pcronospora effusa presented a wide range of variation was first pointed out by Caspary7 who recognized two varieties, a major being the typical intermediate form of the older authors, while /? minor on A triplex patula from Bonn is the undulate form.. Recently Laubert8 discussed the variations within the accepted limits of the species and figured portions of the conidiophores of the two forms. He does not refer to the synonymy of the species nor propose any new name for either form. In the course of the review of this article Detmann removes the typical portion of the species from Pcronospora effusa and calls it P. Spinaciae n. sp. The most recent pronouncement on the question comes as an echo from the Brussels congress where the assembled botanists of the world in their wisdom decreed that those fungi not other- wise provided for should begin their historical career with Fries’s Systema. As this work contains the reference noted above to Botrytis farinosa and its saphrophytic habits but does not mention the earleir better defined and strictly parasitic Botrytis effusa, Doctor Keissler concludes that it is necessary to take up Botrytis farinosa and drop P. effusa to the realm of prehistoric nomen- clature. He accordingly transfers the name to Pcronospora, cites the stock synonyms, and then issues in “ Kryptogamae exsiccatae ” i82p two specimens, “a) Austria inferior: ad folia Chcnopodii albi L . ... b) Hungaria : ad folio Chcnopodii hybridi L. . . . ” The first of these is P. farinosa as treated in the present paper, while the second belongs to the other side of the species. A careful study of these forms leads to the conclusion that as usually construed Pcronospora effusa consists of two quite dis- similar species. The complete synonymy as well as the list of hosts from which material was studied follows. r Rab. herb. Viv. Myc. II. cent. 2. IJ2. 1855. 8 Gartenflora 55: 433-440. f. 45. 1906. 202 Mycologia 1. Peronospora effusa (Grev.) Ces. in Rab. Herb. Viv. Myc. I. 1880. 1854 Botrytis effusa Grev. FI. Edin. 468. 1824. Peronospora effusa a major Casp. Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1855: 328- 1855. Peronospora Spinaciae Detmann, Bot. Cent. 105 : 25. 1907. Hosts: America, Chenopodium album, C. hybridum, Mono- lepis Nuttalliana, Spinicia oleracea. Europe, Chenopodium poly- spermum, C. hybridum, Spinacia oleracea. Most abundant on Spinacca oleracea. 2. Peronospora farinosa (Fries) Keissler, Ann. K. K. Naturh. Hofm. Wein25: 229. 1911 Botrytis farinosa Fries, Symb. Myc. 3: 404. (Excl. synonymy.) 1823. Erineum atriplicinum Nestler; Fee, Mem. Phyll. et Erineum 59. 1834. Peronospora Chenopodii Schlecht. Bot. Zeit. 10 : 619. 1852. Monosporium Chenopodii Schlecht. Bot. Zeit. 10: 619. 1852. ? Peronospora Chenopodii Casp. Bot. Zeit. 12 : 565. 1854. Peronospora effusa /? minor Casp. ; Rab. Herb. Viv. II. IJ2. 1855. Peronospora epiphylla Pat. & Lagerh. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 7 : 167. p. p. 1891. Hosts: America, Chenopodium album, C. hybridum, C. lepto- spermum, Europe, Atriplex patulla, Chenopodium album, C. Bonus-Henricus, C. glaucum, C. hybridum, C. Murale, C. rubrum, Spinacia oleracea. Asia, Chenopodium album. Most abundant on species of Chenopodium and Atriplex. Species of Peronospora which infest Euphorbiaceae Four species of Peronospora have been described from hosts of the family Euphorbiaceae. The first of these was P. Pepli Durieu9 which was found in France on Euphorbia Peplis L. While the author does not give a formal description of his plant he speaks of the conidiophores in a way to bear out his statement 0 Ann. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 20: — (13). 1855. Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 203 that the fungus is similar to Botrytis parasitica. It would appear that he had a species of Peronospora, but it is impossible to say which one without seeing material of his collection. In the course of his remarks he refers to the remarkable phenomenon of the same plants also harboring a species of Erysiphe, and, to judge from the comments of his contemporaries, the material which he disturbed among them contained only the later fungus. In 1863 Fuckel issued in his Fungi Rhen. 40 a Peronospora on Euphorbia platyphylla, naming it P. Euphorbiae, and in his mono- graph of the same year De Bary described another species from Euphorbia Syparissias as P. Cyparissiae.10 Through the kindness of Doctor Tranzschel it has been possible to examine material from Fuckel’s exsiccati. A comparison of this with authentic material of P. Cyparissiae shows them to be distinct from each other as well as from the species to be mentioned later. P. Eu- phorbiae has hyaline conidia, while P. Cyparissiae has violet ones. P. Euporbiae has slender conidiophores which are 6-8 times branches, the ultimate branchlets rather widely divergent, the branches straightish, and forming a rather close head. P. Cypar- issiae has a stouter conidiophore with more erect habit, and a closer head, the ultimate branchlets also widely divergent. As the oospores of P. Cpyarissiae are unknown no comparison on this point can be made. . The next species to be described was P. andina Speg.11 from Argentina, which is much smaller than the preceding. The coni- diophores are rather small, branching 3-5 times, the branches spreading, the ultimate branchlets rather flexuose, and forming an open head. The conidia are hyaline. The oospores are unknown. The North American species of Peronospora on hosts of this family has been variously recorded as P. Euphorbiae and P. Cyparissiae. A close study of the American fungus and a com- parison with these European species shows it to differ in' several respects from either of them. As our species has violet conidia we can dismiss P. Euphorbiae with the remark that its oospores are more wrinkled than those of our species. Its conidia, while of the same color as those of P. Cyparissiae are slightly more 10 Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 20: 124. . 11 Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires III. 12: 282. f. 3. 1909. 204 Mycologia rounded, while the conidiophores present still more marked con- trasts. In the American species the conidiophores are more branched than in either of the European species, the branches are rather flexuose and incurved, forming a denser head than in either of these species. In our species, the conidiophore branches are more slender and the ultimate branchlets longer than in the Euro- pean. As this series of differences is sufficient to warrant the separation of our form as a distinct species, a diagnosis follows, under the name Pcronospora Chamaesycis, as all its hosts belong to this segregate of Euphorbia. Peronospora Chamaesycis sp. nov. Hypophyllous, forming a dense bluish felt-like growth on the host, epiphyllous discoloration not prominent, rather chloratic or somewhat yellowish ; conidiophores solitary or only two or three from a stoma, 200-450X6-10 /x, branching 6-9 times, the branches elongate, slender, more or less flaccid, and having a tendency to be incurved, more or less flexuose, the ultimate branchlets at right angles, subequal, the axial longer, somewhat subulate, slen- der, straight, 5-8X2-4/A; conidia globose to ovoid, 20-28X12- 20 fi, violet ; oogonia thin walled, yellowish ; oospores 30-40 fi, yellowish-brown, epispore smoothish or more or less wrinkled.12 Type, on Chamaesyce serpens (H.B.K.) Small, Rooks County, Kansas, E. Bartholemew, Aug. 25, 1902. Issued as Fungi Col- umbiana 1750, in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. On Euphorbiaceae : Chamaesyce glyptosperum (Engelm.) Small ( Euphorbia glyp- tosperum Engelm.), Nebraska, Bates (Fungi Columb. 2338). Chamaesyce humistrata (Engelm.) Small ( Euphorbia humi- strata Engelm.), Indiana, Wilson. Chamaesyce maculata (L.) Small ( Euphorbia maculata L.), Illinois, Conkling; Indiana, Arthur Wilson; Iowa, Hitch- cock', Wilson; Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. Fungi 216) ; New Jersey, Ellis. 12 Maculis epiphyllis decoloratis, griseo- vel diluto-aureiis ; conidiophoris hypophyllis, dense caespitosis, 1—3 e stomatibus erumpentis, 200—450 X 6—io/x, 6-9-ies ramosis, ramis elongatis, gracilibus, flaccidis, incurvatus, flexuosis, ultimis subequalibus, axilibus longiore, subulatis, rectis, 5-8 X 2-4 /a; conideis globosis vel ovoideis, 20-28X12-20^, violaciis; oogoniis auriis ; oosporis 30-40 /x, aureo-bruneis, episporeis crassis. Wilson : Studies in North American Peronosporales 205 Chamaesycc serpens (H.B.K.) Small ( Euphorbia serpens H.B.K.), Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 1750). Chymaesyce stictospora (Engelm.) Small ( Euphorbia sticto- spora Engelm.), Nebraska, Bates (Fungi Columb. 2128). Distribution : Throughout the northeastern United States. Peronospora Trifoliorum De Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 20: 1 17. 1863 This species, which has been known in America until recent years as most abundant on certain species of Astragalus, has appeared on alfalfa ( Medicago sativa ) in numerous localities from New York to California. In some localities it appears to be of rather slight economic importance, while in others it is re- ported to cause serious trouble. To judge from the specimens available for study the form on Medicago is slightly more slender than that on Trifolium, and several times as abundant, even in Europe, on that host as on all the various species of Trifolium together. It would appear that the species is made up of races only slightly different from each other morphologically, hut with unequal virulence. Peronospora Plantaginis Underw. Bull. Torrey Club 24: 83. 1897 This is a quite different species from the older and better known P. alta Fuckel, which is common in the northern states on Plantago major and other broad-leaved perennial species of the genus. The conidiophores of P. Plantaginis are a trifle stouter, with a smaller head, and straighter branches, with the ultimate branchlets much smaller. The conidia are also shorter and not so blunt as in P. alta. This species is found on Plantago aristata from North Carolina to Alabama. In the region of Raleigh, North Carolina, where the writer had the opportunity of studying the fungus in the field it was very abundant, sometimes appearing to he quite injurious to its host. The oospores of neither P. Plantaginis nor P. alta have been described. It is consequently a matter for regret that the speci- men on Plantago pusilla from Alabama in the Ellis collection has no conidiophores so that the species of Peronospora could he de- 206 Mycologia termined, as oospores are present in abundance. They very evi- dently belong to a species of Peronospora, rather than to a Chytri- diaceous fungus. They are yellowish-brown, quite large, measur- ing 60-95 P across, and have a conspicuously wrinkled epispore. Peronospora Phlogina Dietel & Holway, Bot. Gaz. 19: 306. 1894 Two species of Peronospora have been described from hosts of the family Polemoniaceae. The first of these, P. Phlogina, was described from material collected by Professor Holway at Deco- rah, Iowa, on Phlox divaricata. The next year P. Giliae Ellis & Ev.13 was described from northern Idaho on an undetermined species of Gilia. Such is the uncertainty of matters taxonomic that the host is no longer considered to belong to that genus, but to one of the recent segregates, fit accordingly bears the name Microsteris gracilis (Dough) Greene. While the two species of fungi have found their way into separate sections of the genus Peronospora in Berlese’s monograph they agree in all essential details. The conidiophores are of the same type, the conidia present less variation than do those of some species of the genus, and all together there does not appear to be more variation than can reasonably be expected in a species, especially one so poorly known. These species, therefore, must be united under the older name. Peronospora Potentillae De Bary, and its segregates While various species of Peronospora have been described on widely separated genera of Rosaceae they have, with the excep- tion of P. sparsa Berk, on species of Rosa, at one time or another been referred to P. Potentillae. Three of these species are present in America, and it is with these that we are at present concerned. Peronospora Potentillae De Bary, the older of these species, was originally described from material on a species of Potentilla. As further collections were made it was found to be prevalent on sev- eral other genera of herbaceous Rosaceae. Later two French botanists, Roze and Cornu, described Peronospora Fragaricc ,14 13 Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 276. 1895. 11 Bull. Soc. Bot. France 23: 242. 1876. Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 207 from Fragaria vesca in France. This is a very large species, the conidiophores reaching the rather startling height of a millimeter, and branching more profusely than do those of other species on Rosaceous hosts. The conidia, as might be expected, average a little larger also. As the leaves of Fragaria and certain species of Potentilla which are infected with the fungus are not suffi- ciently different either in texture or hairiness to account for the wide variation between the fungi on them we are led to conclude that they represent two valid species. The third species with which we are concerned, P. Rubi Rab.15 was distributed by Rabenhorst on Rubus fruticosus from Ger- many. In the Rubus- inhabiting fungus the conidia and conidi- ophores are nearer the same size as those of P. Potentillae than is the case with P. Fragariae. However, the two species, similar as they are, are quite readily distinguishable.. P. Rubi has conidi- ophores more branched, with longer ultimate branchlets, and a denser head, while the conidia are somewhat broader and darker in color than those of P. Potentillae. From the foregoing comparison we conclude that there are in America three species of Peronospora on Rosaceous hosts. These are P. Rubi Rab. confined to the shrubby genus Rubus, P. Frag- ariae Roze & Cornu, collected in Iowa on Fragaria, and P. Poten- tillae De Bary on various species of Agritnonia, Geum, and Potcn- tilla. Besides these P. sparsa Berk, is found occasionally on Rosa. Peronospora Arthuri Farlow, Bot. Gaz. 8: 315. 1883 This species, which appears to be rather widespread and some- what sporadic in its appearance, presents an interesting puzzle to those who follow Schroter and Fischer in dividing the species of Peronospora into two groups on the basis of oospore markings, placing in Calotheca all those species which have reticulate or tuberculate oospores and in Leiotheca those having smooth or wrinkled oospores. In the present species the oospores possess pronounced characters of both these groups, as the epispore is con- spicuously wrinkled, and thickly covered with short blunt tubercles. 15 Fungi Europ. 2676 (hyponym) 1881. — Schrot. in Cohn, Krypt. FI. Schles. 31 : 250. 1886. 208 Mycologia Peronospora trichomata Massee, Jour. Linn. Soc. 24: 48. pi. 1, f. 1. 1887 The species so designated is described as causing a serious root- rot disease of Colocasia esculenta in Jamaica. This subterranean habit is at variance with the usual place of growth of members of this family, all of which are leaf parasites, or at least grow on the aerial parts of the host. The author’s figures are not con- vincing that the fungus in question has been properly referred. It would appear from them that the conidial part of the species belongs to some genus of Hyphomycetes, probably Verticillium, and that the oosporic phase belongs elsewhere in the same group. A careful study of material from the herbarium of Professor Massee confirms this view. The species, then, is to be excluded from the genus Peronospora and transferred to the Hyphomy- cetes. As Phytophora Colocasiae Rac. is now known to cause a tuber rot in India it is not improbable that this species was the real offender, while the fungi described may have been merely secondary saprophytes. It is not impossible that the material submitted to Massee was affected by Phytophthora Colocasiae Racib., and that this fungus was overgrown by those which he described. Peronospora Nicotianae Speg. From time to time various alarmist reports have appeared as to the dire consequences of the spread of either the present species or Phytophthora Nicotianae Van Breda de Haan into tobacco growing countries other than their native lands. It is accordingly cause for some little surprise that mycologists have so far failed in the majority of cases where they have come in contact with this species to recognize it as the dreaded foe for which they were looking. The history of the species was given in brief in so far as it referred to certain hosts, in a former number of this series.10 I11 addition to the cases mentioned in that paper two others deserve mention. Harkness and Moore have recorded Peronospora sor- dida on Nicotiana Bigclovii from Nevada. This, with the record by Professor Farlow of P. Hyoscyami on N. glauca in California, would indicate that P. Nicotianae was probably not a formidable Bull. Torrey Club 35: 364. 1908. Wilson: Studies in North American Peronosporales 209 foe to the American tobacco grower. However evidence comes from a different quarter which is not so quieting. For a term of years serious outbreaks of a seed-bed disease of tobacco plants in Australia caused much loss to the tobacco growers of the colony of Victoria. Material submitted to Professor Massee for identification was pronounced P. sordid a Berk, a very different species which is confined to certain genera of Scrophulariaceae. However this Australian record is the only one of the species being found on Nicotiana Tabacum. Peronospora minima sp. nov.17 Hypophyllous, forming an irregularly distributed grayish growth over the entire under surface of the leaf, epiphyllous dis- coloration apparently merely chlorotic; conidiophores straight or slightly flexuose, 2-10 from a stoma, short and little branched, 150-300 X 8-10 jti, branching 1-3 or 4 times, the branches straight, ultimate branchlets at acute angles, axial scarcely deflected, some- times ultimate branchlets arise in groups of three, conic, 15-20 X 4-6 n, occasionally the conidiophore is reduced and bears only 3 or 4 conidia-bearing branchlets ; conidia globose, very light yel- lowish-brown, 28-32/1; oospores subglobose, 65-80 /*, epispore yel- lowish, wrinkled rather conspicuously ; oogonium rather thick walled, slightly larger than the oospore, somewhat flattened. Type, in herbarium Wilson, collected by G. Lagerheim at Tromso, Norway, on Saxifraga cernua L., Aug. 1895. This is the smallest species of the genus and stands out sharply not only from the other species on Saxifragaceae all of which are considerably larger and better developed, but from the species which it appears to approach closest as well. In size and method of branching of the conidiophores it approaches nearest to P. violacca Berk., while the globose conidia might suggest a relation- ship to some of the larger species such as P. Phyteumatis Fuckel. i" Hypophyllis, conidiophoris densis caespitosis, griseis ; conidiophoris rectis vel flexuosis, 2-10-fasciculatis, brevis, pauci ramosis, 150-300 X 8-10 ft, 1-3 vel 4-ies ramosis, ramis rectis, ultimis conicis, 15-20 X vel conidio- phoris minimis, cum 3-4 conidiis; conidiis globosis, diluto-aureo-bruneis, 28—32 n; oosporis auriis, diam., 65-80/2. 210 Mycologia Explanation of Plates CXXXV and CXXXVI Plate 133. Peronospora Lepidii and P. Chamaesycis Figs. 1 — 1 o. Peronospora Lepidii. (Figs. 1-7 on Lepidium virginicum from Kentucky — N. Am. Fungi 1406b. — Figs. 8-19 on L. ruderale, from Victoria, Australia.) Figs. 1—5. Conidiophores of the American specimens. Fig. 6. Two conidia from the same specimen. Fig. 7. Group of oospores from the same specimen. Figs. 8, 9. Conidiophores of the Australian specimen. Fig. 10. Two conidia from the same specimen. Figs. 11-13. Peronospora Chamaesycis. (On Cliamaesyce serpens from Kansas — Fungi Columb. 1750.) Fig. 11. Conidiophore. Fig. 12. Group of conidia. Fig. 13. Two oospores. Plate 136. Peronospora on Saxifragaceae Figs. 14, 15. Peronospora Chrysosplenii. (On Chrysosplenium alterni- folia from Bohemia. — Sydow Phyc. Prot. 202.) Fig. 14. Conidiophores. Fig. 15. Conidia. Figs. 16, 17. Peronospora Saxifragae. (On Sccxifraga granulata from Bohemia. — Sydow Phyc. Prot. 220.) Fig. 16. Conidiophore. Fig. 17. Conidia. Figs. 18-22. Peronospora minima. (On Saxifraga cernua from Norway.) Figs. iS'-ao. Conidiophores. Fig. 21. Group of conidia. Fig. 22. Two oospores. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, New Brunswick, New Jersey. Mycologia Plate CXXXV 4* Jr v i— io. PERONOSPORA LEPIDII; 11-13. PERONOSPORA CHYM/ESYCIS Mycologia Plate CXXXVI 14, 15. PERONOSPORA CHRYSOSPLENI; 16. 17. PERONOSPORA SAXI- FRAGE; 18-22. PERONOSPORA MINIMA CONIDIUM PRODUCTION IN PENICILLIUM1 Charles Thom Certain morphological features are common to the species which for convenience are lumped together under the generic name, Penicillium. CONIDIOPHORES The fertile hyphae or conidiophores may arise as branches from submerged or from aerial hyphae. They are septate except when they are very short. They have approximately the same diameter as the vegetative hyphae from which they branch. They are uni- form in diameter from point of origin to the point where the conidium-producing complex of cells begins to form. The apex of the uppermost cell is frequently though not always swollen somewhat like the vesicle of Aspergillus, and the distal ends of branches if such are present are commonly also swollen, but the appearance of such swelling is not a uniform character within the species. The conidiophore proper should be measured from the point of origin to the base of the fruiting group of cells or branches. This part ceases to grow in length when fruiting com- mences, hence this measurement is more characteristic than a measurement including fruiting mass which frequently increases in length for several weeks by the production of new conidia. Conidial Apparatus2 The essential organ of conidium production in this group is the fertile cell which has been differently named by various work- ers as a basidium by Brefeld, Stoll, the writer in part, as sterigma, by Westling, Bainier, Wehmer, and others. The term “ conidii- ferous cell ” was used in the English descriptions of writer’s prev- ious paper because the word had no morphological significance in 1 Published by permission of the Secretary of Agriculture. 2 This section of the paper was presented to the Botanical Society of America at Washington, D. C., December 27, 19 11, under the title “The Con- nective between Conidia of Penicillium,” with an abstract appearing in Sci- ence, N. S., vol. 35, no. 891, January 26, 1912, pp. 149-150. 211 212 Mycologia other groups. The use of these terms has been fully discussed by Westling3 who prefers the term sterigma. These fertile cells are uninucleate, tubular ratber than flaskshaped. While not uni- form in diameter such swelling as is found is usually about the middle of the length. The variations in shape are such as may be easily attributed to the effect of crowding many such cells into compact verticils upon the dome-like apex of the fertile branch. The diameter of the cell is usually a little less than that of the branch below it. The tubular form with an average diameter is maintained to a length varying somewhat but fairly characteristic for each species. There is, then, a more or less abrupt reduction to a smaller tube (figure a ), from which the conidia arise. This tube may be found to vary within the field of the microscope from imperceptible to several microns in length. Conidium Formation The process of conidium formation as far as it has been fol- lowed cytologically, involves the division of the cell nucleus, the migration of one of the daughter nuclei to the tip of the tube which grows rapidly in length, the formation of a cross-wall in the tube at a distance from the tip characteristic for the species, and the swelling of the new conidium to the size and shape typical for the species. Some preparations give no hint of this process. If conidium formation be for some reason arrested, the newest conid- ium may rest directly upon the basal cell without a vestige of a tube between. In other cases, a tube several microns long may separate the conidium from the main body of the parent cell. Every gradation may be found in the same culture if it is watched over a period of several days to several weeks. No species has shown conidia globose from the first. Such appearances may be easily found but examination of fresher or younger colonies shows them to be misleading. However quickly the stage may pass, the conidium of Penicillium arises as a cylindrical or barrel- shaped segment cut by cross-wall from the end of the fertile tube of the conidiiferous cell. This tube was designated by the writer in a previous paper as the sterigma because of its really permanent character as a conidium-forming organ of the cell. One might reasonably designate it a character of the genus. 3 Westling, R., Arkiv. f. Bot. Bd. II (1911), no. 1, pp. 1-156- Thom: Conidium Production in Penicillium 213 Connective Once formed, the conidium reaches characteristic form and size by swelling and laying down new walls for itself within the pri- mary wall which is continuous with that of the parent cell. The appearance of a connective (bridge, or disjunctor) is due to this old wall. The presence of this connective is figured by various authors and noted as common, but without explanation by West- ling. The appearance arises in certain species4 and especially in particular media from the swelling and rounding up of the new cell within the old wall. Such formation is more frequent in Fig. i. Conidium formation and the connective in Penicillium : a, conidium- bearing cell showing the tube and a conidium in its elliptical stage ; b, d, f, chains of conidia showing different appearances of the connective but no cross- walls ; c, e, chains of conidia in which the original cross-wall shows. media poor in nutrients especially in carbohydrates. In such cases the new wall following the plasma membrane, splits away from the old at the ends of the cell leaving an apparently empty space bridged across by the lines made by the primary wall. In espec- ially favorable cases the original cross wall can be traced. Com- monly the cells remain in contact with the center of the cross-wall where doubtless protoplasmic connections from cell to cell are con- tinued for some time. In many cases, interpretation of the ap- pearance would be impossible unless the true arrangement of walls had been traced out in these favorable forms. * These statements are equally true for all species of Aspergillus examined by the writer. 214 Mycologia In preparations which show no connective the explanation is equally simple, the primary wall adheres to the new or secondary wall, and takes the shape of the new cell. In some species con- idia are delicately granular, rough, or spinulose in particular rows >or cultures and not in others. There is some reason to think that these cases of conidia occasionally granular are due to the presence of this old wall which takes that form under such conditions and not under others. It has not been possible to define these con- ditions or prove the suggestion thus far. Shape and Measurements of Conidia Much weight has been frequently given to shape and measure- ment of conidia. Westling has based his key to species upon data of this kind. Examination of his descriptions shows that he has seen the great variation of both factors even in cultures upon prune-gelatine. When successive cultures upon media of de- cidedly different composition are compared the contrasts become greater still. Even upon a single medium the difficulty of deter- mining which of the sizes and shapes shall be taken as typical is noted by Westling himself, and fully appreciated by the writer with Westling’s own cultures and his paper in hand for verifica- tion upon prune-gelatine. As noted by Westling in his descrip- tions of species certain forms give very uniform data while others are variable. Among these variable forms, the conidia may be nearly all definitely elliptical in one culture and predominantly globose upon the next culture in another substratum but grown from these elliptical spores. Metulae Westling has measured and described carefully the branches bearing the conidiiferous cells or sterigmata. To these he gives the new name metulae. In certain species the new term is found significant and useful. In others, attempts to place value upon the study of these branches as metulae have proved difficult. A con- siderable number of the forms studied show present in this position branches of very unequal length. Occasionally the same verticil would contain sterigmata, metulae and a main central branch bear- ing another verticil of metulae above; the metulae would thus be Thom: Conidium Production in Penicillium 215 formed in primary, secondary or tertiary branching groups or verticils in the same fruit mass. In other species it would be necessary to record metulae as absent so that the conidia-bearing verticils would be produced directly upon the apices of the conidio- phore and its branches. This latter conception can be readily applied in a few species. Descriptions and figuring of branching systems as typical for species involves many difficulties as is recently noted by Wehmer.5 In the same culture, corresponding septa of different conidial masses may show, single, opposite, or verticillate branching, with a change of nutrient the variation may be carried in one direction or another. Literal following of the keys furnished for generic discrimination might place different fruits of the same colony in several genera. United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. s Wehmer, C. Mycologisches Centralblatt, Bd. II (1913), heft 4, p. 197. NEWS AND NOTES Dr. Mel T. Cook delivered an illustrated lecture at the New York Botanical Garden, June 13, on diseases of potatoes. Professor H. C. Beardslee, of Asheville, North Carolina, visited the Garden July 1 on his way to Lake Placid in the Adirondacks. Professor L. H. Pennington spent several days at the Garden early in July, continuing his work upon the genus Marasmius for North American Flora. Professor T. H. Macbride, for many years professor of botany in the State University of Iowa and for some time past acting president, has recently been appointed president of the university. Mr. W. H. Long, forest pathologist for the Lhiited States De- partment of Agriculture, recently spent several days at the New York Botanical Garden, studying certain fungi of forest trees col- lected in Florida and North Carolina. Dr. Fred J. Seaver spent the early part of July at Portland, Connecticut, where he was engaged in the collection and study of local fungi, especially the fleshy Discomycetes. Miss Florence McCormick, assistant professor of agricultural botany in the Agricultural Experiment Station of Nebraska, is spending part of the summer at the New York Botanical Garden, engaged in a study of the cytology of the Mucorales. 216 News and Notes 217 The American Journal of Botany for March contains the ad- dress of the retiring president of the Botanical Society of Amer- ica on Problems and Progress of Plant Pathology. The same number also contains an article by Alban Stewart on Some Obser- vations on the Anatomy and Other Features of the Black Knot ; also an article by Professor R. A. Harper on Cleavage in Didy- miurn melanospermum (Pers.) Macbr. The entire number shows a mycological trend. The April number contains a lengthy article by Bascombe Britt Higgins on Contribution to the Life History and Physiology of Cylxndrosporium on Stone Fruits. The Botanical Gazette for April contains a note by Dr. Roland Thaxter on the ascosporic condition of the genus Aschersonia Montagne. It had been suspected that the ascosporic form, if such existed, would place this genus among the Hypocreaceae, possibly with the genus Hypocrella. After careful search for the ascosporic form of Aschersonia in the island of Grenada, the search was finally rewarded by finding a few which showed sus- picious looking pustules which proved to be perithecia. In Trini- dad, species of Aschersonia were more numerous and often showed the ascosporic stage. A study of these plants shows Aschersonia to be closely related to the genus Cordyccps. The article contains a description and illustration of the perfect stage of Aschersonia turbinata Berk. Origin of the Volva Aperture in Crvptoporus Volvatus (Peck) Hubbard This interesting species of the Polyporaceae is quite common on fire-killed specimens of Pinus rigida west of Albany. It is one of the earliest species of that family to mature. Mature speci- mens were found at intervals between May io and June i. The young specimens are nearly globose and sometimes slightly var- nished upon the upper surface, so that at first glance they might easily be taken for the button stage of Fonies ungulatus. A cross section of this stage, however, shows that the hymenium is nearly if not quite mature and the absence of any opening in the thick, 218 Mycologia hard volva naturally gives rise to the question of how that aper- ture which is seen in mature specimens originates. About the time the spores are mature, a round hole is bored in the crust-like volva by small weevils ( Plesiocis sp.), which in- vade the interior cavity of the fungus in great numbers and seem- ingly feed upon the spores. At least, they become covered with them and also invade the borings through the bark of the pines made by emerging adult bark-beetles ( Tomicus ), through which the sporophores of the fungus usually emerge. The weevil is hence an important agent in the dissemination of the spores and is responsible for the round apertures in the volva of mature speci- mens of Cryptoporus. Another beetle, one of the short-winged scavenger beetles (Pla- cusa despecta Er.) frequently takes refuge within the volva after the initial opening has been made by the weevil and may also be instrumental in the dissemination of the spores. I am indebted to Mr. D. B. Young of the New York State Museum for the insect determinations. H. D. House. INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE Baker, C. F. The lower fungi of the Philippine Islands. A bib- liographic list chronologically arranged, and with localities and hosts. Leaflets Philip. Bot. 6: 2065-2190. 14 Ja 1914. Bolley, H. L. Wheat: Soil troubles and seed deterioration. Causes of soil sickness in wheat lands. Possible methods of control. Cropping methods with wheat. N. Dakota Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107: 9-94. f. 1-45. D 1913. Caesar, L. Peach diseases. Ontario Dept. Agr. Bull. 201 : 33-59. /. 1-20. My 1912. Cook, M. T., & Martin, G. W. Potato diseases in New Jersey. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 33: 3-24. /. 1-14. [1914.] Currie, J. N. Flavor of Roquefort cheese. Jour. Agr. Research 2 : 1-14. 15 Ap 1914. Includes notes on cultural studies of Penicillium roqueforti. Davis, S. Some fleshy fungi of Stow, Massachusetts, — II. Rho- dora 16: 45-52. Mr 1914. Dodge, B. 0. The morphological relationships of the Florideae and the Ascomycetes. Bull. Torrey Club 41 : 157-202. f. 1-13. 22 Ap 1914. Fawcett, H. S. The potato wart disease. Calif. Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. 1 : 733-736. /. 220, 221. S. 1912. A fungous disease caused by Chrysophlyctis endobiotica Schilb. Floyd, B. F., & Stevens, H. E. Melanose and stem-end rot ( Phomopsis citri Fawcett). Univ. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. hi: 3-16. /. 1-9. D 1912. Harper, R. A. Cleavage in Didymium melanospennum (Pers.) Macbr. Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 127-144. pi. 11, 12. Mr 1914. Heald, F. D., & Gardner, M. W. Longevity of pycnospores of the chestnut-blight fungus in soil. Jour. Agr. Research 2: 67-75. 15 Ap 1914. 219 220 Mycologia Hewitt, J. L., & Truax, H. H. An unknown apple tree disease. Arkansas Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 112: 481-491. /. 1-14. 1912. Howe, R. H. North American species of the genus Ramalina. Part I. Bryologist 16: 65-74. pi. 5-7 /. 1— 3 S 1913; Part II. Bryologist 16: 81-88, pi. 8, 9. N 1913; Part III. Bryologist 17: 7-7. pi. 1, 2 f. 1, 2. F 1914; Part IV. Bryologist 17: 17-27. pi. 5, 6 f. 1-6. Mr 1914. Johnson, E. C. A study of some imperfect fungi isolated from wheat, oat, and barley plants. Jour. Agr. Research 1 : 475-490. pi. 62, 63. 25 Mr 1914. Jones, L. R. Problems and progress in plant pathology. Am. Jour. Bot. 1: 97-m. Mr 1914. McDougall, W. B. On the mycorhizas of forest trees. Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 51-74. pi. 4-7 + /. / . F 1914. Melhus, I. E. Powdery scab ( Spongospora subterranea ) of pota- toes. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 82 : 1-16. pi. 1-3. 6 Ap 1914. Morse, W. J. Spraying experiments and studies on certain apple diseases in 1913. Maine Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 223: 1-24. /. 1-4. Ja 1914- Orton, W. A. The potato quarantine and the American potato industry. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 81: 1-20. /. 1. 31 Mr 1914. Contains notes on potato diseases. O’Gara, P. J. A rust — new on apples, pears and other pome fruits. Science II. 39: 620, 621. 24 Ap 1914. Overholts, L. 0. The Polyporaceac of Ohio. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1: 81-155. Mr 1914. Reed, G. M. The smuts of cereals. Missouri State Board Agr. Bull, io7: 3-15. J1 1912. Roberts, J. W. Experiments with apple leaf-spot fungi. Jour. Agr. Research 2 : 57-66. pi. 7. 15 Ap 1914. Sewell, M. C. Soil bacteria. Ohio Nat. 14 : 273-278. 23 Mr 1914. Stakman, E. C. A study in cereal rusts. Physiological races. Part I. Biologic forms. Minnesota Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 138: 5-56. pi. 1-9. F 1914. ■>vr K M'-i * • • ' \ -j 'A ■ r CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. \\ hite. Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy West Wilson. No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. IIO. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seaver. No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by G. W. Wilson. No. 1 19. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by F. J. Seaver. Nj 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy ; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in ex- change.) Now in its fifteenth volume. Mycologia, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi; including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- terest, and an index to current American inycological literature. $3.00 a year ; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its sixth volume. Bulletlu of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual repo'.ts of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of. North America, including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts. Subscription price, $1.50 per part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for 52.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] Voi. 3, part 1, 1910. Nectriaceae — rimetariaceae. Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae (pars). Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). (Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately.) Vol. 15, parts 1 and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). Vol. 17, part 1, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). Vol. 22, parts 1 and 2, 1903; parts 3 and 4, 1908; part 5, 1913. Podostemona- ceae — Rosaceae (pars). Vol. 25, part i, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, 52.00. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by D. T. MacDougal. xvi + 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New York, by Aithur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii+138 pp., with 29 plates. 1909. Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, viii + 278 pp , with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. 55.00 per volume. In its seventh volume. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 166. Studies of Plant Growth in Heated Soil, by Guy West Wilson. 167. The Identity of the Anthracnose of Grasses in the United States, by Guy West Wilson. 168. Phytogeographical Notes on the Rocky Mountain Region — II. Origin of the Alpine Flora, by P. A. Rydberg. 169. Some Midwinter Algae of Long Island Sound, by Marshall A. Howe. New YORK Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York City I . -■ - 1 Tt IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis, and B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL ■ Vol. VI— SEPTEMBER, 1914— No. 5 4r ASSOCIATE EDITORS JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BARKER GIACOMO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER THOMAS H. MACBRIDE GEORGE MASSES NARCISSE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SEAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR t I CONTENTS Illustrations of Fungi — XIX - William A. Murrill 221 A New Gymnosporangial Connection. F. D. Fromme 226 Type Studies in the Hydnaceae — VII. The Genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete. Howard J. Banker 231 The Development of the Carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri - Sanford M. Zeller 235 The Smuts and Rusts of Utah — II - A. O. Garrett 240 On a Small Collection of Lichens from Jamaica, West Indies - - - - - R. Heber Howe 259 News, Notes, and Reviews - 264 Index to American Mycological Literature - 270 The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : Without Cover — 4 PP- 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. 24 pp. 28 pp. 32 pp. 25-50 Copies — #*•37 31.87 32.12 32.50 33-50 3405 34- 82 35 20 100 “ *•55 2.15 2.65 3- *5 4.05 5.00 6.10 6.50 200 “ 2.00 3-05 4.00 4-3° 5.60 6.90 8.30 8.90 Covers — First 50 — ft. 00. Additional, Ic each. I Mycologia Plate cxxxvii. ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI Mycologia Plate CXXXVIII COLLYBIA RADICATA (RELH.) QUEL. MYCOLOGIA Vol. VI September, 1914 No. 5 ILLUSTRATIONS OF FUNGI— XIX William A. Murrill The accompanying illustrations,1 including the two halftone plates, were all made from specimens collected in and near New York City. Four of the species described are known to be edible, one of them, Agaricus arvensis, being an important edible species in many parts of Europe. Collybia radicata (Relh.) Quel. Rooting Collybia Plate 137. Figure i. X i Plate 138. Slightly reduced Pileus fleshy, thin, convex to nearly plane, 3-7 cm. broad ; sur- face smooth, viscid when moist, often radiate-rugose, grayish, grayish-brown, or umbrinous, the center usually darker; context white; lamellae white, broad, rather distant, adnexed; spores ellipsoid, hyaline, with a slight oblique apiculus at one end, 15-17 X 10-12 /a; stipe long, with a very long root, slender, firm, gen- erally slightly tapering upward, stuffed, white above, concolorous or slightly paler below, 10-20 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. This common and widely distributed edible species may be looked for in open deciduous woods. In the vicinity of New York City, the typical form figured occurs most frequently about beech stumps and under beech trees, and the long rooting base of the i The colored plate to accompany this article was being made in England and has not yet come to hand. It will be distributed with the next number of Mycologia. [Mycologia for July, 1914 (6: 161-220), was issued July 14, 1914.] 221 222 Mycologia stipe can usually be traced to a dead root, from which the plant derives its chief supply of nourishment. Agaricus arvensis Schaeff. Horse Mushroom. Field Mushroom Plate 137. Figure 2. X 1 Pileus large, convex, 6-15 cm. broad; surface white, becoming yellowish with age or on drying; context white, thick, highly fla- vored and easily digested ; lamellae white to pale-pinkish at first, at length brown; spores ellipsoid, smooth, brown, 9-11X6,11; stipe long, white, often enlarged at the base, 5-10 cm. long, 8-16 mm. thick ; annulus of two parts, membranous and white above, radiately split and tinged with yellow below. This species grows in rich soil in pastures, fields, and wood borders from midsummer to early fall. It resembles the common mushroom, but is larger, with longer stipe, paler lamellae, and a peculiar double annulus. I have often eaten it in Sweden and found it delicious. The slender, wood-loving Agaricus silvicola can hardly be distinguished from it at times. Agaricus silvicola Vitt. Forest Mushroom Plate 139. X V2 Pileus convex or expanded, 5-12 cm. broad, all parts of the plant except the lamellae being white at first and becoming tinged with straw-color in places with age or almost entirely on drying; surface smooth, glabrous or slightly silky; context white; lamel- lae thin, close, rounded behind, free, pale-reddish-gray when young, becoming darker with age, and finally brown or blackish- brown with a chestnut tint ; spores ellipsoid, brown, 7.5 X 4 m ; stipe long, equal, smooth, stuffed or hollow, bulbous, white, 10-20 cm. long and 6-10 mm. thick; veil usually single, forming a thin, membranous annulus decorated with floccose patches below. This beautiful edible species is of wide distribution, but unfor- tunately not very abundant. It occurs in open woods and wood borders, in rich soil or vegetable mold. Its smaller size and more simple veil distinguish it from A. arvensis. M VCOLOGIA AGARICUS SILVICOLA VITT. Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 223 Lepiota brunnescens Peck Browning Lepiota Plate 137. Figure 4. X 1 Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, usually obtuse or umbonate, 2-8 cm. broad; the entire plant changing to brown when bruised or after 12-24 hours of drying; surface whitish, the cuticle soon cracking and forming chestnut-colored squamules except in the center, margin often rosy, radiate-rimose at times ; context white, taste sweet ; lamellae free, at first white, crowded, ventricose ; spores ovoid, appendiculate, smooth, hyaline, yellowish in mass, 6-8 X 4-5 h- ; stipe equal or slightly enlarged below, white, chang- ing at first to reddish-brown and then to brown below the annulus on drying, fibrous to glabrous, hollow, 3 -7 cm. long, 2-7 mm. thick ; annulus median, fixed, usually ample and persistent. This species occurs rather rarely in open woods and grassy places from New York and New Jersey through Ohio and Mis- souri to southern California. Few collectors know it on sight, but it should be recognized by the brown color which the entire sporophore assumes after about a day of drying. The flesh is white, sweet, and probably edible, but it has not been tested so far as known. The species might be confused by the beginner with small plants of Lepiota americana. Laccaria ochropurpurea (Berk.) Peck Yellowish-purple Laccaria Plate 137. Figure 5. X 1 Pileus fleshy, firm, subhemispheric or convex becoming plane or slightly centrally depressed, often very irregular and very vari- able in size and shape, solitary or rarely gregarious, 5-10 cm. broad ; surface hygrophanous, purplish-brown when moist, gray- ish or pale-alutaceous when dry, unpolished, margin decurved ; context edible ; lamellae thick, distant, broad, adnate or decurrent, purplish; spores globose, verruculose, 8-10 /x; stipe variable, short or long, equal or sometimes thicker in the middle, sometimes at each end, fibrous, solid, concolorous or paler, firm, 3-8 cm. long, 4-12 mm. thick. This species is known throughout temperate North America, occurring in open grassy or bushy places in thin woods, often associated with its smaller relative, Laccaria laccata, of which it 224 Mycologia has at times been considered only a larger form. It is edible, but of only tolerable flavor. Inocybe geophylla (Sow.) Quel. Common White Inocybe Plate 137. Figure 6. X 1 Pileus fleshy, thin, conic or ovoid becoming expanded, conically umbonate, 1.5-2. 5 cm. broad; surface silky-fibrillose, smooth, commonly white or whitish, rarely lilac ; lamellae crowded, rather broad, ventricose, adnexed, white becoming clay-colored; spores ellipsoid, smooth, ochraceous, 8-10 X 4—6 yw. ; cystidia cylindric- fusoid, 40-60 X 12-20 /x; stipe equal, firm, stuffed, white, mealy at the apex, 2.5-6 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. This species is common on heavy, wet soil on the shaded banks of streams or in low open woods throughout temperate regions. It is so different from most species of Inocybe that the beginner is usually puzzled in identifying it. Abeautiful pale-lilac variety some- times occurs, which Boudier has figured in his plate 125. I have found this variety quite abundant in the state of Washington. Scleroderma verrucosum (Bull.) Pers. Small-warted Scleroderma Plate 137. Figure 7. X 1 This rather uncommon species was described and figured in Mycologia for January, 1910. The illustration on the plate ac- companying the present article is made from younger material, and the plants have more purple in them than those represented on the former plate. Tremella lutescens Pers. Common Yellow Tremella Plate 137. Figure 8. X 1 Very soft and watery, undulate-gyrose, with entire, naked lobes, the clusters sessile, whitish to pale-yellowish, and finally luteous, 1-5 cm. broad, leaving a very small residue when dried ; spores globose, 12-15 /x. This species is widely distributed, occurring commonly on dead Murrill: Illustrations of Fungi 225 branches of both deciduous and evergreen trees in woods or moist places. The genus Tremella contains fungi that are gelatinous, tremulous, immarginate, not papillate, with basidia that become four-parted, each part bearing a single spore. The species must be collected during wet weather, otherwise they will not be seen. After drying, they may be soaked in water to restore them to their original form. Members of closely related genera, such as Exidia, Dacryomyces, and Hirneola, are liable to be confused with species of Tremella by the beginner. Mycena succosa Peck Juicy Mycena Plate 137. Figure 9. X 1 Pileus firm, between cartilaginous and fleshy, campanulate or convex, cespitose, 2-4 cm. broad ; surface minutely tomentose, cinereous or very pale reddish-gray, darker at the center, the mar- gin exceeding the lamellae and incurved ; context abounding in a thin watery or serum-like juice, changing to purplish and black when cut ; lamellae slightly ascending, thin, close, emarginate with a slight decurrent tooth, tapering toward the outer extremity, whitish with a pale-reddish-gray tint ; spores subglobose, minute, 4//,; stipe firm, equal or slightly tapering upward, often curved, minutely tomentose, containing a whitish pith, pale-reddish-gray at the apex, dark-reddish-gray below, 4-8 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick. This extremely interesting little species occurs in woods on fallen decayed trunks of deciduous trees. When wounded, it exudes a serum-like fluid which blackens on exposure to the air. The spo- rophore therefore soon becomes spotted with black when handled and usually turns black on drying, as in the Indian Pipe. Mycena haematopa is a related species which exudes a dull-reddish juice when wounded. New York Botanical Garden. A NEW GYMNOSPORANGIAL CONNECTION F. D. Fromme The genus Gymnosporangium, according to Kern,1 is repre- sented in North America by some 32 species. Of these, all but one are heteroecious, the aecial stages being found on members of the Hydrangeaceae, Rosaceae, and Malaceae families, while the telial stages are restricted to the family Juniperaceae. The single autoecious species, Gymnosporangium bermudianum, bears all its spore forms on species of Juniperus. Because of this limited selection of hosts, as well as their unique morphological charac- ters, the members of this genus have been classed among the most restricted and isolated of the rusts. Until recently, no aecial stages were known on other than pomaceous hosts and it had been assumed that they were restricted to the family Malaceae. The first exeception to this rule was established by Arthur2 in 1908 when Gymnosporangium exterum on Juniperus virginiana was successfully cultured on Porteranthus stipulatus, thus adding the family Rosaceae to the list of aecial hosts. The further addition of the family Hydrangeaceae was made by Arthur3 in 1911 when Gymnosporangium gracilens was shown to have its aecial stage on Philadelphus and related genera. These three families are evi- dently closely related and are all included under the order Rosales. As a result of a series of observations, followed by successful inoculation tests, the writer is now able to extend the list to in- clude a fourth family, the Myricaceae, and to establish the identity of Aecidium myricatum Schw. and Gymnosporangium Ellisii (Berk.) Farl. This work is a part of the series of “ Cultures of Uredineae ” that have been in progress at the Purdue Experiment Station under the direction of Dr. J. C. Arthur since 1899, and is published by permission in advance of the 1914 report. The establishment of the connection between Aec. myricatum 1 N. Am. Flora 7: 188-211. 1912. 2 Mycologia i: 253-254. 1908. s Mycologia 4 : 63. 1911. 226 Fromme: A New Gymnosporangial Connection 227 and Gym. Ellisii not only carries the aecial hosts of the genus to a group outside of the Rosales but to one that is apparently widely separated from them in phylogeny, the Myricales being the fourth order of Dicotyledoneae in Engler and Prantl’s Natiirliche Pflan- zenfamilien, while the Rosales is the eighteenth. This is not in itself so surprising, as similar wide ranges of hosts are known in other rust genera. It shows, however, that the species of Gym- nosporangium are a much less restricted group than was formerly supposed, and suggests the possibility that the aecial hosts of other unconnected species may also be found in groups other than Rosales. The aecium of Aec. myricatum is of the cupulate type, a type which has only recently been recognized as occurring in the genus Gymnosporangium and is at present known in but two species, G. Blasdaleanum and G. Sorbi, in addition to the one under dis- cussion. The remaining species of Gymnosporangium have aecia of the cornute type, which had for a long time been considered exclusively diagnostic of the genus. G. Ellisii in addition to its cupulate aecia has the hamaspora or phragmidium type of telio- spores, in which the teliospore has commonly more than two cells, the variation being from two to five. G. Blasdaleanum also has cupulate aecia and teliospores of the hamaspora type, but G. Botryapites has teliospores much like those of the two foregoing species and cornute aecia. The telial stage of G. Sorbi, of which the aecia are cupulate, is unknown. The suggestions that have led to the establishment of this con- nection were obtained from a morphological study of the aecium supplemented by field observations on the association of hosts. A quantity of the aecium on Myrica carolinensis was collected at Woods Hole, Mass., in 1912, by the writer, for a morphological study. The evident germ pores of the aeciospores and other fea- tures suggested that it might possibly be the aecium of a Gymnos- porangium. In May of the following year, 1913, Dr. R. A. Harper, Dr. B. O. Dodge, and the writer made a trip to the pine barrens at Lakehurst, N. J. Both Gym. Ellisii and Gym. Botrya- pites were found there in abundance on the southern white cedar, Chamaecyparis thyoides , and three possible alternate hosts, Ame- lanchier canadensis, Aronia arbutifolia, and Myrica carolinensis 228 Mycologia were found in the vicinity. After a search, old aecia were found on Myrica leaves of the preceding year. Material of both species of Gymnosporangium was taken to New York City. Gym. Ellisii was sown there on Aronia arbutifolia, A. nigra, and several spe- cies of Crataegus without result. No Myrica plants were avail- able for use. Gym. Botryapites was sown on Amelanchier cana- densis and A. Asiatica and produced pycnia and aecia on both. The Lakehurst region was again visited in August of the same year and aecia were found on Amelanchier, Aronia, and Myrica. The aecium on Amelanchier proved to be that of Gym. Botrya- pites, the one on Aronia was Roestelia transf ormans, and that on Myrica, Aecidium myricatum. Since Gym. Ellisii had failed to infect Aronia in the trials made at New York, it seemed probable that Myrcia would prove to be its alternate host. This solution would still leave Roestelia transf ormans without a telial connec- tion and another Gymnosporangium should be present in the vicinity. A third trip to Lakehurst was made this spring, May 1914, and a quantity of Gym. Ellisii was obtained and sent to the Purdue Experiment Station for culture work. The germinating telio- spores were sown, May 6, on Aronia arbutifolia, Amelanchier canadensis, and Myrica cerifera. The sowings were made by Mr. C. A. Ludwig, who was in charge of the rust cultures at that time. Although the leaves of the Myrica were quite small at the time of inoculation, a vigorous infection resulted, and an abun- dance of pycnia were produced on May 18, and aecia on June 6. No infection was produced on either of the other trial hosts. The distribution of Aec. myricatum conforms with that of Gym. Ellisii in that both are found along the Atlantic coast from Massa- chusetts to Delaware. The latter, however, is also known from northern Florida and southern Alabama, while Aec. myricatum, so far as I can ascertain, has not been collected at any point south of Delaware. Aecidium myricatum was named and briefly described by Schweinitz, in 1832, from a specimen on Myrica cerifera sent him from New York by Dr. Torrey. This description has been ampli- fied somewhat by DeToni in Saccardo’s Sylloge Fungorum but is Fromme: A New Gymnosporangial Connection 229 still incomplete. I am therefore appending a description of the pycnia and aecia with the complete synonomy of the combined species and its distribution. The first name applied to the telial stage was Podisoma Ellisii Berk., in 1874; which was, however, antedated by the Schweinitzian name. Gymnosporangium myricatum (Schw.) comb. nov. Caeoma ( Aecidium ) myricatum Schw. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 294. 1832. Aecidium myricatum Schw. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 309. 1832. Podisoma Ellisii Berk. Grevillea 3 : 56. 1874. Hamaspora Ellisii Korn. Hedwigia 16: 23. 1877. Gymnosporangium Ellisii Earl. ; Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 271. 1879. Phragmidium Ellisii DeToni, in Sacc. Syll. Fung. 7: 750. 1888. Tremella Ellisii Arth. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1900: 135. 1901. 0. Pycnia epiphyllous, gregarious, in crowded circular groups. 2-5 mm. in diameter, on blackened areas, subepidermal, orange- yellow, globose in vertical section, 140-190 /x broad by 175 /x deep ; ostiolar filaments 30-80 /x long. 1. Aecia hypophyllous, fructicolous and caulicolous, in crowded groups, on discolored hypertrophied areas, cupulate, 0.2-0. 3 mm. in diameter ; peridium yellowish, fragile, becoming lacerate to the base, slightly recurved ; peridial cells oblong, 26-29 by 32-39 /x, overlapping, the outer wall thick, y-JO/i, smooth, transversely striate, the inner wall much thinner, 2-3 /x, closely and prominently verrucose; aeciospores globoid to oblong, 24-30 by 27-34^, the wall pale-yellow or colorless, 2-3 /x thick, closely and strongly ver- rucose, the pores 6-8, scattered. On Myricaceae: Myrica carolinensis Mill., Connecticut, Massachusetts, New Jersey. Myrica cerifera L., Delaware, New Jersey, New York. III. Telia. (For description see N. Am. Flora 7: 203. 1912.) On Juniperaceae: Chamaecyparis thyoides (L.) B.S.B., Alabama, Delaware, Flor- ida, Massachusetts, New Jersey. Type locality: New York, on Myrica cerifera. 230 Mycologia Distribution : Along the Atlantic coast from Massachusetts to Delaware, and in northern Florida and southern Alabama. Exsiccati : Ellis N. Am. Fungi 230, 231 ; Ellis & Ev. Fungi Columb. 55, 62 ; Thiim. Myc. Univ. 1224., 1936 ; Seym. & Earle, Econ. Fungi 246; Roum. Fungi Sel. 4921; Rab.-Wint. Fungi Eur. 2920; Barth. Fungi Columb. 4001. Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana. TYPE STUDIES IN THE HYDNACEAE1— VII. THE GENERA ASTERODON AND HYDNOCHAETE Howard J. Banker The genus Asterodon is monotypic, having been established by Patouillard in 1894 on A. ferruginosum Pat.2 The genus may be characterized as follows : Hymenophore epixylous, perennial, wholly resupinate, separ- able, umber to fulvous ; substance dry, fibrous, concolorous ; hy- menium setulose with reddish straight, simple or branched setae; teeth slender, terete, tapering; spores hyaline, smooth; hyphae slender, somewhat rigid, non-septate. The presence and character of the setae is one of the distinguish- ing features of the genus. They are modified free ends of single hyphae which may project as simple spines or may branch at right angles into three or four spines giving a stellate appearance. The end of the hypha in either case has the walls thickened and becomes darker, more reddish in color and tapers to a sharp point. These should by no means be called cystidia as they are distinctly spine-like and not at all of the form of sacs or cysts. It is to be observed that the term cystidium has come to be used very loosely and inaccurately in some late mvcological literature and is fre- quently employed where the term seta should be used. In 1897, Charles H. Peck founded his genus Hydnochaete on H. setigera Peck3 a single species which proves to be identical with Asterodon ferruginosum Pat. Hydnochaete Peck is, there- fore, a typonym of Asterodon Pat. The name Hydnochaete, how- ever, had been previously used by Bresadola. Aware of this fact and not knowing the relation of Peck’s genus to Asterodon Pat., Saccardo in 1898 proposed the name Hydnochaetella 4 for Peck’s 1 Investigation prosecuted with the aid of a grant from the Esther Herr- man Research Fund of the New York Academy of Science. 2 Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. 10: 130. PI. 5. 1894. 3Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50: 113. 1897. 4 Sacc. Tab. Com. Gen. Fung. 11. 1898. 231 232 Mycologia genus and published the combination Hydnochaetella setigera (Peck) Sacc., making Hydnochaetella Sacc. another typonym of Asterodon Pat. In 1896, Bresadola published the genus Hydnochaete as a mono- typic genus based on H. badia Bres.,5 a species from Brazil, thus antedating Peck in the use of the name. As Hydnochaete Bres. is also characterized by the presence of reddish setae, some con- fusion has arisen in respect to these genera. Bresadola expressly states that his genus Hydnochaete is near but distinct from Aster- odon Pat. He also remarks that he has three forms of the species H. badia, the first “ perfecte hydnoidea ” ; the second “ raduloi- dea”; and the third “ irpicoidea.” Having received from Bresa- dola by his generous kindness authentic material of his H. badia, presumably a part of the original collection, we have had the op- portunity of examining the characters of this interesting species. In respect to substance, development of the hymenophore, and the character of the setae, the species appears to be distinctly con- generic with Hydnoporia fuscescens (Schw.) Murrill. It may also be noted that the latter species is quite variable in the de- velopment of the hymenial surface and may often be described as hydnoid, or raduloid, or irpicoid, or even polvporoid. Con- sidering the highly variable character of both these species, the question may be raised as to whether they are specifically distinct. We are familiar with the Schweinitzian species, which is abun- dant in North America, and, while the Bresadolan material is not in sufficient quantity to settle the matter beyond all doubt, we be- lieve they are distinct. Hydnochaete badia Bres. has a thicker sub- iculum and is darker colored, being umbrinous to badious within and gray-brown or fuscous on the hymenial surface, while Hydno- poria fuscescens (Schw.) Murrill is more fulvous both within and without. It may be noted that the setae in Hydnochaete Bres. are essen- tially different from those in Asterodon Pat. In the former, there are no branched or stellate forms and the seta is not simply the modified pointed tip of a single hypha. On the contrary, they are much larger than the hyphae and appear to be a distinct mor- phological structure, but how they originate or what their rela- 5 Bresadola, Hedwigia 35: 287. 1896. Banker: Type Studies in the Hydnaceae 233 tion may be to the hyphae could not be definitely determined, and probably the question could only be answered by tracing out their development in special cultures. There remains yet to be discussed the correct name of the Schweinitzian species. A plant was described by Schweinitz in 1822 under the name Sistotrema olivaceum,6 which was undoubt- edly a pileate form of this same species. A specimen in the Schweinitz herbarium at Philadelphia which has all the characters of this species, including the setae, is there marked “ 540-31 Irpex cinnamomeus Epic. 19. Hydnum olivaceum Schw. On decaying brush. Salem.” In the commentary on Schwenitz’s work by Berkeley and Curtis,7 this very specimen is commented on as “ 540 H. olivaceum Schwein. ! ” with the remark that it belonged to Irpex cinnamomeus. In the herbarium of E. Fries at Upsala, is to be found a speci- men marked “ Hydn. olivaceum L. v Schweinitz,” a specimen un- doubtedly received by Fries from Schweinitz. This has all the characters of the species under discussion, including the setae. This specimen also has a critical note appended to it by Bresadola, “ Non differt ab Irpici cinnamomeo & fuscescente.” As to Irpex cinnamomeus Fries, nothing that could be re- garded as a true type was found at Upsala. However, all the specimens there placed under this name were communicated by Ellis from North America through De Thiimen and were clearly our American plant with the' characteristic teeth and setae. There is probably no type specimen of Sistotrema fuscescens Schw. in existence, but the forms we are now discussing have been more commonly known to American mycologists under the specific name fuscescens either as Hydnum fuscescens or as Irpex fuscescens. In the Schweinitz Herbarium, there is a specimen marked “ 580-7 Syn. Fung. I. cinnamomeus Epic. 19. Irpex fuscescens Schw. Beth.” which is unquestionably the same species that we are now discussing. We append the correct names of the species here discussed, with their synonymy. It needs only to be added that Hydnochaete Bres. should be placed in the family Polyporaceae as treated by 6 Schw., Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig i: ioi. 1822. ? Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. II. 3: 215-218. 1856. 234 Mycologia Murrill in North American Flora, although under the Friesian system it would doubtless be placed in the Hydnaceae as part of the old genus Irpex. Asterodon ferruginosum Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. io: 130. pi. 5. 1894. Hydnochaete setigera. Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 50: 113. 1897. Hydnocliaetella setigera Sacc. Tab. Com. Gen. Fung. 11. 1898. Hydnochaete badia Bres. Hedwigia 35: 287. 1896. Hydnochaete olivaceum (Schw.) Sistotrema olivaceum Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1 : 101. 1822. Sistotrema fuscescens Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1 : 102. 1822. Hydnum olivaceum (Schw.) Fries, Elench. Fung. 1: 134. 1828. Irpex cinnamomeus Fries, Epicr. Myc. 524. 1838. Hydnoporia fuscescens (Schw.) Murrill, N. Am. Flora 9: 3. 1907. De Pauw University, Greencastle, Indiana. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CARPO- PHORES OF CERIOMYCES ZELLERI Sanford M. Zeller (With Plates 140 and 141, Containing 12 Figures) A review of the literature shows that very little, if any, critical research has been done on the development of the carpophores of the fleshy pore-bearing hymenomycetes. Among the early writers, DeBary1 mentions some of these when he divides the carpophores of hymenomycetes into two groups; viz., angiocarpic, or those forms having a marginal veil, and gymnocarpic, those forms “of purely marginal or apical progressive growth ” and thus, of course, without a marginal veil. He says that Boletus luteus and B. ele- gans have marginal veils, while other species of this and other genera are purely gymnocarpic. Thus, with these few exceptions, he merely assigned Boletus to the gymnocarpic type of the de- velopment without a critical study of the genus. A study of the development of a species of Boletus was undertaken because it promised to throw some light upon the types of devlopment of the pileate fungi. Material for this study was collected in the fall of 1912. Ceriomyces Zelleri was chosen because it is so very com- mon about Seattle, and because its gregarious habit facilitates the collection of sporophores in the young stages. The material for the study of this species was collected in a forest of conifers on the campus of the University of Washington. It was in this place that the type specimens2 were collected. There- fore, the identity of the species is certain. The young fruiting bodies were found in quantities growing from a yellow mycelium which causes a matting of the conifer needles. Sections of the rhizomorphs which lead to the carpo- 1 DeBary, A.: Comparative Morphology and Biology of the Fungi, Myce- tozoa and Bacteria. English Edition. 289-297. 1887. 2 Murrill, W. A.: Pacific Coast Polyporaceae and Boletaceae. Mycologia 4: 99-100. 1912. 235 236 Mycologia phores show the structure to be a pseudoparenchyma. The hyphae are 3-4 fx in diameter and the cells average 24 /* in length. The rhizomorphs are 50-90 fx in diameter. The yellow carpophores are easily recognized on the surface of this mat of rhizomorphs, and it is almost impossible for one who once knows them to mistake them for other pileate forms. The mature as well as the large immature carpophores were collected from the same mycelium. The only other species of Boletus which is common in this vicinity and might be confused with C. Zelleri because of its gregarious habit is C. communis, but the writer has never found the latter growing in this place, although the spot is often visited by him. The material was killed in chromo-acetic acid and stained with fuchsin, using picric acid as a destaining agent. This stain gives the best results of any tried where a concolorous stain is wanted to show differentiation in protoplasmic content. A large number of small carpophores of different sizes were collected. The size of the carpophores does not necessarily correspond with the degree of development, so it is not possible to forecast the stages of growth by the size of the plants. The smallest undifferentiated fruit bodies sectioned were about 1 mm. in diameter, while some of the larger ones were 1.5X3 mm. however, others in which differentiation had begun to show plainly, measured 1X2 mm. The first stages show no differentiation (Fig. 1). There is no indication of a universal veil, either by differential staining or by the usual coating of loosely woven hyphae. In fact, as the later stages show, there is no veil, either universal or partial ; the carpo- phores are thus entirely gymnocarpic and DeBary was correct in his inference that some of the Boleti are gymnocarpic. The young undifferentiated carpophore elongates vertically and becomes three or four times longer than broad. There is no differentiation of tissue during this elongation. The carpophore is still a homo- geneous mass of hyphae, their general direction being vertical in the inner part and parallel with the surface in the peripheral por- tion. The first differentiation begins as a superficial, darkly- staining, annular region extending around the carpophore a short distance from its summit (Fig. 2). This area grows centripetally from the periphery and slightly upward, forming what is geometri- Zeller: Carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri 237 cally the surface of a truncated cone. This feature is the demar- cation of the pileus fundament above and the stipe fundament below. However, before this differentiation is complete, the hyphae above in the pileus fundament begin a radiate growth in the pe- ripheral portion and the palisaded cortex of the pileus is formed. Figure 3 shows this palisade of an older pileus. The ends of the excurrent hyphae are somewhat tufted, and no doubt this feature brings about the characteristic velvety surface of the pileus. This palisade extends over the summit of the carpophore and down over all sides of the pileus fundament to the deeply staining area. The hyphae in this deeply staining portion extend vertically through it. This area resembling a truncated cone becomes a plane of cleavage, and the hyphae break apart here forming a superficial annular furrow. The cleavage takes place throughout the area simultaneously; i. e., it is neither decidedly centripetal nor centrifugal. Figures 4 and 5 show different stages in the cleavage process, and figure 6 is the cleavage plane of figure 5 highly magnified. After the annular furrow is formed, the ends of the hyphae which were cut off above project downward, form- ing a palisade which is the primordium of the hymenium. The tips of these hyphae become blunt and form a smooth surface which is always free to the exterior after its formation. It is clear, therefore, that the hymenium is exogenous in its origin. The superficial hyphae of the stipe keep the same general rela- tion to the periphery which they sustained in the undifferentiated carpophore. However, the ends of the hyphae which were cut off below the annular furrow project upward, forming a palisade on the lower surface of the furrow. As the stipe elongates and the furrow broadens, this palisade is carried down to form the cortex of the upper part of the stipe. Thus, the cortex of the lower part of the stipe is composed of hyphae which extend parallel with the surface, while the portion of the cortex of the stipe near the pileus is of palisaded hyphae. Figure 7 shows this feature in the cortex of the stipe. The pileus increases in size by a centrifugal growth at the margin, the hyphae turning upward and downward at this point adding to the palisaded surface and the primordium of the hymenium, respectively. At this stage the hymenium is plane and quite horizontal. 238 Mycologia A little later, slight anastomosing elevations of the hymenial primordium appear. These are formed by a differential down- ward growth of the hyphae in these regions (Fig. 8). As the hyphae forming these elevations grow downward, they turn out horizontally on both sides to form the hymenium in the pores. The hymenium stains deeply while the central part or trama takes comparatively little stain. The trama is a pseudoparenchymous tissue. After it has grown down for some distance, the trama begins to broaden by a diametrical growth of the hyphae, which also become loosely associated. For this last reason, the pores of the mature carpophores can be easily torn apart or separated from the trama of the pileus. The subhymenium appears later, made up of an interwoven mass of hyphae tightly crowded together. The number of basidia is increased by the branching of the hyphae at the clamp connections in the subhymenium. The hymenium lines the pores only. The mouths of the pores are sterile. Fig- ures 9 and io show vertical and transverse sections of the pores, respectively. To sum up the development of the carpophore of Ceriomyces Zelleri Murrill, there is a homogenous mass of tissue which is differentiated simultaneously into pileus and stipe by a cleavage plane which gives rise to an annular furrow. The hymenium is formed in the roof of this furrow and is exogenous in its origin. Ceriomyces Zelleri is gymnocarpic because there is no marginal veil. University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. Explanation of Plates CXL and CXLI Photomicrographs by Homer O. Blair Figure i. A small undifferentiated carpophore of Ceriomyces Zelleri. X 30. Figure 2. The first differentiation in the carpophore, showing deeply stain- ing ring in the periphery. X 20. Figure 3. A portion of the palisaded cortex of an older pileus with the ex- current hyphie tufted. X 250. Figures 4, 5. The cleavage plane in different stages of cleavage. X 12.5. Figure 6. A portion of the cleavage plane shown in figure 5 much enlarged. X 230. Mycologia Plate CXL CERIOMYCES ZELLERI MERRILL Mycologia Plate CXLI CERIOM YCES ZELLERI MERRILL Zeller: Carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri 239 Figure 7. A portion of a vertical section through the stipe. The junction of the palisaded cortex of the upper portion of the stipe and the portion of the cortex where the hyphas are parallel with the surface is shown. X 25. Figure 8. The first folding of the hymenial primordium. X 40. Figure 9. A longitudinal section of the pores showing the trama, subhy- menium, and hymenium. X 30. Figure 10. A cross section of the pores. X 30. Figure 11. A group of nearly mature carpophores. X 1. Figure 12. A mature carpophore of Ceriomyces Zelleri. X t. THE SMUTS AND RUSTS OF UTAH— II1 A. O. Garrett The following paper includes all of the work done since 1910, but the bulk of it embraces the results of an expedition to Grand and San Juan counties with Dr. Rydberg, of the New York Botanical Garden, during the summer of 1911. The southern part of Utah is practically a new field for the mycologist, and on this expedition several species were found not before reported from Utah. As a result, the western extension of these species was increased by several hundred miles. The list of smuts and rusts given in the first paper was limited to those that had been collected by the writer. In the present paper are listed not only those collected by the writer and Dr. Ryd- berg on the southern trip, but all others referred to Utah in the available literature of the subject. Where the given species has not been collected by the writer, the name of the collector is clearly indicated in the text. Acknowledgments for determinations of hosts and fungi are due to the same gentlemen who so kindly assisted the writer in the preparation of his first paper. Dr. Arthur has read over the manuscript, and to him the writer’s thanks are especially due. The species marked with an asterisk are not included in the list previously published. USTILAGINALES 3. Sorosporium Saponariae Rud. In inflorescence of Stellaria Curtisii (Rydb.) : 2155, July 8, 1911, La Sal Mts. near Gold Basin, San Juan Co.: alt. about 2,970 m. 1 The first paper on “ The Smuts and Rusts of Utah ” was published in Mycologia 2: 265-304, November, 1910. 240 Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 241 22. Urocystis Anemones (Pers.) Wint. In leaves and stems of Trautvetteria grandis Nutt.: 2238, August 17, 1911, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co.; alt. about 3,394 m. 27.* Ustilago Hieronymi Schrot. P. Henn. Hedwigia 35 : 213. 1896. In leaves of Bouteloua oligostachya (Nutt.) Torr. : 2233, Aug. 14, 1911, Montezuma Canyon, near Monticello, San Juan Co.; alt. about 2,080 m. 28.* Entyloma arnicale Ellis & Ev. Bull. Torrey Club 22 : 57. 1895. In leaves of Aster sp.: 830, August 12, 1905, Big Cottonwood Canyon, near Brighton. 29.* Entyloma crastophilum Sacc. Michelia 1 : 540. 1879. On unknown grass: 832a, Aug. 12, 1905, Big Cottonwood Canyon. UREDINALES 4. Aecidium monoicum Peck. On Arabis retrofracta Graham: 2131 , July 7, 1911, Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. Dr. Arthur has proved by cultures2 that the form of Aecidium monoicum on the Arabis hosts is con- nected with Puccinia triseti Erik, on Trisetum subspicatum) and has united the two under the name of Puccinia monoica (Peck) Arthur. In my previous paper, I included an Aecidium on Sophia sp. as a form of Aecidium monoicum. This Aecidium differed strikingly, however, from the specimens taken on the Arabis hosts. The form on Sophia (my number 733) had bright orange peridia that are conspicuously long; while on the Arabis hosts they are pale yellow and not so long. According to Dr. Arthur, the col- lection on Sophia is the aecial stage of Puccinia subnitens Dietel. The collection was made however at an altitude of about 2,610 meters and in a spruce-fir association, neither of which conditions point to the probable presence of Distichlis. 2 Mycologia 4: 61. 1912. 242 Mycologia 7. Puccinia alternans Arthur The above is given as the correct name of the rust reported in the writer’s first list as Aecidium sp., No. 7. Dr. Arthur (Myco- logia 1 : 249. 1909) connects this with No. 1137 of the writer’s collection on Bromus Porteri (included in No. 93 of “ Smuts and Rusts of Utah ” as a specimen of Puccinia rubigo-vera). 9. Gym nosporangium Nelsoni Arth. On Juniperus scopulorum Sarg. : 2133a, August 19, 1910, Mill D Flat, Big Cottonwood Canyon. These were old galls which had undoubtedly infected a small Amelanchier bush growing in the same clump with the Juniper, and bearing abundant aecia on its leaves. The galls have also been collected on the same host by Profes- sor C. P. Smith in Cache Co. (April 1910). Indeed, this is the commonest and most widely spread Gymnosporangium in Utah. Recently it has been found that the rust formerly called Gymnos- porangium durum is the telial form of G. Nelsoni. 11. Melampsora Bigelowii Thurn. II. On Salix glaucops Anders.: 2263, August, 1911, San Juan Co. On Salix monticola Bebb?: 2187, July 2&> I9II> Monticello, San Juan Co. On Salix pachnophora Rydb. : 2230, August 19, 1911, Spring Creek, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co.; 2,765 m. 15. Melamsporella elatina (Alb. & Schw.) Arth. II. On Cerastium scopulorum Greene: 2249, August 19, 1911, Abajo Mts. near West Mountain, San Juan Co., alt. about 3,030 m. On Cerastium Behringianum Regel: 2174, July 15, 1911, Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co.; alt. about 3,272 m. The aecial stage of this rust is Peridermium elatinum Schw. & Kze.,of which collections in Utah are recorded by Arthur & Kern in Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club 33: 435. 1906 as follows: Col- lected by Marcus E. Jones, Aug. 6, 1905, Black Mountain, Manti; by Pammel & Stanton (No. 642), July 27, 1900, Brush Creek, 9,000 ft.; by Rydberg & Carleton (No. 7642), August 5, 1905, Aquarius Plateau. Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 243 21. Phragmidium montivagum Arth. On Rosa neomexicana : 2180, July 24, 1911, Monticello, San Juan Co. On Rosa aciculata (Cockerell) Rydb. : 2166, July 12, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. On Rosa sp. nov. : 2217, III, August 8, 1911, Scorup’s pasture, Elk Mts., San Juan Co. 25. Puccinia Clematidis (DC) Lagerh. ( P . Agropyri Ellis & Ev.) On Agropyron Palmeri (S. &. S.) Rydb.: 2184, July 24, I9II» Monticello, San Juan Co. These plants were surrounded by an abundance of Clematis ligusticifolia heavily infected with the aecia. On Agropyron tenerum Vasey : 2204, August 4, 1911, White Can- yon, San Juan Co. Again in this collection there was an abun- dance of heavily-infected Clematis plants surrounding the Agropyron. 34. Puccinia cinerea Arth. On Poa Wheeleri Vasey: 2213, Jack Spring, San Juan Co., July 30, 1911. 35. Puccinia Cirsii Lasch. On Carduus pulchellus Greene: 2207, August 8, 1911, White Canyon, San Juan Co. On Cirsium oreophilum Rydb. : 2168, July 12, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. On Carduus oblanceo- latus Rydb. : 2168a, July 12, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. On Cirsium Tracyi Rydb.: 2186, July 24, 1911, Monticello, San Juan Co. On Carduus americanus (A. Gray) Greene: 2171, July 15, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. 42. Puccinia Crepidis-acuminatae Syd. On Crepis intermedia A. Gray: 2208, July 31, 1911, Elk Mts. near Bears’ Ears. 44. Puccinia curtipes Howe On Saxifraga debilis Engelm. : 2240, August 18, 1911, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co. ; alt. about 3,545 m. 244 Mycologia 45. Puccinia Douglasii Ellis & Ev. On Gilia pungens (Torr.) Benth. : 2257, August 24, 1911, Stage Station, Head Dry Valley, San Juan Co.; alt. 1,893 m- 47. Puccinia effusa Dietel & Holw. I. On Viola adunca Smith: 2154, July 8, 1911, La Sal Mts. near Gold Basin, San Juan Co. 56. Puccinia Gutierreziae Ellis & Ev. III. On Gutierrezia filifolia Greene: 2188, July 28, 1911, near Mon- ticello, San Juan Co., alt. about 2,091 m. 58. Puccinia Helianthellae (Peck) Arth. II. On Helianthella arizonica ?: 2/53, July 7, 1911, La Sal Mts., near Gold Basin, San Juan Co. 64. Puccinia Holboellii Hornem. III. On Draba Helleriana Greene: 2158a, July 9, 1911, Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. On Draba spectabilis Greene: 2176, July 17, 1911, Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. 76. Puccinia Menthae Pers. On Mentha Penardi (Briq.) Rydb. : 2229, II, Aug. 14, 1911, Monticello, San Juan Co., alt. about 2,129 m- On Monarda men- thaefolia Benth.: 2230, August 18, 1911, Montezuma Canyon near Monticello, San Juan Co. J 79. Puccinia montanensis Ellis. II. On Sitanion rigidum J. G. Smith: 2205, August 5, 1911, Arm- strong Canyon above Edwin Natural Bridge, San Juan Co. 88. Puccinia Poarum Niessl. II. On Poa crocata Mich.: 2241, August 17, 1911, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 3,450 m. On Alopecurus aristulatus Michx. : 2185, July 24, 1911, near Monticello, San Juan Co. On Poa longipedunculata Scribn.?: 2260, August, 1911, San Juan Co. Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 245 96. Puccinia Sherardiana Korn. On Sphaeralcea marginale York: 2195, July 29, 1911, Allen Canyon, Elk Mts., San Juan Co. On Sphaeralcea arizonica Hel- ler: 2222a, Aug. 9, 1911, mouth of Dry Wash, San Juan Co. On Malvastrum dissectum (Nutt.) A. Nels. : 2181, July 24, I9ii,near Monticello, San Juan Co.: alt. about 2,121 m. 101. Puccinia Stipae Arth. On Stipa comata Trin. & Rupr. : 2203, August 4, 1911, White Canyon, San Juan Co. 105. Puccinia subnitens Dietel On Sarcobatus vermiculatus (Hook.) Torr. Collected by Pro- fessor Marcus E. Jones on this host at Burbank, Utah, (alt. about 1800 m.), June 26, 1906. (M. E. Jones No. 7809). Dr. Arthur has shown by cultures the relation of this Aecidium ( Aecidium Sarcobati Peck) to Puccinia subnitens. Since the publication of my last paper, culture work has also shown the connection between the Aecidium on Atriplex hastata and this Puccinia. (For reference to a collection of the aecial stage on Sophia, see No. 4 of this paper.) 109. Puccinia Violae (Schum.) DC. I, III. On Viola canadensis L. : 2245, August 18, 1911, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co. 129. Uromyces Astragali (Opiz.) Schrot. II. On Astragalus microlobus A. Gray: 227,7a, August 11, 1911, Montezuma Canyon near Monticello, San Juan Co. On Astra- galus atratus arctus Sheldon: 2146. July 1, 1911, Moab, Grand Co. On Astragalus argophyllus Nutt.: 2089, Aug. 26, 1909, Gogorza, Summit Co. 131. Uromyces intricatus Cooke. ( U . Eriogoni Ell. & Hark.) On Eriogonum croceum Small: 2198, II, July 31, 1911, San Juan Co. 246 Mycologia 132. Uromyces proeminens Pas. ( U . Euphorbiae C. & Pk.) On Euphorbia Fendleri T. & G. : 2211, August 6, 1911, White Canyon, Natural Bridge National Park, San Juan Co. 140. Uromyces plumbarius Peck. On Oenothera montana Nutt. ( Pachylophus montanus (Nutt.) A. Nelson) : 2177, July 19, 1911, La Sal Mts., Grand Co. 145. * Aecidium crepidicola E. & G. Jour. Myc. 6: 31. 1890 On Crepis glauca (Nutt.) T. & G. Given by A. G. Johnson as occurring in Utah in his paper “ The Unattached Aecial Forms .of Plant Rusts in North America” (No. 88, page 406). 146. * Aecidium occidentale Arth. Bulletin Torrey Bot. Club 31: 7. 1904 On Clematis Douglasii Jones: I, collected by Mrs. Mary Strong Clemens, August 1, 1911, at Holiday Park, Uinta Mts. 147.* Aecidium sp. On leaf of Lappula caerulescens Rydb. A single leaf affected by a very immature aecidium was collected by one of the writer’s pupils in May, 1913. This was sent to Dr. Arthur for examina- tion. He replied that sectioning had shown pycnia at least, and that no aecium was known on this host. 148. * Coleosporium ribicola (C. & E.) Arth. ( Uredo Jonesii Peck). N. A. Flora 7: 86. 1907 On Ribes inebrians Lindl. : 2200, August 2, 1911, Bears’ Ears, Elk Mts., San Juan Co. Alt. about 2,583 m. 2253. August 14, 1911, Montezuma Canyon near Monticello, San Juan Co. On Ribes coloradense Coville: 2232. August 20, 1911, Innes’ saw- mill, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 2818 m. 149. * Cronartium coleosporioides (Dietel & Holw.) Arth. N. A. Flora 7: 123. 1907 On Castilleja linariaefolia Benth. : 2236, August 14, 1911, Mon- tezuma Canyon near Monticello, San Juan Co. Alt. about 2,076 m. Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 247 150. * Cronartium Comandrae Peck, Bot. Gaz. 4: 128. 1879 On Comandra pallida A. DC. Collected by Mrs. Clemens Aug. 14, 1911, at Ploliday Park, Uinta Mts. 151. * Gymnosporangium clavariaeforme (Jacq.) DC. I. FI. Franc. 2: 217. 1805 On Amelanchier nana Nutt.: 224/, I. ( Roestelia lacerata (Sow.) Fr.) August 19, 1911, Abajo Mts. near West Mountain, San Juan Co., alt. about 3,030 m. This is the first recorded col- lection of this species in the state. 152. * Gymnosporangium gracilens (Peck) Kern & Bethel, I, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden 7: 458. 1911 On • Philad el phus occidentals A. Nels. : 222 7, I. ( Aecidium gracilens Peck). August 11, 1911, Dry Wash south of Abajo Mts., San Juan Co. ; alt. about 2,348 m. The neighboring trees of Juniperns monosperma were abundantly affected with the galls of a defunct Gymnosporangium. The peridia of the aecia of this species are bright orange-yellow when first collected, but fade rapidly upon drying. This is the first record of the occurrence of the aecial stage of this species in the state. A record of the col- lection of the telia on Juniperns utahensis (Engelm.) Lemmon in Utah is given in N. A. Flora 7: 201. 1912. 153. * Gymnosporangium inconspicuum Kern, I, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 34: 461. 1907 On fruit of Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt.: 2225, August 11, 1911, Dry Wash near Abajo Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 2,136 m. Several trees of fairly good size bore a profusion of fruit, and scarcely a single fruit had escaped infection. The material was in fine condition. Professor Charles P. Smith also collected very fine material of this in Dry Canyon, Cache County, on the same host, Aug. 8, 1909. Still another collection in my herbarium is that made by Mrs. Mary Strong Clemens, August 15, 1911, at the mouth of the Weber river. On fruit of Amelanchier utahensis Koehne: 2226, August 11, 1911, head of Dry Wash, near Abajo Mts., San Juan Co. Not so 248 Mycologia abundant as on Amelanchier alnifolia, nor apparently so perfectly developed. This aecidium was described by Kern as Roestelia Harknessi- anoides. 154. * Melampsora albertensis Arth. II, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 33: 517. 1906 On leaves of Populus tremuloides Michx. : 2248, August 19, 1911, Abajo Mts. near West Mountain, San Juan Co., alt. about 3,030 m. Dr. Arthur has confirmed by cultures that this rust has its aecia on Pseudotsuga mucronata (Arthur ; Cultures of Ure- dineae in 1911 — Mycol. 4: 58. 1912). 155. * Phragmidium occidentale Arth.; Earle, in Greene, PI. Baker. 2: 3. 1901 On Rubus parviflorus Nutt.: 2246, August 18, 1911, Abajo Mts. below Innes’ sawmill. Alt. about 2,788 m. This rust has also been collected in Emigration Canyon, Salt Lake County. 156.* Puccinia acrophila Peck Bot. Gaz. 6: 227. 1881 On Synthyris laciniata (A. Gray) Rydb. : 2136, August 24, 1910, mountains above Lake Blanche, Big Cottonwood Canyon, Salt Lake County. Mrs. Mary Strong Clemens collected the same species of rust on Synthyris pinnatifida Wats, at Mt. Minnie, Little Cottonwood Canyon, Salt Lake County, on August 16, 1911. The type was collected in Utah on the last-named host by Professor Marcus E. Jones. 157.* Puccinia Actinellae (Webb) Syd. Monogr. Ured. 1 : 4. 1904 On Tetraneuris leptoclada (A. Gray) Greene: 2201, Aug. 3, 1911, rim-rock above Armstrong Canyon near Edwin Natural Bridge, San Juan County; alt. about 1 ,788 m. 158.* Puccinia Adoxae DC. Flore Franc. 2: 220. 1805 On leaves and stems of Adoxa Moschatellina L. : 2239, August 17, 1911, Abajo Mts., San Juan Co., at about 3,333 m. alt. Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 249 159.* Puccinia albulensis Magn. Ill, Ber. Deutsch. Bot Ges. 8: 169. 1890 On Veronica Wormskjoldii R. & S. ( V . alpina Amer. Auct.) : 73d, July 10, 1905, Alta Valley, head of Little Cottonwood Can- yon, Salt Lake Co., at about 2,878 m. 855, August 23, 1905, Big Cottonwood Canyon, 2,650 m. Not very common. Exsic. Fungi Utahenses 94. 160.* Puccinia Circaeae Pers. Roemer, Neues, Mag. 1: 1 19. 1794 On Circaea pacifica Aschers & Magnus : 2/3/, August 19, 1910, Mill D, south fork Big Cottonwood Canyon, Salt Lake County. 161.* Puccinia Clementis Garrett, sp. nov. HIT. III. Telia amphigenous (or rarely on stem or silique), not very numerous, scattered or occasionally confluent; roundish or ellip- tical, 1-5 mm. across ; pulvinate ; umber-brown ; rather tardily naked, the ruptured epidermis plumbeous, usually easily discern- ible; teliospores 32-39 X 15-19 /•<• ; the upper cell umbonate at the apex, the umbo as much as 2.6 n long. Spores granular, and indistinctly striate, but slightly constricted at the septum. Collected by Mrs. Mary Strong Clemens, Bald Mountain, Uinta Mts., on Parrya platycarpa Rydb., August 10, 1911. 162.* Puccinia commutata Syd. I, Monogr. Ured. 1 : 201. 1904 On Valeriana occidental is Heller. I ( Aecidium Valerianearum Duby) was collected by Mrs. Mary Strong Clemens at Pharaoh’s Glen, Parley’s Canyon, August 4, 1911. The material was in especially good condition. 163* Puccinia globosipes Peck Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 34. 1885 On Lycium Andersoni A. Gray. Collected by Professor Mar- cus E. Jones at Le Verkin, 909 m. altitude, and reported in his “ Contributions to Western Botany ” No. 7, page 730, 1895. I have not seen the specimens. 250 Mycologia 164.* Puccinia Grindeliae Peck Bot. Gaz. 4: 127. 1879 On Chrysopsis Bakeri Greene: 2223, August 9, 1911, Dry Wash, San Juan Co.; alt. about 1,818 m. 165.* Puccinia Grossulariae (Schum.) Lagerh. Ill, Ured. Herb. Fr. 60: 1895 On Car ex sp. : 2221, Aug. 8, 1911, near Kaigalia pasture, Elk Mts., San Juan Co. 166.* Puccinia Koeleriae Arth. Mycologia 1 : 247. 1909 On Koeleria gracilis Pers. : 2231, Aug. 14, 1911, Montezuma Canyon near Monticello, San Juan Co., alt. about 2,076 m. In the original description of this rust, Berbcris aquifolius is given as the host of its aecial stage. 167. * Puccinia Muhlenbergiae A. & H. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa 5: 317. 1902 On Muhlenbergia gracilis H.B.K. : 2228, August 11, 1911, head Dry Wash, near Abajo Mts., San Juan Co. On Muhlenbergia Richardsonii (Trin.) Rydb. : 2232, August 14, 1911, Montezuma Canyon near Monticello, San Juan Co., alt. about 2,076 m. The aecium of this species is said to be found on Callirrhoe involu- crata (Muhlenbergia, Jan. 1912, page 31). 168. * Puccinia obliterata Arth. I, Mycologia 1 : 250. 1909 On Aquilegia caerulea James: 2160, July 11, 1911, head of Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 3,242 m. (In the original description of this rust, Agropyron biflorum and A. caninum are given as the hosts for the telial stage.) 169. * Puccinia Pentstemontis Peck, I, II, III, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 35. 1885 “ On Pentstemon confertus var. caeruleo-purpurens Gray ” (= P. procerus Dough) Collected by Marcus E. Jones, at Panguitch Lake, 2,520 m. alt. Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 251 170.* Puccinia Pseudocymopteridis Holw. I, III, N. A. Ure- dineae i4: 91. 1913 On Pseudocymopterus montanus (A. Gray) C. & R. : 2161, I, July 12, 1911, near Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. 2244, I, III, Aug. 18, 1911, Abajo Mts. below Innes’ sawmill. On Pseudocymopterus Tidestromii C. & R. : 2150, July 5, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co. near Gold Basin. 171.* Puccinia Rydbergii Garrett, sp. nov. III. Telia small, amphigenous, chestnut-brown, tardily pulverulent, surrounded by the ruptured plumbeous epidermis, often confluent. Teliospores cinnamon-brown, elliptical, rounded at both ends, 26-32 X 16-18 /<.; germ-pore at apex of upper cell and near the base of the lower cell ; pedicels hyaline, fragile. On Sedum stenopetalum Pursh: 2152, July 7, 1911, mountains above Gold Basin, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co.; alt. about 3,390 m. Collected by Rydberg & Garrett. This species differs from Puccinia Rhodiolae B. & Br. mainly in the uniformly smaller spores. 172.* Puccinia Sieversiae Arth. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 3. 1904 On Sieversia turbinata (Rydb.) Greene. Collected by L. N. Goodding (No. 1 377), at Fish Lake, July 17, 1902. 173* Puccinia tardissima Garrett, sp. nov. II, III. II. Uredosori amphigenous, elongated, dull cinnamon-brown ; uredospores spherical to elliptical, verrucose, yellowish-brown, 17-21 X 21-23 ju,; germ-pores 4, scattered. III. Telia like the uredosori, but darker; very rarely met with, the teliospores usually occurring mixed with the uredospores. Teliospores dark-brown, elliptical, 21-24X25-35/4; their walls thin. On Arenaria sp. : 2116, Oct. 9, 1909, mountain-side south of Wasatch Resort, Little Cottonwood Canyon, Wasatch Mts. Type. Also collected by E. Bethel in II only on Arenaria subcongesta (Wats.) Rydb., Aug. 23, 1907, at Ouray, Colo., and by E. T. & E. Bartholemew on Arenaria congcsta Nutt., Aug. 30, 1913 (No. 252 Mycologia 5232), Yellowstone Park, Wyo. This latter collection shows the teliospores as sparse as in the collection made in Utah in October. This species has been confused with Puccinia modica Holw., from which it differs especially in the very thin walls of the teli- ospores and in their sparse production. 174.* Puccinia tumidipes Peck, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 34. 1885 On Lycium pallidum Miers. : 2196, July 31, 1911, Hammond Canyon, Elk Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 1,434 m. 175. * Puccinia turrita Arth. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 230. 1902 On Saxifraga austro-montana Wiegand: 2173, July 15, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 3,272 m. 176. * Puccinia variolans Hark. Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci., p. 15, 1884 Mentioned in Arthur & Holway’s Descriptions of American Uredineae, I, page 56, as having been collected in Utah on Aplo- pappus spinosus DC. 177. * Uredo Castilleiae T. & E. Proc. Calif. Acad. 5: 731- 1895 On Castilleja affinis H. & A. Collected by Professor Marcus E. Jones, July 19, 1894, Capitol Wash, alt. 1,500 m. 178. * Uromyces aemulus Arth. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 38: 373- I911 On Allium acuminatum Hook: 363, June 3, 1904, Farmington Canyon, Davis Co., 1,700 m. alt. This species was found mixed with Puccinia Blaisdalei H. & A. in the collection reported in No. 80 of the writer’s previous list. Dr. Arthur called attention to it in Mycologia 2 : 290. 1910. Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 253 179.* Uromyces Lychnidis T. & E. I, II, III, Proc. Calif. Acad. 5: 729. 1895 On Lychnis Drummondii (Hook.) Wats. Collected by Pro- fessor Marcus E. Jones, August 22, near Tate Mine above Marysvale. 180.* Uromyces mysticus Arth. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 38: 377. 1911 On Hordeum jubatum L. Collected by S. M. Tracy (No. 712) at Provo. Date not given (according to Dr. Arthur, as stated in the original description). 181.* Uromyces oblongus Vize. I, III. Grevillea 5: no. 1877 On Trifolium Parryi A. Gray: 2172a, July 15, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 3,242 m. On Trifolium scariosum •A. Nelson; 2172, July 15, 1911, La Sal Mts., San Juan Co., alt. about 3,242 m., July 15, 1911. 182.* Uromyces Psoraleae Peck I, III, Bot. Gaz. 6: 239. 1881 On Psoralea micrantha A. Gray: 2144, July 1, 1911, Moab, Grand Co., 1,212 m. Host Index of Smuts and Rusts of Utah Mycologia Mycologia Aconitum Columbianum 2 :300 Allium acuminatum . Actaea arguta Allium acuminatum . . 6 1252 Adoxa Moschatellina . . . . Alopecurus aristulatus 6:244 Agoseris elata Alsine borealis 2:273 Agoseris gradlens Althea rosea Agoseris Greenei 2:297 Amelanchier alnifolia Agoseris heterophylla ... 2 \2 72 ; 6 :247, 248 Agoseris leontodon Amelanchier nana . . 6:247 Agropyron caninum . . . . Amelanchier utahensis 6:247 Agropyron occidentalis . Angelica dilatata . . . 2 :292 Agropyron Palmeri 6:243 Aplopappus Agropyron repens 2:294 Aplopappus spinosus . 6:252 Agropyron spicatum .... 2:294 Aquilegia caerulea . . Agropyron Smithii Aquilegia caerulea . . . 6 :250 Agropyron tenerum .... Aquilegia flavescens . Agropyron tenerum 6:243 Aquilegia leptocera .. 254 Mycologia Mycologia Arabis Drummondii 2:271 Arabis Holboellii 2:286 Arabis retrofracta 2:286 Arabis retrofracta 6:241 Archemora Fendleri 2:288 Arenaria sp 6:251 Arenaria uintahensis 2:286 Arenaria verna 2:286 Arnica cordifolia 2:276 Arnica paniculata 2:276 Arnica rhizomata 2:276 Arnica subplumosa sylvatica 2 -.276 Artemisia dracunculoides 2:275 Artemisia Hookeriana 2:279 Artemisia nova 2:275 Artemisia tridentata 2:275 Aster sp. nov 2:278 Aster sp 2:295 Aster sp 2 :278 Aster sp 6:241 Aster adscendens 2:276,288 Aster apricus 2 1278 Aster arenarioides 2:276 Aster canescens 2:276 Aster ciliomarginatus 2:278 Aster Eatoni 2:276 Aster Fremonti 2:278 Astragalus atratus arctus 6:245 Astragalus decumbens? 2:301 Astragalus diphysus 2:301 Astragalus microlobus 6:245 Astragalus Purshii 2:301 Astragalus utahensis 2:301 Astragalus Wardii 2:301 Atragene occidentalis 2:269 Avena sativa 2:267 Balsamorrhisa macrophylla ....2:277 Balsamorrhisa sagittate 2:277 Beckmannia erucaeformis ....2:283 Berberis repens 2:304 Bigelovia Douglasii 2:297 Bouteloua oligostachya 6:241 Brickellia grandiflora 2:295, Bromus hordeaceus 2:267 Bromus marginatus 2:267 Bromus polyanthus 2:267 Bromus Porteri 2:29356:242 Bromus sterilis 2:293 Mycologia Calochortus Nuttallii 2:277, Caltha leptosepala 2:297 Carduus acaulescens 2:279 Carduus americanus 6:243 Carduus lanceolatus 2:279 Carduus leiocephalus 2:266,277 Carduus oblanceolatus 6:243 Carduus oreophilus 6:243 Carduus pulcliellus 6:243 Carduus Tracyi 6:243 Carduus undulatus 6: Carex sp 2:292 Carex sp 2:266 Carex sp 2:278 Carex sp 6:250 Carex sp 6:250 Carex f estiva 2 :278 Carex Hoodii 2:277 Carex Jamesii 2:266,282 Carex lanuginosa 2:277 Carex muricata confixa 2:277 Carex nebraskensis 2:266,282 Carex rostrata 2:278 Carex stenophylla 2:298 Carum Garrettii 2:287 Castilleja affinis 6:252 Castilleja linariaefolia 6:246 Catabrosa aquatica 2:268,292 Cerastium Behringianum 6:242 Cerastium scopulorum 6:242 Chenopodium album 2:296 Chrysopsis Bakeri 6:250 Chrysothamnus pulcherrimus ..2:298 Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus ...2:297 Circaea pacifica 6:249 Cirsium oreophilum 6:243 Cirsium Tracyi 6:243 Claytonia Siberica 2:279 Clematis Douglasii 6:246 Clematis ligusticifolia 2:276 Cleome serrulate 2:296 Coleosanthus grandiflorus? ....2:295 Collomia gracilis 2:291 Comandra pallida 2:279 Comandra pallida 6:247 Crepis acuminata 2:280 Crepis glauca 2:280 Crepis glauca 6:246 Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 255 Mycologia Crepis intermedia 6:243 Crepis occidentalis 2:280 Crepis rostrata 2:280 Crepis scopulorum 2:280 Crepis sp. nov 2:280 Cressa Truxillensis 2:280 Cnicus Drummondii acaulescens 2 :279 Cynomarathrum Nuttallii 2:282 Cystopteris fragilis 2:272 Dasiophora fruticosa 2:274 Dianthus caryophyllus 2:301 Distichlis stricta 2:295 Draba Helleriana 6:244 Draba pectinata 2:281 Draba spectabilis 6:244 Echinospermum floribundum ...2:289 Elymus canadensis 2:283,293 Elymus condensatus ..2:283,289,291 Elymus glaucus 2:268,293 Elymus robustus 2:268 Epilobium adenocaulon 2:299 Epilobium alpinum 2:293 Epilobium anagallidifolium ....2:300 Epilobium brevistylum 2:300 Epilobium clavatum 2:293,298 Epilobium Drummondii latius- culum 2:298 Epilobium Drummondii 2:300 Epilobium Hornemanni 2:293 Epilobium paniculatum 2:282 Epilobium rubricaule 2:298 Epilobium straminium 2:298 Erigeron Coulteri 2:269 Erigeron macranthus 2:280 Eriocoma cuspidata 2:267 Eriogonum campanulatum 2:301 Eriogonum croceum 6:245 Eriogonum heracleoides 2:301 Eriogonum racemosum 2:302 Eriogonum umbellatum majus ..2:302 Erythronium grandiflorum ....2:302 Erythronium grandiflorum par- viflorum 2:302 Euphorbia dentata 2:302 Euphorbia Fendleri 6 1246 Euphorbia montana robusta. 2 1270, 304 Mycologia Euphorbia robusta 2:270,304 Euphorbia serpyllifolia 2:302 Erysimum asperum 2:296 Festuca con finis 2:280 Festuca elatior 2:291 Festuca octo flora 2:268 Filix fragilis ....2:272 Galium triflorum 2 :292 Gayophytum caesium 2:267,283 Gayophytum intermedium . .2 :267, 283 Gayophytum lasiospermum ....2:283 Gayophytum pumilum 2:283 Gayophytum racemosum 2:273 Gayophytum ramosissimum ....2:283 Geranium Fremontii 2:287 Geranium nervosum ..2:287 Geranium Richardsonii 2:287 Geranium venosum 2:287 Gilia Nuttallii 2:291 Gilia pungens? 6:244 Glyceria nervata 2:267 Glycyrrhiza lepidota 2:302 Grindelia squarrosa 2:284 Gutierrezia Euthamiae 2:284 Gutierrezia filifolia 6:244 Gutierrezia Sarothrae 2:284 Gymnolomia multiflora 2:275 Hedysarum utaliense 2:302 Helianthella arizonica f 6:244 Helianthella uniflora 2:284 Helianthus annuus 2:284 Helianthus lenticularis 2:284 Heuchera parvifolia 2:281 Heuchera rubescens 2:281 Heuchera utahensis 2:281 Hieracium griseum 2:285 Holcus lanatus? 2:295 Hordeum jubatum 2:293 Hordeum jubatum 6:253 Hordeum nodosum 2:293 Hordeum pusillum 2:293 Horkelia Gordonii 2:274 Hydrophyllum capitatum ..2:271,286 Hydrophyllum Watsonii ..2:271,286 Iva axillaris 2:286 Iva xanthifolia 2:299 Ivesia Gordonii .- 2:274 J uncus longistylis 2:303 256 Mycologia Mycologia Juncus saximontanus 2:303 Juncus xiphioides montanus ...2:303 Juniperus monosperma 6:247 Juniperus scopulorum 6:242 Juniperus utahensis 6:247 Ligusticum filicinum 2:287,300 Lappula cacrulescens 6:246 Lappula floribunda 2:289 Lathyrus coreaceus 2:303 Lathyrus utahensis 2:266,303 Lepidium apetalum 2:296 Lepidium virginicum 2:296 Leptotaenia Eatoni 2:287 Leptotaenia 6 : Ligusticum filicinum 2:287,300 Linum Kingii 2:273 Linum Lewisii 2:273 Lithophragma bulbifera 2:270 Lithophragma parviflora 2:288 Lomatium platycarpum 2:287 Lupinus parviflorus 2:303 Lupinus pulcherrimus 2:303 Lychnis Drummondii 6:253 Lycium Andersoni 6:249 Lycium pallidum 6:252 Macliaeranthera canescens ....2:276 Malva rotundifolia 2:288 Malvastrum dissectum 6:245 Mentha canadensis 2:289 Mentha Penardi 6:244 Mertensia arizonica 2:289 Mertensia ciliata 2:289 Mertensia intermedia 2:289 Mertensia polyphylla 2:289 Mertensia Siberica 2:289 Mertensia sp. nov 2:289 Micranthes arguta 2:285,290 Microsteris micrantha 2:291 Mitella pentandra 2:285 Mitella stenopetala 2:281,285 Monarda menthaefolia 6:244 Monardella odoratissima 2:289 Montia siberica 2:279 Muhlenbergia gracilis 6:250 Muhlenbergia Richardsonii ....6:250 Oenothera caespitosa 2:303 Oenothera heterantha 2:285 Oenothera marginata 2:303 Mycologia Oenothera montana 6:246 Osmorrhiza nuda 2:290 Oxygraphis cymbalaria 2:278 Oxypolis Fendleri 2:288 Oxyria digyna 2:290 Ozomelis stenopetala 2:281,285 Pachylophus caespitosus 2:303 Pachylophus marginatus 2:303 Panicum Crus-galli 2:267 Parnassia fimbriata 2:291 Parrya platycarpa 6:249 Pectiantia pentandra 2:285 Pentstemon confertus caeruleo- purpureus 6:250 Pentstemon procerus Peucedanum graveolens 2:282 Peucedanum simplex 2 :287 Petradoria pumila 2:294 Phacelia alpina 2:271 Phacelia heterophylla 2:271 Philadelphia occidentalis 6:247 Phlox caespitosa 2:283 Phlox longifolia 2:291 Phlox sp 2:291 Poa crocata 6:244 Poa Fendleriana 2:278 Poa longipedunculata? 6:244 Poa pratensis 2:292 Poa reflexa 2:292 Poa Wheeleri 6:243 Populus angustifolia 2:273 Fopulus tremuloides 6:248 Polygonum aviculare 2:303 Potentilla Bakeri 2:274 Potentilla fruticosa 2:274 Potentilla glomerata 2 :274 Potentilla pulcherrima 2:274 Potentilla viridescens 2:274 Pseudocymopterus montanus ..6:251 Pseudocymopterus Tidestromii .6 :25i Psoralea micrantha 6:253 Ptilocalais graciloba 2:297 Ptilocalais major 2:297 Pyrola asarifolia incarnata 2:300 Pyrola rotundifolia uliginosa. 2 :274, 300 Pyrola secunda 2:274,300 Garrett: Smuts and Rusts of Utah 257 Mycologia Pyrola uliginosa 2:274,300 Radicula sinuata 2:296 Ranunculus Cymbalaria 2:278 Ranunculus digit atus 2:278 Ranunculus Eschscholtzii 2:278 Ranunculus nivalis Eschscholt- zii 2:278 Ranunculus stenolobus 2:278 Ribes coloradense 6:246 Ribes inebrians 6:246 Ribes oxyacanthoides 2:272 Ribes saxosum 2:272 Ribes vallicola 2:272 Rosa aciculata 6:243 Rosa Fendleri 6: Rosa grosse-serrata 2:275 Rosa Macounii 2:275 Rosa Maximiliana 2:275 Rosa neomexicana 6:243 Rosa sp. nov 6:243 Rubacer parviflorus 6:248 Rubus parviflorus 6:248 Salix chlorophylla 2:273 Salix cordata IVatsonii 2:273 Salix cordata lutea 2:273 Salix exigua 2:273 Salix Fendleriana 2:273 Salix flavescens 2:273 Salix glaucops 6:242 Salix lasiandra Fendleriana ...2:273 Salix lasiandra caudata 2:273 Salix lutea 2:273 Salix luteosericea 2:273 Salix monticola ? 6:242 Salix Nuttallii 2:273 Salix pachnophora 6:242 Salix pentandra caudata 2:273 Salix pliylicifolia 2:272,273 Salix schouleriana 2:273 Salsola Tragus 2:296 Sarcobatus vermiculatus 6:245 Saxifraga arguta 2:290,295 Saxifraga austromontana 6:252 Saxifraga debilis 6:243 Saxifraga punctata 2:285,290 Sedum debile 2:293 Sedum stenopetalum 6:251 Sida hederacea 2:288 Mycologia Sidalcea nervata 2:271 Sieversia turbinata 6:251 Silene Menziesii 2:266 Sitanion calif ornicum ....2:267,268 Sitanion glaber 2:283 Sitanion rigidum 6:244 Smelowskxa americana 2:275 Smelowskia calycina 2:275 Senecio crassulus 2:295 Senecio dispar 2:282,295 Senecio lugens 2:295 Senecio triangularis 2:295 Sieversia turbinata 6:251 Solidago canadensis 2:294 Solidago mollis 2:294 Solidago pulcherrima 2:294 Solidago pumila 2:294 Solidago trinervata 2:294 Sophia incisa 2:296 Sophia sp 2:27156:241 Sphaeralcea arizonica 6:245 Sphaeralcea grossulariaefolia.. .2 :293 Sphaeralcea marginale 6:245 Sphaeralcea Munroana 2:293 Sporobolus asperifolius ...2:269,297 Sporobolus filiformis 2:278,295 Stephanomeria minor 2:284 Stellaria borealis 2:273 Stellaria Curtisii 6:240 Stipa comata 6:245 Stipa minor 2:295,296 Symphoricarpos rotundifolius.. .2 =270 Symphoricarpos vaccinioides . . .2 -.270 Synthyris laciniata 6:248 Synthyris pinnatifida 6:248 Taraxacum officinale 2:296 Taraxacum taraxacum 2:296 Taraxia subacaulis 2:285 Tellima parviflora 2:288 Tetraneuris leptoclada 6:248 Thalictrum Fendleri 2:272 T halictrum sparsiflorum 2 :27o, 272, 296 Thlaspi coloradensis 2:296 Thlaspi glaucum 2:296,298 Trautvetteria grandis 6:241 Trifolium Parryi 6:253 Trifolium repens 2:304 258 Mycologia Mycologia T rifoliu m scariosum 6:253 Trisetum spicatum 2:297 Trisetum subspicatum . . 2 1271 ; 6 1241 Triticum vulgar e 2:269,283 Troximon cuspidatum 2:297 Troximon gracilens 2:297 Troximon gracilens Greenei. . . .2 1297 Urtica gracilis 2:277 Vaccinium caespitosum 2:300 Valeriana occidentals 6:249 Veratrum speciosum 2:298 Veronica alpina 6:249 Veronica Wormskjoldii 6:249 Vicia americana truncata 2:301 Vicia oregana 2:266,301 Vicia trifida 2:301 High School, Salt Lake City, Utah. Mycologia Viola adnnca 6:244 Viola blanda 2:282 Viola canadensis 6:245 Viola longipes 2:299,270 Viola Nuttallii 2:270 Viola Rydbergii 2:281 Viorna Jonesii 6: Washingtonia divaricata 2:290 Washingtonia nuda 2:290 Washingtonia obtusa 2:290 Washingtonia occidentalis ....2:290 Wyethia amplexicaulis 2:299 Zauschneria Garrettii 2:299 Zea Mays 2:268 Zygadenus paniculatus 2:304 ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF LICHENS FROM JAMAICA, WEST INDIES R. Heber Howe, Jr. In April, 1909, at the request of Dr. Duncan S. Johnson, of Johns Hopkins University, the New York Botanical Garden for- warded to me a small collection of lichens collected by him on the island of Jamaica in 1903 and 1906. At the time I worked over and prepared this list, I was unable to find any recently published list1 of the lichen flora of Jamaica, but the publication of Dr. L. W. Riddle’s list2 has led me to pub- lish this enumeration. For the advantage of comparison, this list follows Dr. Riddle’s arrangement. Two specimens of the genus Cladonia were sent to Prof. Bruce Fink for determination : and the crustose species to Dr. H. E. Hasse; the genus Stereocaulon was sent to Dr. Riddle who has also determined several other specimens. Acknowledgment is here most gratefully made. Pyrenocarpeae Pyrenula “Lichen No. 7. Goat Isd. IV-16-06.” A composite specimen. Pyrenula “ no spores ” ; Porina sp. ( ?). Spores “ 28 X 8 jx.” Anthracothecium Mass. “ Lichen No. 4. Goat Isd. IV-16-06.” One specimen spores “muriform, pale-brown,” Determined by Dr. Hasse. Nos. 1, 6, 8, 11, 31, 32, 37, and 100 and labelled “ Lichens ” belong in other groups. CONIOCARPINEAE Sphaerophorus compressus Ach. “Lichen No. 36. Sir John, V- 1-06.” One specimen determined by Prof. Fink. 1 Swartz, Prod. 1788 and Flora Indiae Occidentalis, 1806. 2 Riddle, Mycologia, 4: 125-140. 1912. 250 260 Mycologia Graphidineae Arthonia distendens Nyl. “Lichen No. 9 Goat Isd. (near Old Harbor), IY-16-06.” The bark of this specimen supports sev- eral species, beside the above. Spores “40-60X24 /x, oblong and ovoid-oblong, colorless becoming light brown, 6-8 septate (7-9 locular) with several septations in longitudinal axis. De- termined by Dr. Hasse. Other species present Arthonia radi- ata (Per.) Th. Fr. “ no spores ” Microglaena “ spores narrowly ellipsoid 23-32 X 10-14,4-7 /x septate and submuriform, de- colorate becoming light brown”; Microthelia (?) thelena (Ach.) Mull. Arg. Spores “oblong-ellipsoid, 15-18X5-6 /x; Thclotrema (?) lepadinum Tuck. Spores “24-52X7-16 /x.” Determined by Dr. Graphis “ Lichens No. 5. John Crow Peak, IV-18-03.” One specimen, “ section Diplographis, but no spores seen.” Determined by Dr. Hasse. Chiodecton rubrocinctum Nyl. (== Ch. sanguineum (Sw.) Wain.) “ Lichen No. 18. Clydesdale, IV-28-06.” One specimen de- termined by Dr. Hasse. Thelotrema ( ?) subtile Tuck., Determined by Dr. Hasse. Cyclocarpineae Ocellularia alba (Fee) Mull. Arg. One specimen determined by Dr. Hasse. Spores “ colorless roundish and ovoid-oblong, 3-4 septate.” Baeomyces absolutus Tuck. “Lichen No. 16, near Vinegar Hill (Trees), IV-23-03 ” and “Lichen 48 on Eucalyptus Whitfield Hall Wks. IV-22-03.” Two specimens determined by Dr. Hasse No. 48 “contains a Porina also.” Cladonia rangiformis Hoffm. “Lichen No. 33, Cladonia sp.? Cinchona Hill, V-2-06.” One specimen, determined by Prof. Bruce Fink. Cladonia rangiformis var. cubana Wain. “ Lichen No. 45, Blue Mt. Peak, IV-20-03, Cladonia sp.” One specimen determined by Prof. Fink. Cladonia didyma var. rugifera Wain. “Lichen No. 43, Cladonia sp. Clyde Valley, V-8-06.” One specimen determined by Prof. Fink. Howe: Lichens from Jamaica 261 Cladonia aggregata (Sw.) Ach. “Lichen 34, Cladonia sp.? Cinchona Hill, V-20-06.” One specimen determined by Prof. Fink. Cladonia squamosa var. phyllocoma Rabenh. “ Lichen 44, Cla- donia sp. Clyde Valley, V-8-06.” One specimen determined by Prof. Fink. Stercocaulon ramulosum (Sw.) Ach. “Lichen No. 13, Cladonia, sp. Rd. to Morce’s Gap (?).” Specimen determined by Dr. Riddle, of which a part is now in his herbarium. Stereocaulon cornutum Mull. Arg. “ Lichen No. 14, Morce’s Gap, 03.” One specimen determined by Dr. Riddle. Leptogium tremelloides (L.f.) Gray. “Lichens No. 2, New Haven Gap, IV-30-03,” and “ Lichen No. 30, Sir John, V-i- 06.” Two specimens. Spores 28-32 X 14 Determined by Dr. Riddle. Leptogium phyllocarpum (Pers.) Nyl. “ Lichen No. 19,” and “20. Cinchona Hill, IV-28-03.” Two specimens. Spores 28-40 X 10-18/1. Verified by Dr. Riddle. Leptogium “ Lichen No. 3, Morce’s Gap, IV-23-03.” One sterile fragment is perhaps referable to some form of chloromelum (Sw.) Nyl. Pannaria ( Parmeliella ) pannosa (Sw.) Delis. “Lichen No. 38, Portland Gap, IV-16-06,” and “ Lichen No. 39, Cinchona Hill, IV-28-03.” Two sterile specimens. Dr. Riddle refers a part of this material to P. Mariana var isideoidea Mull. Arg. ; a part to P. rubiginosa (Thurb.) Del., but in the absence of apothecia it is thought best to refer both to Pannaria pannosa. Coccocarpia pcllita (Ach.) Mull. Arg. “Lichen No. 10, Cin- chona Hill, IV-25-06 (on soil).” One specimen spores 8X 16 /I. Verified by Dr. Riddle. Sticta Weigelli (Ach.) Wain. “Lichen No. 27, Cinchona Hill, IV-03.” Determined by Dr. Riddle. Sticta damaecomis (Sw.) Ach. Nos. 15, 17, 21, 22, 23, 29, 35, 41, and 42. Nos. 29, 35, collected in “ V-06,” all other in “ IV- 03,” and representing in all the following localities : Blue Mt., Cinchona Hill, New Haven Gap, Latimer River, and Sir John. The specimens exhibit the wide variation in form of thallus lo- cation shown by this species. The envelopes in which the spe- 262 Mycologia cimens came to hand were marked “Lichen,” except “ No. 29” — labeled “Liverwort.” Spores 48X16//.. Lobaria peltigera (Del.) Wain. “Lichen No. 40, Clyde Valley, IV-27-96.” Spores 32-49 X 14-16 /t. Determined by Dr. Riddle. The Usneas of Jamaica present a very difficult problem be- cause of the mass of described species from tropical and sub- tropical regions, which have been named with little or no corre- lated study of distribution. The determinations here made are not considered necessarily final, but are the best elucidation pos- sible under the existing circumstances. Dr. J. A. Cushman of the Boston Society of Natural History has kindly allowed me to study, and here record, notes on the Usneas of a collection recently made by him in Jamaica. All his collecting was done in a different region of the island from that covered by Miss Cummings and Dr. Johnson, and his specimens seem to represent a flora less typically tropical. Dr. Riddle writes me in connection with his determinations : “ I was not at all satisfied with my dispositon ” of the Usneas. We have since gone over all the material together, and there is very little doubt, as I have said, that the members of this genus from the tropics need a thorough revision. Usnea [ Eumitria ] implicata Strt. “ Lichen No. 24,” and “ 25 Cinchona Hill, IV-28-03.” Two small fertile specimens — spores normal. Also “ Lichen No. 28, Sir John, V-1-96,” sterile. Dr. Cushman’s material from Newcastle and Mande- ville represents this species in part. It is clearly defined by its hollow or arachnoid axis. Superficially it suggests U. florida (L.) Web. Usnea dasypogoides var. cladoblephara Mull. Arg. “Lichen No. 26, John Crow, I V-i 8-93,” and “Lichen No. 28, Sir John, V- 1-96.” This material appears to belong here. The type of this variety however, is not to be found among the Muller types either at Chambesy or at Kew. The material No. lb determined by Dr. Riddle as Usnea laevis (Eschw.) Nyl. is undoubtedly U. arthroclada Fee., which appears to be quite synonymous with U. intercalaris Wain, non? Kremp., U . laevigata Wain., and seemingly even U. articulata var. di- Howe: Lichens from Jamaica 263 morpha Mull. Arg. Nos. 7, 8 and ia are referable to U . Vriese- ana Mont. & Bosch.,3 and are all Pachynae, as is Mr. Merrill’s Lich. Exc. No. 109. No. id seems referable to U. denudata Smith (Rees, Enel. Arts. Sci Lit. 37: 1817), a naked, subpendulous plant of the Mesinae described from Otaheite. Nos. 2 and 6 (in part), as is Mr. Merrill’s distribution Lich. Exc. No. 159, are dicroic4 conditions of U. ceratina. One example of No. 6 is a typical U. angulata Ach. Dr. Riddle has kindly given me the fol- lowing notes on U. jamaicensis Ach., made by him of the type preserved at Helsingfors. Though not as yet discovered in ma- terial examined from Jamaica it seems a fitting place to give its diagnostic characters. “ It is a short rather stout plant, appar- ently erect, 4 cm. long and 1-13 mm. thick, — scabrous with copi- ous, very minute papillae — much branched, but with very few fibrils — apothecia frequent, 1.5-3 mm. lat.” Dr. Elfvring has also kindly sent me a fibril section which shows it to be a Mesinae. Dr. Wainio considered it synonymous with U. aspera (Eschw.) Wain. The material collected by Dr. Cushman, not discussed above, seems to represent the following species. It was collected in March, 1912, at Catadupa (1,200 ft.), Montego Bay (up to 500 ft.), Mandeville (2,000 ft.), and Newcastle (4,000 ft.). In part it represents U. concinna Strt., and U. radiata Strt., both Pa- chynae; in part U. [Eumitria] implicita Strt. as mentioned above. The pendulous species are U. angulata Ach., not entirely typical, and a terete, robust species suggesting U. longissima Ach., but having a curious brown axis, and probably U. mekista Strt. One example of this material having the brown axis I am unable to name, and yet entirely unwilling, under the circumstances, to de- scribe as new. Thoreau Museum of Natural History, Concord, Massachusetts. 3 Since this paper was written, Dr. Yongman of Leiden has sent me for examination a part of the type of U. Vrieseana. It proves to be, instead of a Pachynae, as designated by Dr. Zahlbruckner, a Leptinae, and very closely allied, if not identical, with U. articulata (L.) Hoffm. These specimens are therefore probably to be referred to JJ. gracilis Ach. * U. rubescens Strt. NEWS, NOTES AND REVIEWS Dr. W. H. Rankin, of the department of plant pathology of Cornell University, who has in recent years devoted considerable time to chestnut canker investigations, spent July 16-18 at the Garden consulting the mycological herbarium. Another name for the fungus which often attacks the plane- tree in spring, causing its young leaves to wither, has been dis- covered by A. Tonelli, who concludes that Microstroma Platani Eddelb. & Engelke, as well as Gloeosporium nervisequum, is a stage of Gnomonia veneta. H. von Schrenk, in the Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden for May, 1914, describes a heart-rot of the mesquite in Texas caused by Inonotus tcxanus and a trunk disease of the common lilac in the vicinity of St. Louis caused by Corolius versicolor. Excellent plates accompany the descriptions. A. Maublanc and E. Rangel have recently studied the fungous parasite of coffee known as Stimblum flazndum and have de- cided that it is the sterile form of a fungus to which they give the name Omphalia flavida. They find that the parasite easily spreads without the recurrence of the perfect form. In a recent number of the Journal of Agricultural Research, W. H. Long gives very complete descriptions and illustrations of the heart-rot caused by Aurantiporus Pilotae, attacking oak and chestnut, and Grifola Berkeleyi and Grifola frondosa, attacking the base of the trunk and the larger roots of species of oak. Dr. H. Hasselbring visited the Garden July 15 on his way to Europe. Lie was formerly engaged in mycological studies and is at present making extensive investigations into the cause of rot in 264 News, Notes and Reviews 265 sweet potatoes. He finds that drying the potatoes quite thor- oughly before storing them largely prevents decay. Mr. Edward T. Harper continues his report on species of Pho- liota in the region of the Great Lakes, in the Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences for 1913. The plates used in illustration are not less handsome and attractive than in former papers. A number of species of Stropharia are also included in this report. Mr. Simon Davis, in a recent number of Rhodora, gives an ac- count of a large number of interesting gill-fungi collected by him at Stow, Massachusetts. Many of the species are rare and local. Mr. Davis intends now to turn his attention particularly to the genus Inocybe, and he will be glad to receive specimens for the study of this genus from any source. The genus “Muciporus” is discussed by H. O. Juel in a recent number of the Arkiv for Botanik, the discussion closing with a list of the known species of the Tulasnellaceae, including Gloeo- tulasnella and Tnlasnella. In a plate showing microscopic studies of Poly porous corticola Fries, Tnlasnella thelephorea is shown to be the original of Muciporus corticola. Miss Elsie M. Prior, in the Journal of Economic Biology for, 1913, gives an account of her studies on the fungous disease of beech trees known as the “ snap-beech ” disease, which causes the trunk to break fifteen to twenty feet above ground. This disease is attributed to Bjerkandera adust a, which enters the tree by wounds and destroys the wood through the activity of enzyms. Successful artificial cultures of Clitocybe illudens and Armil- laria mellea on beef-malt-agar medium have been made by V. H. Young of the University of Wisconsin, who gives a brief descrip- tion of his cultures in the Botanical Gasette for June, 1914. The fruit-bodies obtained in the first generation proved to be quite normal, but those in the second spore generation showed striking variations in form. 266 Mycologia The temporary suspension of vitality in the fruit-bodies of cer- tain hymenomycetes has been recently studied by A. H. R. Buller and A. T. Cameron, who conclude that dried fruit-bodies of Dae- dalea unicolor exposed in darkness to air at room temperatures are able to retain their vitality for at least seven years, and those of Schizopliylhim alneum will remain alive under similar circum- stances for nearly six years. In the Journal of Agricultural Research for May, 1914, James R. Weir describes Fomes putearius and Trametes setosus as new wood-destroying fungi in the forests of the Northwest. The former is said to be closely related to Pyropolyporus conchatus, but always occurs on coniferous wood, with a preference for the larch ; while the latter, occurring chiefly on Pinus monticola, seems to be most closely related to Hapalopilus gilvus. Paul W. Graff reports several additions to the basidiomycetous flora of the Philippines in the Philippine Journal of Science for November, 1913, among them Exidia lagunensis. Laschia philippi- nensis, Lentinus candidus, Lentinus lagunensis, V olvaria pruinosa, Naucoria malinensis, and Bovista Jonesii, described by him as new. From a study of fresh specimens of Hcxagona luzonensis Murrill, he concludes that this species belongs in the genus Laschia and transfers it to that genus. In the Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden for March, 1914, a paper appeared by Mr. L. O. Overholts on the Polypora- ceae of Ohio, which listed about 100 species found within the state, of which 78 were collected by Mr. Overholts. Duplicates of most of these species were sent to the New York Botanical Garden for determination and verification and are now in the Garden herbarium. The paper contains descriptions of all the species listed, together with notes on their occurrence, hosts, and distinguishing characters. With the aid of this paper, students should find little or no difficulty in recognizing practically all of the pileate polypores of Ohio. News, Notes and Reviews 267 In the last number of the Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden, E. A. Burt presents his first paper on “ The Thelephora- ceae of North America,” which, we trust, will be rapidly followed by other much needed contributions to the knowledge of this important and difficult family. It will be a surprise to some, per- haps, to find Exobasidium among the twenty genera of the Euthe- lephoreae recognized by the author. The twenty-three known North American species of Thelephora are discussed in full, with synonyms, descriptions, and a list of specimens examined. Thele- phora scissilis from the state of Washington, T. magnispora from Jamaica, and T. perplexa from Cuba are described as new. An important collection of fungi from Texas, consisting of ioo numbers, collected by Dr. Fredrick McAllister assisted by stu- dents of the botanical department of the University of Texas, was recently sent in for determination by Professor I. M. Lewis, head of the department. Several of the more perishable species were accompanied by good field notes. Duplicates of nearly half of the collection were reserved for the Garden herbarium. These include Inonotus texanus, I. juniperinus, Pyropolyporus texanus, Simblum sphaerocephalum, Calvatia craniiformis, Mycenastrum corium, Phcllorina calif ornica, Gyropliragmium texense, and sev- eral species of Tylostoma. A splendid collection of gill-fungi and polypores, containing nearly one hundred specimens accompanied by excellent field notes, was recently sent to the Garden for determination by Pro- fessor W. A. Setchell, of the University of California, who was as- sisted by the students and instructors of the department of botany in the collection and preparation of this material. This collection forms an important addition to the Garden herbarium and adds a number of new species to the list of known California fungi. A few of the specimens will probably prove new to science when the collection is more fully studied. Attention is called to the fol- lowing species: Agaricus calif ornicus, Agaricus crocodilinus , Agaricus placomyces, Agaricus silvicola, Clitocybe oreades, Crepi- dotus calolepis, Crytoporus volvatus, Gomphidius oregonensis, 268 Mycologia Gomphidius vinicolor, Lepiota rhacodes, Pholiota candicans, Pho- liota ventricosa, Stropharia ambigua, Tricholoma sordidunt f and V enenarius muscarius. The death of chestnuts and oaks due to Armillaria mellca is the subject of a professional paper recently published by W. H. Long, forest pathologist at Washington, after a special study of this disease near New Berlin, New York, and Brim, North Carolina, in both of which localities the chestnut canker is at present absent. He finds that Armillaria mellca can become an active parasite under favorable conditions, especially in chestnuts and oaks, kill- ing not only suppressed trees in the forest, but also those that are growing under more “favorable conditions; and he believes that this fungus has been an important factor in the gradual recession of the chestnut in parts of the southeastern United States. In Oregon and the adjoining states, where Armillaria mellea attacks fruit trees to a considerable extent, Mr. H. P. Barss has recommended the removal of all affected dead roots and bark, dis- infection with Bordeaux mixture or corrosive sublimate solution, and the covering of the wounds with paint or grafting wax. A New Fungous Part of North American Flora Volume io, part i, of North American Flora, by William A. Murrill, containing descriptions of 281 species of the white- spored series of gill-fungi, appeared July 28, 1914. The contents of the part are indicated in the following table: Genera Total Species New Species Clitocybe, in part = Laccaria 5 r Melanoleuca 1 19 24 Tricholoma 1 Cortinellus 11 3 Pleurotus, in part = Pleurotus 1 Armillaria = Armillaria 14 f Limacella 9 Lepiota =J Lepiota 88 IO I Chlorophyllum 1 Amanitopsis = Vaginata 7 Amanita = Venenarius 26 2 281 39 News, Notes and Reviews 269 For the accommodation of those who desire to use currently accepted generic names, the following new combinations are pro- posed for species described as new or newly named in Cortinellus, Limacella, Melanoleuca, and Venenarius: Cortinellus cinnamomeus : Cortinellus Glatfelteri : Cortinellus mutifolius : Limacella albissima : Melanoleuca alabamensis : Melanoleuca angustifolia : Melanoleuca aromatica - Melanoleuca compressipes : Melanoleuca Earleae : Melanoleuca eduriformis : Melanoleuca fumosella : Melanoleuca inocybiformis : Melanoleuca Kauffmanii : Melanoleuca longipes : Melanoleuca Memmingeri : Melanoleuca Naucoria ; Melanoleuca odorifera = Melanoleuca praecox : Melanoleuca praemagna : Melanoleuca Robinsoniae : Melanoleuca subacida : Melanoleuca subargillacea : Melanoleuca subcinereiformis : Melanoleuca subfuliginea : Melanoleuca subresplendens : Melanoleuca subterrea : Melanoleuca subtransmutans : Melanoleuca Tiiompsoniana : Melanoleuca Tottenii : Melanoleuca unakensis : Melanoleuca Volkertii : Melanoleuca Yatesii : Venenarius Lanei : Venenarius roseitinctus : Venenarius virginianus : : Tricholoma cinnamomeum : Tricholoma Glatfelteri : Tricholoma mutifolium : Lepiota albissima : Tricholoma alabamense : Tricholoma angustifolium : Tricholoma aromaticum ; Tricholoma compressipes : Tricholoma Earleae : Tricholoma eduriforme : Tricholoma fumosellum : Tricholoma inocybiforme : Tricholoma Kauffmanii : Tricholoma longipes : Tricholoma Memmingeri : Tricholoma Naucoria : Tricholoma odoriferum : Tricholoma praecox : Tricholoma praemagnum : Tricholoma Robinsoniae : Tricholoma subacidum : Tricholoma subargillaceum : Tricholoma subcinereiforme : Tricholoma subfuligineum : Tricholoma subresplendens : Tricholoma subterreum : Tricholoma subtransmutans : Tricholoma Thompsonianum : Tricholoma Tottenii : Tricholoma unakense : Tricholoma Volkertii : Tricholoma Yatesii : Amanita Lanei : Amanita roseitincta : Amanita virginiana W. A. Murrill INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE Arthur, J. C., & Kern, F. D. North American species of Peri- dermium on pine. Mycologia 6: 109-138. 30 My 1914. Includes Peridermium guatemalense and P. calif ornicum, spp. nov. Bailey, I. W., & Ames, J. S. Primitive characters recalled by the chestnut-bark disease and other stimuli. Science II. 39 : 290. 20 F 1914. Bancroft, C. K. Fungus notes. Jour. Bd. Agr. Brit. Guiana 7: 141. Ja 1914. Bancroft, C. K., & Hunte, R. L. A fungus disease of “ peppers ” ( Capsicum spp.) Colletotrichum nigrum. Jour. Bd. Agr. Brit. Guiana 7: 139-140. Ja 1914. Berger, E. W. Whitefly control. Florida Agr. Dept. Quart. Bull. 24: 25-54. Ap 1914. Brown, N. A. A snapdragon wilt due to Verticillium. Phyto- pathology 4: 217. Je 1914. Cook, M. T. Crown gall and hairy root. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 34: 1-14. [1914.] [Illust.] Cook, M. T. Notes on economic fungi. Phytopathology 4: 201- 203. /. 1, 2. Je 1914- Cook, M. T. Some diseases of nursery stock. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 35: 1-24. /. 1-15. [1914-] Cook, M. T., & Wilson, G. W. Cladosporimn disease of Ampe- lopsis tricuspidatum. Phytopathology 4: 189, 190. /. 1. Je 1914. Harper, R. A. Physical factors in cleavage of coenocytes. Sci- ence II. 39: 295. 20 F 1914. Hedgcock, G. G. Notes on some diseases of trees in our national forests — IV. Phytopathology 4: 181-188. Je 1914. Hedgcock, G. G., & Long, W. H. The alternate stage of Peri- dermium pyriforme. 1-3. Washington. 12 Je 1914. 270 Index to American Mycological Literature 271 Higgins, B. B. Contribution to the life history and physiology of Cylindrosporium on stone fruits. Am. Jour. Bot. i : 145- 173- Pl- AP I9I4- Includes Coccomyces prunophorae and C. lutescens, spp. nov. Jennison, H. M. Symbols vs. terminology in ascomycetes. Phy- topathology 4: 216. Je 1914. Johnson, J. The control of damping-off disease in plant beds. Wisconsin Agr. Exp. Sta. Research Bull. 31: 29-61. 1914. [Must] Keefer, W. E. Pathological histology of Endothia canker of chestnut. Phytopathology 4: 191-200. /. 1-5. Je 1914. Kellerman, K. F. Relation of bacterial transformations of soil nitrogen to nutrition of citrous plants. Jour. Agr. Research 2 : 101-113. /. 1-7. 25 My 1914. Kunkel, L. 0. Physical and chemical factors influencing the tox- icity of inorganic salts to Monilia sitophila (Mont.) Sacc. Bull. Torrey Club 41 : 265-293. f. 1-2. 30 My 1914. Lipman, C. B. The poor nitrifying power of soils a possible cause of “die-back” (Exanthema) in lemons. Science II. 39: 728-730. 15 My 1914. Long, W. H. The death of chestnuts and oaks due to Armillaria mellea. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 89: 1-9. pl. 1-2. 22 My 1914. Macbride, T. H. Mountain Myxomycetes. Mycologia 6 : 146- 150. 30 My 1914. Mansfield, W. Poisonous plants. Practical Druggist 31 : 24, 25. 15 O 1913; 31: 25, 26. 15 N 1913; 31: 26, 2 7. 15 D 1913; 32: 12, 13, 15 Ja 1914; 32: 58, 59. 15 F 1914. [Must.] McCubbin, W. A. Photographing leaf spots. Phytopathology 4 : 215. Je 1914. Melchers, L. E. A preliminary report on raspberry curl or yel- lows. Ohio Nat. 14: 281-288. /. 1-5. 24 Ap 1914. Merrill, G. K. Lichens from Vancouver Island. Ottawa Nat. 28 : 33-36- My I9I4- Includes Arthonia Macounii sp. nov. Morris, R. T. Chestnut blight resistance. Jour. Heredity 5: 26- 29. /. 14-15. 28 D 1913. 272 Mycologia Morse, W. J. Powdery scab of potatoes, Maine Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 227: 89-104. /. 44-52. Mr 1914. Muncie, J. H. Two Michigan bean diseases. Michigan Agr. Exp. Sta. Special Bull. 68: 1-12. Mr 1914. [Must.] Glomerella ( Collclotrichum ) lindemuthiana and Bacterium phaseoli. Murrill, W. A. Agaricus xylogenus Mont. Mycologia 6: 151, 152. 30 My 1914. Peltier, G. L. Report of the Rlinois [Floricultural] pathologist. Am. Florist 42: 432-434. 21 Mr 1914. This report is especially devoted to carnation diseases. Pool, V. W., & McKay, M. B. Puccinia subnitens in the sugar beet. Phytopathology 4: 204-206. pi. 9. Je 1914. Reddick, D. Diseases of the violet. Am. Florist 42 : 496-501. 28 Mr 1914. Reed, G. M. Influence of light on infection of certain hosts of powdery mildews. Science II. 39 : 294, 295. 20 F 1914. Rees, H. L. Bitter rot of apples in the Pacific northwest. Phy- topathology 4: 217-219. Je 1914. Schwarze, C. A. Relation of mosaic of the pepper and the fili- form leaf of the tomato to the mosaic of tobacco. Phytopa- thology 4 : 42. 11 Mr 1914. Seaver, F. J. Observations on Sphaerosoma and allied genera. Mycologia 6: 103-108. pi. 125. 30 My 1914. Stewart, A. Some observations on the anatomy and other fea- tures of the black knot. Science II. 39: 291. 20 F 1914. Stewart, A. Some observations on the anatomy and other fea- tures of the “ black knot.” Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 112-126. pi. 9, 10. Mr 1914. Stewart, F. C., & Rankin, W. H. Does Cronartium ribicola over- winter on the currant? N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull 374: 41- 53. pi. 1-3 map. F 1914. Thaxter, R. Note on the ascosporic condition of the genus Aschersonia Montagne. Bot. Gaz. 57: 308-313. /. i-y. 15 Ap 1914. Van Bambeke, C. Apropos du Polymorphisme de Ganoderma lucidum (Leys). Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique 52: 127-133. pi. 3. Mr 1914. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy West Wilson. No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. no. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. III. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. No. 114. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seaver. No. 117. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by G. W. Wilson. No. 119. North Dakota Slime-Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by F. J. Seaver. No. 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). . No. 167. The Identity of the Anthracnose of Grasses in the United States, by Guy West Wilson. Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, io cents a copy ; fi.oo a year. [Not offered in ex- change.] Now in its fifteenth volume. Mycologia, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi; including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3.00 a year; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its sixth volume. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director- in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, S3. 00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America) including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com" pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts- Subscription price, $1.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. 3, part X, 1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae (pars). Vol. 9, parts I and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). ( Parts 1 and 2 no longer sold separately1. ) Vol. 10, part 1, 1914. Agaricaceae (pars). Vol. 15, parts 1 and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. Vol. 16, part 1, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatbeaceae (pars). Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typbaceae — Poaceae (pars). Vol. 22, parts 1 and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908; part 5, 1913. Podostemona- ceae — Rosaceae (pars). Vol. 25, part 1, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. Vol. 29, part 1, 1914. Clethraceae — Ericaceae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, Ji.oo per volume. To others, {2.00. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix +492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by D. T. MacDougal. xvi -|- 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New York, by Arthur Rollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii 138 pp., with 29 plates. 1909. Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, viii 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volume. In its seventh volume. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 167. The Identity of the Anthracnose of Grasses in the United States, by Guy West Wilson. 168. Phytogeographical Notes on the Rocky Mountain Region — II. Origin of the Alpine Flora, by P. A. Rydberg. 169. Some Midwinter Algae of Long Island Sound, by Marshall A. Howe. 170. Notes on Rosaceae— VII, by P. A. Rydberg. New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, Nbw York Omr MYCOLOGIA IN CONTINUATION OF THE JOURNAL OF MYCOLOGY Founded by W. A. Kellerman, J. B. Ellis,and B. M. Everhart in 1885 EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL Vol. VI— NOVEMBER, 1914— No. 6 JOSEPH C. ARTHUR HOWARD J. BANKER OIACOHO BRESADOLA FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS JOHN DEARNESS ASSOCIATE EDITORS FRANKLIN S. EARLE BRUCE FINK ROBERT A. HARPER TH0MA8 H. MACBRIDE GEORGE MASSES NARCI8SE PATOUILLARD LARS ROMELL FRED J. SEAVER CORNELIUS L. SHEAR PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY FOR THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN By THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. THREE DOLLARS A YEAR CONTENTS PACK North American Species of Aleuria and Aleurina Fred J. Seaver 273 Parasitism in Hymenochaete agglutinans Arthur H. Graves 279 Two New Species of Water Molds - W. C. Coker 28 5 News and Notes -------- 303 Index to American Mycological Literature - 306 Index to Volume VI 311 The New Era Printing Company makes the following charges to authors for articles reprinted from Mycologia, if ordered with proof : Without Cover — 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. 24 pp. 28 pp. 32 pp. 25-50 Copies— I1.37 #1.87 82.12 82 5° *3-50 84 05 84 82 85.20 too “ 1.55 2.15 2.65 3.15 4.05 5.00 6.10 6.50 200 “ 2.00 3.05 4.00 4.30 5.60 6.90 8.30 8.90 Covers — First 50 — $1.00. Additional, ic each. Plates— 40c per 1 00. MYCOLOGIA Vol. VI November 1914 No. 6 NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ALEURIA AND ALEURINA (With Plates 142-144, Containing 10 Figures) Fred J. Seaver The genus Aleuria was founded by Fuckel, and originally com- prised the two species Aleuria aurantia (Pers.) Fuckel and Aleuria rhenana, the latter species described by the author of the genus. The genus has been used in various wTays but in recent years has come to be restricted by some writers to the reticulate- spored species of Pezizeae and in this sense it is here employed. Four such species are known to North America, all of which are characterized by the bright orange color of the hymenium with the whitish exterior. The habitats of the dour species are quite distinct and three of these are shown in the accompanying photo- graphs. Aleurina was used by Saccardo as a subgenus of Phaeopezia and differs from Aleuria in that the spores are colored. While the reticulations in the spores of the type species are less distinct than in the various species of Aleuria, there is a strong resem- blance between the markings of the spores of the various species of Aleuria and the type species of Aleurina, which is here re- garded as a distinct genus. Peziza retiderma, which was made the type of Saccardo’s subgenus, was originally described from mate- rial collected at Portland, Maine. Recent collections of this species at Portland, Connecticut, has furnished material for the accompanying illustrations and descriptions. [Mycologia for September, 1914 (6: 221-272), was issued September 26, 1914.] 273 274 Mycologia Aleuria Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 325. 1869 Plants gregarious, scattered or cespitose, sessile or stipitate, fleshy, bright-colored, smooth or clothed externally with delicate white mycelium ; asci cylindric, 8-spored ; spores ellipsoid, at first smooth, at maturity reticulate. Type species, Peziza anrantia Pers. Spores not marked with ring at either end. Plants sessile, at maturity large, reaching a diameter of several cm. A. auranlia. Plants stipitate, medium-sized, seldom exceeding 1 or 2 cm. in diameter. Plants occurring in coniferous woods, stems usually long and spring- ing from a dense mass of white mycelium A. rhenana. Plants occurring among mosses in deciduous woods, stems short and not springing from a dense mass of white mycelium....^, rutilans. Spores marked with a ring at either end A. bicucullata. Aleuria aurantia (Pers.) Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 326. 1869 Elvela coccinca Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. 4: 100. 1774. Not Elvela coccinea Scop. 1772. Peziza coccinea Bull. Flerb. Fr. pi. 4/4. 1789. Helvella coccinea Bolton, Fungi Flalifax 3: 100. 1789. Peziza aurantia Pers. Obs. Myc. 2 : 76. 1797. Otidea aurantia Massee, Fungus FI. 4: 448. 1895. ? Aleuria wisconsinensis Rehm, Ann. Myc. 2 : 34. 1904. Plants gregarious or cespitose, at first globose, opening with a circular aperture and gradually expanding, at maturity varying in size from a few mm. to 5 or 6 cm. (rarely even larger), shal- low cup-shaped and usually regular in form when young becom- ing irregular and often variously contorted with age, often from mutual pressure, rarely one sided and Otidea-\ike, occasionally discoid with the hymenium almost plane, bright-orange within, color fading in dried specimens, externally whitish-pruinose ; asci cylindric or subcylindric, 12-15^ in diameter and 175-250 /z long; spores 1 -seriate, usually obliquely arranged in the ascus with the ends often overlapping, at first smooth and usually containing two (rarely more) large oil-drops, at maturity rough, roughenings taking the form of reticulations which are shallow and usually with one, rarely two, prominent projections at either end, 18-22 X9-10/4 when mature, a little smaller when young; paraphyses strongly and rather abruptly enlarged above, often with the ends subglobose, reaching a diameter of 7 or 8ft, filled with orange granules. On naked soil in woods or open places, often on clayey soil. Seaver: Aleuria and Aleurina 275 Type locality: Europe. Distribution : Newfoundland to Washington, California and West Virginia; also in Europe. Illustrations: Bolton, Fungi Halifax, pi. ioo; Bull. Herb. Fr. pi. 474; Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, 6: pi. 17, f. 1; Cooke, Mycogr. pi. 32, f. 203; FI. Danici pi. 157 ; Schaeff. Fung. Bavar. pi. 148; Sow. Engl. Fungi pi. 78; Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 313. Exsiccati: Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 836; Ellis & Ev. Fungi Columb. 15. Aleuria rhenana Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 325. 1869 fPeziza radiculata Sow. Engl. Fungi pi. 114 (with descr.) 1797. Peziza splendens Quel. Champ. Jura 388. 1872. Sarcoscypha rhenana Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 157. 1889. fSarcoscypha radiculata Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 156. 1889. Plants gregarious or cespitose, stipitate with the stems variable in length but reaching 1 or 2 cm., irregular, tomentose and at- tached by a dense growth of white mycelium which penetrates into the substratum binding together the leaves, twigs and leaf- mould in which they grow, the stems themselves often clinging together in clusters, abruptly expanding above into the cup which reaches a diameter of 1 or 2 cm. and about half as deep, exterior of the cup and stem white or whitish, the cups pruinose or sub- tomentose with poorly developed hair-like structures, hymenium bright-orange, color fading in dried specimens ; asci cylindric above, tapering below, reaching a length of 300-350^ and 15-17 n thick, often becoming strongly spirally twisted at least in dried specimens; spores i-seriate, obliquely arranged and often with the ends slightly overlapping, ellipsoid, at first smooth and with usually two large oil-drops, becoming rough, roughenings taking the form of reticulations with the meshes of the reticulations about 3 ju, in diameter, rarely 5 or 6 fi, ridges extending 1-2 ju, beyond the periphery of the spore, entire spore 23-27 X 12-16 m para- physes enlarged above, about 6 ^ in diameter, filled with orange granules. On the ground in coniferous woods. Type locality: Europe. Distribution: Pennsylvania to Alabama and west to Wash- ington. Illustrations: Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 314; Cooke Mycogr. pi. 112, f. 400. 276 Mycologia Aleuria rutilans (Fries) Gill. Champ. Fr. Discom. 53. 1879 Peziza rutilans Fries, Syst. Myc. 2: 68. 1822. Leucoloma rutilans Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 318. 1869. Humaria rutilans Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 133. Sarcoscypka albovillosa Rehm, Ann. Myc. 2 : 33. 1904. Plants gregarious or scattered, stipitate with the stem short, about 2 mm. thick and gradually expanding above into the cup and reaching a maximum length of about 5 mm., cup at first closed and of about the same diameter as the stem, gradually ex- panding and becoming turbinate with the margin more or less crenate and fringed, hymenium bright-orange, externally paler and tomentose, or with a few pale hairs about the margin of the cup, reaching a diameter of 1 cm. or occasionally larger; asci cylindric or subcylindric, gradually tapering below into a stem- like base, 300-350X20 spores usually i-seriate, obliquely arranged in the ascus with the ends overlapping, containing usually one or more, rarely two, large oil-drops and often several smaller ones, at maturity delicately reticulated, reticulations sometimes indistinct and broken, ellipsoid with the ends somewhat narrowed, 20-25 X 12-14 Mi paraphyses slightly enlarged above and densely filled with oil-drops and granules, about 4 ^ in diameter at their apices. On soil among mosses (especially Polytrichum) , apparently growing on the dead leaves and often hidden by the living plants. Type locality: Europe. Distribution: New Hampshire and New York to Iowa; also in Europe. Illustrations: Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 315; Grevillea 22: 108, /. 1-6; Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa 6: pi. iy , f. 2. Aleuria bicucullata Boud. Bull. Bot. Soc. Fr. 28 : 93. 1881 Peziza bicucullata Boud. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 1 : 103. 1885. Humaria bicucullata Quel. Ench. Fung. 288. 1886. Plants gregarious or crowded, at first subglobose, expanding and at maturity subdiscoid or often irregular from mutual pres- sure, 5 mm. to 1 cm. in diameter, at maturity pale-orange, ex- ternally a little paler and minutely roughened; asci cylindric above, reaching a diameter of 12-15 ju,; spores obliquely i-seriate and closely pressed together and showing a ring-like or hood-like process at either end on being separated, smooth and containing one or two oil-drops, at maturity strongly roughened, roughen- t Seaver: Aleuria and Aleurina 277 ings taking the form of irregular and often broken reticulations, ridges of reticulations conspicuous and giving rise to rather sharp- pointed spine-like projections, terminal projections larger and giving the spore an apiculate appearance, entire spore 20-23 X 10-12 n (including roughenings) ; paraphyses rather strongly enlarged above where they reach a diameter of about 5 On bare ground or among mosses. Type locality: France. Distribution : Wisconsin ; also in Europe. Illustrations: Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 28: pi. 3, f. 3; Boud. Ic. Myc. pi. 318. Aleurina (Sacc.) Seaver, gen. nov. Phaeopezia § Aleurina Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 472. 1889. Plants medium sized, cup-shaped, fleshy or subfleshy dark- colored; asci 8-spored; spores ellipsoid, at first hyaline, becoming smoky-brown, rough, roughenings often taking the form of in- distinct reticulations ; paraphyses stout. Type species, Peziza retiderma Cooke. Aleurina retiderma (Cooke) Peziza retiderma Cooke, Mycographia 176. (1877.) Phaeopezia retiderma Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 472. 1889. Plants gregarious or occasionally cespitose, rather deep cup- shaped, regular in form or becoming irregularly contorted, irregu- larity often resulting from mutual pressure, at first brown and lighter externally, hymenium soon becoming darker and at ma- turity almost black, exterior also becoming darker but remaining lighter than the hymenium, reaching a diameter of 2-5 cm. at maturity ; asci cylindric above, rather abruptly tapering below into a stem-like base, reaching a length of 275 p and a diameter of 12-14 /C spores i-seriate, ellipsoid, at first hyaline, smooth and containing one or two oil-drops, gradually becoming roughened, smoky-brown, roughenings usually giving rise to one large pro- tuberance at either end of the spore and irregular reticulate mark- ings over the surface of the spore, the reticulate ridges so ar- ranged as to give the spore a somewhat striate appearance, entire spore at maturity 15-17X10/C paraphyses strongly enlarged above, where they reach a diameter of 8 fi, minutely granular within and dilutely colored. On the ground in woods often among mosses. Type locality: Portland, Maine. 278 Mycologia Distribution: New York to Maine and Wisconsin. Illustration : Cooke, Mycographia, pi. 79, f. 306. Aleurina aquehongensis sp. nov. Plants gregarious or scattered, sessile, discoid to shallow cup- shaped, reaching a diameter of about 1 cm., externally slightly roughened, entirely brownish-black, with a slightly greenish tint to the hymenium which appears to be due to the spores which have dusted out of the asci ; asci cylindric above, tapering below into a rather irregular stem-like base, reaching a length of 300- 350 [x and a diameter of 15-17 /x ; spores i-seriate or occasionally slightly crowded, ellipsoid to subfusoid with the ends narrowed and containing one or two oil-drops, at first smooth, becoming rough, roughenings taking the form of irregular reticulations, mature spore 22-25 X 10-12 fx, hyaline, becoming pale smoky- brown, color more or less evanescent; paraphyses rather strongly enlarged above, reaching a diameter of 6 jjl, pale-brown. On the ground in a damp place. Type collected by N. L. Britton and F. J. Seaver near Oak- wood Heights, Staten Island, September 5, 1914. Distribution : Known only from the type locality. Explanation of Plates CXLII-CXLIV Plate CXLII Upper figure, Aleuria rutilans (Fries) Gill. Photographed from material collected at Hudson Falls, New York, by Mr. Stewart H. Burnham. Lower figures, Aleuria rhenana Fuckel. Photographed from material col- lected at Mill City, Oregon, by Dr. W. A. Murrill. Plate CXLIII Upper figure, Aleuria aurantia (Pers.) Fuckel. Photographed from mate- rial collected in the New York Botanical Garden, by the writer. Lower figure, Aleurina retiderma (Cooke) Seaver. Photographed from ma- terial collected at Portland, Connecticut, by the writer. Plate CXLIV Spores and paraphyses drawn with the aid of the camera lucida to a com- mon scale. Where the base of the ascus is shown, it is doubled back to save space. 1. Aleuria aurantia (Pers.) Fuckel. 2. Aleuria rhenana Fuckel. This drawing shows the spirally coiled base of the ascus as it often occurs in this species. 3. Aleuria bicucullata Boud. 4. Aleuria rutilans (Fries) Gill. 5. Aleurina aquehongensis Seaver. 6. Aleurina retiderma (Cooke) Sacc. Mycologia Plate CXLII ALEURIA RUTILANS (FRIES) GILL. ALEURIA RHENANA FUCKEL Mycologia Plate CXLIII ALEURIA AURANTIA (PERS.) FUCKEL ALEURINA RETIDERMA (COOKE) SEAVER Mycologia Plate CXLIV ALEURIA AND ALEURINA PARASITISM IN HYMENOCHAETE AGGLUTINANS Arthur H. Graves (With Plate 145, Containing 5 Figures) Probably every one in the eastern United States who is inter- ested in the fungi knows Hymenochaete agglutinans Ellis, at least by sight. The writer had been acquainted with it for many years before he knew its name, but, when its identity was once revealed, the aptness of its name made it unforgetable. During the month of July, 1914, cases of disease directly due to the action of this fungus were observed, and the results of the investigation of these cases form the subject of the present paper. While carrying on some experimental work in the woods at Mt. Carmel, Connecticut, the writer’s attention was atracted by a small bush or tree which appeared to have been suddenly killed. The leaves, although still a dark-green, were withered and dry, and hung downward, presenting a sharp contrast to the surround- ing healthy foliage. Thus, from a little distance, the symptoms were those of a sudden girdling of the plant, as, for example, from the work of an insect, or possibly as a result of mechanical injury. (Plate 145, figure 1.) On examination, the plant was found to be a large spice bush [Benzoin aestivale (L.) Nees], with several main stems. One of these, the diseased shoot in question, was firmly bound to a dead trunk of alder [Alnus incana (L.) Moench.], which lay in an ap- proximately horizontal position. The binding material was fur- nished by the fungus, Hymenochaete agglutinans, which, with the dead alder trunk as its source, had completely surrounded the spice bush stem and cemented it closely to the alder. Above this point of contact, with the exception of one short branch, the spice bush was entirely dead. (Plate 145, figures 1 and 4.) Further inspec- tion revealed a young red maple ( Acer rubrum L.) attached to the same dead alder in a similar manner, and also killed above the 279 280 Mycologia point of contact. In the immediate vicinity, two branches of apple ( Pyrus Malus L.) which had also come in contact with in- fected alders, had been killed in the same way. That, in the case of the diseased spice bush, the dead alder was the source of infection, was proven by the fact that at many points along the alder trunk the fruiting bodies of the fungus appeared, in these cases being simply flat, more or less circular, blackish crusts. Moreover, where the trunk emerged from the soil, it was fairly covered with a crust of the same fungus, which was good evidence, when the parasitic tendencies of the fungus were defi- nitely ascertained, that the alder had itself died from the attacks of the Hymenochaete at its base. The wood of the alder was quite soft, and evidently contained the mycelium of the Hymeno- chaete in great abundance. As already stated, a casual glance might have inclined one to the belief that death in the case of the Benzoin had been sudden, but a more careful study of the parts above the girdled portion, and also of the fungus itself, proved that this was not the case. First, a study of the growth in length of the various shoots above the infection showed conclusively that this part of the plant had been laboring under some difficulty for a considerable period. This may be seen from the following table : TABLE I Comparative Length of Annual Growths on Diseased Portion 1912 8J4 inches I9,3 6 inches 2/ XQl4 inches 10 6 3 ti 9 4/2 “ 2/ tf 9 1 1 “ 5 H *( 7 Vi “ 4 iH n 8H “ 6/ “ iVa a The shoots selected for these measurements represented the principal growths in length of this part of the plant, and in every instance but one they show a continually decreasing growth in length until death occurred in 1914. The growth of each shoot during 1914 was remarkably slight as compared with the normal growth of 1912, and the growth of 1913, except in one instance, shows a marked decrease. Graves: Parasitism in Hymenochaete Agglutinans 281 On the other hand, a branch originating just below the earlier parts of the infection (Plate 145, fig. 4) showed corresponding increases in the growth in length of its main shoots, as may be seen from table II. TABLE II Comparative Length of Annual Growths of Branch Below Girdled Portion^- 1912 1913 1914 2'4 inches 2j4 inches 9 inches J4 inch “ 14 " if4 “ 1 H 1 inches 3^4 “ Again, examination of the fungus at the point of contact of the two plants showed periods of growth which could be correlated pretty well with the facts just mentioned. Apparently three years of growth were present, each one marked by a different color in the fungus. The growth of the first year, i. e., 1912, was black, that of 1913 a grayish hue, while the recent growth of 1914 was colored a creamy-yellow in the outer portions, shading into a deep rich-brown toward the inner parts. (Plate 145, figures 2 and 5.) On the evidence presented by these observations, therefore, the girdling from the fungus first commenced in 1912. In the fol- lowing year the effect of this girdling began to show itself in a marked decrease in the vigor of the year’s shoots, a result which was enhanced by the continued development of the fungus. In 1914 the action of the fungus had progressed so far that the plant could make only a feeble growth, which soon died when all com- munication with the lower parts of the stem was shut off. Microscopic examination showed clearly the presence of num- erous hyphae among the living cells of the stem. For this study, sections were cut through the lower part of the region attacked, where it was partially overgrown with the fungus. (Plate 145, figures 2 and 5.) At this point, as would be expected, much of the stem was still alive. Yet the cambial region in many places had taken on a brownish color, and here, as well as in the living medullary ray cells of the wood, the presence of mycelium could be clearly demonstrated. A common mode of entrance of the 1 As shown in Plate 145, Fig. 2, this branch had already, in 1914, become invested with the fungus and probably would have succumbed in its turn. 282 Mycologia fungus into the stem was by way of the lenticels, and wedges of mycelium, using this means of ingress, could be easily made out in the bark. It should also be mentioned that the piece from which the sec- tions were cut was left with its lower end in water, and in a little more than a day a vigorous growth of mycelium had developed from the cut surface on the diseased portions. (Plate 145, fig. 3.) There is therefore no doubt that Hymenochaete agglutinans is a facultative parasite. Yet the question at once arises, Why should it require two years to kill a small branch like that de- scribed above? In this connection we might recall the action of Thelepliora laciniata Pers.,2 a fairly close relative of Hymeno- chaete. For some time this fungus has been known to kill young plants by enveloping them with its mycelium and practically smothering them to death. It would appear that in the present case also a similar although more local effect of the fungus ob- tains. The close band of the fungus surrounding the stem be- comes tighter and tighter as the stem grows in diameter, similar to the condition so familiar in the case of a vine twining around a stem. Moreover, as the fungus increases the area of its opera- tions, the original band becomes hard and dry. It is significant also that the region where the fungus first encircled the stem is actually smaller in diameter than the part above. (Plate 145, fig. 5.) That this is not due to a thicker growth of the hymenium above, was proved by cross sections. Such a condition, then, would produce a genuine girdling effect, resulting in weaker and weaker growth of the parts above, but increased growth of the parts below. Possibly not until the stem is thus weakened does the fungus commence its parasitism upon the tissues. It might be argued that parasitism of the fungus alone could produce these symptoms, as indeed really happens in the chestnut bark disease. But if this were the case, death should ensue as soon as the stem is once girdled by the fungus, or very soon after. There is every indication, therefore, that here the parasitism of the fungus is supplemented by a mechanical, choking action. 2 Hartig, R. Der zerschlitzte Warzenpilz, Thelephora laciniata Pers., Unter- suchungen aus d. forstbot. Inst. 1880. Graves: Parasitism in Hymenochaete Agglutinans 283 Hymenochaete agglutinans was described in 1874 by Ellis3 as follows: “Of rather loose texture and of a light yellow color at first, becoming firmer and of a light tan color or rufous tint as the bristles are developed; closely adnate with a determinate margin, which is tomentose at first ; forming orbicular or elongated patches or sometimes entirely surrounding the twig or limb on which it grows for an inch in length.4 Common in autumn in swampy thickets on Andromeda , Vaccinium, etc., without much discrimi- nation, fastening the stems or branches together wherever a dead twig or branch lies in contact with a living one : turns black and dries up during the winter.” Peck,5 a few years later, reported the same species “ on trunks and branches of living alder trees. Sandlake, and Adirondack Mountains.” (New York.) Saccardo,6 in 1888, recorded the species, stating that it was indigenous to North America, and citing the collections of Ellis and Peck. Later, Massee7 included the species as indigenous to the United States in his monograph on the Thelephoreae, remarking as fol- lows : “ A well marked species, and certainly a genuine Hymeno- chaete. . . . Often completely surrounding twigs or cementing two together by growing continuously around both. Hymenium pale but often bright yellow, with ferruginous shades due to the setae.” We find the same species also recorded by Longyear8 as com- mon on oak limbs in Michigan. A careful search through the literature has failed to disclose any definite record of parasitism in this species. Ellis’ descrip- tion, of course, points to such a relation where he speaks of fast- ening a dead twig or branch to a living one, and Peck also notes s Ellis, J. B. New species of fungi found at Newfield, New Jersey. Bull. Torrey Club 5: 45-46. 1874. * The specimen on Benzoin measured about four and one half inches in length. sPeck, C. H. Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 30: 47. 1878. 6 Saccardo, P. A. Syll. Fung. 6: 602. 1888. 7 Massee, George. A monograph of the Thelephoreae. Part II. Jour. Linn. Soc. 27: 95-205, pi. 5-7. 1891. 8 Longyear, R. O. A preliminary list of the saprophytic fleshy fungi known to occur in Michigan. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 1 13-124. 1904. 284 Mycologia it on living alder trees. Yet the statement that it actually kills the living branches is lacking. A point of interest and practical importance is the fact that the fungus is apparently not particular as regards the selection of its hosts. We find that another species, H. noxia, exhibits this same characteristic. This species, common in tropical regions, has re- cently attracted considerable attention as an active parasite on tea, cacao, cotton, rubber, breadfruit, camphor, etc.9 Although we do not believe the disease caused by Hymeno- chaete agglutinans is at present of any economic importance, still it is conceivable that under certain conditions it might be capable of causing appreciable damage, as when plantations of young trees in moist localities are in close proximity to infected trees and shrubs, such as alder, Vaccinium, etc. Under such circumstances it would of course be advisable to cut out and burn the infected plants. Such work would entail the expenditure of only a few moments’ time, and would probably save valuable trees from in- fection. Explanation of Plate CXLV Fig. i. Photograph showing diseased Benzoin aestivale in its natural en- vironment. Dead horizontal trunk of alder in the foreground, the point of contact of spice bush and dead alder a little below the center of the picture. Above this point, the withered, dead portion ; and a little to the right, vigor- ous young shoots which have developed from the base of the plant. Fig. 2. Photograph showing Hyriienochaete agglutinans originating in the dead alder trunk, and surrounding the stem of the spice bush. The annual growths of the fungus, or rather, the hymenium, are shown ; the first, a semi- circular patch to the left of the spice bush, and surrounding it; the second, extending nearly to the lateral branches above and below the point of contact, and the third, of a lighter color, to points beyond the branches. X 54- Fig. 3. Photomicrograph of spice bush stem cut transversely a little below the insertion of the lower lateral branch in Fig. 2. Showing mycelium on the cut surface, grown out after the piece had been left with its other end in water for about two days. The fungus is especially active in the bark, the region of the cambium being shown by the dotted line. X 5. Fig. 4. Photograph of diseased spice bush and part of alder trunk brought into the laboratory. The healthy green leaves wilted during transportation. Fig. 5. Same as figure 2, enlarged. X 2/5. Osborn Botanical Laboratory, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. » Cook, M. T. Diseases of tropical plants. London, 1913. Mycologia Plate CXLV HYMENOCHAETE AGGLUTINANS ELLIS TWO NEW SPECIES OF WATER MOLDS (With Plates 146-148, Containing 38 Figures) W. C. Coker Since the publication of my third new species of Achlya 1 in 1912 a continued study of the occurrence and periodicity of the Saprolegniaceae in Chapel Hill, has discovered two other new and remarkable forms of that family. The first of these was met with as long ago as March, 1911, and it has been found twenty-five times since. Pure cultures on various media, generally from a single spore, have been kept under obser- vation for over three years. So puzzling is the form that after preparing a description of it in 1912 it was decided to continue collections and experiments for another year before publication. The difficulty arises from the fact that our plant combines in a most confusing manner the characters of both Achlya and Sapro - legnia , and a rigid interpretation of these genera as at present defined would exclude it from both. As the formation of a new genus in such a case could not simplify matters, and as the genera Achlya and Saprolegnia are sufficiently distinct except for this narrow point of contact, it would seem much better to retain them and admit the variations. The case is not unlike the situation in the two genera Puccinia and Uromyces, where forms are known that combine the characters of both. As the proliferation of the sporangia is usually of the Achlya type I have decided to refer this form to the genus Achlya and to define it as follows: Achlya paradoxa sp. nov. Plant delicate ; hyphae straight, slender, and little branched, the larger threads having a diameter of about 37 /x ; many much smaller, the average being about 10-15 sporangia plentiful at all stages, narrowly club-shaped ’and largest at the distal end which is about 55 /x in diameter, rounded, and furnished with a distinct but short papilla ; secondary sporangia formed usually iMycologia4: 325. 1912. 285 286 Mycologia by cymose branching beneath the old ones, but occasionally also by proliferation through the empty ones, exactly as in Saprolegnia. Spores formed in several rows as in Saprolegnia and Achlya, on emerging all ciliated, but varying greatly in behavior — some swim- ming away as a rule, others remaining attached to the tip of the sporangium ; oogonia produced on the tips of short lateral branches, usually near the base of the main hyphae, sometimes intercallary; their walls smooth and without pits, except for the thin places where the antheridia are attached; oospores usually two, often four and rarely one or eight; their diameter from 22 to 37 jx, averaging about 30 /*; antheridia always present, generally several on each oogonium, short club-shaped and terminating slen- der branches of diclinous origin which show a decided tendency to twine about the oogonial branches ; antheridial tubes enter the oogonia, run among the eggs, and probably fertilize them. In fig. 1 the sporangia are shown in a group after the manner of Achlya. The bending of the sporangia that is quite noticeable in this figure is characteristic, though not always so pronounced. In figs. 2 and 3 are shown the proliferation of sporangia by both the Achlya and Saprolegnia methods on the same thread. The latter method is rare, but when it does occur is exactly as in Saprolegnia a condition that has not been observed in any other species of Achlya. In fact I know of no reference in the litera- ture to internal proliferation of any kind in Achlya except by Peterson2 who says : “ Thus I have seen zoosporangia which had proliferated in undoubted species of Achlya.”3 The behavior of the spores on emerging is remarkable and very variable. In re- gard to their action I shall give the following quotation from my notes made at the moment of observation: The spores emerge somewhat elongated and may be seen to bend backward at the ends and fuse into a pear-shaped spore, as is the case in Leptolegnia. The spores are very sluggish and most of them fall down immediately around the sporangium mouth and encyst, also a lot are often left in a group that sticks to the sporangium mouth, giving the effect of Achlya. 1 find cases where all, or nearly all, of the spores group themselves at the mouth exactly as is typical for Achlya. When conditions are unfavorable the spores sometimes do not emerge at all and in such cases they sprout in position. Noticed two sporangia empty near together. In one the spores grouped themselves at the mouth of the sporangium just as in Achlya, except that a 2 Ann. Mycologici 8: 520. 1910. 3 The extreme rarity of such a phenomenon in Achlya would make it desir- able that such an observation be accompanied by figures. Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 287 few of the outermost gently rocked themselves away a little distance from the main mass and then settled down. The spores that remained in a mass at the tip of the sporangium also showed a very slight rocking movement, thus proving the presence of cilia, but in a couple of minutes they became quite still. In the other sporangium the spores charged out with great rapidity and everyone dashed rapidly away. A sporangium emptied at 11:13 and all the spores sank slowly to the bottom of the dish separating themselves considerably by a gentle rocking motion. After settling, individuals would move spasmodically at intervals, turning and jerking, but none swam actively or any distance. This interrupted movement continued for at least a half hour after emergence. The existence of cilia thus indicated by the behavior of the spores was demonstrated by treatment with potassium iodide solu- tion at the moment of emergence. A sporangium so treated is shown in fig. 4. All the spores can be distinctly seen to have cilia. From these observations it will be seen that the behavior of the spores in Achlya paradoxa has no parallel in the genus. In figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, a series of oogonia are shown with normal variation. Oogonia without stalks and with their bases formed from a section of a hypha are not at all rare (fig. 5.) The varia- tion in size of the oogonia is extreme. The smallest are not more than 23 ix, in diameter, the largest may reach 74 /*. Slender upgrowths into the oogonium from the partition below are occasionally seen. Such growths often appear in other species of Saprolegnia and Achlya, but, while they give the effect of antheridial tubes, they are usually quite functionless. The anther- idia themselves are peculiar. They are sudden enlargements of the tips of the antheridial branches and are short, thick and tuber- like. They often proliferate, and usually by growth from near the base of the antheridial cells themselves. These outgrowths are then cut off as separate antheridia (figs. 7 and 8). When first formed the antheridia are well filled with protoplasm and con- trast strongly with the almost colorless branches that bear them. Later the antheridia appear almost empty as if they had dis- charged their contents into the eggs. This, however, was not actually observed. Chlamydospores unlike the oogonia, are not rare, but appear plentifully, though not densely, in almost all cultures. The majority terminate short branches and approximate the oogonia in size, shape and position (fig. 9) : others are ar- ranged in chains (fig. 10) which are usually curved or contorted. 288 Mycologia Elongated and irregular forms are also produced from somewhat swollen and knotted segments of the hyphae. Under ordinary cultural conditions such as on flies, ant larvae, gnats, mushroom grubs, etc., in water there is usually no sexual reproduction. Out of a hundred cultures perhaps one would show a few oogonia. A number of experiments have been made to induce the formation of oogonia. The results of some of these are as follows : On a bit of whole egg agar in distilled water: Growth vigorous and healthy. Sporangia abundant, emptying normally and proliferating laterally from below. No oogonia or chlamydospores. On a bit of whole egg agar in distilled water : Growth vigorous, reaching a diameter of 4 cm. Sporangia slow to form, but after full growth appear- ing rather plentifully. Chlamydospores of usual shape present, but not plentiful. No oogonia. On a bit of hard boiled egg yolk in distilled water : Growth vigorous, reaching a diameter of 4 cm. Sporangia abundant and formed earlier than in culture above. Chlamydospores plentiful. Oogonia present, but scarce. Antheridia of diclinous origin. As this was a culture from a single spore, the presence of antheridia proves that the plant is not dioecious. On a bit of whole egg agar in spring water: Growth vigorous and strong. Many chlamydospores. No sexual reproduction. On fly in spring water : Growth vigorous. Many sporangia, all proliferating from side below as in Achlya. No chlamydospores or oogonia. On corn meal agar : Growth extensive, filling dish. Aerial branches nearly reaching cover, but not dense. Only chlamydospores present. In 5 per cent, maltose + 0.1 per cent, peptone solutions mixed half and half: Growth vigorous and healthy. A few small sporangia were formed, but the spores were only imperfectly discharged. Also a few of the charac- teristic knob-like chlamydospores. On corn meal agar in tightly stopped sterile bottle : Growth vigorous, extend- ing across bottle and making a mold-like aerial growth an inch high. On examination there were found only single chlamydospores, most of which were quite empty, they having sprouted by a slender thread about 3 fi in diameter. In fact all the growth was remarkably slender (3 /i in diameter), enlarging to normal size only just below the chlamydospores. On corn meal and egg yolk agar : Growth very strong, covering dish and devel- oping abundant aerial hyphae that reach the cover. No reproduction of any kind. The following six cultures were all made on ant larvae in dis- tilled water with the salt added as indicated: In 0.1 per cent. KN03: Growth good. Normal sporangia, discharging and spores taking second swim. Many good chlamydospores of usual shape, the larger ones having a tendency to form the cross wall some way up from the base. No sexual reproduction. Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 289 In o.i per cent. KH2P04: Growth good. Many normal sporangia discharging, and spores taking second swim. Many chlamydospores. No sexual re- production. In o.i per cent. Na2HP04: Growth good. Many normal sporangia discharg- ing, and spores taking second swim. A good many chlamydospores, but not so numerous as in the preceding cultures. No sexual reproduction. In o.i per cent. K2S04: Growth slight. Culture infested with fungus. Spo- rangia formed but not discharging. A few chlamydospores. No sexual reproduction. In o.i per cent. Ca3(P04)2: Growth good. Many normal sporangia discharg- ing, and spores taking second swim. Many chlamydospores of usual shape. No sexual reproduction. In o.i per cent. Ca(N03)2: Growth good. Many normal sporangia discharging, and spores taking second swim. Many chlamydospores. No sexual re- production. The following seven cultures were all made on hard boiled egg yolk in distilled water with the chemical added as indicated : In o.i per cent. KN03: Strong growth. No sporangia. A few good chlamy- dospore. No sexual reproduction. In o.i per cent KH2P04: Growth good. A very few sporangia with normal discharge. No chlamydospores or sexual reproduction. In o.i per cent. Na2HP04: Strong growth. Abundant sporangia proliferating repeatedly, and discharging normally. A very few chlamydospores. No sexual reproduction. In o.i per cent. K2S04: Strong growth. Sporangia plentiful. Chlamydospores abundant. No sexual reproduction. One sporangia was seen discharging. The emergence was rather slow, and the last few spores were very slow and showed obvious swimming movements in the sporangium on escaping. About a dozen clung to the tip of the sporangium. The others spread in a loose flock, showing slow movements, and every now and then one would swim briskly away. In o.i per cent. Ca3(P04)2: Strong growth. Many sporangia, quite normal. A very few chlamydospores. No sexual reproduction. Several sporangia seen to discharge. Six spores detached themselves at different points and moved away, soon stopped and settled to the bottom. All others remained attached in a pretty solid mass to the tip of the sporangium. In another case four were detached. In another case six were detached. In o.i per cent Ca(N03)2: Very little growth. A good many chlamydospores. Nothing else. In o.i per cent. K3P04 : Strong growth. Abundant sporangia. Many good chlamydospores that look exactly like oogonia initials, and a good many smaller branches that suggest antheridial branches, but no oogonia. The genus Pythiopsis has until now included but one species, P. cymosa, discovered in Germany by De Bary.4 It has been recognized only one since, it seems, when Humphrey5 found it * Bot. Zeit. 46 : 63. 1888. s The Saprolegniaceae of the United States. Transactions Amer. Philos. Soc. 17 : part 3. 290 Mycologia at Amherst, Mass. From two figures given by Hine° I am inclined to think that he had before him the sporangia of this plant, but that was before it had been described, and he did not get any further with it. I have found this species a good many times in Chapel Hill in springs, brooks and marshes; for example, in Terra Cotta Spring, Glen Burnie Farm (Jan. 15, 1913), twice in a marshy place near the above spring (once on Jan. 15 and again on Jan. 30, 1913), in Howell’s Spring (Jan. 7, 1914), in Howell’s spring and the brook below (March 3, 1914), etc. As the plant has so far been rather inadequately figured and described I shall give a short account of it before describing the new species. The spo- rangia, oogonia and antheridia are well shown by De Bary and Humphrey, but variations occur that were not observed by them. The antheridial cells, as formed in about one half the oogonia are unique in position. They arise by the enlargement of the hypha immediately below the oogonium and the growth of this segment along the base of the oogonium for a short distance. A tube is formed near the septum and enters to the egg. As the antheridial cell is in close contact with the oogonial wall from the septum out, the position of the septum becomes obscured and the oogonium seems to be seated at maturity on a large, swollen, basal cell. Under high power, however, the original septum may be seen as a somewhat thicker disc. This form of antheridium, as shown in fig. 1 and in one of the two in fig. 2, is not exactly illustrated in either De Bary’s or Humphrey’s figures. From this strictly basal and closely pressed antheridium we have in the remaining half of the oogonia all sorts of variations. The antheridium may be elevated on a stalk that varies from nothing to half the length of the oogonium and in very rare cases the antheridium may be even of diclinous origin (figs. 5 and 6). The appearance of several antheridia on one oogonium is of rather frequent occurrence in my cultures. This is not recorded by De Bary or Humphrey. From figures 3 to 7 an idea may be gained of the variations ob- servable in both antheridia and oogonia. De Bary does not give the size of the oospores. I find them to vary from 16.5 to 24 fi, with an average of about 19.5 fi. This is a little larger than the figures given by Humphrey. 6 Figs. 6 and 7, plate 5, Amer. Micr. Journal 1. 1878. Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 291 The remarkable intercalary oogonium shown in fig. 8 is unique. Its single egg was 27.8 by 50 n in size and a large number of oil- drops were grouped at each end. An antheridial cell was also cut off at each end, but no antheridium could be made out. The peculiar jelly-like outer layer that De Bary noticed on the oogonia in October cultures was also seen by Humphrey in a few cases. By careful observation I have been able to make out this layer in the majority of young oogonia. It is probably present on all at a certain stage, but in clean cultures free from bacteria is very hard to trace. Its presence and outline is hardly discernable, except for the bacteria and other minute particles that stick to it. As remarked by Humphrey it is hardly possible that this hyalin gelatinous outer sheath can be a “ periplasm ” secreted from the oogonium contents, as De Bary suggests. It is more apt to be due to the gelatinization of a thin outer layer of the wall of the oogonium. In a typical clean culture in springwater on a mushroom grub the sporangia varied from 37 to 56 /j. in diameter, the majority being from 44 to 48 ^ broad. In figures 9 and 10 are shown sporangia of usual appearance. When the sporangia proceed at once to the formation of spores the discharge is usually at the tip (fig. 9). If a rest occurs, the immergence tube is as apt to appear at the base, as shown in fig. 11. After the first sudden release of pressure the spores do not rush out as in Achlya and Saprolegnia, but emerge much more quietly as they find the opening. The last ones often swim around a long time in the sporangium before finding an exit. The spores are pear-shaped, with two cilia at the small end. On coming to rest they round up. In fig. 12 are shown three normal spores and an anomalous double one with four cilia. This is not a case of fusion after emergence, but of imperfect segmentation of the protoplasm. I have often seen in species of Achlya the discharge of large lumps and iregular masses of protoplasm from the sporangia as a result of imperfect segmentation. Sometimes the whole mass may in Achlya be thus discharged as a single long, contorted rope (see below p. 300). Leitgeb7 shows similar masses of protoplasm in Saprolegnia monoica (under the name of Diplanes ) . 7 Jahrb. fur Wiss. Bot. 7: 357, plate 24, figs. 3-3. 1869. 292 Mycologia Resting bodies of more or less globular shape are formed in quantity and are often arranged in chains (fig. n). After a rest these also form zoospores. Our new species of Pythiopsis has appeared eight times in col- lections made in the neighborhood of Chapel Hill. It was first obtained on Feb. 29th, 1912, from collections made at intervals along the brook that flows from the spring about 100 yards to the northwest of Dr. Archibald Henderson’s residence. A tumbler of water was taken at each place with a little mud and any algae and dead leaves, twigs, etc., that happened to be present. Ant larvae were floated on the surface of the water of each tumbler and in four of these appeared a species of Pythiopsis that was found to be new. It was also found on the same day in a springy marsh on the south side of Glen Burnie Meadow and appeared subsequently in the brook in Battle’s Park (March 18, 1912), in the branch south of the South Building, U. N. C. (March 25, 1912), and again in the Glen Burnie Meadow Marsh (May 13, 1912). The plant was separated from other fungi present and was grown in pure cultures for about six months. I have named the species in honor of the late Dr. James Ellis Humphrey, author of “ The Saprolegniaceae of the United States,” whose work has been of great assistance to all students of this group in America. The species may be defined as follows : Pythiopsis Humphreyana sp. nov. Vegetative growth of long, slender, sparingly branched hyphae of about 11 to 14 ju. in diameter throughout, stouter in the neigh- borhood of the reproductive bodies, after maturity disorganizing rather quickly; sporangia varying in shape from spherical, oval or pyriform to elongated, tapering and irregular forms, discharg- ing by a short or rather long papilla and usually proliferating from below in a cymose manner ; spores monoplanetic, pear-shaped and with two cilia, about 8.9 /u, in diameter on coming to rest; oogonia generally borne exactly like the sporangia and not to be distinguished from these when young, apical and often in groups by cymose branching, usually spherical with a basal neck, some- times pear-shaped and rarely longer and more irregular, varying greatly in size, diameter from 33 to 89 fi, averaging about 43 /*; wall always smooth and unpitted, about 1.4 /a thick; oospores generally one, occasionally two and very rarely four, centric, Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 293 diameter from 24 to 40 n averaging about 30 /a, the wall about 2 fi thick, not so nearly filling the oogonium as in P. cymosa; antheri- dia short-clavate, terminating a stalk that usually arises from im- mediately below the oogonium, but sometimes of more distant origin, or rarely diclinous, one, two or occasionally more on every oogonium and generally applied to its top or distal half, with an antheridial tube which reaches and apparently fertilizes the egg; resting bodies resembling sporangia or oogonia present in quan- tity, after a rest forming spores or germinating with tubes. The species is sharply separated from P. cymosa by the much larger and always smooth oogonia, larger eggs, larger sporangia, absence of strictly basal antheridia and presence of elongated forms of sporangia. Illustrations of the globular type of spo- rangia, which are the first to appear in clean and vigorous cultures are given in figures 1 and 2. They are of the same appearance as those of P. cymosa. The papilla is usually formed at the tip when growth is active, but if there is a rest it is as apt to be formed at any other point (figs. 2, 7, 10). Intermediate and elongated forms are shown in figs. 4 to 10. As in P. cymosa the internal pressure is dissipated before the last spores emerge and it is often many minutes before all find the exit. As shown in the figures, the papilla may be quite abrupt or may gradually taper into the body of the sporangium. The oogonia are often closely associated with the sporangia (figs. 2, 11 and 12), but the more common arrangement is a terminal oogonium on a rather short lateral branch as shown in fig. 13, with a single stalked antheridium arising from immediately below it. The antheridial branch almost invariably carries but a single antheridium, which is short, thick and densely filled with protoplasm. The antheridial tube is quite conspicuous and its behavior is such that there is scarcely any doubt that fertilization takes place. The protoplasm of the antheridium passes into the tube and soon after no protoplasm or tube can be seen, indicating the discharge of the former and collapse of the very thin-walled tube. The tubes are distinctly shown in figs. 11, 12 and 15. Oogonia with two eggs are not very rare. One of these with two antheridia is shown in fig. 14. Oogonia with four eggs were seen twice. One of these, of anomalous shape, is shown in fig. 16. The occurrence of more than one egg in the oogonium of P. 294 Mycologia cymosa is quite rare. Humphrey saw two eggs only once and my cultures of that species have not produced any such oogonia. De Bary says that as many as three eggs may occur in P. cymosa but their appearance is evidently of great rarity. In order to judge of the significance of the peculiar behavior of the spores in Achlya paradoxa it will be useful to review the variations in behavior in sexual reproduction in the Saproleg- niaceae as recorded in the literature. In the case of Achlya a departure from or modification of the usual grouping of the spores at the sporangium tip has been recorded in a few instances. In the first place it must be remem- bered that the spores in this genus are not perfectly quiescent during and immediately after emergence. A slight amoeboid motion is observable at all times from their initial formation to the appearance of the encysting membrane. Added to this is a certain feeble jerking and rotation due to the presence of cilia, that has been recorded by several observers since Cornu8 first described it in 1872. On page 11 of his monograph Cornu says that these cilia have just enough agility to cause the escape of the spores from the sporangium, thus implying that they are the cause of the escape, a point that has been considerably discussed and which I shall take up at another time. The presence of cilia on the emerging spores of Achlya is strongly asserted by Hartog9 who also predicts that they will be found in all species of Achlya and Aplianomyces.10 He also says in the first of these papers that the spores of Achlya after forming a ball revolve on their long axils for a short time before the cyst is formed, and that sometimes a few spores will detach themselves and swim away a short distance. In the second paper he says that “ When the sporange is discharged near the margin of the hanging drop, or in a thin layer of water on a slide, we constantly see single spores escape from the mass, swim away, and encyst apart.” This important observation has been frequently overlooked by subsequent workers, but I can confirm it 8 Monographic des Saprolegniees. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 15: 5. 1872. 9 Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. 35: 427. 1887. 10 Ann. Botany 2: 201. 1888. Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 295 positively for Achlya caroliniana. In this case if the sporangium is put on the slide in a very thin layer of water the spores will swim slowly apart on emerging and scatter themselves over a limited area near the mouth of the sporangium. By addition of iodine solution the cilia were clearly seen. In the case of Achlya De Baryana11 I have recorded the occasional breaking up of the spore mass into scattered groups, but I have not seen any swim- ming motion in that species. Humphrey in his monograph also demonstrated the presence of cilia on the escaping spores of Achlya americana. It will be noted, however, that in none of these cases do any of the spores swim away regularly and under ordinary circumstances. In this respect Achlya paradoxa is unique. In case of bacterial contamination, or foulness from any cause, or where the parts are put in liquid nutrient media, there is strong tendency for the spores to be retained in the sporangium, or if discharged for them to sprout at once without a second swimming stage. There has arisen a loose way of speaking of all sporangia when the spores are retained, or even in part retained, as “ Dictyo- sporangia ” a term that should be used, only when spores emerge through the wall of the sporangium and escape for (what is homologous with) the second swimming stage. As one might expect, there is variation in Dictyuchus itself in this respect, the spores frequently sprouting by the A planes method (see below). Variations in the discharge and behavior of the spores are re- corded in the following cases : Achlya aplanes Maurizio: Flora 79: 109. 1894. The behavior of the spores in this case is very peculiar. There is no swimming stage, the spores on emerging sprouting into tubes. Frequently they do not emerge at all, but remain in the sporangium and sprout there. Achlya caroliniana Coker: Bot. Gaz. 50: 381. 1910. The spores may be retained and sprout as in Aplanes, or under certain cir- cumstances may emerge in a motile condition. Later observation by me shows that under certain conditions as an egg yolk in 1 per cent. KN2P04 the spores may not stick to the sporangium mouth, but fall to the bottom in open order. 11 Mycologia 4: 319. 1912. 296 Mycologia Achlya De Baryana Humphrey ( Achlya polyandra De Bary) : Coker, Mycologia 4: 319. 1912. Figs. 7 and 8, of plate 78, show reduced sporangia with spores in a single row, the spores emerging exactly as in Dictyuchus. They also frequently sprout as in Aplanes. Achlya glomerata Coker: Mycologia 4: 325. 1912. In fig. 7, plate 79, is shown a sporangium with the spores sprouting as in A planes. Achlya polyandra Hildebrand: Ward, Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci., 23: 272. 1883. In plate 22, fig. 8, is shown a sporangium with the spores emerging just as in Dictyuchus. The retention of the spores in this case he was able to bring about by poor aeration, i. e., placing the culture in on air tight chamber. Achlya prolifera (Nees) De Bary: Bot. Zeit. 10: 473. 1852. In plate 7, fig. 28, is shown the sprouting of die spores at the mouth of the sporangium, the second swimming stage omitted. In all the seven species of Achlya that I have studied the second swimming stage may be easily suppressed. Achlya racemosa Hildebrand: Pringsheim, Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 9 : 191. 1873. In plate 22, figs. 1, 2 and 3, are shown sporangia emptying exactly as in Dictyuchus. Under the name of Achlya lignicola, which is now regarded as a depauperate condition of A. racemosa, Hildebrand figures a sporangium with many of the spores remaining undischarged (Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 6: ; 249, plate 16, fig. 2. 1867). Aphanomyces stellatus De Bary: Sorokin, Ann. Sci. Nat. VI. 3: 46. 1876. In plate 7, figs. 10 and 18, are shown sporangia dis- charging their spores in the exact manner of Dictyuchus. He also shows sprouting at the mouth of the sporangium, and sporangia with spores in more than one row. See also Hum- phrey (Saprolegniaceae of the U. S., p. 79) for omission of second swimming stage. Aplanes androgynus (Archer) Humphrey {—Aplanes Braunii De Bary) : Reinsch, Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 11 : 283. 1877. Under the name of Achlya Braunii, Reinsch states positively Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 297 that sporangia occur which show cell nets after the escape of the spores. He also says that in most cases after the emergence of the spores the cell nets are not visible, indicating that they disappear soon. His implication throughout is that the spores always escape as in Dictyuchus, and one of his figures (fig. 5, plate 14) clearly shows this method. However, in fig. 2 he shows two sporangia attached to an oogonium which are empty and show distinct openings for the discharge of the spores. In fact Reinsch did not observe at all the “ Aplanes type ” of spore germination as De Bary later described it (Bot. Zeit. 46: 651. 1888). When we remember that De Bary speaks of the sporangia as of great rarity, it seems to me that we are entirely unjustified in asserting that the spores of Aplanes have no swimming stage. All of Reinsch’s testimony is the other way, and as Fischer says (Kryptogamen Flora von Deutschland, etc., p. 367. 1892) there can be no doubt that Reinsch’s plant and De Bary’s are the same. In his description of the genus Fischer admits that net sporangia (as in Dictyuchus ) seem also to occur occasionally. Apodachlya pirifera Zopf : Nova Acta Kel. Leop. Carol. Akad. der Naturforscher 52 : 313. 1888. The spores normally encyst at the mouth of the sporangium and then emerge for a swim- ming stage as in Achlya. However, they may, on occasion, swim away in emerging, or they may encyst in part in the sporangium. Dictyuchus monosporus Leitgeb: Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 7: 357. 1867-70. In plate 23, fig. 8, is shown a sporangium with spores sprouting after the manner of Aplanes. This variation I have many times seen in an undescribed species of Dichtyuchus that is common at Chapel Hill. Leptomitus lacteus (Roth) Agardh : Humphrey (Saprolegnia- ceae of the United States, etc.), says on page 136: “While the zoospores ordinarily escape from the sporangia, they sometimes become encysted within them (Fig. 117). It is this fact, prob- ably, which led Braun to state (’51) 12 that the spores of Lepto- 12 This refers to A. Braun. Betrachtungen iiber die Erscheinung der Vor- jungung in der Natur. Leipzig, 1851. Also translated by Henfrey, Ray So- ciety, London, 1853. 298 Mycologia mitus are arranged in a row in the spore cases, and that ‘no active gonidia seem to occur.’ ” Monoblepharis macranda Woronin: Memoirs de l’Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Cl. Phys. Natl. 8th series 16 : I. 1904. In this species some or all of the spores may be retained in the sporangium and sprout there. Normally the zoospores on emerging show amoeboid movements. Saprolegnia asterophora De Barv: Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 2: 169. i860. In plate 20, fig. 25, is shown a partly emptied sporan- gium, the remaining spores sprouting into tubes. Saprolegnia ferax (Gruith.) Thuret: Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 14: 214. 1850. In plate 22, fig. 8, Thuret shows an unopened sporan- gium with the spores sprouting in position. This is a good example of the A planes method. In the case of a parasite on fish, that he considers Saprolegnia ferax, Smith gives a figure showing spores sprouting inside the sporangium at one end while others are swimming out at the other. Such a combination is probably fanciful (Grevillea 6: 152. 1878. The same in Gardener’s Chronicle, 4th of May, 1878). In this same species Pringsheim (Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 9: 191. 1874) gives an interesting case (fig. 12, plate 21) of the contents of an egg turning immediately into a sporangium, the spores being retained and sprouting in position. In figs, ia, b, c, plate 20, he shows spores that had been retained in a partly discharged sporan- gium. These had sprouted in position to short tubes which be- came sporangia and discharged small spores.13 Saprolegnia monoica Pringsheim : Huxley, Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. 22: 311. 1882. He describes the regular occurrence towards the end of active growth of sporangia of the Apiaries type. He calls them, improperly, “ dictiosporangia.” In this plant, which was a parasite on salmon, it is noteworthy that Huxley found no motion in the spores but only a passive drifting about when discharged. In a similar (probably the same) plant, found as a parasite on fish, Anger (Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 2 : 5. 1844) 13 The assertion by Gerard (Proc. Soc. Nat. Hist. Poughkeepsie, Decem- ber 18, 1878, p. 25) of the occasional retention of the spores in Saprolegnia ferax is probably not based on any original observation. Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 299 gives a figure (fig. n, plate i) showing a few spores left in the sporangium and sprouting there into long tubes. In this para- site he records the spores as swimming on leaving the sporan- gium, not floating away as in Huxley’s plant. Saprolegnia torulosa De Bary: Lechmere, New Phytologist 9: 305. 1910. In fig. 33, plate 2, is shown a sporangium with spores sprouting after the manner of Aplanes. Another ex- ample is shown in the same journal 10: 167. 1911, fig. 2, on page 175. In his first paper he shows that the second swim- ming stage may be suppressed. De Bary in Vergleichende Morphologie and Biologie der Pilse, Leipzig, 1884, says (page 1 17) that the second swimming stage may be omitted in any species of Saprolegnia. Saprolegnia sp. ? : Pringsheim, Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 2 : 205. i860. In plate 22, fig. 9, is shown a sporangium emptying exactly as in Dictyuchus. It is attached to a hypha which also bears a sporangium of the normal Saprolegnia type. In both Saprolegnia and Achlya it frequently happens that the discharge of the spores is only partial, a few, or even a good many spores being left in the sporangium. These retained spores may emerge from their cysts, as normally, for a second swimming stage, moving about within the sporangium until they find their way out by its mouth. This is shown by Hildebrand for his Achlya poly- andra (not A. polyandra De Bary) (Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 6: 249. 1867, plate 16, fig. 2) and by Lechmere for Saprolegnia toru- losa (?) (New Phytologist 9: 305, plates 1 and 2. 1910, figs. 22, 23, 30, 31. Also in vol. 10, fig. 2, page 175). Lechmere erro- niously calls this the Dictyuchus type of asexual reproduction. It is doubtful if the species of Saprolegnia (a parasite on fish) studied by him in his first paper is Saprolegnia torulosa. It is more apt to be the one that Huxley studied (Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. 22 : 31 1. 1882) and supposed to be S. monoica. Another peculiar and rare variation in the behavior of the sporangial contents is described and figured by Horn (Ann. Myc. 2: 207. 1904) for Achlya polyandra De Bary (A. De Baryana Humphrey). At a temperature of 31 0 to 320 Celsius, sporangia were formed which emptied large masses of protoplasm 300 Mycologia through several openings. These masses, then, by direct divi- sion formed spores, some of usual size (io /a), some larger (up to 40 n in diameter). If now brought to room temperature these small spores escaped from their cysts and swam. The larger ones germinated directly. He also mentions the occasional ap- pearance of double spores from normal sporangia. The discharge of large and irregular masses of protoplasm from the sporangia had been figured by Leitgeb as long ago as 1869, for Saprolegnia monoica (Jahrb. fiir Wiss. Bot. 7: 357. 1869-70). In plate 24, fig. 5 he shows several such masses, some with cilia at different points, also several double zoospores. In a species of Achlya from Chapel Hill,14 I have observed several times the emptying of the entire protoplasm from a sporangium at the tip, the mass falling at once to the bottom as a long contorted rope (see above, p. 291). This is still further and conclusive evidence that the spores are discharged by internal pressure and not through their own motion. It will, of course, be understood that the variations reviewed above are in no sense fortuitous or accidental. They are the re- sults of environmental conditions and many of them may now be induced at will by the investigator. A discussion of my own and other observations in regard to environmental influences on repro- duction in this group will be reserved for another place. In closing this short review of certain variations in the details of sexual reproduction in the group, I feel it necessary to give a word of caution against the attitude adopted by Lechmere in his two papers in the New Phytologist, both of which are referred to above. In the summary of his first paper he says that “ As the result of keeping a species of Saprolegnia under observation for a period of five months it has been found possible to obtain on the same mycelium the methods of asexual reproduction which are characteristic of six different genera.” If this claim is examined it will be seen that outside of its own genus ( Saprolegnia ) the species he describes cannot with accuracy be said to show the methods of a sexual reproduction of any other genera except A planes and Leptolegnia, and even in these cases only in certain 14 A probable hybrid. See Journal Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society 30: 63. 1914- Coker: Two New Species of Water Molds 301 details, not in all. The sporangial variations cited do not look like the sporangia of the genera in question and neither do the spores within them ; and no one familiar with these genera would be misled into placing them there unless one’s attention be focused on the wording of keys rather than on the plants themselves. Such variations as these do not create doubt, as Lechmere implies, on the validity of the presently accepted classification of the Saprolegniaceae. The occasional appearance of a soft-shelled egg in a hen’s nest does not shake our faith in the reality of the dis- tinction between a hen and a lizard. Unless it be Achlya paradoxa, I know of no species whose genus could be in doubt after an adequate study of its asexual reproduc- tion alone. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. 302 Mycologia Explanation of Plates CXLVI-CXLVIII All drawings were made with the aid of the camera lucida. Plate CXLVI Achlya paradoxa sp. nov. 1. A group of empty sporangia of normal appearance. X 335. 2. A group of sporangia showing both lateral and internal proliferation. X 335. 3. Another example of the above. X 335. 4. A sporangium with spores killed during exit, showing the cilia. X 335. 5. An oogonium with base intercalated in a hypha. The projection below is not usual. An antheridium was present, but is not shown. X 335. 6. 7 and 8. Typical oogonia with antheridia. X 335. 9 and 10. Chlamydospores. X 335. Plate CXLVII Pythiopsis cymosa De Bary 1. Oogonium with a typical sub-basal antheridium. X 720. 2. Ditto, with an additional lateral antheridium. X 72 o. 3. Ditto, with two sub-basal antheridia. X 720. 4. 5, 6 and 7. Oogonia of various forms with antheridia of various origin. X 720. 8. An abnormal double oogonium, apparently without an antheridium. X 720. 9. Sporangia of typical shapes. X 447- 10. Sporangia about one minute before discharge showing the spores in the compression stage. X 447. Chlamydospores ; one having discharged spores by a basal papilla. X 447. 12. Spores, killed while swimming; one with four cilia and double size. X 720- Plate CXLVIII Pythiopsis Humphreyana sp. nov. 1. Sporangia of the globular form. X 335. 2. Two sporangia with an oogonium and antheridium. X 335. 3> 4> 5. 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10. Sporangia of various forms. Nos. 3 and 4 X 185 ; others X 125. 11. A sporangium, surrounded with several oogonia. X 185. 12. Two sporangia, with oogonia in close proximity. X 185. 13. A young oogonium with antheridium. X 335- 14. An oogonium with two eggs and two antheridia, one of which is dicli- nous. X 335- 15. Another oogonium with a diclinous antheridium, showing plainly the antheridial tube. X 335. 16. An abnormal oogonium with four eggs. X 335. Mycologia Plate CXLVI ACHLYA PARADOXA COKER Mycologia Plate CXLVII PYTHIOPSIS CYMCSA DE BARY PYTHIOPSISj HUMPHREYANA COKER NEWS AND NOTES Mr. S. M. Zeller, formerly of the botanical department of the University of Washington at Seattle, now holds a research fellow- ship at the Missouri Botanical Garden in St. Louis. Mr. Guy West Wilson, formerly forest pathologist at New Brunswick, New Jersey, has 'been appointed assistant professor of mycology and plant pathology in the State University of Iowa at Iowa City. Dr. F. D. Kern, professor of botany at State College, Pennsyl- vania, visited the Garden on September 5-8 to examine the her- barium, library, and collections of living plants under glass. Dr. C. J. Humphrey, forest pathologist at the Products Labo- ratory, Madison, Wisconsin, visited the Garden on October 23 t6 consult the collection of polvpores. He intends to spend part of December in Cuba collecting fungi. Professor Guy W. Wilson calls attention to an error ip his paper on Phytophthora published in Mycologia last March. On pages 73 and 80, Phleophythora is incorrectly used for Phloeoph- thora. Klebahn’s paper on “ Eine Neue Pilzkrankheit ” (Cent. Bakt. II. 15: 335. 1905) should also be added to the bibliography. Dr. Howard J. Banker, who has been professor of botany in De Pauw University for the past ten years, recently resigned his position to become a special investigator with the Eugenics Record Office at Cold Spring Harbor, New York. He will enter upon his new duties on October 1. Dr. Donald W. Davis succeeds Dr. Banker at De Pauw. Mr. J. R. Johnston, who has made extensive investigations of cocoanut and sugar cane diseases in tropical America, spent Au- 303 304 Mycologia gust 10-12 at the Garden consulting the herbarium and library. He has resigned his position with the Porto Rico Sugar Growers’ Association at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, to accept the position of plant pathologist in the agricultural experiment station at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba. A manual entitled “Northern Polypores” has just been pub- lished by Dr. W. A. Murrill, which contains descriptions of all the pileate species found in North America east of the Rocky Moun- tains and north of North Carolina. Keys and notes accompany the descriptions. Similar manuals by Dr. Murrill entitled “ South- ern Polypores,” “Western Polypores,” “Tropical Polypores,” and “ American Boletes ” are expected to appear within a short time. Dr. Arthur Harmount Graves has resigned his position as as- sistant professor of botany in the Sheffield Scientific School of Yale University, and is at present engaged in research at the labo- ratory of Dr. V. H. Blackman, professor of plant physiology and pathology at the Royal College of Sciences, South Kensington, London, England. Dr. Graves has been a member of the faculty of Yale for the last twelve years. His present address is, Care of Brown, Shipley & Co., 123 Pall Mall, London, England. Dr. W. A. Murrill visited Washington and parts of Virginia during the latter part of September and collected a number of fungi of interest. He found the two poisonous species V enc- narius phalloides and Clitocybe illudens especially abundant, the latter growing in open fields as well as in woods, about old stumps and buried roots. All of the woodlands were found to be infected with the chestnut canker, which caused the death of many indi- vidual branches this season, but is expected to do the greatest damage in the next two or three years. As a large percentage of the timber about Washington is chestnut, the loss will be very considerable. The Underwood Collection of Fungi, containing 17,000 speci- mens, was purchased by the New York Botanical Garden in July, News and Notes 305 1914. In addition to valuable sets of published exsiccati, it con- tains a full representation of all the fungi collected by the late Lucien M. Underwood at Auburn, Alabama; Greencastle, In- diana; Syracuse, Kirkville, Jamesville, and Clyde, New York; West Goshen and Redding, Connecticut ; and at many points in and about New York City. There are also miscellaneous speci- mens from many parts of North America, either collected by Dr. Underwood in his travels or sent in by collectors for determina- tion. All groups of fungi are well represented in this collection and the specimens are well preserved. Many of them are valua- ble types. INDEX TO AMERICAN MYCOLOGICAL LITERATURE Anderson, J. P. A partial list of the parasitic fungi of Decatur County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 20: 115-131. 1913. Atkinson, G. F. The development of Lepiota clypeolaria. Ann. Myc. 12: 346-356. pi. 13-16. 30 Je 1914. Barre, H. W., & Aull, W. B. Hot water treatment for cotton anthracnose. Science II. 40: 109, no. 17 J1 1914. Bessey, C. E. A notable botanical career. Science II. 40 : 48. 10 J1 1914. A biographical sketch of Charles Horton Peck. Bessey, E. A. Tylenchus dipsaci in the United States. Phyto- pathology 4: 1 18. 23 Ap 1914. Bisby, G. R. Some observations on the formation of the capil- litium and the development of Physarella mirabilis Peck and Stemonitis fusca Roth. Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 274-288. pi. 24. Je 1914. Burger, 0. F. Cucumber rot. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 121 : 97-109. f. 38-42. F 1914. Burt, E. A. The Thelephoraceae of North America. I. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1 : 185-228. pi. 4, 5. My 1914. Includes description of two new species. Clinton, G. P. Report of the botanist. Ann. Rep. Connecticut Agr. Exp. Sta. 36 : 341-453. pi. 17-28. 1912. Includes I. Notes on plant diseases of Connecticut and II. The chestnut bark disease. Conard, H. S. The structure of Simblum sphaerocephalum. Mycologia 5 : 264-273. pi. 96, 97 + f,1- 4 0 1913. Conel, J. L. A study of the brown-rot fungus in the vicinity of Champaign and Urbana, Illinois. Phytopathology 4: 93-101. 23 Ap 1914. Cook, M. T. Diseases of shade and forest trees. New Jersey Forest Comm. 93-124. f. 36-43. 1912. 306 Index to American Mycological Literature 307 Cook, M. T. Grain smuts: their causes and treatments. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 36: 1-3. 1914. Cook, M. T., & Martin, G. W. The Jonathan spot rot. Phyto- pathology 4: 102-105. 23 Ap 1914. Coons, G. H. The potato diseases of Michigan. Michigan Agr. Exp. Sta. Special Bull. 66: 1-3 1. /. 1-3. Mr 1914. Edgerton, C. W. A method of picking up single spores. Phyto- pathology 4 : 115-117. 23 Ap 1914. [Must] Edgerton, C. W. Plus and minus strains in the genus Glomer- ella. Am. Jour. Bot. 1 : 244-254. pi. 22, 23 + /• -t 20 Je 1914. Evans, A. C., Hastings, E. G., & Hart, E. B. Bacteria concerned in the production of the characteristic flavor in cheese of the cheddar type. Jour. Agr. Research 2: 167-192. 15 Je 1914. Fawcett, G. L. Pelliculoria koleroga on coffee in Porto Rico. Jour. Agr. Research 2 : 231-233. /. 1-3. 15 Je 1914. Fawcett, H. S. Stem-end rot of Citrus fruits ( Phomopsis sp.). Univ. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107: 3-23. / 1-9. O 1911. Ford, W. W., & Clark, E. D. A consideration of the properties of poisonous fungi. Mycologia 6: 167-191. 14 J1 1914. Fromme, F. D. The morphology and cytology of the aecidium cup. Bot. Gaz. 58: 1-35. pi. 1, ■? + /. 1-8. 17 J1 1914. Graves, A. H. Notes on diseases of trees in the Southern Appa- lachians, III. Phytopathology 4: 63-72. pi. 5 -f- /. 1-10. 23 23 Ap 1914. Harper, E. T. The identity of Cantharellus brevipes and Can- tharellns clavatus. Mycologia 5: 261-263. Pi- 93~95 • 4 O MM- Hart, E. B., and others. Relation of the action of certain bac- teria to the ripening of cheese of the cheddar type. Jour. Agr. Research 2: 193-216. 15 Je 1914. Heald, F. D. A method of determining in analytic work whether colonies of the chestnut blight fungus originate from pycno- spores or ascospores. Mycologia 5 : 274-277. pi. 98-101. 4 O I9I3- 308 Mycologia Hedgcock, G. G., & Long, W. H. Identity of P eridermium fusi- forme with Pcridermium cerebrum. Jour. Agr. Research 2: 247-249. pi. 11. 15 Je 1914. Horne, W. T. The oak fungus disease of fruit trees. Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. Calif. 3 : 275-282. /. 79-81. J1 1914. Artnillaria mellea. Howe, R. H. The nomenclature of the genus Usnea. Bull. Tor- rey Club 41 : 373-379- pi 9~H- 28 J1 1914. Howe, R. H. Thoreau, the lichenist. Guide to Nature 5: 17-20. My 1912. [Must.] Johnston, J. R. Report of the pathologist. Ann. Rep. Sugar Prod. Assoc. Porto Pico 1911-1912: 23-28. 1912. Long, W. H. Influence of the host on the morphological charac- ter of Puccinia Ellisiana and Puccinia andropogonis. Jour. Agr. Research 2 : 303-319. 15 J1 1914. McClintock, J. A. Some notes on the black knot of plums and cherries. Ann. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 15: 142-144. 1913. McLean, H. C., & Wilson, G. W. Ammonifying power of soil- inhabiting fungi. Science II. 40: 140-142. 24 J1 1914. Melchers, L. The plaster cast apple specimen. Phytopathology 4:113,114././. 23 Ap 1914. Melhus, I. E. A species of Rhisophidium parasitic on the oospores of various Peronosporaceae. Phytopathology 4: 55-62. pi. 4. 23 Ap 1914. Metcalf, H. The chestnut bark disease. Jour. Heredity 5: 8-18. /. 1-8. 28 D 1913. Murrill, W. A. (Agaricales) Agaricaceae (pars). N. Am. FI. 10 : 1-76. 28 J1 1914. Murrill, W. A. Edible fungi. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 15: 119- 122. 26 Je 1914. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XV. Mycologia 5 : 257- 260. pi. 92. 4 O 1913. Chanterel minor, C. cinnabarinus, Lepiota procera, Entoloma Grayanum, Ceriomyces fumosipes, C. communis, and C. illudens illustrated. Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi — XVIII. Mycologia 6: 161-166. pi. 126-134. 14 J1 1914. Index to American Mycological Literature 309 Lycoperdon Bovista, L. pyriforme, Sparassis Herbstii, Asterophora Clavus, Collybia maculata, Hygrophorus eburneus, Lactaria piperata, Lepiota naucina, Agaricus campester hortensis, and Psatliyrella disseminata illustrated. O’Gara, P. J. Existence of crown gall of alfalfa, caused by Uro- phlyctis alfalfae , in the Salt Lake Valley, Utah. Science II. 40:27. 3JI1914. O’Gara, P. J. Occurrence of bacterial blight of alfalfa in the Salt Lake Valley, Utah. Science II. 39 : 905, 906. 19 Je 1914. Pickett, B. S. The blight of apples, pears, and quinces. Illinois Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 172: 1-10. Je 1914. [Illust.] Rehm, H. Ascomycetes exs. Fasc. 54. Ann. Myc. 12 : 165-170. 15 My 1914; Fasc. 55. Ann. Myc. 12: 170-175. 15 My 1914. Several American species are described. Saccardo, P. A. Notae mycologicae, Series XVIII. Ann. Myc. 12:282-314. 30 Je 1914. Includes Didymosphaeria Linderae, Pleospora Dearnessii, Phleospora Dearnessiana, Phyllosticta Collinsoniae, Sphaeropsis Coluteae, Cryptosporium fusarioides, Ramularia ontariensis spp. nov. from Canada, and Asterina Verae-crusis Theissen, Englerula mexicana Theissen, and Phoma tnoreliana Sacc., spp. nov., from Mexico. Schrenk, H. von. A trunk disease of the lilac. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1 : 253-259. pi 8, 9. My 1914. Schrenk, H. von. Two trunk diseases of the mesquite. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1 : 243-249. pi. 6, 7. My 1914. Spaulding, P. The damping-off of coniferous seedlings. Phyto- pathology 4: 73-88. pi 6 -\-f. 1, 2. 23 Ap 1912. Spaulding, P. New facts concerning the white-pine blister rust. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 116: 1-8. 24 Je 1914. Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses. An. Mus. Nac. Nat. Hist. Buenos Aires 24: 167-186. 1913. [Illust.] Stevens, F. L. A destructive strawberry disease. Science II. 39:949>950. 26 Je 1914. Sydow, H., & Sydow, P. Novae fungorum species — XII. Ann. Myc. 12: 195-204. 15 My 1914. Includes Uredo Herteri sp. nov. from Uruguay and Odontia panlensis sp. nov. from Brazil. Thaxter, R. Laboulbeniales parasitic on Chrysomelidae. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 50 : 17-50. My 1914. Includes descriptions of thirty-one new species. 310 Mycologia Theissen, F. Zur Revision der Gattungen Microthyrium und Seynesia. 5st. Bot. Zeits. 62: 216-221. Je 1912; 275-280. J1 1912; 327-329. S 1912; 395-396. O 1912; 430-435. N 1912; 63: 121-131. Mr 1913. Theissen, F., & Sydow, H. Dothideazeen-Studien. Ann. Myc. 12: 176-194. 15 My 1914. Thom, C. Conidium production in Penicillium. Mycologia 6 : 211-215- /• i- I4J1I9M- True, R. H. The molds of cigars and their prevention. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. 109: 1-8. 11 Je 1914. Vaughan, R. E. A method for the differential staining of fun- gous and host cells. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1 : 241, 242. My 1914. Weese, J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Nectriella Nitschke. Ann. Myc. 12: 128-157. /. 1, 2. 15 My 1914. Weir, J. R. Two new wood-destroying fungi. Jour. Agr. Re- search 2 : 163-167. pi. 9, 10. 25 My 1914. Forties putearius and Trametes setosus, spp. nov. Wilson, G. W. The identity of the anthracnose of grasses in the United States. Phytopathology 4: 106-112. 23 Ap 1914. Wilson, G. W. Studies in North American Peronosporales — VI. Notes on miscellaneous species. Mycologia 6: 192-210. pi. 135 , 136. 14 J1 1914. Includes Bremiella gen. nov. and Peronospora Lepidii, P. Chamaesycis and P. minima, spp. nov. Wollenweber, H. W. Identification of species of Fusarium oc- curring on the sweet potato, Ipomoea batatas. Jour. Agr. Re- search 2 : 251-286. pi. 12-16. 15 J1 1914. Includes Fusarium radicicola, F. caudatum, and F. batatatis spp. nov. Wood, G. C. A preliminary list of the lichens found within a radius of 100 miles of New York City. Torreya 14: 73-94. My 1914. Young, V. H. Successful artificial cultures of Clitocybe illudens and Armillaria mellea. Bot. Gaz. 57 : 524-526. /. 1-3. fg Je 1914. Zeller, S. M. The development of Stropharia ambigua. Myco- logia 6 : 1 39-145. pi. 124. 30 My 1914. INDEX TO VOLUME VI New names, and the final members of new combinations, are in bold face type Abies balsamea, 25-28 Acer, 72 ; rubrum, 279 Achlya, 285-288, 291, 294, 296, 297, 299, 300 ; americana, 295 ; aplanes, 295 ; Braunii, 296 ; caroliniana, 295; De Baryana, 295, 296, 299; glomerata, 296 ; lignicola, 296 ; paradoxa, 285, 287, 294, 295, 301 ; polyandra, 296, 299 ; prolifera, 296 ; racemosa, 296 Aconitum Columbianum, 253 Actaea arguta, 253 Adoxa Moschatellina, 248, 253 Aecidium, 138, 241, 242, 245, 246; carneum, 122, 138; cerebrum, 133, 138; crepidicola, 246; deformans, i33» 138; filamentosum, 124, 138; giganteum, 133, 138; gracilens, 247; Harknessii, 133, 138; mono- icum, 241; myricatum, 226—229; occidentale, 246; pyriforme, 126, 138; Ravenelii, 122, 138; Sarco- bati, 245 ; Valerianearum, 249 Aerial galls of the mesquite, 37 Aesculus, 72 Agaricus, 139; amygdalinus, 181 ; arvensis, 221, 222; bulbosus, 169; californicus, 267; campestris, 139, 140, 143, 144, 151, 167, 181; cam- pester hortensis, 165; cepaestipes, 151 ; crocodilinus, 267; fabaceus, 181 ; mucifer, 97, 98; placomyces, 267 ; silvicola, 222, 267 ; urceola- tus, 35; xylogenus, 151 Agoseris elata, 253 ; gracilens, 253 ; Greenei, 253; heterophylla, 253; leontodon, 253 Agrimonia, 207 Agropyron, 243 ; biflorum, 250 ; cani- num, 250, 253; occidentalis, 253; Palmeri, 243, 253 ; repens, 253 ; Smithii, 253 ; spicatum, 253 ; tene- rum, 243, 253 Agrostemma, 196 Aleuria, 273, 274 ; aurantia, 273, 274, 278; auriflava, 12; bicucullata, 274, 276, 278; Constellatio, 18; Crouani, 8; rhenana, 273-275, 278; rutilans, 274, 276, 278; trachycarpa, 19; wisconsinensis, 274 Aleuria and Aleurina, North Ameri- can species of, 273 Aleurina, 273, 277; aquehongen- sis, 278; retiderma, 277, 278 Aleurina, North American species of Aleuria and, 273 Alliaria, 197 Allied genera, Observations on Sphaerosoma and, 103 Allium acuminatum, 252, 253 Alnus, 72; incana, 279; oregana, 140 Alocasia, 59 Alopecurus aristulatus, 244, 253 Alsine borealis, 253 Althea rosea, 253 Amanita, 88, 90, 181, 268; adnata, 89; Amici, 89; bulbosa, 169; bul- bosa alba, 169; bulbosa citrina, 169; bulbosa olivacea, 169; bul- bosa virescens, 169; Caesarea, 174, 181, 188; chlorinosma, 174; citrina, 174; cothumata, 89, 180; crenulata, 174; frostiana, 181 ; junquillea, 88, 89, 181 ; Xanei, 269; roappa, 174; Morrisii, 174; muscaria, 170, 174- 184, 187, 188; ovoidea, 40; pan- therina, 89, 90, 180; phalloides, 40, 165, 169-179, 185, 187; phalloides citrina, 173; porphyria, 88, 174; radicata, 1 74 ; roseitincta, 269 ; rubescens, 1, 181; russuloides, 88, 89; solitaria, 181 ; spreta, 173; stro- biliformis, 174; venenosa, 169; verna, 173; vernalis, 88, 89; vir- giniana, 269; viridis, 169; virosa, i73 Amanitopsis, 268; adnata, 35; vol- vata, 35, 174 Amelanchier, 228, 242 ; alnifolia, 247, 248, 253; Asiatica, 228; canaden- sis, 227, 228; nana, 247, 253; utahensis, 247, 253 American mycological literature, In- dex to, 44, 99,-155, 219, 270, 306 Andromeda, 283 Angelica dilatata, 253 Anthocercis viscosa, 67 Anthracothecium, 259 Aphanomyces, 294 ; stellatus, 296 311 312 Mycologia Aplanes, 295-300; androgynus, 296; Braunii, 296 Aplopappus, 253 ; spinosus, 252, 253 Apodachlya pirifera, 297 Aquilegia caerulea, 250, 253 ; flaves- cens, 253 ; leptocera, 253 Arabis, 241; Drummondii, 254; Hol- boellii, 254; retrofracta, 241, 254; virginica, 199 Archemora Fendleri, 254 Arcyria versicolor, 149; vitellina, 149 Arenaria, 196, 251, 254; congesta, 251; subcongesta, 251; uintahensis, 254; verna, 254 Armillaria, 268; mellea, 140, 143, 265, 268; mucida, 140, 144 Arnica, 117; cordifolia, 254; panicu- lata, 254; rhizomata, 254; subplu- mosa sylvatica, 254 Aronia, 228 ; arbutifolia, 227, 228 ; nigra, 228 Artemisia dracunculoides, 254 ; Hook- eriana, 254; nova, 254; tridentata, 254 Arthonia, 50; distendens, 260; radi- ata, 260 Arthrosporium, 32, 33 ; album, 32, 36 Arthur, J. C., and Kern, F. D., North American species of Peridermium on pine, 109 Artocarpus incisa, 75 Artotrogus hydnosporus, 65, 66 Aschersonia, 217; turbinata, 217 Ascobolus, 7, 10; Crec’hqueraultii, 12; Crouani, 8 ; miniatus, 6, 8 ; viridis, 107 Asheville fungi, Notes on a few, 88 Aspergillus, 21 1 Aspidium Thelypteris, 26, 28 Asplenium Filix-femina, 26, 28 Aster, 1 1 9, 241, 254; adscendens, 254; apricus, 254; arenarioides, 254; canescens, 254; ciliomargina- tus, 254; Eatoni, 254; Fremonti, 254 Asterodon, 231, 232; ferruginosum, 23b 234 Asterodon and Hydnochaete, The genera. Type studies in the Hyd- naceae — VII, 231 Asterophora Clavus, 163 Astragalus, 205 ; argophyllus, 245 ; atratus arctus, 245, 254; decum- bens, 254; diphysus, 254; micro- lobus, 245, 254; Purshii, 254; utah- ensis, 254 ; Wardii, 254 Atractium, 33 Atragene occidentalis, 254 Atriplex, 33, 200, 202 ; hastata, 33, 36, 245 ; patula, 201, 202 Aurantiporus Pilotae, 264 Avena sativa, 254 Azalea, 72 Bacterium tumefaciens, 37, 38 Badhamia utricularis, 148 Baeomyces absolutus, 260 Balsamorrhiza macrophylla, 254 ; sag- ittata, 254 Banker, H. J., Type studies in the Hydnaceae— VII. The genera As- terodon and Hydnochaete, 231 Bark disease of the white pine, A preliminary note on a new, 84 Barlaea, 5, 6; amethystina, 16; asper- ella, 12; carbonaria, 16; Crec’h- queraultii, 12; discoidea, 19; gem- ma, 18; lacunosa, 23; lobata, 22; miniata, 8; modesta, 12; Wrightii, 15 Barlaeina, 6; Constellatio, 18; dis- coidea, 19 Basidiophora, 57, 192, 193 Beardslee, H. C., Notes on a few Asheville fungi, 88 Beckmannia erucaeformis, 254 Benzoin aestivale, 279, 284 Berberis aquifolius, 250; repens, 254 .Beta, 200 ; marina, 200 Betula, 72 ; alba papyrifera, 150 Bigelovia Douglasii, 254 Bjerkandera adusta, 265 Boletus elegans, 235 ; luridus, 185 ; luteus, 235 ; miniato-olivaceus, 186 ; miniato-olivaceus sensibilis, 186; satanas, 185; scaber fuscus, 150 Book on the British rust fungi, A new, 152 Book on tropical plant diseases, A, 41 Borreria, 193 Botrytis, 62, 200; destructa, 196; ef- fusa, 200—202 ; farinosa, 200—202 ; nivea, 198; parasitica, 196, 198, 203 Boudiera, 103, 105, 107, 108; areo- lata, 105-108 Bouteloua oligostachya, 241, 254 Bovista Jonesii, 266 Bremiella, 195; megasperma, 195 Brickellia grandiflora, 254 British rust fungi, A new book on the, 152 Bromus hordeaceus, 254; marginatus, 254 ; polyanthus, 254 ; Porteri, 242, 254; sterilis, 254 Bursa Bursa-pastoris, 199 Caeoma myricatum, 229 Calceolaria, 76 Callirrhoe involucrata, 250 Calluna, 72 Calochortus Nuttallii, 254 Caltha leptosepala, 254 Index to Volume VI 313 Calvatia craniiformis, 267 Calyptospora columnaris, 27, 28 Campanula americana, 112 Cantharellus brevipes, 40 ; clavatus, 40, 41 ; floccosus, 41 Cantharellus clavatus from Dultuh, 40 Carduus, acaulescens, 254; america- nus, 243, 254 ; lanceolatus, 234 ; leiocephalus, 254 ; oblanceolatus, 243, 254 ; oreophilus, 254 ; pulchel- lus, 243, 254; Tracyi, 254; undu- latus, 254 Carex, 250, 254; festiva, 254; Hoodii, 254; Jamesii, 254; lanuginosa, 254; muricata confixa, 254 ; nebrasken- sis, 254 ; rostrata, 254 ; stenophylla, 254 Carpinus, 72 Carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri, The development of the, 233 Carum Garrettii, 254 Castilleja, 112, 124, 125; affinis, 232, 254; linariaefolia, 246, 234; mini- ata, 1 12 Catabrosa aquatica, 254 Cedar, An enemy of the western red, 93 Cerastium Behringianum, 242, 234; scopulorum, 242, 254 Cereus,' 36, 60; Martianus, 70; teph- racanthus, 70 Ceriomyces communis, 236 ; Zelleri, 23S. 236, 238, 239 Ceriomyces Zelleri, The development of the carpophores of, 235 Chamaecyparis thyoides, 227, 229 Chamaesyce glyptospermum, 204 ; hu- mistrata, 204 ; maculata, 204 ; ser- pens, 204, 205, 210; stictospora, 205 Chanterel, 163 Chenopodium, 200, 202; album, 201, 202, 234 ; Bonus-Henricus, 202 ; glaucum, 202 ; hybridum, 200—202 ; leptospermum, 202 ; Murale, 202 ; polyspermum, 202 ; rubrum, 202 Chiodecton rubrocinctum, 260 ; san- guineum, 260 Chlorophyllum, 268 Chrysopsis Bakeri, 250, 234 Chrysosplenium alternifolia, 210 Chrysothamnus pulcherrimus, 254 ; viscidiflorus, 254 Circaea pacifica, 249, 234 Cirsium oreophilum, 243, 254; Tracyi, 243. 234 Cladonia, 259-261 ; aggregata, 261 ; didyma rugifera, 260; rangiformis, 260 ; rangiformis cubana, 260 ; squamosa phyllocoma, 261 Clark, E. D„ Ford, W. W., and, A consideration of the properties of poisonous fungi, 167 Clarkia, 56, 60 Claudopus, 4 ; nidulans, 4 Claytonia Siberica, 254 Clematis, 243 ; Douglasii, 246, 234 ; ligusticifolia, 243, 234 Cleome, 56; serrulata, 234 Clitocybe, 163, 268; dealbata, 182; dealbata sudorifica, 182; illudens, 182, 183, 263, 304; infundibuli- formis, 179; laccata, 143; leiphae- mia, 97 ; oreades, 267 Cnicus Drummondii acaulescens, 253 Coccocarpia pellita, 261 Coker, W. C., Two new species of water molds, 283 Coleosanthus, grandiflorus, 254 Coleosporium, 111-114, 116, 118, 122, 123; arnicale, 1x7; Campanulae, 112, 121 ; delicatulum, 112, 115; Helianthi, 116; inconspicuum, 112, 1 16; ribicola, 246; Solidaginis, 112, 1 1 7, 1 19; Sonchi-arvensis, 116; Vernoniae, 112, 123 Collection of lichens from Jamaica, West Indies, Small, 259 Collomia gracilis, 234 Collybia maculata, 163; radicata, 221 Colocasia, 56, 57, 59 ; antiquorum, 5 7, 39; esculenta, 57, 208 Color-book, Observations on the use of Ridgway’s new. The color of the spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., 29 Color of the spores of Volvaria spe- ciosa Fr., The. Observations on the use of Ridgway’s new color- book, 29 Comandra, 127, 129; pallida, 247, 254 ; umbellata, 27 Comatricha nigra, 148, 149; suks- dorfii, 149 Comptonia, 132, 133; asplenifolia, 112, 133 Conidium production in Penicillium, 21 1 Consideration of the properties of poisonous fungi, A, 167 Coprinus, 166 Cordyceps, 217 Coreopsis, 116; major, 116; verticil- lata, 1 1 2, 1 16 Coriolus abietinus, 34 ; versicolor, 264 Coronopus didyma, 199 Cortinarius, 39, 130 Cortinellus, 268, 269 ; cinnamomeus, 269 ; Glatfelteri, 269 ; mutifolius,, 269 Corylus, 72 Crataegus, 228 ; oxyacantha, 72 314 Mycologia Crepidotus calolepis, 267 Crepis, 255; acuminata, 254; glauca, 246, 254; intermedia, 243, 255; oc- cidentals, 255; rostrata, 255; sco- pulorum, 255 Cressa Truxillensis, 255 Cronartium, 110-113, 123, 125, 126, 129-131, 133, 137; coleosporioides, 1 12, 246; Comandrae, 129, 247; Comptoniae, 112, 128, 131, 133; filamentosum, 112; Quercus, 112, 136; ribicola, 150 Crouania, 6; asperella, 12; carbona- ria, 16; miniata, 8 Cryptoporus, 218; volvatus, 267 Cryptoporus volvatus (Peck) Hub- bard, Origin of the volva aperature in, 217 Cylindrium flavo-virens, 35 Cylindrosporium, 217 Cynomarathrum Nuttallii, 255 Cyperus, 192; tegetiformis, 192 Cystopteris fragilis, 255 Dacryomyces, 225 Daedalea unicolor, 266 Dasiophora fruticosa, 255 Detonia, s, 6; foveata, 21; leiocarpa, 21; modesta, 13; nigrans, 20; poly- trichina, 23 ; trachycarpa, 19 Development of Stropharia ambigua, The, 139 Development of the carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri, The, 235 Dianthus, 196; caryophyllus, 255 Dictyuchus, 295—297, 299 ; monospo- rus, 297 Didymium melanospermum, 217 Diplanes, 291 Diplodia longispora, 150 Diplographis, 260 Discina trachycarpa, 19 Disease of the white pine, A prelim- inary note on a new bark, 84 Diseases, A book on tropical plant, 41 Distichlis, 241 ; stricta, 255 Draba, Helleriana, 244, 255 ; pecti- nata, 255; spectabilis, 244, 255 Echinopsis Eyriesii, 70 Echinospermum floribundum, 255 Elvela coccinea, 274 Elymus canadensis, 255; condensa- tus, 255 ; glaucus, 255 ; robustus, 255 Endophyllum, 154 Enemy of the western red cedar, An, 93 Entoloma, 185; lividum, 169, 185; sinuatum, 185 Entyloma arnicale, 241 ; crastophilum, 241 Epilobium adenocaulon, 255 ; alpi- num, 255; anagallidifolium, 255; brevistylum, 255 ; clavatum, 255 ; Drummondii, 255; Drummondii latiusculum, 255 ; Hornemanni, 255; paniculatum, 255; rubricaule, 255; straminium, 255 Erica, 72 Erigeron Coulteri, 255 ; macranthus, 255 Erineum atriplicinum, 202 Eriocoma cuspidata, 255 Eriogonum campanulatum, 255 ; cro- ceum, 245, 255; heracleoides, 255; racemosum, 255 ; umbellatum ma- jus, 255 Erodium, 194 Erysimum asperum, 255 Erysiphe, 203 Erythronium grandiflorum, 255; gran- diflorum parviflorum, 255 Eucalyptus, 260 Euphorbia, 204 ; Cyparissias, 203 ; dentata, 255; Fendleri, 246, 255; glyptospermum, 204 ; humistrata, 204 ; maculata, 204 ; montana ro- busta, 255; Peplis, 20 2; platyphylla, 203 ; robusta, 255 ; serpens, 205 ; serpyllifolia, 255 ; stictospora, 205 Euthamia, 115; graminifolia, 112 Exidia, 32, 225 ; lagunensis, 266 Exobasidium, 267 Fagopyrum, 56, 59 Fagus, 72 Festuca confinis, 255; elatior, 255; octoflora, 255 Few Asheville fungi, Notes on a, 88 Filix fragilis, 255 Fink, Bruce, Henry Willey, — A me- moir, 49 Fomes putearius, 266; ungulatus, 217 Fomitiporia, 94 ; Weirii, 93, 94 Ford, W. W„ and Clark, E. D„ A consideration of the properties of poisonous fungi, 167 Forsythia viridissima, 72 Fragaria, 207 ; vesca, 207 Fraser, W. P., Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and other rusts, 25 Fraxinus, 72 Fromme, F. D., A new gymnospo- rangial connection, 226 Fuligo, 147, 148; ellipsospora, 147; media, 147, 148; megaspora, 147, 148; ovata, 147; septica, 147, 148 Fungi, A consideration of the proper- ties of poisonous, 167 Fungi, A new book on the British rust, 152 Fungi, Illustrations of — XVII, 1 ; XVIII, 161 ; XIX, 221 Index to Volume VI 315 Fungi, New or interesting, 32 Fungi, Notes on a few Asheville, 88 Fuscoporia, 94 Fusicoccum, 86 ; abietinum, 86 Galium triflorum, 255 Galls of the mesquite, Aerial, 37 Garrett, A. O., Host index of smuts and rusts of Utah, 253; The smuts and rusts of Utah — II, 240 Gaylussacia resinosa, 27, 28 Gayophytum caesium, 235; interme- dium, 255 ; lasiospermum, 235 ; pumilum, 235; racemosum, 255; ramosissimum, 255 Genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete, The. Type studies in the Hyd- naceae — VII, 231 Genera, Observations on Sphaero- soma and allied, 103 Genus Lamprospora, A preliminary study of the, 3 Genus Phytophthora, A review of the. Studies in North American Pero- nosporales — V, 34 Geranium, 194; Fremontii, 253; mexi- canum, 153; nervosum, 235; Rich- ardsonii, 253; venosum, 255 Geum, 207 Gilia, 56, 206; nivale, 39; Nuttallii, 255 ! pungens, 244, 233 Gloeosporium nervisequum, 264 Gloeotulasnella, 263 Glyceria nervata, 253 Glycyrrhiza lepidota, 253 Gnomonia veneta, 264 Gomphidius oregonensis, 267 ; vini- color, 268 Graphis, 260 Graves, A. H., A preliminary note on a new bark disease of the white pine, 84 ; Parasitism in Hymeno- chaete agglutinans, 279 Grifola Berkeleyi, 264 ; frondosa, 264 Grindelia squarrosa, 235 Guepinia, 32 Gutierrezia Euthamiae, 255 ; filifolia, 244, 255 ; Sarothrae, 255 Gymnolomia multiflora, 255 Gymnosporangial connection, A new, 226 Gymnosporangium, 226-228, 242, 247 ; bermudianum, 226 ; Blasdaleanum, 227 ; Botryapites, 227, 228 ; clava- riaeforme, 247 ; durum, 242 ; Ellisii, 226-229 1 exterum, 226 ; gracilens, 226, 247 ; inconspicuum, 247 ; myri- catum, 229; Nelsoni, 242; Sorbi, 227 Gyromytra esculenta, 186 Gyrophragmium texense, 267 Hamaspora Ellisii. 229 Hapalopilus gilvus, 266 Harper, E. T., Cantharellus clavatus from Duluth, 40 Harpographium, 33 Heald, F. D., Aerial galls of the mesquite, 37 Hebeloma, 184; fastibile, 184; rimo- sum, 184 Hedysarum utahense, 235 Helianthella arizonica, 244, 253; uni- flora, 233 Helianthus annuus, 255; lenticularis, 255 Heliocarpus, 193 Helvella coccinea, 274 Hemitrichia, 149; clavata, 149 Heuchera parvifolia, 255; rubescens, 233 ; utahensis, 235 Hevea, 74 ; brasiliensis, 73 Hexagona luzonensis, 266 Hieracium griseum, 255 Hirneola, 225 Holcus lanatus, 233 Hordeum jubatum, 253, 255; nodo- sum, 253 ; pusillum, 255 Horkelia Gordonii, 253 Hormisciopsis, 32 ; gelatinosa, 32, 36 Hormiscium, 32 Host Index of smuts and rusts of Utah, 253 House, H. D., Origin of the volva aperature in Cryptoporus volvatus (Peck) Hubbard, 217 Howe, R. H., Jr., Small collection of lichens from Jamaica, West Indies, 259 Humaria bicucullata, 276 ; Crec’h- queraultii, 12; echinosperma, 12; Persoonii amethystina, 16; rutilans, 276; Wrightii, 15 Hydnaceae, Type studies in the — VII. The genera Asterodon and Hydno- chaete, 231 Hydnochaete, 231-233; badia, 232, 234 ; olivaceum, 234 ; setigera, 231, 234 Hydnochaete, The genera Asterodon and. Type studies in the Hydna- ceae— VII, 231 Hydnochaetella, 231, 232; setigera, 232, 234 Hydnoporia fuscescens, 232, 234 Hydnum fuscescens, 233 ; olivaceum, 233, 234 Hydrocybe caespitosa, 2 ; praten- sis, 2 Hydrophyllum capitatum, 255; Wat- sonii, 255 Hygrophorus caespitosus, 2 ; ebur- neus, 164; pratensis, 2 316 Mycologia Hymenochaete, 280, 282, 283 ; agglu- tinans, 279, 282-284 ; noxia, 284 Hymenochaete agglutinans, Parasit- ism in, 279 Hypholoma, 139, 140, 142-144; ag- gregatum, 4; fasciculare, 140; sil- vestre, 4 Hypocrella, 217 Hypophyllum crux melitense, 17 1 Illustrations of fungi — XVII, 1 ; XVIII, 161; XIX, 221 Index to American mycological liter- 44. 99, 155, 219, 270, 306 Inocybe, 224, 265; decipiens, 184; geophylla, 224; infelix, 184; infida, 183 Inonotus juniperinus, 267 ; texanus, 264, 267 Interesting fungi, New or, 32 Irpex, 234; cinnamomeus, 233, 234; fuscescens, 233 Iva axillaris, 255; xanthifolia, 255 Ivesia Gordonii, 255 Jamaica, West Indies, Small collec- tion of lichens from, 259 Jasminum, 56, 59; nudiflorum, 72 Juglans 72 Juncus longistylis, 255; saximonta- nus, 256; xiphioides montanus, 256 Juniperus, 226; monosperma, 247, 256; fccopulorum, 242, 256; utah- ensis, 247, 256; virginiana, 226 Kawakamia, 57, 192, 193; Colocasiae, 57; Cyperi, 194 Kern, F. D., A new book on the Brit- ish rust fungi, 152; Arthur, J. C., and, North American species of Peridermium on pine, 109 Koeleria gracilis, 250 Krieger, L. C. C., Observations on the use of Ridgway’s new color-book. The color of the spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., 29 Laccaria, 268 ; laccata, 223 ; ochropur- purea, 223 Lactaria, 163; piperata, 164 Lactarius, 182; torminosus, 182, 183 Lamproderma robusta, 149 Lamprospora, 6, 24, 103, 107, 108; amethystina, 7, 16; annulata, 7, 11, 24; areolata, 7, 9, 24; ascobo- loides, 7, 10, 24; carbonaria, 7, 16; carbonicola, 16; Constellatio, 7, 17-19; Crec’hqueraultii, 7, 12, 24, 107; Crouani, 6, 8, 24; dicty- diola, 7, 9, 24 ; discoidea, 7, 19; gemma, 7, 18 ; haemastigma, 7, 17; leiocarpa, 8, 21; lobata, 8, 22, 24; Maireana, 7, 14, 24; miniata, 8 ; nigrans, 8, 20 ; Planchonis, 8, 21 ; polytrichina, 8, 23; spinulosa, 7, xi, 24; trachycarpa, 8,19, 21, 24; tuberc- ulata, 7, 13, 14, 16, 24; tubercu- latella, 7, 15, 16, 24; Wrightii, 7, is, 24 Lamprospora, A preliminary study of the genus, 5 Lappula caerulescens, 246, 256; flori- bunda, 256 Larix, 27 ; laricina, 26—28 Laschia, 266 ; philippinensis, 266 Lasidiplodia 74 Lathyrus coreaceus, 256 ; utahensis, 256 Lentinus candidus, 266 ; lagunensis, 266 Lepidium, 56, 59, 199 ; apetalum, 199, 256; ruderale, 199, 210; virginicum, 199, 210, 256 Lepidoderma, 147; tigrinum, 147 Lepiota, 151, 268; albissima, 269; americana, 223 ; brunnescens, 223 ; cepaestipes, 151 ; Morgani, 151, 181 ; naucina, 165; procera, 151; rha- codes, 268 Leptogium, 261 ; chloromelum, 261 ; phyllocarpum, 261 ; tremelloides, 261 Leptolegnia, 286, 300 Leptomitus, 297 ; lacteus, 297 Leptotaenia, 256; Eatoni, 256 Leucoloma Constellatio, 18; rutilans, 276 Lichens from Jamaica, West Indies, Small collection of, 259 Ligusticum filicinum, 256 Limacella, 268, 269 ; albissima, 269 Linum Kingii, 256 ; Lewisii, 256 Literature, Index to American myco- logical, 44, 99, iS5, 219, 270, 306 Lithophragma bulbifera, 256; parvi- flora, 256 Lobaria peltigera, 262 Lomatium platycarpum, 256 Lupinus parviflorus, 256 ; pulcherri- mus, 256 Lychnis, 196; Drummondii, 253, 256; Lycium Andersoni, 249, 256; pal- lidum, 252, 256 Lycoperdon Bovista, 161 ; giganteum, 161 ; pyriforme, 162 Lycopersicum esculentum, 60 Lygustrum vulgare, 72 Macbride, T. H., Mountain myxomy- cetes, 146 Machaeranthera canescens, 256 Macrophoma, 33, 34 Malus, 72 Malva rotundifolia, 256 Index to Volume VI 317 Malvastrum dissectum, 245, 256 Marasmius, 36, 216; atro-rubens, 36; Morganianus, 35; oreades, 179 Medicago, 205 ; sativa, 205 Melampsora, 27 ; albertensis, 248 ; Bigelowii, 242 ; Medusae, 26-28 Melamsporella elatina, 242 Melanoleuca, 268, 269 ; alabamensis, 269 ; angustifolia, 269 ; aromatica, 269 ; compressipes, 269 ; Earleae, 269 ; eduriformis, 269 ; fumosella, 269 ; inocybiformis, 269 ; Kauff- manii, 269 ; longipes, 269 ; Mem- mingeri, 269 ; Naucoria, 269 ; odo- rifera, 269 ; personata, 3 ; praecox, 269 ; praemagna, 269 ; Robinsoniae, 269 ; sordida, 3 ; subacida, 269 ; subargillacea, 269 ; subcinereiformis, 269 ; subfuliginea, 269 ; subres- plendens, 269 ; subterrea, 269 ; sub- transmutans, 269; Thompsoniana, 269; Tottenii, 269; unalcensis, 269; Volkertii, 269; Yatesii, 269 Memoir, A, — Henry Willey, 49 Mentha canadensis, 256 ; Penardi, 244, 256 Mertensia, 256 ; arizonica, 256 ; ciliata, 256; intermedia, 256; polyphylla, 256; Siberica, 256 Mesquite, Aerial galls of the, 37 Micranthes arguta, 256 Microglaena, 260 Microsteris gracilis, 206 ; micrantha, 256 Microstroma Platani, 264 Microthelia thelena, 260 Miscellaneous species, Notes on. Studies in North American Pero- nosporales — VI, 192 Mitella pentandra, 256; stenopetala, 256 Mitrocarpus hirsutus, 193 Molds, Two new species of water, 285 Mollisia Crec’hqueraultii, 12 Monarda menthaefolia, 244, 256 Monardella odoratissima, 256 Monoblepharis macrandra, 298 Monolepis Nuttalliana, 202 Monosporium Chenopodii, 202 Montia siberica, 256 Morchella esculenta, 186 Mountain myxomycetes, 146 Mucilago spongiosa, 148; spongiosa solida, 148 Muciporus, 265 ; corticola, 265 Mucor Botrytis, 198; Erysimi, 197, 198 Muhlenbergia gracilis, 250, 256 ; Rich- ardsonii, 250, 256 Murrill, W. A., Agaricus mucifer Berk, and Mont., 97 ; Agaricus xy- logenus Mont., 151; An enemy of the western red cedar, 93 ; Illustra- tions of fungi— XVII, 1; XVIII, 161 ; XIX, 221 Mycena haematopa, 225 ; splendidipes, 40 ; succosa, 225 Mycenastrum corium, 267 Mycological literature, Index to American, 44, 99, 155, 219, 270, 306 Myrica, 228 ; carolinensis, 227, 229 ; cerifera, 228, 229 Myristica fragrans, 76 Myxomycetes, Mountain, 146 Naucoria malinensis, 266 Nectria, 74 New bark disease of the white pine, A preliminary note on a, 84 New book on the British rust fungi, A, 152 New color-book, Observations on the use of Ridgway’s. The color of the spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., 29 New gymnosporangial connection, A, 226 New or interesting fungi, 32 New species of water molds, Two, 285 News and notes, 39, 95, 216, 303; and reviews, 150, 264 Nicotiana, 59; Bigelovii, 208; glauca, 208; Tabacum 209 North American Peronosporales, Studies in — V. A review of the genus Phytophthora 54; VI. Notes on miscellaneous species, 192 North American species of Aleuria and Aleurina, 273 North American species of Perider- mium on pine, 109 Note on a new bark disease of the white pine, A preliminary, 84 Notes, News and, 39, 95, 216, 303; and reviews, 150, 264 Notes on a few Asheville fungi, 88 Notes on miscellaneous species. Studies in North American Perono- sporales— VI, 192 Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and other rusts, 25 Nozemia, 79, 80 Nyctalis asterophora, 163 Observations on Sphaerosoma and allied genera, 103 Observations on the use of Ridgway’s new color-book. The color of the spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., 29 Ocellularia alba, 260 Octospora haemastigma, 17 Oenothera, 56, 59, 60; caespitosa, 256 ; heterantha, 256 ; marginata, 256 ; montana, 246, 256 318 Mycologia Oidium, 95 ; album, 34, 36 Omphalia flavida. 264 Onoclea sensibilis, 26—28 Opuntia, 56, 59 Origin of the volva aperture in Cryp- toporus volvatus (Peck) Hubbard, 217 Osmorrhiza, 256 Osmunda Claytoniana, 26, 28 ; regalis, 26, 28 Otidea, 274 ; aurantia, 274 Ovularia Syringae, 72, 73 Oxygraphis cymbalaria, 256 Oxypolis Fendleri, 256 Oxyria digyna, 256 Ozomelis stenopetala, 256 Pachylophus caespitosus, 256 ; margi- natus, 256 ; montanus, 246 Panaeolus, 185 ; papillionaceus, 185 ; retirugis, 185 Panax, 56 Panicum Crus-galli, 256 Pannaria Mariana isideoidea, 261 ; pannosa, 261 ; rubiginosa, 261 Parasitism in Hymenochaete agglu- tinans, 279 Parnassia fimbriata, 256 Parrya platycarpa, 249, 256 Pectiantia pentandra, 256 Penicillium, 21 1, 213 Penicillium, Conidium production in, 21 1 Pentstemon confertus caeruleo-pur- pureus, 250, 256 ; procerus, 250, 256 Peridermium, 109-114, 117, 122, 123, 125—128, 137, 138; acicolum, 109, 112, 114, 117, 118, 121, 137, 138; Betheli, 126, 138; californicum, 114, 118, 137, 138; carneum, 112, 114, 122, 123, 137, 138; cerebrum, 109, no, 112, 113, 124, 133, 136- 138; Comptoniae, 112, 124, 131, 137, 138; deformans, 133, 138; deli- catulum, 1 12, 1 14, 1 16, 137, 138; elatinum, 242; Engelmanni, no; filamentosum, 109, no, 112, 123- 126, 137, 138; Fischeri, no, 114, 116, 137, 138; fusiforme, no, 112, 1 13, 134. I3S. 138; giganteum, 133, 138; globosum, no, 134, 136, 138; gracile, 114, 119— 121, 137, 138; guatemalense, 114, 121, 137, 138; Harknessii, 27, 109, no, 133, 138; inconspicuum, 112, 114, 115, 137, 138; intermedium, 114, 120, 137, 138; mexicanum, no, 134, 136; 138; montanum, 114, 117, 118, 137, 138; oblongisporium, no, 138; ob- longisporium Ravenelii, 122, 138; orientale, 109; pyriforme, no, 112, 123, 126-128, 131, 132, 137, 138; Ravenelii, 122, 138; Rostrupi, no, 112, 114, 120, 137, 138; stalacti- forme, no, 112, 124-126, 138; Strobi, no, 123, 129, 130, 137, 138, 150 Peridermium on pine, North Ameri- can species of, 109 Peronoplasmopara Humuli, 194 Peronospora, 79, 193, 196, 197, 200- 203, 205-208, 210; alta, 205; an- dina, 203; Arenariae, 196, 197; Arenariae macrospora, 196 ; Ar- thuri, 207; Borreriae, 193; Botrytis, 198; Cactorum, 80; Chamaesycis, 204, 210; Chenopodii, 200, 202; Chrysosplenii, 210; conglomerata, 194; crispula, 198; Cyparissiae, 203; Cyperi, 192; Dentariae, 198; destructor, 196; Dianthi, 196, 197; effusa, 200—202 ; effusa major, 200— 202; effusa minor, 195, 200—202; epiphylla, 202; Erodii, 194; Eu- phorbiae, 203 ; farinosa, 201, 202 ; Fragariae, 206, 207 ; Hyoscyami, 208; Lepidii, 198, 199, 210; macrospora, 196; megasperma, 195; minima, 209, 210; Nicotianae, 208; Niessleana, 197— 199; ochro- leuca, 198; parasitica, 197-199; parasitica Lepidii, 198; parasitica Niessleana, 198; Pepli, 202; Phlo- gina, 206 ; Phyteumatis, 197, 209 ; Plantaginis, 205 ; Potentillae, 206, 207; Rubi, 207; Saxifragae, 210; Schachtii, 199; Schleideni, 196; Schleideniana, 196; Sempervivi, 70; Silenes, 197; sordida, 208, 209; sparsa, 206, 207; Spinaciae, 201, 202; trichomata, 57, 208; Trifolio- rum, 205 ; violacea, 209 ; Violae, i95 Peronosporales, Studies in North American — V. A review of the genus Phytophthora, 54 ; VI. Notes on miscellaneous species, 192 Petradoria pumila, 256 Peucedanum graveolens, 256; sim- plex, 256 Peziza aurantia, 104, 274; auriflava, 12; bicucullata, 276; coccinea, 274; Constellatio, 18; Crouani, 8, 104; echinosperma, 12, 13; exasperata, 23 ; gemma, 18 ; globifera, 23 ; leio- carpa, 21; lobata, 22; modesta, 12, 13 ; nigrans, 20 ; Persoonii, 22 ; poly- trichii, 23 ; radiculata, 275 ; reti- derma, 273, 277; rutilans, 276; sanguinaria, 16; scabrosa, 19, 20; splendens, 275 ; trachycarpa, 19 ; Wrightii, 15 Phacelia, alpina, 256 ; heterophylla, 256 Index to Volume VI 319 Phaeopezia, 273, 277 ; retiderma, 277 ; scabrosa, 20 Phaseolus, 56 Phegopteris Dryopteris, 26, 28 Phellorina californica, 267 Philadelphia, 72, 226 ; occidentalis, 247. 256 Phloeophthora, 303; Cactorum, 80; Fagi, 80; Nicotianae, 80; Syr- ingae, 73, 80 Phlox, 256, caespitosa, 256 ; divari- cata, 206; Giliae, 206; longifolia, 256 Pholiota autumnalis, 183; candicans, 268; ventricosa, 268 Phoma, 33, 85 ; abietina, 86 ; Atripli- cis, 33; longissima, 33; Westendor- pii, 33 Phragmidium Ellisii, 229 ; montiva- gum, 243 ; occidentale, 248 Phyllocactus, 70 Phyllosticta, 34; Atriplicis, 33, 36 Physarum, 147; elegans, 147; nephro- ideum, 148; pusillum, 147 Phyteuma, 197 Phytophthora, 55-58, 60, 61, 64, 65, 67. 69, 71, 73-79, 192, 303; Agaves, 77 1 Arecae, 59, 60, 75, 83 ; Cac- torum, 67, 70-72, 76, 79, 80; Colo- casiae, 57, 77, 208; erythroseptica, 55, 58, 61, 66; Faberi, 58, 60, 73- 75, 79, 80; Fagi, 69-71, 79, 80; in- festans, 54, 55, 57, 61-69, 72, 75, 77, 79, 83 ; Jathropiae, 77 ; Nico- tianae, 73, 79, 80, 208 ; omnivora, 59, 7°, 7L 73, 75, 76, 79, 80; omni- vora Arecae, 59 ; parasitica, 54, 56, 58, 83 ; Phaseoli, 59, 60, 64, 66-69, 83 ; Syringae, 70-73, 79, 80 ; Thalic- tri, 68, 69 ; Theobromae, 75 Phytophthora, A review of the genus. Studies in North American Perono- sporales — V, 54 Picea, no Pine, A preliminary note on a new bark disease of the white, 84 Pine, North American species of Peridermium on, 109 Pinus, 114, 1 1 5, 123, 127, 135, 137, 138, 150; australis, 122 137; aus- triaca, 112, 131, 137; Banksiana, 117, 126, 128, 134, 136, 137; con- torta, 112, 124, 125, 134, 137; di- varicata, 126, 134, 137; echinata, 120, 132, 134, 137; Elliotii, 122, 137; Engelmanni, no; filifolia, 120, 121, 137; heterophylla, 122, 137; inops, 132, 137; insignis, 1x8, 134, 137; Jeffreyi, 124, 137; mari- tima, 132, 137; mitis, 120, 134, 137; montana, 132, 137; monticola, 266; Murrayana, 117, 124, 126, 134, 137; oocarpa, 135, 137; palustris, 122, 123, 135, 137; patula, 135, i37; ponderosa, 112, 324, 125, 127, 132, 133, 135, 137; pungens, 118, 127, 137; radiata, 118, 134, 137; rigida, 112, 115, 119, 121, 132, 135, 137, 2x7; sabiniana 135, 137; scopulo- rum, 112, 117, 124, 125, 127, 135, 137; serotina, 122, 137; Strobus, 84, 87, 129, 134, 136, 137; sylves- tris, no, 112, 116, 117, 132, 137; Taeda, 112, 115, 122, 132, 135— 137 ; virginiana 112, 115, 116, 132, 135, i37 Piptocephalis, 65 Pirus, 72 ; communis, 72 ; Malus, 280 Pithya, 24; vulgaris, 24 Placusa despecta, 218 Plantago aristata, 205; major, 205; pusilla, 205 Plant diseases, A book on tropical, 41 Plasmopara, 195; Erodii, 194; Hu- muli, 194 Platanus, 72 Plenodomus destruens, 95 Plesiocis, 218 Pleurotus, 4, 268 Plicaria, 6; foveata, 21 ; leiocarpa, 21 ; Planchonis, 21 ; trachycarpa, 19 Plicariella, 6; modesta, 12; trachy- carpa, 20 Poa crocata, 244, 256; Fendleriana, 256; longipedunculata, 244, 256; pratensis, 256; reflexa, 256; Wheel- eri, 243, 256 Podisonxa Ellisii, 229 Poisonous fungi, A consideration of the properties of, 167 Polygonum aviculare, 256 Polyporus corticola, 265 ; dryadeus, 40; dryophilus, 40; officinalis 186 Polyscytalum flavum, 35, 36 Polytrichum, 23, 276 Populus angustifolia, 256; deltoides, 27 ; grandidentata, 27, 28 ; tremu- loides, 27, 248, 256 Poria Weirii, 94 Porina, 260 Porteranthus stipulatus, 226 Potentilla, 206, 207; Bakeri, 256; fruticosa, 256; glomerata, 256; pulcherrima, 256; viridescens, 256 Preliminary note on a new bark dis- ease of the white pine, A, 84 Preliminary study of the genus Lam- prospora, A, 5 Production in Penicillium, Conidium, 2 T 1 Properties of poisonous fungi, A con- sideration of the, 167 Prosopis glandulosa, 37 Prunus cerasus, 72 ; domestica, 72 320 Mycologia Psathyrella disseminata, 1 66 Pseudocymopterus montanus, 251, 256; Tidestromii, 251, 256 Pseudoperonospora, 194; Celtidis, 194; Celtidis Humuli, 194; Erodii, 194; Humuli, 194 Pseudotsuga mucronata, 248 Psoralea micrantha, 253, 256 Ptilocalais graciloba, 256; major, 256 Puccinia, 152, 153, 245, 285; acro- phila, 248 ; Actinellae, 248 ; Adoxae, 248 ; Agropyri, 243 ; albulensis, 249 ; alternans, 242 ; Blaisdalei, 252 ; Caricis, 152; cinerea, 243; Circaeae, 249 ; cirsii, 243 ; Clematidis, 243 ; Clementis, 249 ; commutata, 249 ; Crepidis-acuminatae, 243 ; curtipes, 243 ; Douglasii, 244 ; effusa, 244 ; glo- bosipes, 249 ; graminis, 152 ; Grinde- liae, 250; Grossulariae, 250; Gutier- reziae, 244 ; Helianthellae, 244 ; Hol- boellii, 244; Koeleriae, 250; Men- thae, 244; modica, 252; monoica, 241; monopora, 153; montanensis, 244; Muhlenbergiae, 250 ; obliterata, 250; Pentstemontis, 250; Poarum, 244; Pruni-spinosae, 153; Pseudo- cymopteridis, 251; Rhodiolae, 251; rubigo-vera, 242; Rydbergii, 251; Sherardiana, 245; Sieversiae, 251; Stipae, 245; subnitens, 120, 241, 245 ; tardissima, 251 ; triseti, 241 ; tumidipes, 252 ; turrita, 252 ; uni- porula, 153; variolans, 252; Ver- atri, 153; Violae, 245 Pucciniastrum Myrtilli, 27, 28 Pulvinula, 6; Constellatio, 18; haema- stigma, 17 Pyrenula, 259 Pyrola asarifolia incarnata, 256 ; ro- tundifolia uliginosa, 256; secunda, 256; uliginosa, 257 Pyropolyporus conchatus, 266 ; tex- anus, 267 Pythiopsis, 289, 292 ; cymosa, 289, 293, 294, 301 ; Humphreyana, 292, 302 Pythium, 55, 57; debaryanum, 65 Quercus, 72, 135-137; alba, 150; coc- cinea, 112; Phellos, 112; rubra, 1 12; velutina, 112 Radicula sinuata, 257 Ranunculus Cymbalaria, 257; digita- tus, 257; Eschscholtzii, 257; nivalis Eschscholtzii, 257; stenolobus, 257 Red cedar, An enemy of the western, 93 Reseda, 198 Review of the genus Pliytophthora, A. Studies in North American Peronosporales — V, 54 Reviews, News, notes and, 150, 264 Rhinanthus, 200 Rhodopaxillus, 3 Rhysotheca, 193; Borreriae, 193; Gonolobi, 193; Heliocarpa, 193; ribicola, 193 ; Viburni, 193 Ribes, 130; aureum, 130; coloradense, 246, 257 ; inebrians, 246, 257 ; longi- florum, 130, 131 ; oxyacanthoides, 257; saxosum, 257; vallicola, 257 Ricinus, 59 Ridgway’s new color-book, Observa- tions on the use of. The color of the spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., 29 Roestelia Harknessianoides, 248 ; lacerata, 247 ; transformans, 228 Roripa, 199 ; palustris, 199 Rosa, 207, 243, 257 ; aciculata, 243, 257; Fendleri, 257; grosse-serrata, 257; Macounii, 257; Maximiliana, 257; neomexicana, 243, 257 Rubacer parviflorus, 257 Rubus, 207 ; fruticosus, 207 ; parvi- florus, 248, 257 Ruhlandiella, 104; hesperia, 104, 108 Russula, 90, 91, 130, 163; albidula, 91, 92; alutacea, 91 ; depallens, 91 ; emetica, 183; graveolens, 90; in- tegra, 91 ; meliolens, 91 ; rubes- cens, 91, 92; sanguinea, 92; squa- lida, 90 ; xerampelina, 90 Rust fungi, A new book on the Brit- ish, 152 Rusts, Notes on Uredinopsis mirabilis and other, 25 Rusts of Utah, Host index of smuts and, 253 Rusts of Utah, The smuts and — II, 240 Salix, 72; chlorophyla, 257; cordata lutea, 237; cordata Watsonii, 257; exigua, 257; Fendleriana, 257; flavescens, 257; glaucops, 242, 257; lasiandra caudata, 257; lasiandra Fendleriana, 257 ; lutea, 257 ; luteo- sericea, 257; monticola, 242, 237; Nuttallii, 237; pachnophora, 242, 257; pentandra caudata, 23 7; pliy- licifolia, 257 ; schouleriana, 257 Salpiglossis, 56, 59, 60 Salsola Tragus, 257 Saprolegnia, 285-287, 291, 299, 300; asterophora, 298 ; ferax, 298 ; mon- oica, 291, 298-300; torulosa, 299 Sarcobatus, 120 ; vermiculatus, 243, 257 Sarcoscypha albovillosa, 276 ; radicu- lata, 273 ; rhenana, 275 Index to Volume VI 321 Saxifraga arguta, 257; austromon- tana, 252, 257; cernua, 209, 210; debilis, 243, 257; granulata, 210; punctata, 257 Schizanthus, 56, 59, 60; grahami, 67 Schizophyllum alneum, 266 Scleroderma verrucosum, 224 ; vul- gare, 150 Sclerotium bataticola, 95 Seaver, F. J., A preliminary study of the genus Lamprospora, 5; North American species of Aleuria and Aleurina, 273 ; Observations on Sphaerosoma and allied genera, 103 Sedum debile, 257; stenopetalum, 2SU 257 Sempervivum tectorium, 76 Senecio crassulus, 257; dispar, 257; lugens, 257; triangularis, 257; vul- garis, in Septoria, 33 ; Atriplicis, 33 Sequoia, 7; sempervirens, 18 Sida hederacea, 257 Sidalcea nervata, 257 Sieversia turbinata, 251, 257 Silene, 196; Menziesii, 257 Simblum sphaerocephalum, 267 Sistotrema fuscescens, 233, 234 ; oliva- ceum, 233, 234 Sitanion californicum, 257; glaber, 257 ; rigidum, 244, 257 Small collection of lichens from Ja- maica, West Indies, 259 Smelowskia americana, 257; calycina, 257 Smuts and rusts of Utah, Host index of. 253 Smuts and rusts of Utah, The — II, 240 Solanum, 60; Lycopersicum, 56; Me- longena, 56, 59, 60; tuberosum, 56, 60 Solidago, 1 19; canadensis, 257; mol- lis, 257; pulcherrima, 257; pumila, 257; rugosa, 1 12; trinervata, 257 Sonchus asper, 116 9ophia, 199, 241, 245, 257; incisa, 257 Sorbus, 72 Sorosporium Saponariae, 240 Sparassis crispa, 163; Herbstii, 162 Species, Notes on miscellaneous. Studies in North American Perono- sporales — VI, 192 Species of Aleuria and Aleurina, North American, 273 Species of Peridermium on pine, North American,. 109 Species of water molds, Two new, 285 Sphaeralcea arizonica, 245, 257; gros- sulariaefolia, 257; marginale, 245, 257; Munroana, 257 Sphaeronema fimbriata, 95 Sphaerophorus compressus, 259 Sphaerosoma, 103-105, 107, 108; echinulatum, 103, 105, 106, 108; fuscescens, 104, 105, 108 Sphaerosoma and allied genera, Ob- servations on, 103 Spicaria, 74 Spinacia, 200 ; oleracea, 200, 202 Spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., The color of the. Observations on the use of Ridgway’s new color-book, 29 Sporobolus asperifolius, 257 ; fili- formis, 257 Stellaria borealis, 257; Curtisii, 240, 257 Stemonitis, 147; splendens, 149 Stephanomeria minor, 257 Stereocaulon, 259; cornutum, 261; ramulosum, 261 Sticta damaecornis 261 ; Weigelli, 261 Stimblum flavidum, 264 Stipa comata, 245, 257; minor, 257 Streptothrix, 34 ; abietina, 34 ; atra, 34, 36 ; cinerea, 34 ; fusca, 34 ; glauca, 34; pereffusa, 34, 36 Stropharia, 139, 143, 144, 265; am- bigua, 143, 144, 268; bilamellata, 144 Stropharia ambigua, The development of, 139 Studies in North American Perono- sporales — V. A review of the genus Phytophthora, 54; VI. Notes on miscellaneous species, 192 Studies in the Hydnaceae, Type — VII. The genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete, 231 Study of the genus Lamprospora, A preliminary, 5 Sumstine, D. R., New or interesting fungi, 32 Symphoricarpos rotundifolius, 257 ; vaccinioides, 257 Synthyris laciniata, 248, 257; pinna- tifida, 248, 257 Syringa, 59 ; persica, 72 Taraxacum officinale, 257; taraxacum, 257 Taraxia subacaulis, 257 Tellima parviflora, 257 Tetraneuris leptoclada, 248, 257 Thalictrum, 69 ; Fendleri, 257 ; sparsi- florum, 257 Thelephora, 267 ; laciniata, 282 ; mag- nispora, 267 ; perplexa, 267 ; scis- silis, 267 Thelotrema lepadinum, 260; subtile, 260 Theobroma, 75 ; Cacao, 75 322 Mycologia Thlaspi coloradensis, 257 ; glaucum, 257 Thom, Charles, Conidium production in Penicillium, 21 1 Thuya plicata, 94 Tilia, 72; americana, 150 Tomicus, 218 xrametes setosus, 266 Trautvetteria grandis, 241, 257 Tremella, 225; Ellisii, 229; lutescens, 224 Trichia, 149; botrytis, 149; decipiens, 149 Tricholoma, 3, 268; alabamense, 269 ; angustifolium, 269 ; aro- maticum, 269 ; cinnamomeum, 269 ; compressipes, 269 ; Earleae, 269 ; eduriforme, 269 ; fumosel- lum, 269 ; Glatfelteri, 269 ; ino- cybiforme, 269 ; Kauffmanii, 269 ; longipes, 269 ; Memmin- geri, 269 ; multifolium, 269 ; Naucoria, 269; nudum, 3; odorif- erum, 269 ; personatum, 3 ; prae- cox, 269 ; praemagnum, 269 ; Robinsoniae, 269 ; Russula, 97, 98; sordidum, 3, 268; subacidum, 269 ; subargillaceum, 269 ; sub- cinereiforme, 269 ; subfuligi- neum, 269 ; subresplendens, 269 ; subterreum, 269 ; subtransmu- tans, 269 ; Thompsonianum, 269 ; Tottenii, 269 ; transmutans, 97, 98; unakense, 269; Volkertii, 269 ; Yatesii, 269 Trifolium, 205; Parryi, 253, 257; repens, 257; scariosum, 253, 258 Trisetum spicatum, 258 ; subspicatum, 241, 258; vulgare, 258 Triumfetta, 194; Lappula, 194 Tropical plant diseases, A book on, 4i Troximon cuspidatum, 258; gracilens, 258; gracilens Greenei, 258 Tsuga canadensis, 26-28 Tuber, 96, 97 ; californica, 97 Tubercularia, 138; carnea, 122, 138 Tulasnella, 265 ; thelephorea, 265 Two new species of water molds, 285 Tylostoma, 267 Type studies in the Hydnaceae— VII. The genera Asterodon and Hydno- chaete, 231 Uredinopsis, 25 ; mirabilis, 25—27 Uredinopsis mirabilis and other rusts, Notes on, 25 Uredo, 153; Castilleiae, 252; Jonesii 246 Urocystis Anemones, 241 Uromyces, 152, 153, 285; aemulus, 252; Astragali, 245, Eriogoni, 245; Euphorbiae, 246 ; intricatus, 245 ; Lychnidis, 253 ; mysticus, 253 ; ob- longus, 253 ; plumbarius, 246 ; proe- minens, 246; Psoraleae, 253 Urtica, 200; gracilis, 258 Use of Ridgway’s new color-book. Observations on the. The color of the spores of Volvaria speciosa Fr., 29 Usnea angulata, 263 ; arthroclada, 262 ; articulata, 263 ; articulata dimorpha, 262 ; aspera, 263 ; ceratina, 263 ; con- cinna, 263 ; dasypogoides cladoble- phara, 262 ; denudata, 263 ; florida, 262 ; gracilis, 263 ; implicata, 262, 263; intercalaris, 262; jamaicensis, 263 ; laevigata, 262 ; laevis, 262 ; longissima, 263 ; mekista, 263 ; ra- diata, 263 ; rubescens, 263 ; Vrie- seana, 263 Ustilago Hieronymi, 241 Utah, Host index of smuts and rusts of, 253 Utah, The smuts and rusts of — II, 240 Vaccinium, 283, 284; caespitosum, 258; pennsylvanicum, 27, 28 Vaginata, 268; umbonata, 35 Valeriana occidentalis, 249, 258 Vaucheria, 71 Venenarius, 268, 269; Lanei, 269; muscarius, 2, 268; phaloides 165, 304 ; roseitinctus, 269 ; rubens, 1 ; virginianus, 269 Venturia inaequalis, 95 Veratrum speciosum, 258 Vernonia, 123; crinita, 112 Veronica alpina, 249, 258; Worm- skjoldii, 249, 258 Verticillium, 208 Vicia americana truncata, 258; ore- gana, 258; trifida, 258 Viola adunca, 244, 258; blanda, 258; canadensis, 245, 258; longipes, 258; Nuttallii, 258; Rydbergii, 258 Viorna Jonesii, 258 Volva aperture in Cryptoporus vol- vatus (Peck) Hubbard, Origin of the, 217 Volvaria pruinosa, 266; speciosa, 29 Volvaria speciosa Fr., The color of the spores of. Observations on the use of Ridgway’s new color-book, 29 Washingtonia divaricata, 258 ; nuda, 258; obtusa, 258; occidentalis, 258 Water molds. Two new species of, 285 West Indies, Small collection of lichens from Jamaica, 259 Western red cedar, An enemy of the, 93 Index to Volume VI 323 White pine, n. preliminary note on a new bark disease of the, 84 Willey, Henry, — A memoir, 49 Wilson, G. W., A book on tropical plant diseases, 41 ; Studies in North American Peronosporales — V. A review of the genus Phytophthora, 54; VI. Notes on miscellaneous species, 192 Wyethia amplexicaulis, 258 Zauschneria Garrettii, 258 Zea Mays, 258 Zeller, S. M., The development of Stropharia ambigua, 139; The de- velopment of the carpophores of Ceriomyces Zelleri, 235 Zygadenus paniculatus, 258 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Price, 25 cents each. See next page for recent numbers No. 1 7. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 24. The Nidulariaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 27. Some Mt. Desert Fungi, by V. S. White. , Nos. 29, 32, 35, 38, 41, 49, 52, 56, 60, 65, 69, 70 and 74. The Polyporaceae of North America, I-XIII, by W. A. Murrill. No. 90. Studies in North American Peronosporales — I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy West Wilson. No. 95. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae, by Guy West Wilson. No. 99. Some Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 10. Additional Philippine Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. No. ill. Boleti from Western North Carolina, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 14. The Boleti of the Frost Herbarium, by W. A. Murrill. No. 1 15. Some North Dakota Hypocreales, by F. J. Seaver. No. 1 17. Studies in North American Peronosporales — IV. Host Index, by G. W. Wilson. No. 119. North Dakota Slime- Moulds, by F. J. Seaver. No. 122. Notes on North American Hypocreales — II. Nectria Peziza, by F. J. Seaver. No. 133. Iowa Discomycetes, by F. J. Seaver (special price 50 cents). No. 167. The Identity of the Anthracnose of Grasses in the United States, by Guy West Wilson, Address NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City PUBLICATIONS or The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news, and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, io cents a copy; (l.oo a year. [Not offered in ex- change.] Now in its fifteenth volume. Mycologla, bimonthly, illustrated in color and otherwise; devoted to fungi; including lichens ; containing technical articles and news and notes of general in- terest, and an index to current American mycological literature. $3.00 a year; single copies not for sale. [Not offered in exchange.] Now in its sixth volume. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual repo'.ts of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, #3.00 per volume. Now in its eighth volume. North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America' including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in 32 volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four or more parts. Subscription price, 81.50 per part ; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for 82.00 each. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. 3, part 1,1910. Nectriaceae — Fimetariaceae. Vol. 7, part I, 1906; part 2, 1907 ; part 3, 1912. Ustilaginaceae — Aecidiaceae (pars). Vol. 9, parts 1 and 2, 1907; part 3, 1910. Polyporaceae — Agaricaceae (pars). ( Parts I and 2 no longer sold separately. ) Vol. 10, part I, 1914. Agaricaceae (pars). Vol. 15, parts I and 2, 1913. Sphagnaceae — Leucobryaceae. Vol. 16, part I, 1909. Ophioglossaceae — Cyatheaceae (pars). Vol. 17, part I, 1909; part 2, 1912. Typhaceae — Poaceae (pars). Vol. 22, parts 1 and 2, 1905; parts 3 and 4, 1908; part 5, 1913. Podostemona- ceae — Rosaceae (pars). Vol. 25, part 1, 1907; part 2, 1910; part 3, 1911. Geraniaceae — Burseraceae. Vol. 29, part 1, 1914. Clethraceae — Ericaceae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, 8100 per volume. To others, 82.00. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Per Axel Rydberg, ix -{-492 pp., with detailed map. 1900. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by D. T. MacDougal. xvi 320 pp., with 176 figures. 1903. Vol. III. Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, New York, by Arthur Hollick and Edward Charles Jeffrey, viii -(- 138 pp., with 29 plates. 1909. Vol. IV. Effects of the Rays of Radium on Plants, by Charles Stuart Gager, viii -|- 278 pp., with 73 figures and 14 plates. 1908. Contributions from the Now York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volume. In its seventh volume. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH 169. Some Midwinter Algae of Long Island Sound, by Marshall A. Howe. 1 70. Notes on Rosaceae — VII, by P. A. Rydberg. 17 1. A Revision of the genus Vittaria J. E. Smith, by Ralph C. Benedict. 172. Phytogeographical Notes on the Rocky Mountain Region — III. Formations in the Alpine Zone, by P. A. Rydberg. NlW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Bronx Parr, Haw York Orrr